Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 30, 2014

Registration No. 333-            


UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  2834
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  46-2996673
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)



Loxo Oncology, Inc.
One Landmark Square
Suite 1122
Stamford, CT 06901
(203) 653-3880

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D.
President and Chief Executive Officer
Loxo Oncology, Inc.
One Landmark Square
Suite 1122
Stamford, CT 06901
(203) 653-3880
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Effie Toshav, Esq.
Robert A. Freedman, Esq.
Matthew S. Rossiter, Esq.
Fenwick & West LLP
555 California Street
San Francisco, CA 94104
(415) 875-2300

 

Bruce K. Dallas, Esq.
Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP
1600 El Camino Real
Menlo Park, CA 94025
(650) 752-2000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

         If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.     o

         If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 
Title of each class of securities
to be registered

  Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price (1)(2)

  Amount of
registration fee

 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share   $69,000,000   $8,888
 
(1)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2)
Includes the offering price of shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

          The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)   Dated June 30, 2014

            Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are offering                        shares of common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We will apply for quotation of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "LOXO." We expect the public offering price will be between $            and $            per share.

We are an "emerging growth company" under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be eligible for reduced public company disclosure requirements.

Our business and an investment in our common stock involve significant risks. These risks are described under the caption "Risk Factors" beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 
  Per Share   Total  

Public Offering Price

 
$
 
$
 

Underwriting Discount (1)

 
$
 
$
 

Proceeds to Loxo (Before Expenses)

 
$
 
$
 

(1)
We refer you to "Underwriting" beginning on page 122 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total underwriter compensation.

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional            shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus to cover over-allotments, if any.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                        , 2014.


Cowen and Company   Stifel




Oppenheimer & Co.

 

JMP Securities

The date of this prospectus is                        , 2014


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

    11  

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

    45  

Use of Proceeds

    47  

Dividend Policy

    48  

Capitalization

    49  

Dilution

    51  

Selected Financial Data

    54  

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

    56  

Business

    67  

Management

    89  

Executive Compensation

    96  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

    103  

Principal Stockholders

    107  

Description of Capital Stock

    110  

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

    115  

Material U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders

    117  

Underwriting

    122  

Legal Matters

    127  

Experts

    127  

Where You Can Find More Information

    127  

Index to Financial Statements

    F-1  



         We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospectus may have changed since that date.

i


Table of Contents

 


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "Loxo," "Loxo Oncology," "company," "we," "us" and "our" in this prospectus to refer to Loxo Oncology, Inc.

Overview

        Loxo Oncology develops targeted small molecule therapeutics for the treatment of cancer in genetically defined patient populations. Our development approach translates key scientific insights relating to the oncogenic drivers of cancer into drugs that are potent and highly selective for their intended targets. Such drugs typically achieve high target engagement, which has been correlated with improved tumor response. We believe our approach will allow us to develop drugs with a high probability of clinical success while reducing the time, costs and risks of drug development.

        Pre-clinical research indicates that our lead product candidate, LOXO-101, is a potent and selective inhibitor of tropomyosin receptor kinase, or TRK, a family of signaling molecules that appear to play an important role in the development and perpetuation of many cancers. We are evaluating LOXO-101 in a Phase 1 dose escalation trial for patients with advanced solid tumors, and we anticipate reporting data by early 2015. We are also building a pipeline of additional product candidates targeting cancers driven by genetic alterations. Our investors include affiliates of Aisling Capital, OrbiMed, New Enterprise Associates, Access Industries and Deerfield Management Company.

Background on Cancer and Oncogene Addiction

        As genetic testing in cancer becomes more routine, we are learning that cancers arising in diverse sites in the body may share the same type of genetic alterations. Increasingly, tumors may be identified and treated according to their distinguishing genetic alterations, while in the past, the organ of origin was most important. Both research and clinical data suggest that some tumors, while having many identifiable genetic alterations, are primarily dependent on a single activated kinase for their proliferation and survival. This dependency, often referred to as oncogene addiction, renders such tumors highly susceptible to small molecule inhibitors targeting the relevant alteration. The oncogene addiction paradigm appears to be especially important in understanding the pathogenesis of lung cancer.

        Robust response rates in lung cancer patients with tumors displaying oncogene addiction have supported regulatory approvals for many drugs, including crizotinib (Xalkori) and afatinib (Gilotrif). Researchers and clinical oncologists now often incorporate genetic assessments into clinical trials and routine care with the hope of directing patients to medicines which may have a greater chance of treating their cancers effectively. We believe that increased focus on oncogene addiction will lead to more efficient drug development and more robust clinical responses in genetically defined patient populations.

The Loxo Approach

        We employ a capital-efficient approach to develop drugs for genetically defined patient populations. We collaborate with technology partners that we believe are capable of building potent and highly selective compounds with favorable pharmacologic properties. We believe our approach allows us to reduce the time, costs and risks of cancer drug development, while allowing us to focus on our core competencies of target selection, drug profiling and clinical and regulatory execution.

 

1


Table of Contents

Step 1—Target Selection

        Target selection requires an understanding of which genetic alterations are oncogenic drivers. We identify and prioritize targets by interpreting two information streams: clinical trial data and academic research. Using clinical trial data, we assess the response signals of drugs in development and identify those that show promise but also demonstrate drug-specific limitations such as poor absorption, poor distribution or unwanted side effects. The appealing aspect of leveraging existing trial data is that clinical activity has already been demonstrated, thereby increasing the likelihood that the target is valid. Using academic research, particularly population-based genetic studies and experiments involving cell and animal models, we identify novel targets with emerging validation. Throughout the target selection process, we leverage the expertise of our scientific advisory board, composed of key opinion leaders, who are familiar with current research and clinical standards of care for a given cancer. We believe our approach identifies targets with a high probability of success.

Step 2—Drug Profiling

        Translating a target insight into a product candidate requires the application of chemistry to a biological problem. We employ advanced third-party technology solutions to develop product candidates with the potential for significant target engagement while maintaining favorable pharmacologic properties.

Step 3—Clinical Trial and Regulatory Execution

        Our clinical development strategy employs a stepwise approach designed to identify response signals early in development and reduce development risks. In Phase 1 of development, we seek to explore one or more doses in patients whose tumors harbor specific genetic alterations and believe this gives us a higher likelihood of demonstrating a clinical benefit. This approach is intended to allow for early insight into the therapeutic potential of a product candidate and the possibility for rapid clinical development and expedited regulatory strategies, such as Breakthrough Therapy Designation, Fast Track Designation, Priority Review and Accelerated Approval. We intend to develop companion diagnostics, with the help of technology partners, to identify patients whose tumors harbor the relevant genetic alterations.

Product Candidates

LOXO-101

        Overview.     The selection of LOXO-101 as a clinical candidate demonstrates many important elements of our drug development approach. LOXO-101 is an oral, highly selective and potent inhibitor of TRK, and has favorable pharmacologic properties. There is a growing body of scientific literature implicating TRK alterations in diverse tumor types, including neuroblastoma and lung, thyroid and breast cancer. Many downstream pathways important in cancer are stimulated by activated TRK, such as the PI3-kinase and MAP-kinase pathways. Drugs targeting these pathways have generated responses in both solid and hematologic tumors.

        We selected LOXO-101 after evaluating a series of compounds from distinct chemical scaffolds. In purified enzyme inhibition studies, LOXO-101 demonstrated potent inhibition activity against TRK receptors TRKA, TRKB and TRKC at low concentration levels. LOXO-101 demonstrated favorable specificity by not inhibiting other tested kinases at doses we expect to be clinically relevant. LOXO-101 demonstrated potent inhibition activity in cells driven by TRK signaling at low concentrations. Numerous pharmacology and safety studies in mice, rats, dogs and monkeys have demonstrated that LOXO-101 has attractive pharmacologic properties and a favorable therapeutic index. We have exclusive rights to issued composition of matter patents covering LOXO-101 that expire in 2029.

 

2


Table of Contents

        Preclinical Efficacy.     In a TRKA-driven mouse model of cancer, LOXO-101 demonstrated significant anti-tumor activity. We treated mice with three different doses either once a day (QD) or twice a day (BID) for 14 days and compared this activity to a control group. As shown in the figure below, tumors showed response at all doses, with doses totaling 60 mg/kg or more per day showing disease stabilization, which extended through cessation of dosing.


Inhibition of Tumor Growth in TRKA-Driven Mouse Model

GRAPHIC

        Phase 1 Clinical Trial.     We initiated a Phase 1 dose escalation trial in patients with advanced solid tumors in May 2014 and intend to initiate an expansion phase that will enroll patients with TRK alterations across multiple tumor types. We anticipate data from the dose escalation phase by early 2015.

Preclinical Product Pipeline

        In addition to LOXO-101, we are advancing multiple programs against both clinically validated and novel kinase alterations. We intend to build a pipeline of product candidates targeting cancers driven by other genetic alterations. We plan to submit our second Investigational New Drug, or IND, application as early as the end of 2015.

Loxo Oncology Strengths

Management

        Our team has significant experience in the discovery, development and regulatory approval of novel therapeutics. Our Chief Executive Officer and acting Chief Medical Officer were practicing physicians in the field of oncology. Our Chief Executive Officer has experience as a healthcare investor and as a reviewer at the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA. Our Chief Scientific Officer led the medicinal chemistry teams that discovered erlotinib (Tarceva) and tofacitinib (Xeljanz), two oncology drugs that are approved in the United States. Our acting Chief Medical Officer helped lead the development of carfilzomib (Kyprolis) and ibrutinib (Imbruvica), two oncology drugs that are approved under Accelerated Approval in the United States.

 

3


Table of Contents

Scientific Advisory Board

        Our Scientific Advisory Board is integral to our success and is actively involved in target selection, product profiling and clinical development. We have assembled the following team of key opinion leaders:

    Keith T. Flaherty, M.D. an Associate Professor at Harvard Medical School and the Director of the Termeer Center for Targeted Therapy at the Cancer Center at Massachusetts General Hospital. Dr. Flaherty focuses on the understanding of novel, molecularly targeted therapies. Dr. Flaherty serves on the board of directors of Clovis Oncology.

    Jeffrey A. Engelman, M.D., Ph.D. an Associate Professor at Harvard Medical School and the Director of the Center for Thoracic Cancers at Massachusetts General Hospital. Dr. Engelman focuses on novel therapeutic strategies for the treatment of cancer, with a particular emphasis on lung cancer. Dr. Engelman serves on the Scientific Advisory Board of Agios Pharmaceuticals.

    Ross L. Levine, M.D., an Associate Member at Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center focuses on the molecular genetics of myeloid malignancies. Dr. Levine's research contributed to the development of Foundation Medicine's hematologic panel.

    Ben Ho Park, M.D., Ph.D., an Associate Professor of Oncology at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, has a research program focused on validating genetic targets, with a particular interest in breast cancer.

    David B. Solit, M.D., a Director in the Center for Molecular Oncology at Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, focuses on the development of cancer therapies that target pathways responsible for cancer initiation and progression. Dr. Solit leads a multidisciplinary team focused on translating novel molecular insights into routine clinical practice.

Array Collaboration

        We entered into a multi-target collaboration with Array BioPharma Inc., or Array, in July 2013 and expanded the collaboration in November 2013 and April 2014. We selected Array as a collaboration partner because of its experience in building potent and highly selective kinase inhibitors with favorable drug properties.

Our Strategy

        Our goal is to translate key scientific insights relating to underlying oncogenic drivers into the development of potent and highly selective therapeutics. To execute our strategy, we intend to:

    Advance our lead product candidate LOXO-101 through clinical development.

    Develop a pipeline of potent and highly selective targeted therapeutics.

    Increase the probability for clinical success by prioritizing targets for development that are believed to be oncogenic drivers.

    Work with experienced third parties in the field of diagnostics.

    Conduct international clinical and regulatory programs to support our global approval and commercialization strategy.

    Leverage our business model to maximize the value of our current external collaboration while remaining open to additional collaboration opportunities.

 

4


Table of Contents

Risks Affecting Us

        Our business is subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled "Risk Factors" immediately following this prospectus summary. Some of these risks are:

    We have incurred significant losses since our inception. Our deficit accumulated during the development stage was $13.2 million as of March 31, 2014. We expect to incur losses over the next several years and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

    Our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

    We will need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

    Our discovery and preclinical development is focused on the development of targeted therapeutics for patients with genetically defined cancers, which is a rapidly evolving area of science, and the approach we are taking to discover and develop drugs is novel and may never lead to marketable products.

    We are very early in our development efforts and are substantially dependent on our lead product candidate, LOXO-101. If we or our collaborators are unable to successfully develop and commercialize LOXO-101 or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

    Difficulty in enrolling patients could delay or prevent clinical trials of our product candidates. We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our Phase 1 expansion trial for LOXO-101 given that we do not know how many patients share the TRK alterations LOXO-101 is designed to inhibit.

    Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

    Failure to successfully validate, develop and obtain regulatory approval for companion diagnostics for our product candidates could harm our drug development strategy and operational results.

    Our existing discovery collaboration with Array is important to our business. If we are unable to maintain this collaboration, or if this collaboration is not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

    We currently have a limited number of employees, are highly dependent on our Chief Executive Officer and our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

    If we are unable to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our technology and products, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be impaired.

Corporate Information

        We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in May 2013. Our principal executive offices are located at One Landmark Square, Suite 1122, Stamford, CT 06901, and our

 

5


Table of Contents

telephone number is (203) 653-3880. Our website address is www.loxooncology.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus. Investors should not rely on any such information in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

        The mark "Loxo Oncology" is our common law trademark. All other service marks, trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, these other companies.

JOBS Act

        We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, the date on which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer (this means that we have been public for at least 12 months, have filed at least one annual report and the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year), or the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in nonconvertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

        The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

6


Table of Contents

 


THE OFFERING

Common stock offered by us

              shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

            shares

Over-allotment option

 

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to            additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $            million (or $            million if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full), assuming an initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

We currently expect to use the net proceeds from the offering to fund a Phase 1 dose escalation and expansion trial for LOXO-101, research and development, advancement of preclinical product candidates and working capital and other general corporate purposes, including costs associated with being a public company. See the "Use of Proceeds" section of this prospectus for a more complete description of the intended use of the proceeds of this offering.

Risk factors

 

You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

 

"LOXO"

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on 330,650 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, and includes:

    the sale and issuance of 1,705,182 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement by us in April 2014;

    the sale and issuance of 321,210 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement by us in June 2014;

    the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock into 5,326,392 shares of common stock upon completion of this offering; and

    the automatic conversion of the 320,451 outstanding shares of our Series A-1 convertible preferred stock into 1,030,118 shares of common stock, including the effect of the anti-dilution features contained in the Series A-1 convertible preferred stock, which features expire upon completion of this offering.

 

7


Table of Contents

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

    415,941 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2014, with an exercise price of $1.85 per share;

    376,066 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted between March 31, 2014 and June 23, 2014, with an exercise price of $5.70 per share;

    24,692 shares of common stock that are issued but were subject to repurchase by us as of March 31, 2014 and therefore not included in stockholders' (deficit) equity; and

                         shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans as of May 31, 2014, consisting of (a) 473,385 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, and (b)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus. Upon completion of this offering, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved under the plan each year, as more fully described in "Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans."

        Except as otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

    the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation in connection with the completion of this offering;

    no exercise of outstanding stock options subsequent to March 31, 2014; and

    no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.

 

8


Table of Contents

 


SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

        The summary statements of operations data presented below for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary statements of operations data presented below for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and our balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 are derived from our unaudited interim condensed financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The interim condensed unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. The following summary financial data should be read with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period. The summary financial data in this section are not intended to replace the historical financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Period From
May 9, 2013
(Date of Inception)
to
December 31, 2013
  Three months
ended
March 31, 2014
  Period From
May 9, 2013
(Date of Inception) to
March 31, 2014
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands except share and per share data)
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development with related party

  $ 9,384   $ 1,275   $ 10,659  

Research and development

    323     711     1,034  

General and administrative

    583     916     1,499  
               

Total operating expenses and net loss

    (10,290 )   (2,902 )   (13,192 )
               

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (12 )   (11 )   (23 )
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (10,302 ) $ (2,913 ) $ (13,215 )
               
               

Per share information:

                   

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

  $ (110.61 ) $ (22.22 )      
                 
                 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    93,139     131,077        
                 
                 

Pro forma information (unaudited) (1) :

                   

Pro forma net loss per common share—basic and diluted

  $ (6.63 ) $ (1.06 )      
                 
                 

Pro forma basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    1,551,580     2,744,114        
                 
                 

(1)
Pro forma gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A and A-1 convertible preferred stock into 4,208,131 shares of common stock as of the beginning of the period presented or actual issuance date, if later and does not include any shares issued subsequent to March 31, 2014.

 

9


Table of Contents

 
  As of March 31, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma (1)   Pro Forma as
Adjusted (2)
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 26,933   $ 55,322        

Total assets

    27,445     55,813        

Total liabilities

    596     596        

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

    (13,192 )   (13,192 )      

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (13,005 )   55,217        

(1)
Pro forma gives effect to (i) the sale and issuance of 1,705,182 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement by us in April 2014; (ii) the sale and issuance of 321,210 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement by us in June 2014; (iii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock into 5,326,392 shares of common stock upon completion of this offering; and (iv) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A-1 convertible preferred stock into 1,030,118 shares of common stock, including the effect of the anti-dilution features contained in the Series A-1 convertible preferred stock, which features expire upon completion of this offering.

(2)
The pro forma as adjusted column reflects the pro forma adjustments described in footnote (1) above and the sale by us of            shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets and total stockholders' (deficit) equity by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

10


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

         Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of, or that we currently believe are not material, may also become important factors that affect us. If any of the following risks occur, our business, operating results and prospects could be materially harmed. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Financial Position and Need For Additional Capital

    We have incurred significant losses since our inception. We expect to incur losses over the next several years and may never achieve or maintain profitability.

        Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net loss was $13.2 million for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to March 31, 2014. As of March 31, 2014, we had a deficit accumulated during our development stage of $13.2 million. We have focused primarily on our discovery collaboration with Array and developing our product candidates. We have recently initiated clinical development of our lead product candidate, LOXO-101, and expect that it will be many years, if ever, before we have a product candidate ready for commercialization. To date, we have financed our operations primarily through private placements of our convertible preferred stock. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. The net losses we incur may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially if and as we:

    continue development of our product candidates;

    seek to identify additional product candidates;

    enter into additional collaboration arrangements with regards to product discovery or acquire or in-license other products and technologies;

    maintain and leverage our collaboration with Array;

    continue and initiate clinical trials for our product candidates;

    seek marketing approvals for our product candidates that successfully complete clinical trials;

    establish a sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure to commercialize any products for which we may obtain marketing approval;

    maintain, expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio;

    hire additional personnel;

    add operational, financial and management information systems and personnel, including personnel to support our product development and planned future commercialization efforts; and

    incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company.

        To become and remain profitable, we must develop and eventually commercialize a product or products with significant market potential. This will require us to be successful in a range of challenging activities, including completing clinical trials of our product candidates, obtaining marketing approval for these product candidates and manufacturing, marketing and selling those products for which we may obtain marketing approval. We may never succeed in these activities and, even if we do, may never generate revenues that are significant or large enough to achieve profitability. If we do achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Our failure to become and remain profitable would decrease the value of the company and could impair our ability to raise capital, maintain our discovery and preclinical development efforts, expand

11


Table of Contents

our business or continue our operations and may require us to raise additional capital that may dilute your ownership interest. A decline in the value of our company could also cause you to lose all or part of your investment.

    Our limited operating history may make it difficult for you to evaluate the success of our business to date and to assess our future viability.

        We are an early-stage clinical development company. We were incorporated in May 2013 and commenced operations in the third quarter of 2013 and rely on our collaboration with Array and other third parties to provide discovery and preclinical development capability. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, acquiring and developing our technology, identifying potential product candidates, undertaking preclinical studies and preparing to undertake clinical studies of our most advanced product candidate, LOXO-101, which we recently advanced into clinical trials. We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully complete any clinical trials, including large-scale, pivotal clinical trials, obtain marketing approvals, manufacture a commercial scale product, or arrange for a third-party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. Medicines, on average, take ten to 15 years to be developed from the time they are discovered to the time they are available for treating patients. Consequently, any predictions you make about our future success or viability based on our short operating history to date may not be as accurate as they could be if we had a longer operating history.

        In addition, as a new business, we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications, delays and other known and unknown factors. We will need to transition from a company with a research focus to a company capable of supporting commercial activities. We may not be successful in such a transition.

    We will need substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed, we would be compelled to delay, reduce or eliminate our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

        We expect our expenses to increase in parallel with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue our discovery and preclinical development collaborations to identify new clinical candidates and initiate clinical trials of, and seek marketing approval for, our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain marketing approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our discovery and preclinical development programs or any future commercialization efforts.

        We believe that our existing capital resources, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund development of LOXO-101 through our planned Phase 1 expansion trial, as well as discovery and development activities through IND for one additional product candidate, with additional resources available for other discovery and clinical development activities. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

    the scope, progress, results and costs of compound discovery, preclinical development, laboratory testing and clinical trials for our product candidates;

    the extent to which we enter into additional collaboration arrangements with regard to product discovery or acquire or in-license products or technologies;

    our ability to establish additional discovery collaborations on favorable terms, if at all;

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

12


Table of Contents

    the costs of future commercialization activities, including product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

    revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates, should any of our product candidates receive marketing approval; and

    the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims.

        Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain marketing approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenues, if any, will be derived from sales of products that we do not expect to be commercially available for many years, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives. Adequate additional financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

    Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, including purchasers of common stock in this offering, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

        Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenues, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of equity offerings and debt financings. We do not have any committed external source of funds. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms of these securities may include liquidation or other preferences that adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing and preferred equity financing, if available, may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends.

        We cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise additional funds when needed, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts.

Risks Related to the Discovery and Development of Our Product Candidates

    Our discovery and preclinical development is focused on the development of targeted therapeutics for patients with genetically defined cancers, which is a rapidly evolving area of science, and the approach we are taking to discover and develop drugs is novel and may never lead to marketable products.

        The discovery and development of targeted drug therapeutics for patients with genetically defined cancers is an emerging field, and the scientific discoveries that form the basis for our efforts to discover and develop product candidates are relatively new. The scientific evidence to support the feasibility of developing product candidates based on these discoveries is both preliminary and limited. The patient populations for our product candidates are not completely defined but are substantially smaller than the general treated cancer population, and we will need to screen and identify these patients. Successful identification of patients is dependent on several factors, including achieving certainty as to how specific genetic alterations respond to our product candidates and developing companion diagnostics to identify such genetic alterations. Furthermore, even if we are successful in identifying patients, we cannot be certain that the resulting patient populations will be large enough to allow us to successfully commercialize our products and achieve profitability. Therefore, we do not know if our approach of treating patients with genetically defined cancers will be successful, and if our approach is unsuccessful, our business will suffer.

13


Table of Contents

    We are very early in our development efforts and are substantially dependent on our lead product candidate, LOXO-101. If we or our collaborators are unable to successfully develop and commercialize LOXO-101 or experience significant delays in doing so, our business will be materially harmed.

        We currently do not have any products that have gained regulatory approval. We have invested substantially all of our efforts and financial resources in identifying potential drug candidates and funding our collaboration agreement with Array to conduct preclinical studies. Our ability to generate product revenues, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of LOXO-101, for which we have just initiated a Phase 1 clinical trial in patients in advanced solid tumors. As a result, our business is substantially dependent on our ability to complete the development of and obtain regulatory approval for LOXO-101.

        We have not yet demonstrated an ability to successfully overcome many of the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in new and rapidly evolving fields, particularly in the biopharmaceutical area. For example, to execute our business plan, we will need to successfully:

    execute LOXO-101 development activities;

    obtain required regulatory approvals for the development and commercialization of LOXO-101;

    maintain, leverage and expand our intellectual property portfolio;

    build and maintain robust sales, distribution and marketing capabilities, either on our own or in collaboration with strategic partners;

    gain market acceptance for LOXO-101;

    develop and maintain any strategic relationships we elect to enter into, including our collaboration with Array; and

    manage our spending as costs and expenses increase due to drug discovery, preclinical development, clinical trials, regulatory approvals and commercialization.

        If we are unsuccessful in accomplishing these objectives, we may not be able to successfully develop and commercialize LOXO-101, and our business will suffer.

    Difficulty in enrolling patients could delay or prevent clinical trials of our product candidates. We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our Phase 1 expansion trial for LOXO-101 given that we do not know how many patients share the TRK alterations LOXO-101 is designed to inhibit.

        Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in clinical studies of our product candidates is critical to our success. The timing of our clinical studies depends in part on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing our product candidates, and we may experience delays in our clinical trials if we encounter difficulties in enrollment. The patient population for our product candidates is not completely defined, but is substantially smaller than other cancer indications, because we are looking for the same type of genetic alterations across different tumor types and the number of patients with these alterations may be small. For example, with respect to LOXO-101, we do not know how many patients will have the target LOXO-101 is designed to inhibit.

        In addition to the potentially small populations, the eligibility criteria of our clinical trials will further limit the pool of available study participants as we will require that patients have specific characteristics that we can measure or to assure their disease is either severe enough or not too advanced to include them in a study. Additionally, the process of finding and diagnosing patients may prove costly. We also may not be able to identify, recruit, and enroll a sufficient number of patients to complete our clinical studies because of the perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study, the availability and efficacy of competing therapies and clinical trials, the proximity and availability of clinical study sites for prospective patients, and the patient referral practices of physicians. If patients are unwilling to participate in our studies for any reason, the timeline for

14


Table of Contents

recruiting patients, conducting studies, and obtaining regulatory approval of potential products may be delayed.

        If we experience delays in the completion of, or termination of, any clinical trial of our product candidates, the commercial prospects of our product candidates will be harmed, and our ability to generate product revenue from any of these product candidates could be delayed or prevented. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our product candidate development and approval process, and jeopardize our ability to commence product sales and generate revenue. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition, and prospects significantly. In addition, many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates, including:

    unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects;

    failure of our companion diagnostics in identifying patients;

    modifications to protocols of our clinical trials resulting from FDA or institutional review board, or IRB, decisions; and

    ambiguous or negative interim results of our clinical trials, or results that are inconsistent with earlier results.

    Clinical drug development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. We may incur additional costs or experience delays in completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

        We have only recently commenced clinical development of our lead product candidate LOXO-101 and the risk of failure for all of our product candidates is high. Before obtaining marketing approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of any product candidate, we must complete preclinical development and then conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement and can take many years to complete, and its outcome is inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. Further, the results of preclinical studies and early clinical trials of our product candidates may not be predictive of the results of later-stage clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain marketing approval of their products. It is impossible to predict when or if any of our product candidates will prove effective or safe in humans or will receive regulatory approval.

        We may experience delays in our clinical trials and we do not know whether planned clinical trials will begin or enroll subjects on time, need to be redesigned or be completed on schedule, if at all. For example, we may not be permitted to initiate the expansion phase of our LOXO-101 Phase 1 trial if our methods of selecting patients for treatment are not accepted by FDA. There can be no assurance that FDA will not put any of our product candidates on clinical hold in the future. We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive marketing approval or commercialize our product candidates. Clinical trials may be delayed, suspended or prematurely terminated because costs are greater than we anticipate or for a variety of reasons, such as:

    delay or failure in reaching agreement with FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority on a trial design that we are able to execute;

    delay or failure in obtaining authorization to commence a trial or inability to comply with conditions imposed by a regulatory authority regarding the scope or design of a clinical trial;

15


Table of Contents

    delays in reaching, or failure to reach, agreement on acceptable clinical trial contracts or clinical trial protocols with prospective trial sites;

    inability, delay, or failure in indentifying and maintaining a sufficient number of trial sites, many of which may already be engaged in other clinical programs;

    delay or failure in recruiting and enrolling suitable subjects to participate in a trial;

    delay or failure in having subjects complete a trial or return for post-treatment follow-up;

    clinical sites and investigators deviating from trial protocol, failing to conduct the trial in accordance with regulatory requirements, or dropping out of a trial;

    lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial, including the incurrence of unforeseen costs due to enrollment delays, requirements to conduct additional clinical studies and increased expenses associated with the services of our clinical research organizations ("CROs") and other third parties;

    clinical trials of our product candidates may produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional clinical trials or abandon product development programs;

    the number of patients required for clinical trials of our product candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials at a higher rate than we anticipate;

    we may experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients whose tumors harbor the specific genetic alterations that our product candidates are designed to target;

    our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements or meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

    we may have difficulty partnering with experienced CROs that can screen for patients whose tumors harbor the applicable genetic alterations and run our clinical trials effectively;

    regulators or IRBs may require that we or our investigators suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

    the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate; or

    there may be changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions.

        If we are required to conduct additional clinical trials or other testing of our product candidates beyond those that we currently contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of our product candidates or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive or if there are safety concerns, we may:

    be delayed in obtaining marketing approval for our product candidates;

    not obtain marketing approval at all;

    obtain approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

    obtain approval with labeling that includes significant use or distribution restrictions or safety warnings that would reduce the potential market for our products or inhibit our ability to successfully commercialize our products;

    be subject to additional post-marketing restrictions and/or testing requirements; or

    have the product removed from the market after obtaining marketing approval.

16


Table of Contents

        Our product development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or marketing approvals. We do not know whether any of our preclinical studies or clinical trials will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, or at all. Significant preclinical or clinical trial delays also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do and impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may harm our business and results of operations.

    We may not be successful in advancing the clinical development of our product candidates, including LOXO-101.

        In order to execute on our strategy of advancing the clinical development of our product candidates, we have designed our existing Phase 1 clinical trial of LOXO-101, and expect to design future trials, to include patients whose tumors harbor the applicable genetic alterations that we believe contribute to cancer. Our goal in doing this is to enroll patients who have the highest probability of responding to the drug, in order to show early evidence of clinical efficacy. If we are unable to include patients whose tumors harbor the applicable genetic alterations, or if our product fails to work as we expect, our ability to assess the therapeutic effect, seek participation in FDA expedited review and approval programs, including Breakthrough Therapy, Fast Track Designation, Priority Review and Accelerated Approval, or otherwise to seek to accelerate clinical development and regulatory timelines, could be compromised, resulting in longer development times, larger trials and a greater likelihood of not obtaining regulatory approval. In addition, because the natural history of different tumor types is variable, we will need to study our product candidates, including LOXO-101, in clinical trials specific for a given tumor type and this may result in increased time and cost. Even if our product candidate demonstrates efficacy in a particular tumor type, we cannot guarantee that any product candidate, including LOXO-101, will behave similarly in all tumor types, and we will be required to obtain separate regulatory approvals for each tumor type we intend a product candidate to treat. If any of our clinical trials are unsuccessful, our business will suffer.

    If serious adverse events or unacceptable side effects are identified during the development of our product candidates, we may need to abandon or limit our development of some of our product candidates.

        If our product candidates are associated with undesirable side effects in preclinical or clinical trials or have characteristics that are unexpected, we may need to interrupt, delay or abandon their development or limit development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. LOXO-101 toxicology studies in rats and monkeys demonstrated reversible increases in liver enzymes, and this may occur in humans. Testing in animals may not uncover all expected side effects or side effects in humans may be more severe. The TRK receptor family targeted by LOXO-101 plays an important role in the nervous system in general and the central nervous system, or CNS, in particular. In animal models no adverse CNS effects were observed. However, no assurance can be given that LOXO-101 will not cause unwanted, and potentially unacceptable, nervous system or CNS side effects when tested in the clinic. Additional or more severe side effects may be identified through further clinical studies. These or other drug-related side effects could affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled subjects to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims. Many compounds developed in the biopharmaceutical industry that initially showed promise in early-stage testing for treating cancer have later been found to cause side effects that prevented further development of the compound. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

17


Table of Contents

    We may expend our limited resources to pursue a particular product candidate or indication and fail to capitalize on product candidates or indications that may be more profitable or for which there is a greater likelihood of success.

        Because we have limited financial and managerial resources, we must focus on a limited number of research programs and product candidates and on specific indications. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities. Our spending on current and future discovery and preclinical development programs and product candidates for specific indications may not yield any commercially viable products.

    Failure to successfully validate, develop and obtain regulatory approval for companion diagnostics for our product candidates could harm our drug development strategy and operational results.

        As one of the central elements of our business strategy and clinical development approach, we seek to screen and identify subsets of patients with a genetic alteration who may derive meaningful benefit from our development product candidates. To achieve this, our product development program is dependent on the development and commercialization of a companion diagnostic by us or by third party collaborators. Companion diagnostics are developed in conjunction with clinical programs for the associated product and are subject to regulation as medical devices. Each agency that approves a product will independently need to approve the companion diagnostic before or concurrently with its approval of the product candidate, and before a product can be commercialized. The approval of a companion diagnostic as part of the product label will limit the use of the product candidate to only those patients who express the specific genetic alteration it was developed to detect. We may also experience delays in developing a sustainable, reproducible and scalable manufacturing process or transferring that process to commercial partners or negotiating insurance reimbursement plans, all of which may prevent us from completing our clinical trials or commercializing our products on a timely or profitable basis, if at all.

        Companion diagnostics are subject to regulation by FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities as medical devices and require separate clearance or approval prior to their commercialization. To date, FDA has required premarket approval of all companion diagnostics for cancer therapies. We and our third-party collaborators may encounter difficulties in developing and obtaining approval for these companion diagnostics. Any delay or failure by us or third- party collaborators to develop or obtain regulatory approval of a companion diagnostic could delay or prevent approval of our related product candidates.

    Failure by us or our third-party collaborators to successfully commercialize companion diagnostics developed for use with our product candidates could harm our ability to commercialize these product candidates.

        Even if we or our companion diagnostic collaborators successfully obtain regulatory approval for the companion diagnostics for our product candidates, our collaborators:

    may not perform their obligations as expected;

    may not pursue commercialization of companion diagnostics for our therapeutic product candidates that achieve regulatory approval;

    may elect not to continue or renew commercialization programs based on changes in the collaborators' strategic focus or available funding, or external factors, such as an acquisition, that divert resources or create competing priorities;

    may not commit sufficient resources to the marketing and distribution of such product or products; and

18


Table of Contents

    may terminate their relationship with us.

Additionally, we or our collaborators may encounter production difficulties that could constrain the supply of the companion diagnostics, affect the ease of use, affect the price or have difficulties gaining acceptance of the use of the companion diagnostics in the clinical community.

        If companion diagnostics for use with our product candidates fail to gain market acceptance, our ability to derive revenues from sales of our product candidates could be harmed. If we or our collaborators fail to commercialize these companion diagnostics, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with another diagnostic company to obtain supplies of an alternative diagnostic test for use in connection with our product candidates or do so on commercially reasonable terms, which could adversely affect and delay the development or commercialization of our product candidates.

Risks Related to Regulatory Approval of Our Product Candidates and Other Legal Compliance Matters

    If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals, we will not be able to commercialize our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

        Our product candidates must be approved by FDA pursuant to a new drug application, or NDA, in the United States and by the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, and similar regulatory authorities outside the United States prior to commercialization. The process of obtaining marketing approvals, both in the United States and abroad, is expensive and takes many years, if approval is obtained at all, and can vary substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidates involved. Failure to obtain marketing approval for a product candidate will prevent us from commercializing the product candidate. We have not received approval to market any of our product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction. We have no experience in filing and supporting the applications necessary to gain marketing approvals and expect to rely on third-party CROs to assist us in this process. Securing marketing approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate's safety and efficacy. Securing marketing approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the regulatory authorities. Our product candidates may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use. Regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. In addition, varying interpretations of the data obtained from preclinical and clinical testing could delay, limit or prevent marketing approval of a product candidate. Changes in marketing approval policies during the development period, changes in or the enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review for each submitted product application, may also cause delays in or prevent the approval of an application.

        New cancer drugs frequently are indicated only for patient populations that have not responded to an existing therapy or have relapsed. If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, the accompanying labeling may limit the approved use of our drug in this way, which could limit sales of the product.

        Any marketing approval we ultimately obtain may be limited or subject to restrictions or post-approval commitments that render the approved product not commercially viable.

19


Table of Contents

        If we experience delays in obtaining approval or if we fail to obtain approval of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate revenues will be materially impaired.

    We may seek Orphan Drug Exclusivity for some of our product candidates, and we may be unsuccessful.

        Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, FDA may designate a product as an orphan drug if it is a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a disease with a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States.

        Generally, if a product with an Orphan Drug Designation subsequently receives the first marketing approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the EMA or FDA from approving another marketing application for the same drug for the same indication during the period of exclusivity. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in Europe. The European exclusivity period can be reduced to six years if a drug no longer meets the criteria for Orphan Drug Designation or if the drug is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified. Orphan Drug Exclusivity may be lost if FDA or EMA determines that the request for designation was materially defective, if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the drug to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

        Even if we obtain Orphan Drug Exclusivity for a product candidate, that exclusivity may not effectively protect the product candidate from competition because different drugs can be approved for the same condition. Even after an orphan drug is approved, FDA can subsequently approve a different drug for the same condition if FDA concludes that the later drug is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major contribution to patient care.

    A Fast Track Designation by FDA, even if granted for any of our product candidates, may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process and does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive marketing approval.

        We do not currently have Fast Track Designation for any of our product candidates but intend to seek such designation. If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and the drug demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the drug sponsor may apply for FDA Fast Track Designation. FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation. Even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive Fast Track Designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. FDA may withdraw Fast Track Designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Many drugs that have received Fast Track Designation have failed to obtain drug approval.

    A Breakthrough Therapy Designation by FDA, even if granted for any of our product candidates, may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive marketing approval.

        We do not currently have Breakthrough Therapy Designation for any of our product candidates but may seek such designation. A Breakthrough Therapy is defined as a drug that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition, and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects

20


Table of Contents

observed early in clinical development. For drugs that have been designated as Breakthrough Therapies, interaction and communication between FDA and the sponsor can help to identify the most efficient path for development.

        Designation as a Breakthrough Therapy is within the discretion of FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe, after completing early clinical trials, that one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a Breakthrough Therapy, FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. In any event, the receipt of a Breakthrough Therapy designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to drugs considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualify as Breakthrough Therapies, FDA may later decide that such product candidates no longer meet the conditions for qualification.

    Failure to obtain marketing approval in international jurisdictions would prevent our product candidates from being marketed abroad.

        In order to market and sell our products in the European Union and many other jurisdictions, we or our third-party collaborators must obtain separate marketing approvals and comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements. The approval procedure varies among countries and can involve additional testing. The time required to obtain approval may differ substantially from that required to obtain FDA approval. The regulatory approval process outside the United States generally includes all of the risks associated with obtaining FDA approval. In addition, in many countries outside the United States, it is required that the product be approved for reimbursement before the product can be approved for sale in that country. We or these third parties may not obtain approvals from regulatory authorities outside the United States on a timely basis, if at all. Approval by FDA does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions, and approval by one regulatory authority outside the United States does not ensure approval by regulatory authorities in other countries or jurisdictions or by FDA. We may not be able to file for marketing approvals and may not receive necessary approvals to commercialize our products in any market.

    Any product candidate for which we obtain marketing approval will be subject to extensive post-marketing regulatory requirements and could be subject to post-marketing restrictions or withdrawal from the market, and we may be subject to penalties if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements or if we experience unanticipated problems with our products, when and if any of them are approved.

        Our product candidates and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their testing, manufacture, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution, are subject to comprehensive regulation by FDA and other regulatory authorities. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, registration and listing requirements, current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP, requirements relating to manufacturing, quality control, quality assurance and corresponding maintenance of records and documents, including periodic inspections by FDA and other regulatory authority, requirements regarding the distribution of samples to physicians and recordkeeping.

        FDA may also impose requirements for costly post-marketing studies or clinical trials and surveillance to monitor the safety or efficacy of the product. FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs to ensure drugs are marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling. FDA imposes stringent restrictions on manufacturers' communications regarding use of their products and if we promote our products beyond their approved indications, we may be subject to enforcement action for off-label promotion. Violations of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act relating to the promotion of prescription drugs may lead to investigations alleging violations of federal and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws, as well as state consumer protection laws.

21


Table of Contents

        In addition, later discovery of previously unknown adverse events or other problems with our products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may yield various results, including:

    restrictions on such products, manufacturers or manufacturing processes;

    restrictions on the labeling or marketing of a product;

    restrictions on product distribution or use;

    requirements to conduct post-marketing studies or clinical trials;

    warning or untitled letters;

    withdrawal of the products from the market;

    refusal to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications that we submit;

    recall of products;

    fines, restitution or disgorgement of profits or revenues;

    suspension or withdrawal of marketing approvals;

    refusal to permit the import or export of our products;

    product seizure; or

    injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

        Non-compliance with European Union requirements regarding safety monitoring or pharmacovigilance, and with requirements related to the development of products for the pediatric population, can also result in significant financial penalties. Similarly, failure to comply with the European Union's requirements regarding the protection of personal information can also lead to significant penalties and sanctions.

    Our relationships with customers and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

        Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations include the following:

    the federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid;

    the federal False Claims Act imposes criminal and civil penalties, including civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

22


Table of Contents

    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or making false statements relating to healthcare matters;

    HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act and its implementing regulations, also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information;

    federal law requires applicable manufacturers of covered drugs to report payments and other transfers of value to physicians and teaching hospitals, which includes data collection and reporting obligations. The information is to be made publicly available on a searchable website in September 2014; and

    analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers.

        Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry's voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government and may require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures. State and foreign laws also govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances, many of which differ from each other in significant ways and often are not preempted by HIPAA, thus complicating compliance efforts.

        Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion of products from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other healthcare providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found to be not in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

    Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to obtain marketing approval of and commercialize our product candidates and affect the prices we may obtain.

        In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our product candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

        In the United States, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement, and Modernization Act of 2003, or the MMA, changed the way Medicare covers and pays for pharmaceutical products. The legislation expanded Medicare coverage for drug purchases by the elderly and introduced a new reimbursement methodology based on average sales prices for physician-administered drugs. In addition, this legislation provided authority for limiting the number of drugs that will be covered in any therapeutic class. Cost reduction initiatives and other provisions of this legislation could decrease the coverage and price that we receive for any approved products. While the MMA only applies to drug benefits for Medicare beneficiaries, private payors often follow Medicare coverage policy and payment

23


Table of Contents

limitations in setting their own reimbursement rates. Therefore, any reduction in reimbursement that results from the MMA may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors.

        More recently, in March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Affordability Reconciliation Act, or collectively the PPACA, a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of healthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry and impose additional health policy reforms.

        Among the provisions of the PPACA of importance to our potential product candidates are the following:

    an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic agents;

    an increase in the statutory minimum rebates a manufacturer must pay under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program;

    expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the False Claims Act and the Anti-Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers, and enhanced penalties for noncompliance;

    a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices;

    extension of manufacturers' Medicaid rebate liability;

    expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs;

    expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;

    new requirements to report financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals;

    a new requirement to annually report drug samples that manufacturers and distributors provide to physicians; and

    a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

        In addition, other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the PPACA was enacted. These changes included aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of up to 2% per fiscal year, starting in 2013. In January 2013, President Obama signed into law the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, which, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. These new laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding.

        We expect that the PPACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products.

24


Table of Contents

        Legislative and regulatory proposals have been made to expand post-approval requirements and restrict sales and promotional activities for pharmaceutical products. We cannot be sure whether additional legislative changes will be enacted, or whether FDA regulations, guidance or interpretations will be changed, or what the impact of such changes on the marketing approvals of our product candidates, if any, may be. In addition, increased scrutiny by the U.S. Congress of FDA's approval process may significantly delay or prevent marketing approval, as well as subject us to more stringent product labeling and post-marketing testing and other requirements.

    Governments outside the United States tend to impose strict price controls, which may adversely affect our revenues, if any.

        In some countries, particularly the countries of the European Union, the pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after the receipt of marketing approval for a product. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval in some countries, we may be required to conduct a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of our product candidate to other available therapies. If reimbursement of our products is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business could be harmed, possibly materially.

    If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could harm our business.

        We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

        Although we maintain workers' compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

        In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our discovery, preclinical development or production efforts. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Risks Related to Our Dependence on Third Parties

    Our existing discovery collaboration with Array is important to our business. If we are unable to maintain this collaboration, or if this collaboration is not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

        On July 3, 2013, we entered into a Drug Discovery Collaboration Agreement with Array, which was subsequently amended on November 26, 2013 and April 10, 2014, or the Array Agreement. Pursuant to the Array Agreement, Array agreed to design, conduct and perform research and preclinical testing for certain compounds that we select, including LOXO-101, targeted at TRKA, TRKB and TRKC, and identify IND candidates for TRK and other targets, while undertaking manufacturing activities sufficient to conduct Phase 1 clinical trials for a subset of these programs.

25


Table of Contents

Array granted us exclusive licenses worldwide, for clinical and commercial development of these compounds. See "Business—Array Collaboration." Array has an obligation to test targets during our discovery phase, but we cannot be certain that our collaboration will lead to the discovery of any additional product candidates beyond LOXO-101 or that any of these product candidates will be successfully commercialized and developed. We and Array jointly own the intellectual property developed by the combined efforts of both our employees, and we each retain ownership of intellectual property that we develop independently pursuant to the collaboration. Array has granted us an exclusive license under all intellectual property for our product candidates.

        Because we currently rely on Array for a substantial portion of our discovery and preclinical capabilities, including reliance on employees of Array whom we fund to conduct preclinical development of our product candidates pursuant to the Array Agreement, if Array delays or fails to perform its obligations under the Array Agreement, disagrees with our interpretation of the terms of the collaboration or our discovery plan or terminates the Array Agreement, our pipeline of product candidates would be adversely affected. In addition, we rely on Array's expertise in drug discovery and preclinical testing, and our results will suffer if the Array employees who conduct work on our behalf lack expertise in this area. In some cases, Array subcontracts and hires consultants to conduct work on our program. If these subcontractors or consultants fail to perform their obligations as agreed, our program could suffer. Array may also fail to properly maintain or defend the intellectual property we have licensed from them, or even infringe upon, our intellectual property rights, leading to the potential invalidation of our intellectual property or subjecting us to litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive. Additionally, in the event that Array commits a material breach of the Array Agreement, our only recourse is to terminate the collaboration. If we terminate our collaboration with Array, especially during our discovery phase, the development of our product candidates would be materially delayed or harmed. Furthermore, we are dependent on the success of Array's business. If Array continues to be unprofitable and if it is unsuccessful in retaining employees or obtaining future financing, we would need to identify a new collaboration partner for discovery and preclinical development. If we are unsuccessful or significantly delayed in identifying a new collaboration partner, or unable to reach an agreement with such a partner on commercially reasonable terms, development for our pipeline of products will suffer and our business would be materially harmed.

        Furthermore, if Array changes its strategic focus, or if external factors cause it to divert resources from our collaboration, or if it independently develops products that compete directly or indirectly with our product candidates using resources it acquires from our collaboration, our business and results of operations could suffer. For example, while Array has granted us a license for compounds designed to target at least two of the three known TRK kinases. Array has retained ownership and rights to development of compounds targeting only one TRK kinase. If Array develops such compounds in direct competition with our product candidates, our business would be adversely impacted.

    Future discovery and preclinical development collaborations may be important to us. If we are unable to maintain these collaborations, or if these collaborations are not successful, our business could be adversely affected.

        For some of our product candidates, we may in the future determine to collaborate with pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for development of products. We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Our ability to reach a definitive agreement for any collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator's resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator's evaluation of a number of factors. If we are unable to reach agreements with suitable collaborators on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all, we may have to curtail the development of a product candidate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development

26


Table of Contents

programs, delay its potential development schedule or reduce the scope of research activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake discovery or preclinical development activities at our own expense. If we fail to enter into collaborations and do not have sufficient funds or expertise to undertake the necessary development activities, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or continue to develop our product candidates and our business may be materially and adversely affected.

        Future collaborations we may enter into may involve the following risks:

    collaborators may have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations;

    collaborators may not perform their obligations as expected;

    changes in the collaborators' strategic focus or available funding, or external factors, such as an acquisition, may divert resources or create competing priorities;

    collaborators may delay discovery and preclinical development, provide insufficient funding for product development of targets selected by us, stop or abandon discovery and preclinical development for a product candidate, repeat or conduct new discovery and preclinical development for a product candidate;

    collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our products or product candidates if the collaborators believe that competitive products are more likely to be successfully developed than ours;

    product candidates discovered in collaboration with us may be viewed by our collaborators as competitive with their own product candidates or products, which may cause collaborators to cease to devote resources to the development of our product candidates;

    disagreements with collaborators, including disagreements over proprietary rights, contract interpretation or the preferred course of development, might cause delays or termination of the discovery, preclinical development or commercialization of product candidates, might lead to additional responsibilities for us with respect to product candidates, or might result in litigation or arbitration, any of which would be time-consuming and expensive;

    collaborators may not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or intellectual property rights licensed to us or may use our proprietary information in such a way as to invite litigation that could jeopardize or invalidate our intellectual property or proprietary information or expose us to potential litigation;

    collaborators may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may expose us to litigation and potential liability; and

    collaborations may be terminated for the convenience of the collaborator and, if terminated, we could be required to raise additional capital to pursue further development or commercialization of the applicable product candidates.

        Additionally, subject to its contractual obligations to us, if a collaborator of ours is involved in a business combination, the collaborator might deemphasize or terminate the development of any of our product candidates. If one of our collaborators terminates its agreement with us, we may find it more difficult to attract new collaborators and our perception in the business and financial communities could be adversely affected.

        If we are unable to maintain our collaborations, development of our product candidates could be delayed and we may need additional resources to develop them. All of the risks relating to product

27


Table of Contents

development, regulatory approval and commercialization described in this prospectus also apply to the activities of our collaborators.

    We expect to rely on third-party contractors and organizations to conduct our clinical trials, and those third parties may not perform satisfactorily, including failing to meet deadlines for the completion of such trials.

        We will rely on third-party clinical research contractors and organizations, to conduct our ongoing Phase 1 clinical trial of LOXO-101; and we will rely on third party contractors, clinical data management organizations, independent contractors, medical institutions and clinical investigators to conduct our clinical trials beyond Phase 1. These agreements may terminate for a variety of reasons, including a failure to perform by the third parties. If we needed to enter into alternative arrangements, our product development activities would be delayed.

        We compete with many other companies, some of which may be our competitors, for the resources of these third parties. Large pharmaceutical companies often have significantly more extensive agreements and relationships with such third-party providers, and such third-party providers may prioritize the requirements of such large pharmaceutical companies over ours. The third parties on whom we rely may terminate their engagements with us at any time, which may cause delay in the development and commercialization of our product candidates. If any such third party terminates its engagement with us or fails to perform as agreed, we may be required to enter into alternative arrangements, which would result in significant cost and delay to our product development program. Moreover, our agreements with such third parties generally do not provide assurances regarding employee turnover and availability, which may cause interruptions in the research on our product candidates by such third parties.

        Our reliance on these third parties to conduct our clinical trials will reduce our control over these activities but will not relieve us of our responsibilities. For example, we will remain responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials is conducted in accordance with the general investigational plan and protocols for the trial. Moreover, FDA and other regulatory authorities require us to comply with standards, commonly referred to as good clinical practices, or GCPs, for conducting, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to assure that data and reported results are credible and accurate and that the rights, integrity and confidentiality of trial participants are protected. We are also required to register ongoing clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within specified timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

        Additionally, we expect to rely substantially on third-party data managers for our clinical trial data. There is no assurance that these third parties will not make errors in the design, management or retention of our data or data systems. There is no assurance that these third parties will pass FDA or other regulatory audits, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval.

        If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, meet expected deadlines or conduct our clinical trials in accordance with regulatory requirements or our stated protocols, we will not be able to obtain, or may be delayed in obtaining, marketing approvals for our product candidates and will not be able to, or may be delayed in our efforts to, successfully commercialize our product candidates.

    We contract with third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing and expect to continue to do so for commercialization. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products at an acceptable cost and quality, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

        We do not own or operate facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates, and we do not have any manufacturing personnel. We currently have no plans to build our own clinical or commercial

28


Table of Contents

scale manufacturing capabilities. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties, including Array, for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical and clinical testing. We will rely on third parties as well for commercial manufacture if any of our product candidates receive marketing approval. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost or quality, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

        Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or marketing approval. We do not currently have arrangements in place for redundant supply or a source for bulk drug substance. Array currently supplies all of our drug product requirements for our Phase 1 dose escalation trial for LOXO-101. If Array cannot supply us with our Phase 1 dose escalation drug product requirements as agreed, we may be required to identify alternative manufacturers, which would lead us to incur added costs and delays in identifying and qualifying any such replacement.

        The formulation used in early studies is not a final formulation for commercialization. Additional, changes may be required by FDA or other regulatory authorities on specifications and storage conditions. These may require additional studies, and may delay our clinical trials.

        We expect to rely on third-party manufacturers or third-party collaborators for the manufacture of commercial supply of any other product candidates for which our collaborators or we obtain marketing approval.

        We also expect to rely on other third parties to store and distribute drug supplies for our clinical trials. Any performance failure on the part of our distributors could delay clinical development or marketing approval of our product candidates or commercialization of our products, producing additional losses and depriving us of potential product revenue.

        We may be unable to establish any agreements with third-party manufacturers or to do so on acceptable terms. Even if we are able to establish agreements with third-party manufacturers, reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

    reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

    the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

    the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and

    the possible termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.

        Third-party manufacturers may not be able to comply with cGMP regulations or similar regulatory requirements outside the United States. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect supplies of our products.

        Our product candidates and any products that we may develop may compete with other product candidates and products for access to manufacturing facilities. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that might be capable of manufacturing for us.

        Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates or products may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that receive marketing approval on a timely and competitive basis.

29


Table of Contents

Risks Related to the Commercialization of Our Product Candidates

    Even if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, it may fail to achieve the degree of market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community necessary for commercial success.

        If any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, it may nonetheless fail to gain sufficient market acceptance by physicians, patients, third-party payors and others in the medical community. For example, current cancer treatments like chemotherapy and radiation therapy are well established in the medical community, and doctors may continue to rely on these treatments to the exclusion of our product candidates. In addition, physicians, patients and third-party payors may prefer other novel products to ours. If our product candidates do not achieve an adequate level of acceptance, we may not generate significant product revenues and we may not become profitable. The degree of market acceptance of our product candidates, if approved for commercial sale, will depend on a number of factors, including:

    the efficacy and safety and potential advantages and disadvantages compared to alternative treatments;

    our ability to offer our products for sale at competitive prices;

    the convenience and ease of administration compared to alternative treatments;

    the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

    the strength of our marketing and distribution support;

    the availability of third-party coverage and adequate reimbursement, including patient cost-sharing programs such as copays and deductibles;

    our ability to develop or partner with third-party collaborators to develop companion diagnostics;

    the prevalence and severity of any side effects; and

    any restrictions on the use of our products together with other medications.

    We currently have no marketing and sales force. If we are unable to establish effective sales or marketing capabilities or enter into agreements with third parties to sell or market our product candidates, we may not be able to effectively sell or market our product candidates, if approved, or generate product revenues.

        We currently do not have a marketing or sales team for the marketing, sales and distribution of any of our product candidates that are able to obtain regulatory approval. In order to commercialize any product candidates, we must build on a territory-by-territory basis marketing, sales, distribution, managerial and other non-technical capabilities or make arrangements with third parties to perform these services, and we may not be successful in doing so. If our product candidates receive regulatory approval, we intend to establish an internal sales or marketing team with technical expertise and supporting distribution capabilities to commercialize our product candidates, which will be expensive and time consuming and will require significant attention of our executive officers to manage. Any failure or delay in the development of our internal sales, marketing and distribution capabilities would adversely impact the commercialization of any of our products that we obtain approval to market. With respect to the commercialization of all or certain of our product candidates, we may choose to collaborate, either globally or on a territory-by-territory basis, with third parties that have direct sales forces and established distribution systems, either to augment our own sales force and distribution systems or in lieu of our own sales force and distribution systems. If we are unable to enter into such arrangements when needed on acceptable terms or at all, we may not be able to successfully

30


Table of Contents

commercialize any of our product candidates that receive regulatory approval or any such commercialization may experience delays or limitations. If we are not successful in commercializing our product candidates, either on our own or through collaborations with one or more third parties, our future product revenue will suffer and we may incur significant additional losses.

    We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing competing products before or more successfully than we do.

        The development and commercialization of new drug products is highly competitive. We face competition with respect to our current product candidates, and will face competition with respect to any product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future, from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide. There are a number of large pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies that currently market and sell products or are pursuing the development of products for the treatment of the disease indications for which we are developing our product candidates. Some of these competitive products and therapies are based on scientific approaches that are the same as or similar to our approach, and others are based on entirely different approaches. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization.

        Specifically, there are a large number of companies developing or marketing treatments for cancer, including many major pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies. In addition, many companies are developing cancer therapeutics that work by inhibiting multiple kinases, that may directly compete with our lead product candidate and future product candidates, including Daiichi Sankyo and its subsidiary Plexxikon's PLX-7486, Tesaro's TSR-011, Ignyta's RXDX-101 and Novartis AG's dovitinib.

        Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products more rapidly than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we are able to enter the market and or slow our regulatory approval. In addition, our ability to compete may be affected in many cases by insurers or other third-party payors seeking to encourage the use of generic products. Generic products are currently on the market for the indications that we are pursuing, and additional products are expected to become available on a generic basis over the coming years. If our product candidates achieve marketing approval, we expect that they will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic products.

        Many of the companies against which we are competing or against which we may compete in the future have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical testing, conducting clinical trials, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller and other early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These third parties compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

31


Table of Contents

    The insurance coverage and reimbursement status of newly-approved products is uncertain. Failure to obtain or maintain adequate coverage and reimbursement for new or current products could limit our ability to market those products and decrease our ability to generate revenue.

        The availability and extent of reimbursement by governmental and private payors is essential for most patients to be able to afford expensive treatments. Sales of our product candidates will depend substantially, both domestically and abroad, on the extent to which the costs of our product candidates will be paid by health maintenance, managed care, pharmacy benefit and similar healthcare management organizations, or reimbursed by government health administration authorities, private health coverage insurers and other third-party payors. If reimbursement is not available, or is available only to limited levels, we may not be able to successfully commercialize our product candidates. Even if coverage is provided, the approved reimbursement amount may not be high enough to allow us to establish or maintain pricing sufficient to realize a sufficient return on our investment.

        There is significant uncertainty related to the insurance coverage and reimbursement of newly approved products. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, an agency within the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, as CMS decides whether and to what extent a new medicine will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare. Private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. It is difficult to predict what CMS will decide with respect to reimbursement for fundamentally novel products such as ours, as there is no body of established practices and precedents for these new products. Reimbursement agencies in Europe may be more conservative than CMS. For example, a number of cancer drugs have been approved for reimbursement in the United States and have not been approved for reimbursement in certain European countries. Outside the United States, international operations are generally subject to extensive governmental price controls and other market regulations, and we believe the increasing emphasis on cost-containment initiatives in Europe, Canada, and other countries has and will continue to put pressure on the pricing and usage of our product candidates. In many countries, the prices of medical products are subject to varying price control mechanisms as part of national health systems. In general, the prices of medicines under such systems are substantially lower than in the United States. Other countries allow companies to fix their own prices for medicines, but monitor and control company profits. Additional foreign price controls or other changes in pricing regulation could restrict the amount that we are able to charge for our product candidates. Accordingly, in markets outside the United States, the reimbursement for our products may be reduced compared with the United States and may be insufficient to generate commercially reasonable revenues and profits.

        Moreover, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors, in the United States and abroad, to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and level of reimbursement for new products approved and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for our product candidates. We expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any of our product candidates, due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations and additional legislative changes. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription drugs and surgical procedures and other treatments, has become very intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products into the healthcare market.

        In addition to CMS and private payors, professional organizations such as the National Comprehensive Cancer Network and the American Society of Clinical Oncology can influence decisions about reimbursement for new medicines by determining standards for care. In addition, many private payors contract with commercial vendors who sell software that provide guidelines that attempt to limit utilization of, and therefore reimbursement for, certain products deemed to provide limited benefit to existing alternatives. Such organizations may set guidelines that limit reimbursement or utilization of our products.

32


Table of Contents

    Product liability lawsuits against us could cause us to incur substantial liabilities and to limit commercialization of any products that we may develop.

        We face an inherent risk of product liability exposure related to the testing of our product candidates in human clinical trials and will face an even greater risk if we commercially sell any products that we may develop. If we cannot successfully defend ourselves against claims that our product candidates or products caused injuries, we will incur substantial liabilities. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

    decreased demand for any product candidates or products that we may develop;

    injury to our reputation and significant negative media attention;

    withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

    significant costs to defend the related litigation;

    substantial monetary awards to trial participants or patients;

    loss of revenue;

    reduced resources of our management to pursue our business strategy; and

    the inability to commercialize any products that we may develop.

        We currently hold $5 million in product liability insurance coverage in the aggregate, with a per incident limit of $5 million, which may not be adequate to cover all liabilities that we may incur. We may need to increase our insurance coverage as we expand our clinical trials or if we commence commercialization of our product candidates. Insurance coverage is increasingly expensive. We may not be able to maintain insurance coverage at a reasonable cost or in an amount adequate to satisfy any liability that may arise.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

    If we are unable to obtain and maintain intellectual property protection for our technology and products, or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and products similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and products may be impaired.

        Our success depends in large part on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection in the United States and other countries with respect to our proprietary technology and products, including any companion diagnostic developed by us or a third-party collaborator. We seek to protect our proprietary position by filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our novel technologies and product candidates. Our patent portfolio includes patents and patent applications we exclusively licensed from Array as well as exclusive worldwide licenses for all therapeutic indications for new intellectual property developed in our Array collaboration. This patent portfolio includes issued patents and pending patent applications covering compositions of matter and methods of use.

        The patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. We may choose not to seek patent protection for certain innovations and may choose not to pursue patent protection in certain jurisdictions, and under the laws of certain jurisdictions, patents or other intellectual property rights may be unavailable or limited in scope. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our discovery and preclinical development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, in some circumstances, we do not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering technology that we license from third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

33


Table of Contents

        The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. For example, India and China do not allow patents for methods of treating the human body. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after filing, or in some cases not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in our owned or licensed patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights are highly uncertain. Our pending and future patent applications may not result in patents being issued which protect our technology or products, in whole or in part, or which effectively prevent others from commercializing competitive technologies and products. Changes in either the patent laws or interpretation of the patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our patents or narrow the scope of our patent protection.

        Recent patent reform legislation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. On September 16, 2011, the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, was signed into law. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted and may also affect patent litigation. The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or U.S. PTO, recently developed new regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act, and in particular, the first to file provisions, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business. However, the Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

        Moreover, we may be subject to a third-party preissuance submission of prior art to the U.S. PTO, or become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

        Even if our owned and licensed patent applications issue as patents, they may not issue in a form that will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our owned or licensed patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner.

        The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our owned and licensed patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. Such challenges may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents

34


Table of Contents

protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, our owned and licensed patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

        The risks described elsewhere pertaining to our patents and other intellectual property rights also apply to the intellectual property rights that we license, and any failure to obtain, maintain and enforce these rights could have a material adverse effect on our business. In some cases we may not have control over the prosecution, maintenance or enforcement of the patents that we license, and our licensors may fail to take the steps that we believe are necessary or desirable in order to obtain, maintain and enforce the licensed patents. Any inability on our part to protect adequately our intellectual property may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial position.

    Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

        Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and/or applications will be due to be paid to the U.S. PTO and various governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and/or applications. We have systems in place to remind us to pay these fees, and we employ an outside firm and rely on our outside counsel to pay these fees due to non-U.S. patent agencies. The U.S. PTO and various non-U.S. governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process. We employ reputable law firms and other professionals to help us comply, and in many cases, an inadvertent lapse can be cured by payment of a late fee or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules. However, there are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market and this circumstance would have a material adverse effect on our business.

    We may become involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

        Because competition in our industry is intense, competitors may infringe or otherwise violate our issued patents, patents of our licensors or other intellectual property. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their patents. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, construe the patent's claims narrowly or refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation proceeding could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly. We may also elect to enter into license agreements in order to settle patent infringement claims or to resolve disputes prior to litigation, and any such license agreements may require us to pay royalties and other fees that could be significant. Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure.

    We may need to license certain intellectual property from third parties, and such licenses may not be available or may not be available on commercially reasonable terms.

        A third party may hold intellectual property, including patent rights, that are important or necessary to the development of our products. It may be necessary for us to use the patented or

35


Table of Contents

proprietary technology of third parties to commercialize our products, in which case we would be required to obtain a license from these third parties on commercially reasonable terms, or our business could be harmed, possibly materially. Although we believe that licenses to these patents are available from these third parties on commercially reasonable terms, if we were not able to obtain a license, or were not able to obtain a license on commercially reasonable terms, our business could be harmed, possibly materially.

    Third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

        Our commercial success depends upon our ability, and the ability of our collaborators, to develop, manufacture, market and sell our product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. There is considerable intellectual property litigation in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries. We may become party to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology, including interference or derivation proceedings before the U.S. PTO. Third parties may assert infringement claims against us based on existing patents or patents that may be granted in the future.

        If we are found to infringe a third party's intellectual property rights, we could be required to obtain a license from such third party to continue developing and marketing our products and technology. However, we may not be able to obtain any required license on commercially reasonable terms or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a license, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. We could be forced, including by court order, to cease commercializing the infringing technology or product. In addition, we could be found liable for monetary damages, including treble damages and attorneys' fees if we are found to have willfully infringed a patent. A finding of infringement could prevent us from commercializing our product candidates or force us to cease some of our business operations, which could materially harm our business. Claims that we have misappropriated the confidential information or trade secrets of third parties could have a similar negative impact on our business.

    We may not be successful in obtaining or maintaining necessary rights for our development pipeline through acquisitions and in-licenses.

        Presently we have rights to intellectual property to develop our product candidates, including patents and patent applications we exclusively licensed from Array as well as exclusive worldwide licenses for all therapeutic indications for new intellectual property developed in our Array collaboration. Because our programs may involve additional product candidates that may require the use of proprietary rights held by third parties, the growth of our business may depend in part on our ability to acquire, in-license or use these proprietary rights. Additionally, a companion diagnostic may require that we or a third-party collaborator developing the diagnostic acquire use or proprietary rights held by third parties. We may be unable to acquire or in-license any compositions, methods of use, or other third-party intellectual property rights from third parties that we identify. The licensing and acquisition of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and a number of more established companies are also pursuing strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive. These established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, cash resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities.

        For example, we may collaborate with U.S. and foreign academic institutions to accelerate our discovery and preclinical development work under written agreements with these institutions. Typically, these institutions provide us with an option to negotiate a license to any of the institution's rights in

36


Table of Contents

technology resulting from the collaboration. Regardless of such right of first negotiation for intellectual property, we may be unable to negotiate a license within the specified time frame or under terms that are acceptable to us. If we are unable to do so, the institution may offer the intellectual property rights to other parties, potentially blocking our ability to pursue our program.

        In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment. If we are unable to successfully obtain rights to required third-party intellectual property rights, our business, financial condition and prospects for growth could suffer.

    We may be subject to claims by third parties asserting that our employees or we have misappropriated their intellectual property, or claiming ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

        Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although we try to ensure that our employees do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such employee's former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

        In addition, while it is our policy to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who in fact develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. Our and their assignment agreements may not be self-executing or may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.

        If we fail in prosecuting or defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in prosecuting or defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

    If we are unable to protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

        In addition to seeking patents for some of our technology and product candidates, we also rely on trade secrets, including unpatented know-how, technology and other proprietary information, to maintain our competitive position. We seek to protect these trade secrets, in part, by entering into non-disclosure and confidentiality agreements with parties who have access to them, such as our employees, corporate collaborators, outside scientific collaborators, contract manufacturers, consultants, advisors and other third parties. We seek to protect our confidential proprietary information, in part, by entering into confidentiality and invention or patent assignment agreements with our employees and consultants, however, we cannot be certain that such agreements have been entered into with all relevant parties. Moreover, to the extent we enter into such agreements, any of these parties may breach the agreements and disclose our proprietary information, including our trade secrets, and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, some courts inside and outside the United States are less willing or unwilling to protect trade secrets. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor, we would have no right to prevent them, or those to whom they communicate it, from using that technology or information to compete with us. If any of our trade

37


Table of Contents

secrets were to be disclosed to or independently developed by a competitor, our competitive position would be harmed.

Risks Related to Employee Matters, Managing Growth and Macroeconomic Conditions

    We currently have a limited number of employees, are highly dependent on our Chief Executive Officer and our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

        We are an early-stage clinical development company with a limited operating history, and, as of May 31, 2014, had only four employees and two executive officers. We are highly dependent on the research and development, clinical and business development expertise of Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D. our President and Chief Executive Officer, as well as the other principal members of our management, scientific and clinical team. Although we have entered into employment letter agreements with our executive officers, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain "key person" insurance for any of our executives or other employees.

        Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel will also be critical to our success. The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize products. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our discovery and preclinical development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited.

    We expect to expand our development and regulatory capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

        We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly in the areas of drug development, regulatory affairs and, if any of our product candidates receives marketing approval, sales, marketing and distribution. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

    Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

        Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets. The recent global financial crisis caused extreme volatility and

38


Table of Contents

disruptions in the capital and credit markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn, such as the recent global financial crisis, could result in a variety of risks to our business, including our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. This is particularly true in Europe, which is undergoing a continued severe economic crisis. A weak or declining economy could also strain our suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

    Our business and operations would suffer in the event of system failures.

        Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our CROs, collaborators and third-parties on whom we rely are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failures. Furthermore, we have little or no control over the security measures and computer systems of our third-party collaborators, including Array. While we and, to our knowledge, our third-party collaborators have not experienced any such system failure, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, or the operations of Array or our other third-party collaborators, it could result in a material disruption of our drug development programs. For example, the loss of research data by Array could delay development of our product candidates and the loss of clinical trial data from completed or ongoing or planned clinical trials could result in delays in our regulatory approval efforts and we may incur substantial costs to attempt to recover or reproduce the data. If any disruption or security breach resulted in a loss of or damage to our data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and/or the further development of our product candidates could be delayed.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

    After this offering, our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders, if they choose to act together, will continue to have the ability to control all matters submitted to stockholders for approval.

        Upon the closing of this offering, our executive officers and directors, combined with our stockholders who individually owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock before this offering will, in the aggregate, beneficially own shares representing approximately        % of our capital stock. As a result, if these stockholders were to choose to act together, they would be able to control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, as well as our management and affairs. For example, these persons, if they choose to act together, would control the election of directors and approval of any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. This concentration of ownership control may:

    delay, defer or prevent a change in control;

    entrench our management and the board of directors; or

    impede a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us that other stockholders may desire.

    Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

        Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the

39


Table of Contents

market price of our common stock. In addition, because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors. Among other things, these provisions:

    establish a classified board of directors such that only one of three classes of directors is elected each year;

    allow the authorized number of our directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

    limit the manner in which stockholders can remove directors from our board of directors;

    establish advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals that can be acted on at stockholder meetings and nominations to our board of directors;

    require that stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called stockholder meeting and prohibit actions by our stockholders by written consent;

    limit who may call stockholder meetings;

    authorize our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to institute a "poison pill" that would work to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, effectively preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors; and

    require the approval of the holders of at least        % of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast to amend or repeal specified provisions of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering.

        Moreover, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a person who owns in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock from merging or combining with us for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person acquired in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock, unless the merger or combination is approved in a prescribed manner.

    If you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer substantial and immediate dilution of your investment.

        The initial public offering price of our common stock will be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our net tangible book value per share after this offering. To the extent shares subsequently are issued under outstanding options, you will incur further dilution. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $        per share, representing the difference between our pro forma net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering, and the assumed initial public offering price.

    Future sales and issuances of our common stock or rights to purchase common stock, including pursuant to our equity incentive plans or otherwise, could result in dilution to the percentage ownership of our stockholders and could cause our stock price to fall.

        Even after giving effect to the funds raised in this offering, we expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. To raise capital, we may sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell additional common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities, investors in a prior transaction may be materially diluted.

40


Table of Contents

Additionally, new investors could gain rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of existing holders of our common stock. Further, any future sales of our common stock by us or resales of our common stock by our existing stockholders could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

        Pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Plan, we are authorized to grant additional equity awards to our employees, directors and consultants for up to an aggregate of 473,385 shares of our common stock. The number of shares of our common stock available for future grant under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2014 Plan, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering, is                plus the number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan, as of the effective date of the 2014 Plan. Additionally, as of May 31, 2014, there were outstanding options granted under the 2013 Plan that are exercisable for up to 415,941 shares of our common stock. Any future grants of options, warrants or other securities exercisable or convertible into our common stock, or the exercise or conversion of such shares, and any sales of such shares in the market, could have an adverse effect on the market price of our common stock.

    An active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters. Although we have applied to have our common stock approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchase in this offering without depressing the market price for the shares or at all.

    The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock in this offering.

        Our stock price is likely to be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for smaller biopharmaceutical companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock at or above the initial public offering price. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

    the success of competitive products or technologies;

    results of clinical trials of our product candidates or those of our competitors;

    events affecting our collaboration partners, including Array;

    regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

    developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

    the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

    the level of expenses related to any of our product candidates or clinical development programs;

    the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates or products;

    actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

    variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

    changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems;

41


Table of Contents

    market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

    general economic, industry and market conditions; and

    the other factors described in this "Risk Factors" section.

    We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention .

        Our share price may be volatile, and in the past companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to an increased incidence of securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management's attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

    If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, or publish negative reports about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline .

        The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. There can be no assurance that analysts will cover us or provide favorable coverage. If one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or change their opinion of our stock, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

    We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

        Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds from this offering, including for any of the purposes described in the section entitled "Use of Proceeds" and you will not have the opportunity as part of your investment decision to assess whether the net proceeds are being used appropriately. Our management could spend the net proceeds from this offering in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could result in financial losses that could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause the price of our common stock to decline and delay the development of our product candidates. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

    A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are eligible to be sold into the market in the near future, which could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

        Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. After this offering, we will have                    outstanding shares of common stock based on the number of shares outstanding as of March 31, 2014. This includes the shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing stockholders. The remaining                shares are currently restricted as a result of securities laws or lock-up agreements but will become eligible to be sold 180 days after the offering. Moreover, after this offering, holders of an aggregate of                shares of our common stock will have rights, subject to specified conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also intend to register all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lock-up agreements described in the "Underwriting" section of this prospectus.

42


Table of Contents

    We are an "emerging growth company," and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

        We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and may remain an emerging growth company for up to five years. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

    being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" disclosure;

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

    not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

        We have taken advantage of reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. In particular, in this prospectus, we have not included all of the executive compensation-related information that would be required if we were not an emerging growth company. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

    We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives and corporate governance practices.

        As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the listing requirements of The NASDAQ Stock Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations impose various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors.

        We are evaluating these rules and regulations, and cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such costs. These rules and regulations are often subject

43


Table of Contents

to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

        Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, we will first be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting for the year ending December 31, 2015. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. If we identify one or more material weaknesses, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

    Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

        Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change," generally defined as a greater than 50% change (by value) in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation's ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards, or NOLs, and other pre-change tax attributes (such as research tax credits) to offset its post-change income or taxes may be limited. It is possible that we may have triggered an "ownership change" limitation. We may also experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership (some of which are outside our control). As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change NOL carryforwards to offset U.S. federal taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability to us. In addition, at the state level, there may be periods during which the use of NOLs is suspended or otherwise limited, which could accelerate or permanently increase state taxes owed.

    Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

44


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus, including the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Use of Proceeds," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and "Business" contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations or financial condition, our business strategy and plans and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words "believe," "may," "will," "potentially," "estimate," "continue," "anticipate," "predict," "target," "intend," "could," "would," "should," "project," "plan" "expect," and similar expressions that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.

        The forward-looking statements in this prospectus include, among other things, statements about:

    our plans to develop and commercialize targeted therapeutics for patients with genetically defined cancers;

    our ongoing and planned clinical trials, including the timing of anticipated results;

    our ability to obtain funding for operations, including funding necessary to complete the clinical trials of LOXO-101 and finance discovery and development of other product candidates;

    the timing of and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for our product candidates;

    our ability to develop and obtain FDA approval of, or contract with a third party to develop and obtain FDA approval of a companion diagnostic;

    the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of our products;

    our ability to attract and retain collaborators with preclinical development expertise;

    our collaboration with Array;

    our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;

    regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

    our intellectual property position;

    the continued involvement of members of our Scientific Advisory Board and other key scientific or management personnel;

    our expectations regarding the period during which we qualify as an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act;

    our use of the proceeds from this offering;

    our ability to identify additional products or product candidates with significant commercial potential that are consistent with our commercial objectives; and

    our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing.

        These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment, and new risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ

45


Table of Contents

materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

        You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this prospectus to conform these statements to new information, actual results or to changes in our expectations, except as required by law.

        You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance, and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

        This prospectus includes statistical and other industry and market data that we obtained from industry publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications and third-party research, surveys and studies generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.

46


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $             million, or $             million if the underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full.

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by $         million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        We currently intend to use our existing cash reserves and the net proceeds we receive from this offering as follows:

    approximately $10 to $15 million associated with our currently planned Phase 1 dose escalation and expansion trial for LOXO-101;

    approximately $20 to $25 million to fund research and development and to advance our pipeline of preclinical product candidates; and

    the remainder for working capital and general corporate purposes.

        Based upon our planned use of the net proceeds, we estimate such funds will be sufficient for us to fund the Phase 1 trials for LOXO-101 through initial response data from our Phase 1 expansion trial as well as discovery and development activities through IND for one additional product candidate with additional resources available for other discovery and clinical development activities.

        This expected use of the net proceeds from the offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot predict with any certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures and the extent of clinical development may vary significantly depending on numerous factors, including the status, results and timing of our current preclinical studies and ongoing clinical trials or clinical trials we may commence in the future, product approval process with FDA, any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties and any unforeseen cash needs. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering.

        The expected net proceeds of this offering will not be sufficient for us to complete the development and commercialization of LOXO-101. We also will need to raise additional capital in the future to complete the development and commercialization of our other product candidates.

        Pending their use as described above, we plan to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

47


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

48


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2014 on:

    an actual basis;

    a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the sale and issuance of 1,705,182 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement by us in April 2014; (ii) the sale and issuance of 321,210 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement by us in June 2014; (iii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock into 5,326,392 shares of common stock, upon completion of this offering; (iv) the automatic conversion of the 320,451 shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock outstanding into 1,030,118 shares of common stock, upon completion of this offering; and (v) the effectiveness of our restated certificate of incorporation upon the completion of this offering; and

    a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the pro forma adjustments and the sale of                shares of common stock by us in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

        You should read this table together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of March 31, 2014  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted (1)
 
 
  (unaudited)
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 26,933   $ 55,322   $    
               
               

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share:

                   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 3,620,451 shares authorized; 3,620,451 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                    shares authorized,                     shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  $ 39,854   $   $    
               

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                   

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

               

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 6,000,000 shares authorized, 355,342 shares issued and 330,650 shares outstanding, actual;                shares authorized, 6,687,160 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;                shares authorized,                shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

        1        

Additional paid-in capital

    187     68,408        

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

    (13,192 )   (13,192 )      
               

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (13,005 )   55,217        
               

Total capitalization

  $ 26,849   $ 55,217   $    
               
               

(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as

49


Table of Contents

    adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' (deficit) equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' deficit and total capitalization by $             million, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

            The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering in the table above excludes:

    415,941 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2014, with an exercise price of $1.85 per share;

    376,066 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted between March 31, 2014 and June 23, 2014, with an exercise price of $5.70 per share;

    24,692 shares of our common stock that are issued but were subject to a right of repurchase by us as of March 31, 2014 and therefore not included in stockholders' (deficit) equity; and

    shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans as of May 31, 2014, consisting of (a) 473,385 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and (b)                 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus. Upon completion of this offering, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved under the plan each year, as more fully described in "Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans."

50


Table of Contents


DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of common stock immediately after this offering.

        As of March 31, 2014, our historical net tangible book value was approximately $(13.0) million, or $(39.33) per share of common stock. Our historical net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and our redeemable convertible preferred stock divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014.

        As of March 31, 2014, our pro forma net tangible book value was approximately $55.2 million, or $8.26 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets reduced by the amount of our total liabilities and divided by the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, assuming (i) the sale and issuance of 1,705,182 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement in April 2014; (ii) the sale and issuance of 321,210 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement by us in June 2014; (iii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock into 5,326,392 shares of common stock, upon completion of this offering; (iv) the automatic conversion of the 320,451 shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014 into 1,030,118 shares of common stock, upon completion of this offering; and (v) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock.

        After giving effect to our sale in this offering of            shares of our common stock, at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2014 would have been approximately $             million, or $            per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $            per share to investors purchasing shares in this offering, as follows:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $               

Historical net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014

  $ (39.33 )      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2014, as adjusted as described above

             

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

             
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering

        $    
             
             

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, by $            per share, the increase (decrease) attributable to this offering by $            per share, and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering by $            per share,

51


Table of Contents

assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, and decrease the dilution per share to investors in this offering, by $            per share. Each decrease of one million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, and increase the dilution per share to investors in this offering, by $            per share.

        If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $            per share, and the dilution in net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be $            per share.

        The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of March 31, 2014 after giving effect to (i) the sale and issuance of 1,705,182 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement in April 2014; (ii) the sale and issuance of 321,210 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement by us in June 2014; (iii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock into 5,326,392 shares of common stock, upon completion of this offering; (iv) the automatic conversion of the 320,451 shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014 into 1,030,118 shares of common stock, upon completion of this offering; and (v) this offering on an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
   
   
  Total Consideration    
 
 
  Shares Purchased    
 
 
  Amount
(in thousands)
   
  Average
Price
Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percentage   Percentage  

Existing stockholders

                       $                                  

New public investors

                               
                         

Total

          100 % $       100 %      
                         
                         

        A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the midpoint of the price range reflected on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

        Except as otherwise indicated, the above discussion and tables assume no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, our existing stockholders would own        % and our new investors would own        % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the completion of this offering.

        The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering excludes:

    415,941 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2014, with an exercise price of $1.85 per share;

    376,066 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options granted between March 31, 2014 and June 23, 2014, with an exercise price of $5.70 per share;

52


Table of Contents

    24,692 shares of our common stock that are issued but were subject to a right of repurchase by us as of March 31, 2014 and therefore not included in stockholders' (deficit) equity; and

                         shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans as of May 31, 2014, consisting of (a) 473,385 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and (b)             shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus. Upon completion of this offering, any remaining shares available for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will be added to the shares reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan and we will cease granting awards under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan also provides for automatic annual increases in the number of shares reserved under the plan each year, as more fully described in "Executive Compensation—Employee Benefit and Stock Plans."

        To the extent that any outstanding options are exercised, investors will experience further dilution.

53


Table of Contents


SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

        The selected statements of operations data for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2013 are derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected statements of operations data presented below for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and our balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 are derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The interim condensed unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information for the periods presented. The selected financial data below should be read in conjunction with the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period. The selected financial data in this section are not intended to replace the historical financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the historical financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Period From
May 9, 2013 (Date of
Inception)
to December 31, 2013
  Three months
ended
March 31, 2014
  Period From
May 9, 2013
(Date of Inception) to
March 31, 2014
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands except share and per share data)
 

Statements of Operations Data:

                   

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development with related party

  $ 9,384   $ 1,275   $ 10,659  

Research and development

    323     711     1,034  

General and administrative

    583     916     1,499  
               

Total operating expenses and net loss

    (10,290 )   (2,902 )   (13,192 )
               

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (12 )   (11 )   (23 )
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (10,302 ) $ (2,913 ) $ (13,215 )
               
               

Per share information:

                   

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

  $ (110.61 ) $ (22.22 )      
                 
                 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    93,139     131,077        
                 
                 

Pro forma information (unaudited) (1) :

                   

Pro forma net loss per common share—basic and diluted

  $ (6.63 ) $ (1.06 )      
                 
                 

Pro forma basic and diluted weighted average common shares outstanding

    1,551,580     2,744,114        
                 
                 

(1)
Pro forma gives effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A and A-1 convertible preferred stock into 4,208,131 shares of common stock as of the beginning of the period presented or actual issuance date, if later and does not include any shares issued subsequent to March 31, 2014.

54


Table of Contents

 
  As of  
 
  December 31, 2013   March 31, 2014  
 
   
  (unaudited)
 
 
  (In thousands)
 

Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 14,994   $ 26,933  

Total assets

    15,022     27,445  

Total liabilities

    410     596  

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

    (10,290 )   (13,192 )

Total stockholders' deficit

    (10,231 )   (13,005 )

55


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

         You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

        Loxo Oncology develops targeted small molecule therapeutics for the treatment of cancer in genetically defined patient populations. Our development approach translates key scientific insights relating to the oncogenic drivers of cancer into drugs that are potent and highly selective for their intended targets. Such drugs typically achieve high target engagement, which has been correlated with improved tumor response. We believe our approach will allow us to develop drugs with a high probability of clinical success while reducing the time, costs and risks of drug development. Our lead product candidate, LOXO-101, is a potent and selective inhibitor of tropomyosin receptor kinase, or TRK, a family of signaling molecules that appear to play an important role in the development and perpetuation of many cancers. We are evaluating LOXO-101 in a Phase 1 dose escalation trial for patients with advanced solid tumors, and we anticipate reporting data by early 2015. We are also building a pipeline of additional product candidates targeting cancers driven by genetic alterations.

        We were incorporated in May 2013 and commenced operations in the third quarter of 2013. Our operations to date have included organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, developing LOXO-101, and engaging in other discovery and preclinical activities. We have financed our operations to date primarily through private placements of our convertible preferred stock. As of March 31, 2014, we had received aggregate gross proceeds of $33.0 million from the sale of our Series A convertible preferred stock. In addition, in July 2013, we received certain rights under the Array Agreement, which, in part, were granted in exchange for our issuance of shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock. Subsequently, in April and June 2014, we received gross proceeds of approximately $23.9 million and $4.5 million, respectively, through issuances of Series B convertible preferred stock. Our ability to become profitable depends on our ability to generate revenue. We do not expect to generate significant revenue unless and until we or collaborators obtain marketing approval for and commercialize LOXO-101 or one of our other future product candidates.

        Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. Our net losses from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to March 31, 2014 were $13.2 million, including approximately $11.7 million of total research and development expenses, and approximately $1.5 million of total general and administrative expenses. We expect to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future as we continue the discovery, development and clinical trials of, and seek regulatory approval for and pursue potential commercialization of, our product candidates. In addition, we will also incur additional expenses if and as we enter into additional collaboration agreements, acquire or in-license products and technologies, expand our collaboration with Array, establish sales, marketing and distribution infrastructure and/or expand and protect our intellectual property portfolio.

        Furthermore, upon the closing of this offering, we expect to incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company, including significant legal, accounting, investor relations and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. We will seek to fund our operations through the

56


Table of Contents

sale of equity, debt financings or other sources, including potential collaborations. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements when needed on favorable terms, or at all. If we fail to raise capital or enter into such other arrangements as, and when, needed, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development and commercialization of one or more of our product candidates.

        On July 3, 2013, we signed the Array Agreement, which was subsequently amended in November 2013 and April 2014. For further information on the Array Agreement, see below under "—Contractual Obligations and Commitments—Array Collaboration Agreement" and "Business—Collaborations—Array BioPharma Inc." Concurrent with entering into this collaboration agreement, we also issued Array 320,451 shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock. We recognized related-party research and development expense of $7.0 million related to the estimated fair value of the shares issued, at $21.98 per share. The shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock issued to Array were subject to an antidilution protection feature, which provided that the rate at which such Series A-1 convertible preferred stock would be convertible into common stock would increase as a result of certain new issuances of our stock, as further specified in our certificate of incorporation. As of April 2014, this antidilution feature has expired, the 320,451 shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock held by Array are convertible into 1,030,118 shares of our common stock, and the conversion rate of the Series A-1 convertible preferred stock is not subject to any further antidilution adjustments.

Liquidity and Development-Stage Risks

        Our financial statements and related disclosures have been prepared on a going-concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Accordingly, the financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary should we be unable to continue in existence. We have not generated any revenues and have not yet achieved profitable operations. There is no assurance that profitable operations, if ever achieved, could be sustained on a continuing basis. In addition, development activities, clinical and preclinical testing, and commercialization of our products will require significant additional financing. Our deficit accumulated during the development stage through March 31, 2014 was approximately $13.2 million, and management expects to incur substantial and increasing losses in future periods. Our ability to successfully pursue our business is subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including among others, uncertainty of product development, competition from third parties, uncertainty of capital availability, uncertainty in our ability to enter into agreements with collaborative partners, dependence on third parties, and dependence on key personnel. We plan to finance future operations with a combination of proceeds from the issuance of equity, debt, licensing fees, and revenues from future product sales, if any. We have not generated positive cash flows from operations, and there are no assurances that we will be successful in obtaining an adequate level of financing for the development and commercialization of our planned products. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2014, combined with our financing in April 2014, will provide for our ability to continue to fund our operations through the end of 2015; however, there can be no assurance in this regard. Such actions primarily include raising additional capital from existing investors or securing additional external financing.

Components of Results of Operations

Revenue

        To date, we have not generated any revenues. Our ability to generate product revenues, which we do not expect will occur for many years, if ever, will depend heavily on the successful development and eventual commercialization of our product candidates.

57


Table of Contents

Research and Development Expenses with Related Party

        Our research and development expenses with a related party from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 consist primarily of the estimated fair value of convertible preferred stock issued in connection with the Array Agreement of approximately $7.0 million and $2.3 million related to the conduct of the discovery and preclinical development programs by Array. Our research and development expenses with a related party for the three months ended March 31, 2014 consisted primarily of $1.3 million related to the conduct of the discovery and preclinical development programs by Array.

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. These costs include, but are not limited to, employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation and travel as well as expenses related to third-party collaborations and contract research arrangements.

        Research and development activities are central to our business model. Product candidates in later stages of clinical development generally have higher development costs than those in earlier stages of clinical development, primarily due to the increased size and duration of later-stage clinical trials. As we advance our product candidates, we expect the amount of research and development will continue to increase for the foreseeable future, while our internal spending should increase at a slower and more controlled pace.

        It is difficult to determine with certainty the duration and completion costs of our current or future preclinical programs and clinical trials of our product candidates, or if, when or to what extent we will generate revenue from the commercialization and sale of any of our product candidates that obtain regulatory approval. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. The duration, costs and timing of clinical trials and development of our product candidates will depend on a variety of factors, including the uncertainties of future clinical and preclinical studies, uncertainties in clinical trial enrollment rate and significant and changing government regulation. In addition, the probability of success for each product candidate will depend on numerous factors, including competition, manufacturing capability and commercial viability. We will determine which programs to pursue and how much to fund each program in response to the scientific and clinical success of each product candidate, as well as an assessment of each product candidate's commercial potential.

General and Administrative Expenses

        General and administrative expenses consist principally of salaries and related costs for executive and other personnel, including stock-based compensation and travel expenses. Other general and administrative expenses include facility-related costs, communication expenses and professional fees for legal, patent prosecution and maintenance consulting and accounting services.

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        We account for the discount due to issuance costs on our convertible preferred stock using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, accreting such amounts to convertible preferred stock from the date of issuance to the earliest date the holder can demand redemption.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

        This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting

58


Table of Contents

principles in the United States of America, or GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reported period. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

        While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 3 to our audited financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the preparation of our financial statements.

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. These costs include, but are not limited to, the estimated fair value of convertible preferred stock issued in connection with entering into the Array Agreement of approximately $7.0 million and $2.3 million of expenses incurred under the Array Agreement from July 3, 2013 to December 31, 2013 and $1.3 million of expenses incurred under the Array Agreement for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Income Taxes

        Income taxes are recorded in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codifications, or ASC, Topic 740, Income Taxes, or ASC 740, which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

        We account for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, we recognize the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that the benefit will more likely than not be realized. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, we did not have any uncertain tax positions.

        We have incurred substantial losses during our history. We do not anticipate generating revenue from sales of products for the foreseeable future, if ever, and we may never achieve profitability. To the extent that we continue to generate tax losses, unused losses will carry forward to offset future taxable income, if any, until such unused losses expire. Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change," which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation's ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. We have not completed our analysis to determine what, if any, impact any prior ownership change has had on our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, including this offering. As of December 31, 2013, we had federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $3.4 million that could be limited if we have experienced, or if in the future we experience, an ownership change. At December 31, 2013, our federal and local net operating loss carryforwards do not yet include the effect of research and development expenses of $6.8 million that we have capitalized for tax purposes.

59


Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

        Stock-based compensation cost of our employees and members of our board of directors is measured at the date of grant based on the estimated fair value of the award, net of estimated forfeitures. We estimate the grant date fair value and the resulting stock-based compensation expense using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The grant date fair value of a stock-based award is recognized as an expense over the requisite service period of the award on a straight-line basis.

        We account for stock-based compensation arrangements with other non-employees using a fair value approach. The fair value of these options is measured using the Black-Scholes option pricing model reflecting an expected life that is assumed to be the remaining contractual life of the option. The compensation costs of these arrangements are subject to remeasurement over the vesting terms as earned.

        We recorded total non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $70,000 and $64,000 for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. At March 31, 2014, we had $1.1 million of total unrecognized employee stock-based compensation expense, net of estimated forfeitures, related to stock option grants. This amount will be recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of 3.50 years. We expect to continue to grant stock options in the future, and, to the extent that we do, our actual stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods will likely increase.

        The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of March 31, 2014 was approximately $       million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $      per share, which is the midpoint of the price range on the cover page of this prospectus, of which approximately $       million related to vested options and approximately $       million related to unvested options.

Determining Fair Value of Stock-Based Awards

        We apply the fair value recognition provisions of ASC Topic 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation , or ASC 718. Determining the amount of share-based compensation to be recorded requires us to develop estimates of the fair value of stock options as of their grant date. Calculating the fair value of share-based awards requires that we make highly subjective assumptions.

        The weighted-average assumptions used to estimate the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model were as follows for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014:

 
  Period From
May 9, 2013
(Date of
Inception) to
December 31, 2013
  Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2014
 

Risk-free interest rate

    2.14 %   1.86 %

Expected dividend yield

    0 %   0.0 %

Expected stock price volatility

    84.76 %   90.70 %

Expected term of options (in years)

    7.44     6.04  

Expected forfeiture rate

    0 %   0 %

        The per share estimated fair value of our common stock in the table below represents the determination by our board of directors of the fair value of our common stock as of the date of grant, taking into consideration the various objective and subjective factors described above, including the conclusions, if applicable, of contemporaneous independent third-party valuations of our common stock as discussed below. We computed the per share weighted average estimated fair value for stock option

60


Table of Contents

grants based on the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following table sets forth information about our stock option grants from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to March 31, 2014:

Date of Issuance
  Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
Granted
  Exercise
Price
per Share
  Estimated
Fair Value
per
Common
Share
  Estimated
Fair Value
of Options
per Share
 

November 15, 2013

    193,237   $ 1.85   $ 1.85   $ 1.33  

December 17, 2013

    242,643   $ 1.85   $ 1.85   $ 1.47  

March 4, 2014

    45,548   $ 1.85   $ 2.98   $ 2.40  
                         

    481,428                    
                         
                         

        On June 19, 2014, our board of directors granted 376,066 stock options with an exercise price of $5.70 per share pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

        Our board of directors granted stock options on November 15, 2013 and December 17, 2013, with each having an exercise price of $1.85 per share. The exercise price per share was supported by a valuation of $1.85 per common share as of September 30, 2013 with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation firm in connection with our initial Series A and Series A-1 convertible preferred stock issuances. In conducting this valuation, we estimated the value of our common stock using the option pricing method. The option pricing method treats common stock as options on the enterprise's value, with exercise prices based on liquidation preferences set forth in the terms of the preferred stockholders agreements. The enterprise value was determined based upon the Series A convertible preferred stock and Series A-1 convertible preferred stock pre-money valuation and this value was employed in the option pricing method for valuing the common stock. In July and September 2013, we completed the Series A convertible preferred stock issuance, at $10.00 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $18.0 million. Additionally, in July 2013 we issued 320,451 shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock with an estimated fair value of approximately $7.0 million of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock to Array in connection with entering into a collaboration agreement. The common stock is treated as a call option that gives its owner the right to buy the underlying net assets at a predetermined or "strike" price at a liquidity event, such as an IPO, merger or sale. The option pricing method considers the various terms of the convertible preferred stock, including the level of seniority among the securities, dividend policy, conversion ratios and cash allocations upon liquidation of the enterprise. In addition, the option pricing method implicitly considers the effect of the liquidation preference as of the appropriate date in the future, not as of the valuation date. Under the option pricing method, value is allocated to the common stock only if the net assets of the enterprise exceed the liquidation preference at the time of the liquidity event. The option pricing method commonly uses the Black-Scholes formula to price the common stock as a call option.

        During the three months ended March 31, 2014, our board of directors granted stock options on March 4, 2014, with an exercise price of $1.85 per share. The exercise price per share was supported by the valuation of $1.85 per common share as of September 30, 2013. Subsequent to the issuance of these stock options, we completed a valuation, as of April 30, 2014, with the assistance of an independent third-party valuation firm in connection with our Series B convertible preferred stock issuance that closed in April 2014. In conducting this valuation, we estimated the value of our common stock using the option pricing method. The valuation of the common stock, using the option pricing method, was determined to be $2.98 per share as of April 30, 2014. We determined that retrospectively applying this fair value to our option grant on March 4, 2014 was appropriate, given that, on February 28, 2014, we filed with the United States Food and Drug Administration an Investigational New Drug Application for LOXO-101 and this represented an inflection point that resulted in incremental fair value for our common stock when compared to the fair value of our common stock as of December 2013.

61


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Research and Development

        Research and development expenses for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 were approximately $9.7 million. These expenses consisted primarily of approximately $7.0 million of expense related to the issuances of convertible preferred stock to Array and $2.3 million related to monthly advances paid in connection with the Array Agreement, as well as $0.4 million of consulting and stock-based compensation expenses. Research and development expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 were approximately $2.0 million. These expenses consisted primarily $1.3 million related to monthly advances paid in connection with the Array Agreement, as well as $0.7 million of consulting and stock-based compensation expenses. Substantially all of our cash research and development expenses from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 have been directed toward our TRK program, including LOXO-101.

General and Administrative

        General and administrative expenses for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 were approximately $0.6 million. These expenses consisted primarily of $0.2 million of legal expenses, $0.1 million of employee salaries and benefits, $0.1 million of office and miscellaneous expenses, and $0.1 million in recruiting, consulting and external accounting fees. General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2014 were approximately $0.9 million. These expenses consisted primarily of $0.4 million of legal expenses, $0.2 million of employee salaries and benefits, $0.1 million of office and miscellaneous expenses and $0.2 million in recruiting, consulting and external accounting fees.

Liquidity and Capital Resources and Plan of Operations

        Since our inception, we have incurred net losses and negative cash flows from our operations. We incurred net losses of $10.3 million and $2.9 million for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. Net cash used in operating activities was $2.8 million and $3.1 million for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014, respectively. At March 31, 2014, we had a deficit accumulated during our developmental stage of $13.2 million, working capital of $26.8 million and cash and cash equivalents of $26.9 million. Historically, we have financed our operations principally through private placements of convertible preferred stock. Through March 31, 2014, we had received gross proceeds of $33.0 million from the issuance of convertible preferred stock. In addition, in April and June 2014, we received gross proceeds of approximately $23.9 million and $4.5 million, respectively, through issuances of Series B convertible preferred stock.

Cash Flows

        The following table summarizes our cash flows for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 (amounts in thousands):

 
  Period From May 9, 2013
(Date of Inception) to
December 31, 2013
  Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2014
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Net cash (used in) provided by:

             

Operating activities

  $ (2,794 ) $ (3,136 )

Investing activities

         

Financing activities

    17,788     15,075  
           

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

  $ 14,994   $ 11,939  
           
           

62


Table of Contents

Net cash used in operating activities

        Net cash used in operating activities was $2.8 million for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and consisted primarily of a net loss of $10.3 million offset by $7.0 million of noncash increases attributable to the research and development expense recognized related to the issuance of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock to Array and a $0.4 million increase in net operating liabilities. At the time of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock issuance to Array as part of the Array Agreement, the fair value of Series A-1 shares was estimated to be $21.98 per share based upon a valuation performed with the assistance of an independent valuation firm.

        Net cash used in operating activities was $3.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and consisted primarily of a net loss of $2.9 million and a $0.2 million decrease in net operating assets and liabilities.

Net cash used in investing activities

        No cash was provided by or used in investing activities for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 or the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Net cash provided by financing activities

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $17.8 million for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, which was primarily due to the net proceeds from the issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock.

        Net cash provided by financing activities was $15.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2014, which was primarily due to the net proceeds from the issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock in March 2014 of $15.0 million, as well as $0.1 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

Plan of Operation

        We have not achieved profitability since our inception and we expect to continue to incur net losses for the foreseeable future. We expect our cash expenditures to increase in the near term as we fund future clinical trials of LOXO-101, as well as clinical trials of our other preclinical product candidates and continuing preclinical activities. Following this offering, we will be a publicly-traded company and will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we were not required to incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules adopted by the SEC and The NASDAQ Stock Market, requires public companies to implement specified corporate governance practices that are currently inapplicable to us as a private company. We expect these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

        We believe that our existing capital resources, together with the net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to fund development of LOXO-101 through our planned Phase 1 expansion trial, as well as discovery and development activities through IND for one additional product candidate, with additional resources available for other discovery and development activities. However, we anticipate that we will need to raise substantial additional financing in the future to fund our operations. In order to meet these additional cash requirements, we may incur debt, license certain intellectual property and seek to sell additional equity or convertible securities that may result in dilution to our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of equity or convertible securities, these securities could have rights or preferences senior to those of our common stock and could contain covenants that restrict our operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional equity or

63


Table of Contents

debt financing on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including:

    the progress and results of the Phase 1 clinical program for LOXO-101;

    our ability to enter into collaborative agreements for the development and commercialization of our product candidates;

    the number and development requirements of any other product candidates that we pursue;

    the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing our product candidates or any future product candidates, both in the United States and outside the United States;

    the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates or any future product candidates, both in the United States and outside the United States;

    the costs and timing of future commercialization activities, including product manufacturing, marketing, sales and distribution, for any of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval;

    any product liability or other lawsuits related to our products;

    the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel;

    the general and administrative expenses related to being a public company, including developing an internal accounting function;

    the revenue, if any, received from commercial sales of our product candidates for which we receive marketing approval; and

    the costs involved in preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending our intellectual property-related claims, both in the United States and outside the United States.

Please see "Risk Factors" for additional risks associated with our substantial capital requirements.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

        The following is a summary of our long-term contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2013 (in thousands):

 
  Total   Less than
One Year
  2 - 3 Years   4 - 5 Years   More than
5 Years
 

Operating lease obligations (1)

  $ 248   $ 36   $ 124   $ 88   $  

Collaboration obligations (2)

    6,000     6,000              
                       

Total contractual obligations

  $ 6,248   $ 6,036   $ 124   $ 88   $  
                       
                       

(1)
Operating lease obligations reflect our obligation to make payments in connection with the lease for our office space.

(2)
The table includes approximately $6.0 million of non-cancelable obligations through December 2014 with Array for providing full-time equivalents and other support. We can elect to discontinue the work under the Array Agreement upon at least six months prior written notice delivered at any time subsequent to June 2014. The table excludes milestones and royalties that may become payable under the Array Agreement. See "Array Collaboration Agreement" below.

64


Table of Contents

Purchase Commitments

        Other than amounts due under the Array collaboration agreement, as described below, we have no material non-cancelable purchase commitments with contract manufacturers or service providers as we have generally contracted on a cancelable basis.

Array Collaboration Agreement

        On July 3, 2013, we signed the Array Agreement, which was subsequently amended on November 26, 2013 and April 10, 2014. Under the terms of the Array Agreement, we obtained certain rights to Array's TRK inhibitor program, as well as additional novel oncology targets. We have worldwide commercial rights to each product candidate from the collaboration and Array participates in any potential successes through milestones, royalties, and equity ownership.

        With respect to the discovery and preclinical program, the collaboration agreement runs through July 3, 2016, and we have the option to extend the term for up to two additional one-year renewal periods by providing written notice to Array at least three months before the end of the initial discovery and preclinical development programs or the renewal period, if applicable.

        As part of the Array Agreement we agreed to pay Array a fixed amount per month, based on Array's commitment to provide full-time equivalents and other support relating to the conduct of the discovery and preclinical development programs. We recorded related-party research and development expenses for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 of $2.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively, related to the conduct of the discovery preclinical development programs by Array.

Milestones

        With respect to product candidates directed to TRK, including LOXO-101 and its back-up compounds, we could be required to pay Array up to $222 million in milestone payments, the substantial majority of which are due upon the achievement of commercial milestones. With respect to product candidates directed to targets other than TRK, we could be required to pay Array up to $213 million in milestone payments, the substantial majority of which are due upon the achievement of commercial milestones.

Royalties

        We will pay Array a mid-single digit royalty on worldwide net sales of products developed through the collaboration. With respect to the royalty on products directed to targets, we have the right to credit certain milestone payments against royalties on sales of products directed to such target.

Other Commitments

        In addition, in the course of normal business operations, we have agreements with contract service providers to assist in the performance of our research and development and manufacturing activities. We can generally elect to discontinue the work under these agreements. We could also enter into additional collaborative research, contract research, manufacturing and supplier agreements in the future, which may require upfront payments and even long-term commitments of cash.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined by applicable SEC regulations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        We are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These market risks are principally limited to interest rate fluctuations. We had cash and cash equivalents of $26.9 million as of

65


Table of Contents

March 31, 2014, consisting of cash and a $20,000 certificate of deposit. The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal and liquidity while maximizing income without significantly increasing risk. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio, we do not believe an immediate 10% increase in interest rates would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio, and, accordingly, we do not expect our operating results or cash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

JOBS Act

        The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce reporting requirements for an "emerging growth company." As an emerging growth company, we have irrevocably elected to not take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards and, as a result, will comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        On June 10, 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-10, Development Stage Entities (Topic 915): Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements, Including an Amendment to Variable Interest Entities Guidance in Topic 810, Consolidation ("ASUE 2014-10") . The guidance is intended to reduce the overall cost and complexity associated with financial reporting for development stage entities without reducing the availability of relevant information. The Board also believes the changes will simplify the consolidation accounting guidance by removing the differential accounting requirements for development stage entities. As a result of these changes, there no longer will be any accounting or reporting differences in GAAP between development stage entities and other operating entities. For organizations defined as public business entities the presentation and disclosure requirements in Topic 915 will no longer be required starting with the first annual period beginning after December 15, 2014, including interim periods therein. Early application is permitted for any annual reporting period or interim period for which the entity's financial statements have not yet been issued (public business entities) or made available for issuance (other entities). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2010-14 on its financial statements.

66


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

        Loxo Oncology develops targeted small molecule therapeutics for the treatment of cancer in genetically defined patient populations. Our development approach translates key scientific insights relating to the oncogenic drivers of cancer into drugs that are potent and highly selective for their intended targets. Such drugs typically achieve high target engagement, which has been correlated with improved tumor response. We believe our approach will allow us to develop drugs with a high probability of clinical success while reducing the time, costs and risks of drug development. Pre-clinical research indicates that our lead product candidate, LOXO-101, is a potent and selective inhibitor of tropomyosin receptor kinase, or TRK, a family of signaling molecules that appear to play an important role in the development and perpetuation of many cancers. We are evaluating LOXO-101 in a Phase 1 dose escalation trial for patients with advanced solid tumors, and we anticipate reporting data by early 2015. We are also building a pipeline of additional product candidates targeting cancers driven by genetic alterations.

        As genetic testing in cancer becomes more routine, we are learning that cancers arising in diverse sites in the body may share the same type of genetic alterations. Increasingly, tumors may be identified and treated according to their distinguishing genetic alterations, while in the past, the organ of origin was most important. Both research and clinical data suggest that some tumors, while having many identifiable genetic alterations, are primarily dependent on a single activated kinase for their proliferation and survival. This dependency, often referred to as oncogene addiction, renders such tumors highly susceptible to small molecule inhibitors targeting the relevant alteration. The oncogene addiction paradigm appears to be especially important in understanding the pathogenesis of lung cancer.

        We identify and prioritize our targets in two ways. First, we use clinical trial data to assess the response signals of drugs in development and identify those that show promise but also demonstrate drug-specific limitations such as poor absorption, poor distribution or unwanted side effects. Second, we evaluate academic research to uncover novel targets with emerging validation. Once the target is identified, we then employ advanced third-party technology to develop product candidates intended to have enhanced target engagement and specificity. Last, we implement a stepwise approach to clinical development designed to reduce risk and identify response signals early in development. In early-stage trials we plan to evaluate our product candidates in genetically defined patients and believe that this gives us a higher likelihood of demonstrating a clinical benefit. This approach allows for the possibility for rapid clinical development and expedited regulatory strategies. We intend to develop companion diagnostics, with the help of technology partners, to identify patients whose tumors harbor the relevant genetic alterations.

        We have demonstrated the promise of this model through the rapid advancement of our TRK inhibitor, LOXO-101, into the clinic. The appearance of TRK alterations in multiple cancers, coupled with recent data in lung cancer, suggests TRK may behave as an oncogenic driver. We initiated a Phase 1 dose escalation trial in patients with advanced solid tumors in May 2014 and intend to initiate an expansion phase that will enroll patients with TRK alterations across multiple tumor types. We have exclusive rights to issued composition of matter patents covering LOXO-101 that expire in 2029.

        To build a pipeline of targeted therapeutics, we entered into a multi-target collaboration with Array BioPharma Inc., or Array, to leverage its expertise in building highly selective and potent kinase inhibitors. The collaboration was designed around a broad list of targets to give us the flexibility to prioritize the most promising of these targets for advancement into clinical development. We believe that this collaboration will allow us to develop multiple targeted therapeutics in a rapid and capital-efficient manner and we currently plan to submit a second Investigational New Drug, or IND,

67


Table of Contents

application as early as the end of 2015. We retain worldwide commercial rights for all of our product candidates.

        We have assembled a team with extensive experience in the discovery, development and regulatory approval of novel therapeutics. Josh Bilenker, M.D., our Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer, has experience as a healthcare investor and as a reviewer at the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA. Mikel Moyer, Ph.D., our Chief Scientific Officer, has held roles at Abbott Laboratories, Epizyme, Pfizer, Harvard University and the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, and led the medicinal chemistry teams that discovered erlotinib (Tarceva) and tofacitinib (Xeljanz). Lori Kunkel, M.D., our acting Chief Medical Officer, helped lead the development of carfilzomib (Kyprolis) and ibrutinib (Imbruvica), two oncology drugs that were approved under Accelerated Approval in the United States. Our scientific advisors are thought leaders from leading cancer centers in the United States and are actively involved in our drug development process. Our investors include affiliates of Aisling Capital, OrbiMed, New Enterprise Associates, Access Industries and Deerfield Management Company.

Strategy

        Our goal is to translate key scientific insights relating to underlying oncogenic drivers into the development of potent and highly selective therapeutics. To execute our strategy, we intend to:

    Rapidly advance our lead product candidate LOXO-101 through clinical development.   We have initiated a Phase 1 dose escalation trial of LOXO-101 in patients with solid tumors. The planned Phase 1 expansion will enroll patients with TRK alterations across multiple tumor types. If we see evidence of antitumor activity in the expansion phase, we plan to meet with regulatory authorities to discuss expedited regulatory strategies such as Breakthrough Therapy Designation, Fast Track Designation, Priority Review and Accelerated Approval.

    Develop a pipeline of potent and highly selective targeted therapeutics.   Our insights into cancer biology and target identification, coupled with the chemistry expertise provided by our Array collaboration, have allowed us to build a proprietary pipeline of targeted preclinical product candidates. Our management team and Scientific Advisory Board have a history of success in the identification, translation and development of oncology therapeutics, and we utilize their judgment to determine which programs merit advancement for continued development. We structured our collaboration agreement with Array (1) to access compounds already well-characterized against various targets and (2) to resource de novo discovery around targets identified by us.

    Increase the probability for clinical success by prioritizing targets for development that are believed to be oncogenic drivers.   We attempt to select targets for drug development that behave as oncogenic drivers, which increases the likelihood of seeing objective measures of tumor responses early in clinical development. If we are successful in inhibiting these targets with our product candidates, we may increase the likelihood of achieving tumor responses. This approach has been successful for kinase inhibitors designed to treat patients with oncogenic alterations such as EGFR inhibitors in lung cancer, BRAF inhibitors in melanoma, BCR-ABL inhibitors in chronic myelogenous leukemia and ALK inhibitors in lung cancer.

    Work with experienced third parties in the field of diagnostics.   Because we are targeting genetic alterations that are usually detectable, companion diagnostics can be developed to identify these alterations. Once we have identified a target, we will initially use existing diagnostic tools to identify patient subsets that we believe will derive increased benefit from our product candidates. As we advance our targets clinically and determine the most important screening criteria, we will develop companion diagnostics, with the help of technology partners, to identify patients and support registration and marketing of our product candidates.

68


Table of Contents

    Conduct international clinical and regulatory programs to support our global approval and commercialization strategy.   We retain worldwide commercial rights for our product candidates. Cancer is a global disease and we will pursue clinical and regulatory programs for approval in the United States and internationally. Our plan is to establish a focused oncology commercial organization in the United States and strategically evaluate partnership opportunities internationally.

    Leverage our business model to maximize the value of our current external collaboration while remaining open to additional collaboration opportunities.   Our capital-efficient business model uses our biology insights paired with the chemistry expertise of our collaboration partner to unlock new therapeutic opportunities. We have illustrated the promise of this model through the rapid advancement of our lead product candidate, LOXO-101, for which we filed an IND eight months after signing our initial collaboration agreement with Array. Our model allows us to avoid the time, expense and operational challenges of building our own candidate discovery capability.

Background on Cancer

        Cancer is the second-leading cause of death in the United States. The American Cancer Society estimates that in 2014 there will be approximately 1.7 million new cases and approximately 585,000 deaths from cancer in the United States. Cancer originates from defects in the cell's genetic code, or DNA, which disrupt the mechanisms that normally prevent uncontrolled cell growth, invasion and programmed cell death. Increasingly, doctors are using diagnostic tests that identify these genetic defects in order to select better treatment options. As genetic testing in cancer becomes more routine, we are learning that cancers arising in diverse sites in the body may share the same type of genetic alterations. For example, a mutation in a gene called BRAF is found in the majority of patients with metastatic melanoma, but also in subsets of patients with colorectal cancer, lung cancer and other malignancies.

        The most common methods of treating patients with cancer are surgery, radiation and drug therapy. A cancer patient often receives treatment with a combination of these modalities. Surgery and radiation therapy are particularly effective in patients in whom the disease is localized. Physicians generally use systemic drug therapies in situations in which the cancer has spread beyond the primary site or cannot otherwise be treated through surgery.

        The goal of drug therapy is to damage and kill cancer cells or to interfere with the molecular and cellular processes that control the development, growth and survival of cancer cells. In many cases, drug therapy entails the administration of several different drugs in combination. Over the past several decades, drug therapy has evolved from non-specific drugs that kill both healthy and cancerous cells, to drugs that target specific molecular pathways involved in cancer and more recently to therapeutics that target specific oncogenic drivers. These therapies often require genetic testing of a cancer to identify the subsets of patients for whom a drug will most effectively impact tumor growth.

        Cytotoxic Therapies.     The earliest approach to cancer drug therapy was the development of cytotoxic drugs, commonly referred to as chemotherapy, designed to kill rapidly proliferating cancer cells. Cytotoxic drug therapies act in an indiscriminate manner, killing healthy as well as cancerous cells. Due to their mechanism of action, many cytotoxic drugs have a narrow therapeutic range; doses above this range cause unacceptable or even fatal levels of damage to normal organs, while doses below the range are not effective in eradicating the cancer cells. Examples of cytotoxic drugs include carboplatin (Paraplatin), docetaxel (Taxotere) and doxorubicin (Adriamycin).

        Targeted Therapies.     A more recent class of medicines targets specific biological signaling pathways that play a role in rapid cell growth or the spread of cancer. While these drugs have been effective in the treatment of some cancers, most of them do not address the genetic alterations that cause oncogenesis. As normal cells may also rely on these signalling pathways, there are often toxicities

69


Table of Contents

associated with inhibition of these pathways. In addition, targeted therapies may hit signaling pathways adjacent and in addition to the intended pathway, thus causing off-target toxicities. Examples of targeted therapies include sunitinib (Sutent), sorafenib (Nexavar), and cabozantinib (Cometriq).

        Targeted Therapies and Oncogene Addiction.     The dissemination of approved and experimental targeted therapies into large populations revealed that some patients had particularly robust responses to these therapies. This observation was consistent with lab evidence that some tumors, despite having many measurable genetic alterations, are primarily dependent on a single activated kinase for their growth and survival advantage. This makes the cancer highly susceptible to small molecule inhibitors. Often described as oncogenic driver mutation or dominant acting mutation, oncogene addiction is a term used to describe a tumor's particular dependence on a specific mutation. Oncogene addiction has become an important concept in clinical development because patients with tumors governed by this behavior typically show rapid and measurable tumor shrinkage when exposed to drugs targeting the relevant alteration. These responses can be sufficiently dramatic in some cases to support expedited regulatory approval for these targeted therapies.

        Many lung cancers are oncogene-addicted. As a result, genetic testing has become part of routine clinical care, which in turn has accelerated the identification of new oncogenic drivers. In 2004, researchers first discovered that a subset of lung cancer was caused by a genetic defect in EGFR. Drugs called erlotinib (Tarceva) and gefitinib (Iressa), which target EGFR, were already being developed for lung cancers of unknown mutation status, and were eventually approved for treatment of lung cancer in patient populations selected without regard to whether such patients' tumors had an EGFR mutation. Iressa's label was significantly restricted in 2005 and the drug was subsequently removed from the U.S. market after FDA-required post-approval studies failed to show a benefit in the unselected approved patient population. However, investigators observed that patients with mutations in EGFR receiving Tarceva or Iressa experienced a much higher response rate, defined as the proportion of patients with meaningful tumor shrinkage on their clinical imaging scans, than unselected patients. Patients with EGFR mutations have a response rate in the 65% range, as opposed to the 10% range noted in unselected lung patients. Tarceva is currently approved in the United States in first line non-small lung cancer patients with an EGFR mutation, and in July 2013, FDA approved an additional EGFR inhibitor called afatinib (Gilotrif) for patients with EGFR-mutant non-small cell lung cancer.

        Another type of oncogene-addicted lung cancer was described recently, involving the gene encoding the protein known as ALK. Patients with an abnormal fusion or translocation of the ALK gene to certain partner genes showed dramatic responses to a drug crizotinib (Xalkori), then in clinical trials and now approved, which targeted the relevant protein. The FDA-approved label for Xalkori indicates response rates ranging from 48% to 60% in patients with ALK+ non-small cell lung cancer, thus providing further support for the efficacy of targeting oncogenic driver pathways. In April 2014, FDA approved a second ALK inhibitor called ceritinib (Zykadia) for patients who have already received Xalkori.

        With the success of oncogenic therapies targeting EGFR and ALK, researchers continued to look for new genes that could define additional subsets of lung cancer meriting new drug development. We believe this approach is particularly warranted given that lung cancer remains the leading cause of cancer death and the second leading cause of cancer for men and women in the United States. Patients with locally advanced or metastatic non-small cell lung cancer, the most common form of lung cancer, had 1-year survival rates of 25% and 5-year survival rates of only 4%. Oncogene addiction also explains the behavior of subsets of other tumor types such as melanoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumor and chronic myelogenous leukemia. The drugs vemurafenib (Zelboraf), imatinib (Gleevec) and dasatinib (Sprycel) have been successfully developed against these tumor types.

        Researchers and clinical oncologists now often incorporate genetic assessments into clinical trials and routine care with the hope of directing patients to medicines, which may have a greater chance of

70


Table of Contents

treating their cancers effectively. As more driver oncogenes in lung cancer are identified, clinicians and investigators are more willing to test routinely with an expanding panel of genetic tests. In turn, it is possible to develop drugs for defined subsets of patients, and to look for patients whose tumor types harbor genetically similar alterations. As such, doctors may begin to identify tumors and select therapies based on the type of mutations they share, rather than the part of the body from which they arise. Such a system should afford more efficient drug development, the opportunity for robust clinical responses and a better understanding of the underlying mechanisms of cancer.

The Loxo Approach

        We employ a capital-efficient approach to develop drugs for genetically defined patient populations. We collaborate with technology partners that we believe are capable of building potent and highly selective compounds with favorable pharmacologic properties. We believe our approach allows us to reduce the time, costs and risks of cancer drug development, while allowing us to focus on our core competencies of target selection, drug profiling and clinical and regulatory execution.

Step 1—Target Selection

        Target selection requires an understanding of which genetic alterations are oncogenic drivers. Some targets have already been clinically validated as oncogenic drivers of cancer and offer increased likelihood of program success; these targets require improved chemistry or innovative development for competitive differentiation. Other targets are still emerging, so the understanding of oncogenic driver behavior requires careful scrutiny. We believe we are well-positioned to exploit both types of opportunities.

        Learning from Clinical Trial Data.     Response signals for third-party drugs in clinical trials can point to the promise of a target that has been inadequately exploited. An important emerging concept in cancer drug development is that of target coverage, or the extent to which a drug fully engages its intended target. We believe that maximal target inhibition is required for maximal clinical effect. However, drugs often fail to reach sufficient concentrations in the human body because they are poorly absorbed, poorly distributed, rapidly cleared, or cause off-target toxicities at doses lower than those needed for efficacy. Sometimes these limitations can be overcome with better chemistry, which improves drug exposure and reduces unwanted off-target effects.

        Learning from Academic Research.     Lab research can help identify and qualify emerging targets. Genetic studies across groups of patient tumor samples generate rich data sets which are often publicly available. Bioinformatic approaches can help identify the alterations most likely to have clinical relevance. Lab experiments involving cell and animal models can be used to explore whether a novel target is an oncogenic driver and whether targeted drugs can be effective. Consistency of results across highly respected labs is especially important. We apply our judgment to synthesize these diverse data streams to identify the most promising targets.

Step 2—Drug Profiling

        We translate target insight into a drug through the application of chemistry to a biologic problem. Whether our target of interest is fully validated or novel, we strive to understand, on a structural level, whether the relevant protein can be inhibited with a compound we can design and synthesize. We assess compounds based on their ability to fully engage their targets, avoid unwanted effects and have favorable pharmacologic properties. Target specificity also affords increased potential for combination therapy with other targeted agents. We have observed that better chemistry can unlock novel biology in the clinic. We rely on extensive experimental data from two domains to justify advancing a program.

71


Table of Contents

        Biologic Relevance.     In consultation with our Scientific Advisory Board, we identify experiments with the intent to answer the underlying hypothesis of oncogenic driver potential. These experiments may be conducted at Array, third-party commercial vendors or with academic collaborators. It is often necessary to have an prototype inhibitor to determine that a biologic target justifies designing and synthesizing a product candidate. Working with a partner such as Array, which has an advanced and well-annotated chemistry library including numerous prototype inhibitors, can be particularly helpful in this regard.

        Chemistry Feasibility.     Our collaboration with Array allows us to employ its chemistry platform to solve problems that have historically plagued many cancer drugs. Array has over 15 years of experience in building highly selective and potent kinase and other inhibitors. For each target we want to evaluate, they help us develop molecules with the specific pharmacokinetic properties that we have identified and are able to compile a comprehensive data review prior to advancing a molecule to preclinical toxicology studies. This understanding of how a molecule might behave in vivo prevents us from advancing products with undesirable physiochemical properties. We are able to leverage Array's collection of hundreds of thousands of compounds, extensive crystal structure library and capabilities in preclinical science and pharmacology in order to avoid the expense and time associated with building this infrastructure ourselves.

Step 3—Clinical Trial and Regulatory Execution

        Our clinical development strategy employs a stepwise approach designed to identify response signals early in development and reduce development risks. In Phase 1 of development, we seek to explore one or more doses in patients whose tumors harbor specific genetic alterations and believe this gives us a higher likelihood of demonstrating a clinical benefit. This approach is intended to allow for early insight into the therapeutic potential of a product candidate and the possibility for rapid clinical development and expedited regulatory strategies, such as Breakthrough Therapy Designation, Fast Track Designation, Priority Review and Accelerated Approval. We intend to develop companion diagnostics, with the help of technology partners, to identify patients whose tumors harbor the relevant genetic alterations.

Loxo Oncology Strengths

Management

        Our executive management team is critical to our target identification, evaluation, selection and qualification well as our clinical development processes. This team has significant collective experience leading the discovery, development and regulatory approval of therapeutics, including significant operational and financial experience with emerging biotechnology companies. The experience of members of our leadership team includes senior roles at Aisling Capital, Epizyme, FDA, Harvard University, Onyx Pharmaceuticals, the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Pfizer and Pharmacyclics. Additionally, our Chief Executive Officer and acting Chief Medical Officer were previously practicing physicians in the field of oncology. Our Chief Executive Officer has experience as a healthcare investor and as a reviewer at FDA. Our Chief Scientific Officer led the medicinal chemistry teams that discovered erlotinib (Tarceva) and tofacitinib (Xeljanz), two oncology drugs that are approved in the United States. Our acting Chief Medical Officer helped lead the development of carfilzomib (Kyprolis) and ibrutinib (Imbruvica), two oncology drugs that were approved under Accelerated Approval in the United States.

Scientific Advisory Board

        Our Scientific Advisory Board is integral to our target qualification and drug development processes. These advisors are actively involved in development and candidate selection, and we leverage

72


Table of Contents

their insights, research and expertise. Their involvement in both academic research and clinical practice allows us to gain proprietary and early insight into emerging biology that conforms to our business strategy. We have assembled key opinion leaders within the oncology community to enable our target qualification approach. Our Scientific Advisory Board members are listed below.

    Keith T. Flaherty, M.D. is an Associate Professor at Harvard Medical School and the director of the Termeer Center for Targeted Therapy at the Cancer Center at Massachusetts General Hospital. Dr. Flaherty focuses on the understanding of novel, molecularly targeted therapies. Dr. Flaherty serves on the board of directors of Clovis Oncology.

    Jeffrey A. Engelman, M.D., Ph.D. is an Associate Professor at Harvard Medical School and the Director of the Center for Thoracic Cancers at the Massachusetts General Hospital. Dr. Engelman focuses on novel therapeutic strategies for the treatment of cancer, with a particular emphasis on lung cancer. Dr. Engelman serves on the Scientific Advisory Board of Agios Pharmaceuticals.

    Ross L. Levine, M.D., an Associate Member at Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center focuses on the molecular genetics of myeloid malignancies. His research contributed to the development of Foundation Medicine's hematologic panel.

    Ben Ho Park, M.D., Ph.D., an Associate Professor of Oncology at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, has a research program focused on validating genetic targets, with a particular interest in breast cancer.

    David B. Solit, M.D., a Director in the Center for Molecular Oncology at Memorial Sloan Kettering Cancer Center, focuses on the development of cancer therapies that target pathways responsible for cancer initiation and progression. He leads a multidisciplinary team focused on translating novel molecular insights into routine clinical practice.

Array Collaboration

        One of the central reasons for founding Loxo was our observation that while drug development companies can excel in target identification, they often overlook the importance of professional drug chemistry. We selected Array as our initial chemistry collaboration partner because of its experience in building highly selective and potent kinase inhibitors with good drug properties. Array's structure-based drug discovery approach aligns with our belief that better chemistry can unlock novel biology in the clinic.

        We entered into a multi-target collaboration with Array in July 2013 and expanded the collaboration in November 2013 and April 2014. This deal gives us access to an advanced small molecule chemistry platform, which can be applied to a broad range of cancer targets. We retain worldwide commercial rights for all product candidates from the Array collaboration and provide Array with financial support on a full-time equivalents basis and have an obligation to pay success-based milestones and royalties. Array contributes chemistry and manufacturing sufficient to conduct Phase 1 clinical studies for a subset of these programs. Array also received equity consideration as part of the collaboration. We believe that this collaboration will allow us to develop multiple small molecule therapeutics in a capital-efficient manner.

Product Candidates

LOXO-101

        Overview.     LOXO-101 is an oral, selective inhibitor of the TRK family that we are developing for the treatment of tumors with TRK alterations. TRK has been implicated in diverse tumor types such as neuroblastoma and lung, thyroid and breast cancers. We selected LOXO-101 from a portfolio of Array

73


Table of Contents

TRK inhibitors that had distinct chemical scaffolds and were initially developed to treat pain, a setting in which positive efficacy signals had been seen with antibodies targeting the TRK pathway. As a result of the initial focus on a pain indication, the TRK inhibitors were designed for both potency and specificity to meet the safety standards demanded of a pain drug. In purified enzyme inhibition studies, LOXO-101 has demonstrated potent inhibition activity against TRKA, TRKB and TRKC at low nanomolar concentration levels. These studies also demonstrated that LOXO-101 was selective as it was not a strong inhibitor of any other tested kinase.

        Similarly, in cells expressing these TRK receptors, LOXO-101 also demonstrated potent inhibition activity at low nanomolar concentrations. We believe that potent and selective inhibition of the TRK pathway may provide clinical benefit in patients whose tumors have relevant TRK alterations. Given LOXO-101's specificity, we do not anticipate clinical activity in patients whose tumors are not driven by TRK. We are currently evaluating LOXO-101 in a Phase 1 dose escalation trial in advanced solid tumors and anticipate data by early 2015.

        TRK Biology.     TRK plays important roles in neuronal development, including the growth and function of neuronal synapses, memory development and maintenance and the protection of neurons after ischemia or other injuries. TRK expression decreases after birth in most tissues and in adult human tissues and is restricted primarily to cells of neural crest with a low level of expression under normal conditions. More recently, the role of TRK in non-neural tissues has also been recognized; these tissues include the kidney, prostate, B-lymphocytes, eosinophils, marrow-derived endothelial precursors (involving heart, muscle and ovary) and embryonic stem cells. Three high-affinity TRK receptors have been identified: TRKA, TRKB and TRKC. These are coded by the NTRK1, NTRK2 and NTRK3 genes, respectively. We believe that TRK plays a more important role in the biology of the central than the peripheral nervous system.

        Multiple downstream pathways believed to be important in cancer are stimulated by activated TRK receptors, including the PI3-kinase, phospholipase C-gamma, and MAP-kinase pathways. Drugs targeting some of these pathways have demonstrated clinical activity in the treatment of cancer.

        TRK's Role in Cancer.     TRK has been widely implicated in multiple cancer types and research suggests that the genes that code TRK are frequently involved in fusion events, or the abnormal connection of two genes. Fusion events can result in pathologic activation of cellular growth and proliferation pathways. The first fusion kinases that were discovered in solid tumors involved the NTRK1 gene in thyroid cancer. In 2002, fusion kinases involving NTRK3 were identified in secretory breast carcinoma, a rare subtype of breast cancer. More recently, research has uncovered multiple other instances of fusions involving the genes that code TRK. For example, scientists identified NTRK1 gene fusions as oncogenic in lung adenocarcinomas in 2013. We believe that the growing body of scientific literature suggesting the presence of NTRK fusions suggests a possible dependency for cellular proliferation and survival, or an oncogenic addictive role, across multiple cancers. The following table summarizes NTRK fusions that have been described in the scientific literature, although it should be noted limited data exists for the incidence of NTRK fusions:

74


Table of Contents


Frequency of NTRK Fusions in Multiple Tumor Types

 
   
  Frequency
Gene fusion
  Cancer   1 - 4%   5 - 25%   >25%   Unknown

NTRK1

 

Lung adenocarcinoma

  ü            

NTRK1

 

Lung large cell neuroendocrine cancer

  ü            

NTRK1

 

Intrahepatic cholangiocarcinoma

  ü            

NTRK1

 

Colorectal cancer

              ü

NTRK1

 

Papillary thyroid cancer

      ü        

NTRK1

 

Spitz neoplasms nevi

      ü        

NTRK1

 

Glioblastoma

  ü            

NTRK2

 

Astrocytoma

  ü            

NTRK3

 

Secretory breast carcinoma

          ü    

NTRK3

 

Mammary analogue secretory carcinoma of the salivary glands

          ü    

NTRK3

 

Papillary thyroid cancer

  ü            

NTRK3

 

Papillary thyroid cancer (post-radiation exposure)

      ü        

NTRK3

 

Acute myeloid leukemia

  ü            

NTRK3

 

Congenital mesoblastic nephroma

      ü        

NTRK1/2/3

 

Pontine glioma

      ü        

        In addition to fusions, other TRK alterations may be important to oncogenesis but are not fully understood. These alterations include:

    mutations: DNA base pair changes such as insertions, deletions, or substitutions;

    amplifications: an increase in the number of copies of a gene relative to other genes;

    splice variants: when a single gene encodes multiple proteins; and

    other biologic TRK alterations: disruptions causing irregular cell-cell communication that affects cell function.

LOXO-101 Pharmacology.     Key findings from a program of preclinical testing of LOXO-101 are listed below. These findings were concluded from several in vitro analyses, in vivo xenograft studies and safety analyses in mice, rats, dogs and monkeys.

    LOXO-101 is a highly selective and potent inhibitor of TRKA, TRKB and TRKC.

    In animal studies LOXO-101 demonstrated good oral bioavailability and moderate protein binding and distributes into tissues, which together, provides unbound plasma concentration at the target.

    LOXO-101 does not distribute significantly into the brain, resulting in low central nervous system exposure and therefore reducing the potential for central neurotoxity.

    Onset of target engagement in animal models within two hours suggesting the potential for rapid inhibition of target.

    LOXO-101 is not a significant inhibitor or inducer of cytochrome P450 3A4 isoenzyme, or CYP3A4; therefore, there may be reduced risk of drug interactions.

        From these findings we concluded that LOXO-101 has strong pharmaceutical potential and that it was appropriate to advance this product candidate into clinical development. We believe that these characteristics of LOXO-101 may allow us to dose higher in humans, achieve greater inhibition of the TRK target and improve patient outcomes.

75


Table of Contents

Preclinical Efficacy.     In xenograft models, LOXO-101 demonstrated significant anti-tumor activity. A xenograft is created by implanting a human tumor cell line into an immunocompromised mouse. This xenograph model was engineered to express a TRKA variant that results in pathologic activation of cellular growth and proliferation pathways. We treated mice with three different doses either once a day, or QD, or twice a day, or BID, for 14 days and compared this activity to a control group. As shown in the figure below, tumors showed response at all doses, with doses totaling 60 mg/kg or more per day showing disease stabilization, which extended through cessation of dosing. LOXO-101 was well-tolerated, causing no body weight loss and no drug-related deaths. The antitumor activity of LOXO-101 is displayed in the figure below:


Inhibition of Xenograft Tumor Growth

GRAPHIC

        In the same TRKA-driven mouse xenograft model, we dosed mice with LOXO-101 (100 mg/kg twice daily), Xalkori (50 mg/kg twice daily), or vehicle orally for eight days. Mice treated with LOXO-101 demonstrated significant inhibition of tumor growth relative to the control, whereas

76


Table of Contents

crizotinib, an FDA approved ALK inhibitor with weak TRKA activity, did not have a measurable effect. The antitumor activity of LOXO-101 is displayed in the figure below:


Inhibition of TRKA-Driven Tumor Growth in Mice Treated with LOXO-101 or Xalkori

GRAPHIC

        Preclinical Safety.     We believe LOXO-101 has a favorable therapeutic index, as animal studies show that the drug was well-tolerated at anticipated human exposure levels.

        Phase 1 Clinical Trial.     Our Phase 1 clinical trial of LOXO-101 is an open label, multicenter trial that has two stages: dose escalation and expansion. The primary objectives of the dose escalation stage are to determine the maximum tolerated dose and the appropriate dose for further clinical investigation, as well as to determine the safety, tolerability and pharmacokinetic profile of orally administered LOXO-101. Inclusion criteria is for patients with (1) locally advanced or metastatic adult solid tumor that has progressed or was nonresponsive to available therapies and for which no standard or available curative therapy exists, (2) an ECOG score, which measures disease progression, of 0 or 1 and (3) adequate hematologic, hepatic and renal function. Dosing cohorts are expected to include three to six patients in up to six cohorts. We expect the dose escalation stage to be completed by early 2015. The primary objective of the expansion phase is to assess preliminary evidence of antitumor activity across multiple tumor types in preselected patients with TRK alterations who meet the inclusion criteria listed above. During the expansion phase, the LOXO-101 dose selected from the dose escalation phase will be explored in up to 33 patients per cohort.

Preclinical Product Pipeline

        In addition to our TRK program, we continue to advance programs against both clinically validated and novel targets. We are developing up to four additional programs under target exclusivity in collaboration with Array, with the ability to include a fifth target for an additional fee. These programs are being strategically selected from a work plan that encompasses twelve targets. Some programs in our work plan are near candidate stage, while others are in discovery stage. We plan to disclose our targets once we have our lead molecule selected and have filed key intellectual property. We currently expect to submit our second IND as early as the end of 2015.

77


Table of Contents

Array Collaboration

        Overview.     On July 3, 2013, we entered into a Drug Discovery Collaboration Agreement with Array, which was subsequently amended on November 26, 2013 and April 10, 2014, or the Array Agreement. Pursuant to the Array Agreement, Array agreed to design, conduct and perform research and preclinical testing for certain compounds that we select, including LOXO-101, targeted at TRKA, TRKB and TRKC, identify IND candidates for TRK and other targets, and undertake manufacturing activities sufficient to conduct Phase 1 clinical studies for a subset of these compounds. Array granted us exclusive licenses worldwide for clinical and commercial development of compounds that inhibit a defined number of targets. As consideration, Array received 1) shares of our capital stock; 2) ongoing cash payments proportionate to Array's commitment of full-time equivalents to conduct preclinical research for our programs during a discovery research phase through July 2016, which we may extend for up to two additional one-year periods; 3) payments for certain other costs and research requirements related to the targets; 4) milestone payments of up to approximately (i) $222 million with respect to products related to TRK, including LOXO-101 and its backup compounds, and (ii) $213 million with respect to product candidates directed to targets other than TRK, if certain clinical and sales milestones are achieved; and 5) single-digit royalties on sales of any resulting drugs.

        In the April 2014 amendment to the Array Agreement, in addition to LOXO-101, the parties designated 12 discovery targets, of which six are to be selected for additional study on or before January 2015, which will be reduced to four on or before October 2015. We have the option to increase the total candidate selection number to five for a modest additional payment. We also agreed to provide additional headcount support for Array's research activities on our agreed-upon targets.

        In addition, Array has agreed to notify us in writing at least 90 days before it begins substantial negotiations with third parties regarding the development and/or commercialization of compounds that selectively modulate TRKA for any oncology indications, and during this 90 day period we have the right to discuss the terms and conditions under which Array would grant such rights to us. If we do not reach agreement with Array during the 90 day period, then Array would be free to negotiate with, and grant such rights to, a third party.

        We and Array jointly own the intellectual property developed by the combined efforts of both our employees, and we each retain ownership of intellectual property that we develop independently pursuant to the collaboration. Array has granted us an exclusive license under all of Array's intellectual property rights, including intellectual property rights developed in the collaboration, to research, develop and commercialize products resulting from the collaboration.

        Governance.     Our collaboration with Array is guided by a joint research committee, or JRC. Decisions of the JRC are made by majority vote. If the votes required to approve a decision cannot be reached within the JRC, we have the deciding vote except with respect to matters that would cause Array to violate any obligation or agreement it may have with a third party or unilaterally impose on Array any financial obligation that is beyond the scope of Array's obligation under the Array Agreement.

        Exclusivity Restrictions.     Subject to exceptions specified in the Array Agreement, for so long as we have an active research or development program for a target selected by us or are commercializing a product for such a target, Array may not research, develop, manufacture or commercialize any product comprising a small molecule, whose primary mechanism of action for therapeutic or prophylactic effect, binds to or modulates the activity of such target, or binds or modulates at least two of TRKA, TRKB or TRKC.

        Term and Termination.     The Array Agreement expires on a product-by-product and country-by-country basis on the date of the expiration of the applicable royalty term with respect to each licensed product in each country and in its entirety upon the expiration of all applicable royalty

78


Table of Contents

terms for all licensed products in all countries. The royalty term for each licensed product in each country is the period commencing with first commercial sale of the applicable licensed product in the applicable country and ending on the latest of (i) ten years following the date of the first commercial sale in the country and (ii) expiration of the last to expire of any patent specified by the Array Agreement that includes at least one valid claim covering the manufacture, use or sale of such product in such country. Following expiration of the Array Agreement, we will have a perpetual, fully paid-up, non-exclusive license to conduct research, develop and commercialize the products developed under the Array Agreement.

        The Array Agreement may be terminated by either party upon the failure of the other party to cure any material breach of its obligations under the Agreement, provided that, so long as we are reasonably able to pay our debts as they are due, in the event of our breach after expiration of the discovery research phase, Array will only be entitled to seek monetary damages and will not have the right to terminate the Array Agreement. We also have the right beginning in July 2014 to terminate the Array Agreement or to terminate discovery research with respect to any compounds under development on six months' notice to Array. If we terminate the Array Agreement for convenience, all licenses granted to us will terminate and Array will receive a license under any intellectual property rights generated by Loxo under the collaboration to further develop and commercialize the licensed programs. If we terminate the Array Agreement as a result of Array's uncured breach, then the licenses granted by Array would continue and we would remain obligated to pay the milestone and royalty payments. For each specific compound for which we terminate research and development activities before the expiration of the research discovery phase, all licenses granted to us directed at that abandoned compound will concurrently terminate and Array will receive a license under any intellectual property rights generated by Loxo under the collaboration to further develop and commercialize such abandoned compound. We and Array have each also agreed to indemnify the other party for breaches of representations and warranties under the Array Agreement, and we have agreed to indemnify Array against any claims relating to personal injury or death resulting from a compound developed, manufactured, used, sold or otherwise distributed under the Array Agreement.

Intellectual Property

        Our intellectual property is critical to our business and we strive to protect it, including seeking and maintaining patent protection in the United States and internationally for our product candidates, back-up compounds, and other inventions that are important to our business. For our product candidates, we generally strive for patent protection covering both composition of matter and methods of use. As more fully described below, we have an exclusive license from Array to issued composition of matter patents covering LOXO-101 that expire in 2029, without taking into account any applicable extensions.

        We intend to work with Array to patent joint inventions in the United States and internationally. In addition, during the development of our product candidates, we may seek additional means of obtaining patent protection to potentially enhance commercial success, such as method of use claims. We also rely on trade secrets relating to our discovery programs and product candidates, and seek to protect and maintain the confidentiality of proprietary information to protect aspects of our business that are not amenable to, or that we do not consider appropriate for, patent protection.

        The patent positions of biotechnology companies like ours are generally uncertain and involve complex legal, scientific and factual questions. In addition, the coverage claimed in a patent application can be significantly reduced before the patent is issued, and its scope can be reinterpreted after issuance. Consequently, we may not obtain or maintain adequate patent protection for any of our product candidates. We cannot predict whether the patent applications we are currently pursuing will issue as patents in any particular jurisdiction or whether the claims of any issued patents will provide

79


Table of Contents

sufficient protection from competitors. Any patents that we hold may be challenged, circumvented or invalidated by third parties.

        Our patent portfolio includes patents and patent applications we exclusively licensed from Array, as well as exclusive worldwide licenses for all therapeutic indications for new intellectual property developed in our Loxo/Array discovery programs. This patent portfolio includes issued patents and pending patent applications covering compositions of matter and methods of use.

        The patent portfolio for LOXO-101 is summarized below.

        LOXO-101's patent portfolio includes patents exclusively licensed to us by Array for our product candidates on a worldwide basis for all therapeutic indications. A composition of matter patent for LOXO-101 is issued in the United States, Europe, Hong Kong, New Zealand and the Phillipines. The issued U.S. and European patents expire in 2029. The LOXO-101 patent portfolio also includes pending U.S. and foreign method of use patent applications for LOXO-101 and composition of matter and methods of use for other compounds. We have licensed three other patent families that cover back-ups to our lead TRK inhibitor program.

        The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the earliest date of filing a non-provisional patent application.

        In the United States, the term of a patent that covers an FDA-approved drug may also be eligible for patent term extension, which permits patent term restoration as compensation for the patent term lost during FDA regulatory review process. The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984, or the Hatch-Waxman Act, permits a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the drug is under regulatory review. Patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved drug may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. In the future, if and when our products receive FDA approval, we expect to apply for patent term extensions on patents covering those products. We plan to seek patent term extensions to any of our issued patents in any jurisdiction where these are available, however there is no guarantee that the applicable authorities, including FDA in the United States, will agree with our assessment of whether such extensions should be granted, and if granted, the length of such extensions.

        We also rely on trade secret protection for our confidential and proprietary information. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees and consultants, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology. Thus, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information developed or made known to the individual during the course of the individual's relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. In the case of employees, the agreements provide that all inventions conceived by the individual shall be our exclusive property. There can be no assurance, however, that these agreements will provide meaningful protection or adequate remedies for our trade secrets in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of such information.

80


Table of Contents

Competition

        Our industry is intensely competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. While we believe that our knowledge, experience and scientific resources provide us with competitive advantages, we face substantial competition from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide. Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical and human resources. Smaller and early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. As a result, our competitors may discover, develop, license or commercialize products before or more successfully than we do.

        We face competition with respect to our current product candidates, and will face competition with respect to future product candidates, from segments of the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other related markets that pursue targeted approaches to addressing activating molecular alterations in cancer. While there are currently no approved drugs targeting TRK, we are aware of a number of compounds that are in clinical development and enrolling in patients with TRK receptor activating alterations, including Daiichi Sankyo and its subsidiary Plexxikon's PLX-7486, Tesaro's TSR-011, Ignyta's RXDX-101 and Novartis AG's dovitinib. In addition, our collaboration partner, Array, has retained rights to development of compounds that target only one of the TRKA, TRKB or TRKC kinases, which if developed by Array or a licensee could be competitively significant, and it is likely that other companies are also engaged in preclinical development of compounds targeting one or multiple TRK kinases. However, if LOXO-101 or our future product candidates do not offer sustainable advantages over competing products, we may otherwise not be able to successfully compete against current and future competitors.

        Our competitors may obtain regulatory approval of their products more rapidly than we may or may obtain patent protection or other intellectual property rights that limit our ability to develop or commercialize our product candidates. Our competitors may also develop drugs that are more effective, more convenient, more widely used and less costly or have a better safety profile than our products and these competitors may also be more successful than us in manufacturing and marketing their products.

        In addition, we will need to develop our product candidates in collaboration with diagnostic companies, and we will face competition from other companies in establishing these collaborations. Our competitors will also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, management and commercial personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs.

        Furthermore, we also face competition more broadly across the market for cost-effective and reimbursable cancer treatments. The most common methods of treating patients with cancer are surgery, radiation and drug therapy, including chemotherapy, hormone therapy and targeted drug therapy or a combination of such methods. There are a variety of available drug therapies marketed for cancer. In many cases, these drugs are administered in combination to enhance efficacy. While our product candidates, if any are approved, may compete with these existing drug and other therapies, to the extent they are ultimately used in combination with or as an adjunct to these therapies, our product candidates may not be competitive with them. Some of these drugs are branded and subject to patent protection, and others are available on a generic basis. Insurers and other third-party payors may also encourage the use of generic products or specific branded products. We expect that if our product candidates are approved, they will be priced at a significant premium over competitive generic, including branded generic, products. As a result, obtaining market acceptance of, and a gaining significant share of the market for, any of our product candidates that we successfully introduce to the market will pose challenges. In addition, many companies are developing new therapeutics, and we cannot predict what the standard of care will be as our product candidates progress through clinical development.

81


Table of Contents

        The acquisition or licensing of pharmaceutical products is also very competitive. If we seek to acquire or license products, we will face substantial competition from a number of more established companies, some of which have acknowledged strategies to license or acquire products and many of which are bigger than us and have more institutional experience and greater cash flows than we have. These more established companies may have competitive advantages over us, as may other emerging companies taking similar or different approaches to product licenses and/or acquisitions. In addition, a number of established research-based pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies may acquire products in late stages of development to augment their internal product lines, which may provide those companies with an even greater competitive advantage.

Government Regulation

FDA Approval Process

        In the United States, pharmaceutical products are subject to extensive regulation by FDA. The Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and other federal and state statutes and regulations govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling and import and export of pharmaceutical products. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve pending new drug applications, or NDAs, warning or untitled letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution.

        Pharmaceutical product development for a new product or certain changes to an approved product in the U.S. typically involves preclinical laboratory and animal tests, the submission to FDA of an investigational new drug application, or IND, which must become effective before clinical testing may commence, and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of the drug for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. Satisfaction of FDA pre-market approval requirements typically takes many years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity and novelty of the product or disease.

        Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, formulation and toxicity, as well as animal trials to assess the characteristics and potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the preclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements, including good laboratory practices. The results of preclinical testing are submitted to FDA as part of an IND along with other information, including information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls, and a proposed clinical trial protocol. Long-term preclinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

        A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If FDA has neither commented on nor questioned the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin.

        Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational new drug to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted: (i) in compliance with federal regulations; (ii) in compliance with good clinical practice, or GCP, an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators and monitors; as well as (iii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on U.S. patients and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to FDA as part of the IND.

82


Table of Contents

        FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time, or impose other sanctions, if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial patients. The study protocol and informed consent information for patients in clinical trials must also be submitted to an institutional review board, or IRB, for approval. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB's requirements, or may impose other conditions.

        Clinical trials to support NDAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, but the phases may overlap. In Phase 1, the initial introduction of the drug into healthy human subjects or patients, the drug is tested to assess metabolism, pharmacokinetics, pharmacological actions, side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, early evidence of effectiveness. Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited patient population to determine the effectiveness of the drug for a particular indication, dosage tolerance and optimum dosage, and to identify common adverse effects and safety risks. If a compound demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 trials are undertaken to obtain the additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of patients, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the drug and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the drug. In most cases FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy of the drug. A single Phase 3 trial with other confirmatory evidence may be sufficient in rare instances where the study is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency and a statistically very persuasive finding of a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

        After completion of the required clinical testing, an NDA is prepared and submitted to FDA. FDA approval of the NDA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the U.S. The NDA must include the results of all preclinical, clinical and other testing and a compilation of data relating to the product's pharmacology, chemistry, manufacture and controls. The cost of preparing and submitting an NDA is substantial. The submission of most NDAs is additionally subject to a substantial application user fee, currently exceeding $2,169,000, and the manufacturer and/or sponsor under an approved new drug application are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees, currently exceeding $104,000 per product and $554,000 per establishment. These fees are typically increased annually.

        FDA has 60 days from its receipt of an NDA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency's threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, FDA begins an in-depth review. FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of new drug applications to encourage timeliness. Most applications for standard review drug products are reviewed within ten to twelve months; most applications for priority review drugs are reviewed in six to eight months. Priority review can be applied to drugs that FDA determines offer major advances in treatment, or provide a treatment where no adequate therapy exists. The review process for both standard and priority review may be extended by FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission.

        FDA may also refer applications for novel drug products, or drug products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an outside advisory committee—typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts—for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations.

83


Table of Contents

        Before approving an NDA, FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Additionally, FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the drug is manufactured. FDA will not approve the product unless compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or GMP—a quality system regulating manufacturing—is satisfactory and the NDA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the drug is safe and effective in the indication studied.

        After FDA evaluates the NDA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter generally outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, or information, in order for FDA to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to FDA's satisfaction in a resubmission of the NDA, FDA will issue an approval letter. FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included.

        An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the drug with specific prescribing information for specific indications. As a condition of NDA approval, FDA may require a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, to help ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh the potential risks. REMS can include medication guides, communication plans for healthcare professionals, and elements to assure safe use, or ETASU. ETASU can include, but are not limited to, special training or certification for prescribing or dispensing, dispensing only under certain circumstances, special monitoring and the use of patient registries. The requirement for a REMS can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the drug. Moreover, product approval may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the drug's safety or efficacy. Once granted, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

        Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new NDA or NDA supplement before the change can be implemented. An NDA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing NDA supplements as it does in reviewing NDAs.

Fast Track Designation and Accelerated Approval

        FDA is required to facilitate the development, and expedite the review, of drugs that are intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening disease or condition for which there is no effective treatment and which demonstrate the potential to address unmet medical needs for the condition. Under the Fast Track program, the sponsor of a new drug candidate may request that FDA designate the drug candidate for a specific indication as a Fast Track drug concurrent with, or after, the filing of the IND for the drug candidate. FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for Fast Track Designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor's request.

        Under the Fast Track program and FDA's accelerated approval regulations, FDA may approve a drug for a serious or life-threatening illness that provides meaningful therapeutic benefit to patients over existing treatments based upon a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments.

        In clinical trials, a surrogate endpoint is a measurement of laboratory or clinical signs of a disease or condition that substitutes for a direct measurement of how a patient feels, functions, or survives. Surrogate endpoints can often be measured more easily or more rapidly than clinical endpoints. A drug candidate approved on this basis is subject to rigorous post-marketing compliance requirements, including the completion of Phase 4 or post-approval clinical trials to confirm the effect on the clinical endpoint. Failure to conduct required post-approval studies, or confirm a clinical benefit during

84


Table of Contents

post-marketing studies, will allow FDA to withdraw the drug from the market on an expedited basis. All promotional materials for drug candidates approved under accelerated regulations are subject to priority review by FDA.

        If a submission is granted Fast Track Designation, the sponsor may engage in more frequent interactions with FDA, and FDA may review sections of the NDA before the application is complete. This rolling review is available if the applicant provides, and FDA approves, a schedule for the submission of the remaining information and the applicant pays applicable user fees. However, FDA's time period goal for reviewing an application does not begin until the last section of the NDA is submitted. Additionally, Fast Track Designation may be withdrawn by FDA if FDA believes that the designation is no longer supported by data emerging in the clinical trial process.

Breakthrough Therapy Designation

        FDA is also required to expedite the development and review of the application for approval of drugs that are intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition where preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints. Under the Breakthrough Therapy program, the sponsor of a new drug candidate may request that FDA designate the drug candidate for a specific indication as a breakthrough therapy concurrent with, or after, the filing of the IND for the drug candidate. FDA must determine if the drug candidate qualifies for Breakthrough Therapy designation within 60 days of receipt of the sponsor's request.

Orphan Drugs

        Under the Orphan Drug Act, FDA may grant Orphan Drug Designation to drugs intended to treat a rare disease or condition—generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the U.S. Orphan Drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After FDA grants Orphan Drug Designation, the generic identity of the drug and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by FDA. Orphan Drug Designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process. The first NDA applicant to receive FDA approval for a particular active ingredient to treat a particular disease with FDA Orphan Drug Designation is entitled to a seven-year exclusive marketing period in the U.S. for that product, for that indication. During the seven-year exclusivity period, FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same drug for the same disease, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent FDA from approving a different drug for the same disease or condition, or the same drug for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of Orphan Drug Designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the NDA application user fee.

Post-Approval Requirements

        Once an NDA is approved, a product will be subject to certain post-approval requirements. For instance, FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of drugs, including standards and regulations for direct-to-consumer advertising, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet. Drugs may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling.

        Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports are required following FDA approval of an NDA. FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, risk evaluation and mitigation strategies, or REMS, and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product, or FDA may place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. In addition, quality control, drug manufacture, packaging and labeling procedures must continue to conform to current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs, after approval. Drug manufacturers and

85


Table of Contents

certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with FDA and certain state agencies. Registration with FDA subjects entities to periodic unannounced inspections by FDA, during which the Agency inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with cGMPs. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality-control to maintain compliance with cGMPs. Regulatory authorities may withdraw product approvals or request product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory standards, if it encounters problems following initial marketing, or if previously unrecognized problems are subsequently discovered.

Pediatric Information

        Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, NDAs or supplements to NDAs must contain data to assess the safety and effectiveness of the drug for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the drug is safe and effective. FDA may grant full or partial waivers, or deferrals, for submission of data. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to any drug for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted.

        The Best Pharmaceuticals for Children Act, or BPCA, provides NDA holders a six-month extension of any exclusivity—patent or non-patent—for a drug if certain conditions are met. Conditions for exclusivity include FDA's determination that information relating to the use of a new drug in the pediatric population may produce health benefits in that population, FDA making a written request for pediatric studies, and the applicant agreeing to perform, and reporting on, the requested studies within the statutory timeframe. Applications under the BPCA are treated as priority applications, with all of the benefits that designation confers.

FDA Regulation of Companion Diagnostics

        Our drug products may rely upon in vitro companion diagnostics for use in selecting the patients that we believe will respond to our cancer therapeutics. If safe and effective use of a therapeutic product depends on an in vitro diagnostic, then FDA generally will require approval or clearance of the diagnostic at the same time that FDA approves the therapeutic product. This policy, while currently in effect, is described in a draft FDA guidance document. FDA has indicated that it intends to finalize this guidance document, although the exact timing and content of the final guidance document remains uncertain.

        FDA has heretofore required in vitro companion diagnostics intended to select the patients who will respond to cancer treatment to obtain a pre-market approval, or PMA, for that diagnostic simultaneously with approval of the drug. Based on the draft guidance, and FDA's past treatment of companion diagnostics, we believe that FDA will require PMA approval of one or more in vitro companion diagnostics to identify patient populations suitable for our cancer therapies. The review of these in vitro companion diagnostics in conjunction with the review of our cancer treatments involves coordination of review by FDA's Center for Drug Evaluation and Research and by FDA's Center for Devices and Radiological Health.

        The PMA process, including the gathering of clinical and nonclinical data and the submission to and review by FDA, can take several years or longer. It involves a rigorous premarket review during which the applicant must prepare and provide FDA with reasonable assurance of the device's safety and effectiveness and information about the device and its components regarding, among other things, device design, manufacturing and labeling. PMA applications are subject to an application fee, which exceeds $258,000 for most PMAs. In addition, PMAs for certain devices must generally include the results from extensive preclinical and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and effectiveness of the device for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. In particular, for a diagnostic, the applicant must demonstrate that the diagnostic produces reproducible results when the same sample is tested multiple times by multiple users at multiple laboratories. As part of the PMA

86


Table of Contents

review, FDA will typically inspect the manufacturer's facilities for compliance with the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which imposes elaborate testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance requirements.

        PMA approval is not guaranteed, and FDA may ultimately respond to a PMA submission with a not approvable determination based on deficiencies in the application and require additional clinical trial or other data that may be expensive and time-consuming to generate and that can substantially delay approval. If FDA's evaluation of the PMA application is favorable, FDA typically issues an approvable letter requiring the applicant's agreement to specific conditions, such as changes in labeling, or specific additional information, such as submission of final labeling, in order to secure final approval of the PMA. If FDA concludes that the applicable criteria have been met, FDA will issue a PMA for the approved indications, which can be more limited than those originally sought by the applicant. The PMA can include post-approval conditions that FDA believes necessary to ensure the safety and effectiveness of the device, including, among other things, restrictions on labeling, promotion, sale and distribution.

        After a device is placed on the market, it remains subject to significant regulatory requirements. Medical devices may be marketed only for the uses and indications for which they are cleared or approved. Device manufacturers must also establish registration and device listings with FDA. A medical device manufacturer's manufacturing processes and those of its suppliers are required to comply with the applicable portions of the QSR, which cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, production, processes, controls, quality assurance, labeling, packaging and shipping of medical devices. Domestic facility records and manufacturing processes are subject to periodic unscheduled inspections by FDA. FDA also may inspect foreign facilities that export products to the United States.

        Failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements can result in enforcement action by FDA, which may include any of the following sanctions: warning letters, fines, injunctions, civil or criminal penalties, recall or seizure of current or future products, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production, denial of submissions for new products, or withdrawal of PMA approvals.

Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

        Sponsors of clinical trials of FDA regulated products, including drugs, are required to register and disclose certain clinical trial information. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

Foreign Regulation

        In addition to regulations in the United States, we will be subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our product candidates to the extent we choose to sell any products outside of the United States. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain approval of a product by regulatory authorities of foreign countries before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, product licensing, pricing and reimbursement vary greatly from country to country. As in the United States, post-approval regulatory requirements, such as those regarding product manufacture, marketing, or distribution would apply to any product that is approved outside the United States.

87


Table of Contents

Manufacturing

        We do not have any manufacturing facilities or personnel. We currently rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates undergoing preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacture if our product candidates receive marketing approval. Array currently manufactures the active pharmaceutical ingredient and finished drug product for LOXO-101 for clinical testing. We intend to identify and qualify other manufacturers to provide the active pharmaceutical ingredient and fill-and-finish services for LOXO-101 as the compound progresses through clinical development, prior to seeking marketing approval from FDA.

        All of our drug candidates are small molecules and are manufactured in synthetic processes from available starting materials. The chemistry appears amenable to scale up and does not currently require unusual equipment in the manufacturing process. We expect to continue to develop product candidates that can be produced cost-effectively at contract manufacturing facilities.

        We generally expect to rely on third parties for the manufacture of our companion diagnostics. Depending on the technology solutions we choose, we may rely on multiple third parties to manufacture and sell a single test. For example, we may develop analyte specific reagents with one vendor, rely on another vendor for qualification and assembly in a finished in vitro diagnostic kit and rely on additional third parties for distribution and/or commercialization.

Commercialization

        Subject to receiving marketing approvals, we expect to commence commercialization activities by building a focused sales and marketing organization in the United States to sell our products. We believe that such an organization will be able to address the community of oncologists who are the key specialists in treating the patient populations for which our product candidates are being developed. Outside the United States, we expect to enter into distribution and other marketing arrangements with third parties for any of our product candidates that obtain marketing approval.

        We also plan to build a marketing and sales management organization to create and implement marketing strategies for any products that we market through our own sales organization and to oversee and support our sales force. The responsibilities of the marketing organization would include developing educational initiatives with respect to approved products and establishing relationships with researchers and practitioners in relevant fields of medicine.

Legal Proceedings

        We are not currently a party to any material legal proceedings.

Facilities

        Our corporate headquarters are located in Stamford, Connecticut, where we occupy approximately 1,670 square feet of office space under a sublease which expires in 2018. We also lease office space in South San Francisco, California, where we occupy approximately 2,900 square feet under a lease which expires in 2017. We intend to procure additional space if we add employees and expand geographically. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future, and that, should it be needed, suitable additional space will be available on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.

Employees

        As of May 31, 2014, we had a total of six full-time employees, all located in the United States. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good.

88


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of May 31, 2014:

Name
  Age   Position

Executive Officers:

         

Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D. 

    42   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Mikel Moyer, Ph.D. 

    55   Chief Scientific Officer

Non-Employee Directors:

   
 
 

 

James Barrett, Ph.D. 

    71   Director

David Bonita, M.D. 

    38   Director

Steven A. Elms

    50   Director

Keith T. Flaherty, M.D. 

    43   Director

Dov A. Goldstein, M.D. 

    46   Director

Avi Z. Naider

    42   Director

(1)
Member of the audit committee.

(2)
Member of the compensation committee.

(3)
Member of the nominating and governance committee.

Executive Officers

        Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D.     Dr. Bilenker, founder of our company, has served as President and Chief Executive Officer since June 2013 and as a member of our board of directors since June 2013. Since November 2013, Dr. Bilenker has served as a Venture Partner at Aisling Capital LLC, a private equity firm, where he was a Partner from January 2012 to October 2013 and previously served as a Principal from October 2008 to December 2011 and an Associate from April 2006 to September 2008. From 2004 to 2006, Dr. Bilenker served as a Medical Officer at the FDA in the Office of Oncology. Dr. Bilenker trained at the University of Pennsylvania in internal medicine and medical oncology, earning board certification in these specialties. He received his M.D. from The Johns Hopkins School of Medicine and his A.B. degree in English from Princeton University. We believe that Dr. Bilenker should serve on our board of directors due to his thorough knowledge of our company and his experience in finance and medicine.

        Mikel Moyer, Ph.D.     Dr. Moyer joined our Company as Chief Scientific Officer in April 2014. Prior to joining us, he served as Vice President of Molecular Discovery at Epizyme, Inc. an epigenetic therapeutics development company, from March 2010 until April 2014. Before joining Epizyme, he served as the Director of Medicinal Chemistry at the Stanley Center for Psychiatric Research at the Broad Institute of Harvard and Massachusetts Institute of Technology, from June 2007 to March 2010. Prior to that, he spent 18 years at Pfizer Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, where he held a variety of leadership positions and led medicinal chemistry groups. Dr. Moyer received his B.S. degree in Chemistry from the University of Michigan and his Ph.D. in Organic Chemistry from the University of California, Berkeley.

Non-Employee Directors

        James Barrett, Ph.D.     Dr. Barrett has served on our board of directors since April 2014. Since 2001, he has served as a General Partner of New Enterprise Associates, or NEA, a venture capital firm, where he specializes in biotechnology and works with members of NEA's healthcare investment group on medical devices, healthcare information systems and healthcare services companies. Prior to joining

89


Table of Contents

NEA, from 1997 to 2001, Dr. Barrett founded and served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer at Sensors for Medicine and Science, a medical device company. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Dr. Barrett currently serves on the boards of several biopharmaceutical and biotechnology companies, including Amicus Therapeutics, Clovis Oncology, Inc., GlycoMimetics, Inc. and Supernus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. He also serves on the board of directors of several private companies. He previously served on the boards of Inhibitex, Inc. from 2002 to 2012 and Targacept, Inc. from 2002 to 2013. Dr. Barrett received his Ph.D. in Biochemistry from the University of Tennessee, his M.B.A. from the University of Santa Clara and his B.S. in Chemistry from Boston College. We believe that Dr. Barrett should serve on our board of directors due to his experience overseeing investments in biotechnology, service on the board of directors of several public biopharmaceutical companies and prior senior management experience in the biopharmaceutical sector.

        David Bonita, M.D.     Dr. Bonita has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2013. Dr. Bonita has been a Private Equity Partner at OrbiMed Advisors LLC, or OrbiMed LLC, an investment company, since June 2012. Previously, Dr. Bonita served in various roles at OrbiMed LLC, including as a Private Equity Principal from December 2007 to June 2012 and as a Senior Associate from June 2004 to December 2007. In addition to serving on our board of directors, Dr. Bonita has served on the boards of directors of Ambit Biosciences Corporation, a biopharmaceutical company, since 2012 and of several private companies. Prior to joining OrbiMed LLC, Dr. Bonita worked in the healthcare investment banking groups of Morgan Stanley and UBS AG. Dr. Bonita received his A.B. in Biological Sciences from Harvard University and his joint M.D./M.B.A. from Columbia University. We believe that Dr. Bonita should serve on our board of directors because of his private equity expertise and knowledge of the healthcare industry.

        Steven A. Elms.     Mr. Elms has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2013. He currently serves as a Managing Partner of Aisling Capital LLC, a private equity firm. He joined Aisling Capital LLC in 2000 from the life sciences investment banking group of Chase H&Q (formerly Hambrecht and Quist Group Inc.) where he was a principal. Mr. Elms serves on the board of directors of Pernix Therapeutics Holdings, Inc. and ADMA Biologics, Inc. Previously, Mr. Elms served on the board of directors of Ambit Biosciences Corp. from 2001 to 2014, MAP Pharmaceuticals, Inc. from 2004 to 2011 and has served on the boards of directors of a number of private companies. Mr. Elms received his B.A. in Human Biology from Stanford University and his M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. We believe that Mr. Elms should serve on our board of directors due to his extensive financial services background and experience in the pharmaceutical and healthcare industries.

        Keith T. Flaherty, M.D.     Dr. Flaherty has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2013. He is Director of the Henri and Belinda Termeer Center for Targeted Therapy, Massachusetts General Hospital Cancer Center, and is an Associate Professor of Medicine at Harvard Medical School. He has worked as a physician at Massachusetts General Hospital since 2009. Dr. Flaherty serves on the board of directors of Clovis Oncology, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company. Dr. Flaherty trained in internal medicine at Brigham and Women's Hospital, and in medical oncology at the University of Pennsylvania, earning board certifications in these specialties. He received his M.D. from The Johns Hopkins School of Medicine and his B.S. degree in Neurobiology from Yale University. We believe that Dr. Flaherty should serve on our board of directors due to his scientific background and experience as a clinician in the field of oncology.

        Dov A. Goldstein, M.D.     Dr. Goldstein has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2013. He has been a partner at Aisling Capital LLC, a private equity firm, since 2008. From 2006 to 2008, he was a Principal at Aisling Capital. From 2000 to 2005, Dr. Goldstein was Chief Financial Officer of Vicuron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. before its acquisition by Pfizer Inc. From 1998 to 2000, Dr. Goldstein was Director of Venture Analysis at HealthCare Ventures, a privately held investment fund. Dr. Goldstein is a director of a number of biopharmaceutical companies including ADMA

90


Table of Contents

Biologics, Inc., Cempra Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Esperion Therapeutics, Inc. and previously served on the board of directors of Durata Therapeutics from 2009 to 2013. He received his B.S. in Biology from Stanford University, his M.D. from the Yale School of Medicine and his M.B.A. from the Columbia Business School. We believe Dr. Goldstein should serve on our board of directors due to his experience with financial accounting matters for complex organizations, his prior oversight of the financial reporting process of public companies and his experience working with life sciences companies.

        Avi Z. Naider.     Mr. Naider has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2013. Mr. Naider is Chairman and CEO of ACES Risk Management Corp., a software company, a position he has held since January 2008. Prior to joining ACES, Mr. Naider founded MeMedia Pty Ltd (formerly WhenU.com), an internet advertising software company. Mr. Naider received his A.B. in the Woodrow Wilson School of Public and International Affairs from Princeton University. We believe that Mr. Naider should serve on our board of directors due to his experience founding and managing companies.

Election of Officers

        Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Board Composition

        Our business and affairs are organized under the direction of our board of directors, which currently consists of seven members. Our current certificate of incorporation and a voting agreement among certain investors provide for up to three directors to be designated by holders of our Series A convertible preferred stock, one director to be designated by holders of our Series B convertible preferred stock, two directors to be designated by holders of our common stock as a separate class, and one director to be designated by holders of our common stock and of every other class or series of voting stock, voting as a single class on an as converted basis. Dr. Bonita, Mr. Elms, and Mr. Naider are the board designees of holders of our Series A Preferred Stock. Dr. Barrett is the board designee of holders of our Series B Preferred Stock. Dr. Bilenker and Dr. Flaherty are the board designees of holders of our common stock, and Dr. Goldstein is the board designee of holders of our common stock and every other class or series of voting stock, voting as a single class.

        The voting agreement and the provisions of our certificate of incorporation by which our directors are elected will terminate in connection with our initial public offering and there will be no contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Each of our current directors will continue to serve until the election and qualification of his successor, or his earlier death, resignation or removal.

Classified Board of Directors

        Immediately following this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three staggered classes of directors. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the same class whose term is then expiring. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

    the Class I directors will be                        and                         and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2015;

    the Class II directors will be                        and                         and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016; and

    the Class III directors will be                        and                         and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017.

91


Table of Contents

        Each director's term continues until the election and qualification of his successor, or his earlier death, resignation or removal. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering authorize only our board of directors to fill vacancies on our board of directors. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company. See "Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions—Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions."

Director Independence

        In connection with this offering, we intend to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market. Under the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market, or NASDAQ, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company's board of directors within a specified period of the completion of this offering. In addition, the rules of NASDAQ require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent. Under the rules of NASDAQ, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of that company's board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

        Audit committee members must also satisfy the independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In order to be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. We intend to satisfy the audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 upon the completion of this offering.

        Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each director and considered whether each director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that all of the members of our board, except Dr. Bilenker and Dr. Flaherty, are "independent directors" as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and the listing requirements and rules of NASDAQ. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors and us with regard to each director's business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director and the transactions involving them described in the section titled "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

Committees of the Board of Directors

        Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which will have the composition and responsibilities described below upon completion of this offering. Each of the below committees has a written charter approved by our board of directors. Upon completion of this offering, copies of each charter will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. Members serve on these committees until their resignation or until otherwise determined by our board of directors.

92


Table of Contents

Audit Committee

        Our audit committee is comprised of                    ,                     and                  .             is the chairman of our audit committee. The composition of our audit committee meets the requirements for independence under the current NASDAQ and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. In addition, our board of directors has determined that                        is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act. This designation does not impose on him any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Our audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things:

    selecting a firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

    ensuring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

    discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and that firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

    establishing procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters;

    considering the adequacy of our internal controls and internal audit function;

    reviewing material related-party transactions or those that require disclosure; and

    approving or, as permitted, pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee is comprised of                    ,                     and                       .            is the chairman of our compensation committee. Each member of this committee is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and an outside director, as defined pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Code, and will meet the requirements for independence under the current NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations prior to the end of the transition period provided under current NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations for companies completing their initial public offering. Our compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

    reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board of directors approve, the compensation of our executive officers;

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

    reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the terms of any compensatory agreements with our executive officers;

    administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

    reviewing and approving, or making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to, incentive compensation and equity plans; and

    reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Nominating and Governance Committee

        Our nominating and governance committee is comprised of            ,             and            .            is the chairman of our nominating and governance committee. Each member of the Committee meets the

93


Table of Contents

requirements for independence under the current NASDAQ listing standards. Our nominating and governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

    identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

    recommending directors to serve on board committees;

    reviewing and recommending our corporate governance guidelines and policies;

    reviewing proposed waivers of the code of conduct for directors and executive officers;

    evaluating, and overseeing the process of evaluating, the performance of our board of directors and individual directors; and

    assisting our board of directors on corporate governance matters.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        None of our executive officers has served as a member of the board of directors, or as a member of the compensation or similar committee, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who served on our board of directors or compensation committee during the year ended December 31, 2013. Prior to establishing the compensation committee, our full board of directors made decisions relating to the compensation of our officers. For a description of transactions between us and members of our compensation committee and affiliates of such members, please see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

        In connection with this offering, our board of directors plans to adopt codes of business conduct and ethics that apply to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers. The full text of our codes of conduct will be posted on the investor relations section of our website. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our codes of conduct, or waivers of these provisions, on our website or in public filings.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

        The following table presents the total compensation paid in the year ended December 31, 2013 for each member of our board of directors, except for our Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Bilenker, who receives no additional compensation for his service as a director. Other than as described below, none of our non-employee directors received any fees or reimbursement of any expenses (other than customary expenses in connection with the attendance of meetings of our board of directors) or any equity or non-equity awards in the year ended December 31, 2013.

Director Name
  Fees Earned
or Paid
in Cash ($)
  Option Awards
($) (1)(2)
  Total ($)  

Keith T. Flaherty

    10,500 (3)   149,062     162,562  

Avi Z. Naider

        61,579     61,579  

(1)
The amount reported in this column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the non-employee directors from the awards. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in the notes to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

94


Table of Contents

(2)
As of December 31, 2013, Dr. Flaherty held 96,618 shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options, and Mr. Naider held 48,309 shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options. Dr. Flaherty received the stock options above in his capacity as an advisor on our Scientific Advisory Board.

(3)
As a member of our Scientific Advisory Board, Dr. Flaherty is paid $1,500 for each telephonic meeting and $3,000 for each in-person meeting, including meetings of the board of directors, the Scientific Advisory Board and Array.

        We have not established a formal policy regarding director compensation.

95


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

        The following tables and accompanying narrative disclosure set forth information about the compensation provided to our President and Chief Executive Officer, Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D., during the year ended December 31, 2013. As of December 31, 2013, Dr. Bilenker was the only employee to serve as an executive officer.

        We refer to Dr. Bilenker in this section as our "Named Executive Officer."

Summary Compensation Table

        The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was awarded to, earned by and paid to our Named Executive Officer during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Name and Principal Position
  Salary
($)
  Option
Awards
($) (2)
  All Other
Compensation
($)
  Total
($)
 

Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D., (1)

    58,333     257,578         315,911  

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

                         

(1)
The Named Executive Officer commenced employment as our President and Chief Executive Officer on November 15, 2013. The amounts in this table represent compensation for his services from the period from November 15, 2013 to December 31, 2013.

(2)
The amount reported in this column represents the grant date fair value of the stock options granted to the Named Executive Officer during the year ended December 31, 2013 as computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718. The amounts reported in this column reflect the accounting cost for these stock options, and do not correspond to the actual economic value that may be received by the Named Executive Officer from the options. The assumptions used in calculating the grant date fair value of the stock options reported in this column are set forth in Note 6 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Dr. Bilenker's Employment Offer Letter

        Pursuant to an offer letter dated November 15, 2013 that was approved by our board of directors, or the Offer Letter, Dr. Bilenker serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Bilenker's offer letter sets forth the principal terms and conditions of his employment, including his initial annual base salary of $350,000, an annual target cash bonus opportunity of 40% of his base salary, subject to pro rata adjustment for any partial years worked (which bonus is earned based on our achievement of specified milestones and performance objectives, as well as Dr. Bilenker's performance relative to one or more performance objectives established by Dr. Bilenker and our board of directors, the achievement of which is evaluated by us). The Offer Letter required Dr. Bilenker to sign a stock restriction agreement with respect to the 120,773 shares of restricted stock Dr. Bilenker held pursuant to a stock purchase agreement dated June 28, 2013 and also provides for the grant of a time-based stock option to purchase 105,402 shares of our common stock under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. The option was granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant and vests over three years as described in more detail in "—Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013 Table" below. Pursuant to the Offer Letter, Dr. Bilenker was also granted a performance-based option to purchase 87,835 shares of our common stock under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, with vesting to begin on the date we received $15 million in cash related to the issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock, which was March 18, 2014, and to occur in equal monthly installments over the 48 months thereafter. Dr. Bilenker's employment is at will and may be terminated

96


Table of Contents

at any time, with or without cause. However, pursuant to the terms of the Offer Letter, Dr. Bilenker will be entitled to severance benefits described in "—Termination or Change in Control Arrangements" below.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2013 Table

        The following table presents, for our Named Executive Officer, information regarding outstanding stock options and other equity awards held as of December 31, 2013.

 
   
  Option Awards  
Name
  Grant Date (1)   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable (2)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price ($) (3)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 

Joshua H. Bilenker

    11/15/2013     105,402 (4)       1.85     11/14/2023  

    11/15/2013     87,835 (5)       1.85     11/14/2023  

(1)
All of the outstanding equity awards were granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

(2)
Because the stock options granted to Dr. Bilenker under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan are immediately exercisable, subject to a right of repurchase in our favor which lapses as the shares vest, this column reflects the number of shares of our common stock that were subject to options held by our Named Executive Officer that were exercisable as of December 31, 2013.

(3)
Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock, as determined by our board of directors, on the option's grant date. Please see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation—Critical Accounting Policies—Stock-Based Compensation" for a discussion of how we have valued our common stock.

(4)
This stock option vests with respect to 25% of the underlying shares of our common stock on July 2, 2014 and 1/48 th  of the option vests monthly thereafter.

(5)
1/48 th  of the option vests monthly, with vesting commencing on March 18, 2014, the date we received $15.0 million related to the issuance of Series A convertible preferred stock.

Termination or Change in Control Arrangements

        Pursuant to the Offer Letter, if we are subject to a change of control and, within twelve months following such change of control, Dr. Bilenker is terminated other than for cause, provided that Dr. Bilenker delivers a signed settlement agreement and general release in favor of us and satisfies all conditions to make such release effective within sixty days of the date of termination, 100% of Dr. Bilenker's outstanding and unvested stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock-based awards will vest. Further, upon termination by us other than for cause, Dr. Bilenker will receive any unpaid base salary, together with any accrued but unused vacation, subject to signing a release, complying with non-competition provisions set forth in the Offer Letter, resigning from our board of directors and returning all property and confidential information to us. In addition, he will receive, beginning on the first payroll date that is sixty days following his date of termination, severance payments consisting of: (i) his base salary for the following twelve months; (ii) a lump-sum payment equal to a pro-rated bonus payment based on our performance calculated as of the date of termination by the board of directors in its sole discretion; (iii) twelve months of additional vesting for all outstanding and unvested stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock based awards and (iv) the difference between the monthly premium for health insurance under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, or COBRA, and our group health plans

97


Table of Contents

until the earlier of one year following termination, the date that Dr. Bilenker becomes eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer and the date that he is no longer eligible to receive COBRA coverage, subject to certain exceptions and adjustments as set forth in the Offer Letter. Dr. Bilenker's severance payments will be reduced if he becomes an employee or consultant of Aisling Capital III, LP, or Aisling, following his termination in an amount equal to his annual base compensation at Aisling.

        For more information about Dr. Bilenker's outstanding equity awards as of December 31, 2013, see "—2013 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table" above.

Employee Benefit and Stock Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

        Our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders on July 2, 2013 and was amended on November 15, 2013 and approved by our stockholders in April 2014. The 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options, which qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and nonstatutory stock options, as well as for the issuance of shares of restricted stock, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units. We may grant incentive stock options only to our employees, including officers and directors who are also employees. We may grant nonstatutory stock options to our employees, officers, directors and consultants. The exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan is 10 years, except that the maximum permitted term of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders is five years. In the event of our merger or consolidation, the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan provides that awards may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor or acquiring entity. Unless as otherwise approved by our board of directors or required by the terms of any option agreement governing such options, all unexercised options shall terminate upon the consummation of the merger or consolidation if they are not assumed or substituted.

        As of May 31, 2014, we had reserved 954,813 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. As of May 31, 2014, options to purchase 65,487 of these shares had been exercised, options to purchase 415,941 of these shares remained outstanding and 473,385 of these shares remained available for grant. The options outstanding as of May 2014 had a weighted-average exercise price of $1.85 per share. We will cease issuing awards under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan upon the implementation of our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will be effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus. As a result, we will not grant any additional options under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan following that date, and the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate at that time. However, any outstanding options granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan and stock option agreements, until such outstanding options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Options granted under the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan have terms similar to those described below with respect to options to be granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

2014 Equity Incentive Plan

        We have adopted a 2014 Equity Incentive Plan that will become effective on the date immediately prior to the date of this prospectus and will serve as the successor to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. We reserved                    shares of our common stock to be issued under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan. The number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will increase

98


Table of Contents

automatically on January 1 of each of 2015 through 2024 by the number of shares equal to    % of the aggregate number of outstanding shares of our common stock as of the immediately preceding December 31. However, our board of directors may reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. In addition, the following shares will again be available for grant and issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan:

    shares subject to options or stock appreciation rights granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan that cease to be subject to the option or stock appreciation right for any reason other than exercise of the option or stock appreciation right;

    shares subject to awards granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the original issue price;

    shares subject to awards granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued;

    shares surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash or a different award (or combination thereof);

    shares of common stock reserved but not issued or subject to outstanding grants under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan on the date of this prospectus will be available for grant and issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan;

    shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options or subject to other awards under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan prior to the date of this prospectus that cease to be subject to such options or other awards by forfeiture or otherwise after the date of this prospectus will be available for grant and issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan;

    shares of common stock issued under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that are forfeited or repurchased by us after the date of this prospectus will be available for grant and issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan; and

    shares of common stock subject to awards under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan that are used to pay the exercise price of an option or withheld to satisfy the tax withholding obligations related to any award will be available for grant and issuance under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

        Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan authorizes the award of stock options, restricted stock awards, or RSAs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance awards and stock bonuses. No person will be eligible to receive more than          shares in any calendar year under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan other than a new employee of ours, who will be eligible to receive no more than              shares under the plan in the calendar year in which the employee commences employment. No more than              shares will be issued pursuant to the exercise of incentive stock options.

        Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, all of the members of which are outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax laws, or by our board of directors acting in place of our compensation committee. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.

        Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of awards to our employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors, provided the consultants, independent contractors, directors and advisors are natural persons that render services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. The exercise price of stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

99


Table of Contents

        We anticipate that in general, options will vest over a four-year period. Options may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. Our compensation committee may provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. The maximum term of options granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan is ten years.

        An RSA is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions, which may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions. The price (if any) of an RSA will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

        SARs provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price up to a maximum amount of cash or number of shares. SARs may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.

        RSUs represent the right to receive shares of our common stock at a specified date in the future, subject to forfeiture of that right because of termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance conditions. If an RSU has not been forfeited, then on the date specified in the RSU agreement, we will deliver to the holder of the restricted stock unit whole shares of our common stock (which may be subject to additional restrictions), cash or a combination of our common stock and cash.

        Performance shares are performance awards that cover a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions in cash or by issuance of the underlying shares. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement because of termination of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions. No participant will be eligible to receive more than $          in performance awards in any calendar year.

        Stock bonuses may be granted as additional compensation for service or performance and, therefore, will not be issued in exchange for cash.

        In the event there is a specified type of change in our capital structure without our receipt of consideration, such as a stock split, appropriate adjustments will be made to the number of shares reserved under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, the maximum number of shares that can be granted in a calendar year and the number of shares and exercise price, if applicable, of all outstanding awards under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

        Awards granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise permitted by our compensation committee, stock options may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee's guardian or legal representative. Options granted under our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan generally may be exercised for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee's service to us, for a period of 12 months in the case of death or disability, or such longer period as our compensation committee may provide. Options generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.

        In the event of a merger or consolidation, any and all outstanding awards may be assumed or replaced by the successor corporation. In the alternative, the successor corporation may substitute equivalent awards or provide substantially similar consideration to participants as was provided to stockholders. Outstanding awards that are not assumed, substituted or cashed out will accelerate in full and expire upon the closing of the merger or consolidation. In addition, in the event of specified change in control transactions, our compensation committee may accelerate the vesting of awards (a) immediately upon the occurrence of the transaction, whether or not the award is continued, assumed or substituted by a surviving corporation or its parent in the transaction, or (b) in connection

100


Table of Contents

with a termination of a participant's service following such a transaction. In the event of a merger or consolidation, the vesting of all awards granted to non-employee directors shall accelerate and such awards shall become exercisable in full.

        Our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate ten years from the date our board of directors adopts the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our board of directors may amend or terminate our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan at any time. Our board of directors generally may amend our 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, without stockholder approval unless required by applicable law.

401(k) Plan

        We sponsor a retirement savings plan intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code, containing a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code. U.S. employees are generally eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the calendar month following the employees' date of hire. Participants may make pre-tax and certain after-tax (Roth) deferral contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax elective deferrals under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan. An employee's interest in his or her pre-tax deferrals is 100% vested when contributed. The plan permits all eligible Plan participants to contribute between 1% and 90% of eligible compensation, on a pre-tax or Roth basis, into their accounts.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters

        Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering contains provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws that will become effective in connection with the closing of this offering require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the maximum extent not prohibited by the Delaware General Corporation Law and allow us to indemnify other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

        We have entered, and intend to continue to enter, into separate indemnification agreements with our directors, officers and certain of our key employees, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify our directors, officers and key employees for certain expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, penalties, fines and settlement amounts actually incurred by these individuals in any action or proceeding arising out of their service to us or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which these individuals provide services at our request. Subject to certain

101


Table of Contents

limitations, our indemnification agreements also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors, officers and key employees for the defense of any action for which indemnification is required or permitted.

        We believe that these indemnification provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified directors, officers and key employees. We also maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions.

        At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers as to which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for indemnification.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, executive officers or persons controlling us, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

102


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

        We describe below transactions and series of similar transactions, since our incorporation in May 2013, to which we were a party or will be a party, in which:

    the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

    any of our directors, executive officers, promoters or beneficial holders of more than 5% of any class of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

        Other than as described below, there have not been, nor are there any currently proposed, transactions or series of similar transactions to which we have been or will be a party other than compensation arrangements, which are described where required under "Executive Compensation."

Array Collaboration

        In July 2013, we issued 320,451 shares of our Series A-1 convertible preferred stock to Array BioPharma Inc., or Array, a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, pursuant to the Drug Discovery Collaboration Agreement by and between Array and us dated July 3, 2013, or the Array Agreement. Pursuant to the Array Agreement, we also agreed to pay Array a fixed amount per month, based on Array's commitment to provide full-time equivalents and other support relating to the conduct of the discovery program, and agreed to make certain milestone and royalty payments. The shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock issued to Array were subject to a special antidilution protection feature, which provided that the rate at which such Series A-1 convertible preferred stock would be convertible into common stock would increase as a result of any new issuances of our capital stock, until such time as we had received at least $40 million in exchange for issuances of our capital stock, as further specified in our certificate of incorporation. This special antidiluton feature expired in connection with the closing of our Series B convertible preferred stock financing in April 2014, and as of such time the 320,451 shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock issued to Array were convertible into 1,030,118 shares of our common stock.

        As a purchaser of our Series A-1 convertible preferred stock, Array is entitled to specified registration rights. For additional information, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Equity Financings

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

        In July 2013, we sold an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $10,000,000, to Aisling Capital III, LP, or Aisling, a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. Our President and Chief Executive Officer, Dr. Joshua Bilenker, is a Venture Partner at Aisling Capital Partners III, LP, or Aisling GP, the general partner of Aisling, and in connection with the July 2013 financing Dr. Dov Goldstein and Steven Elms, who are a Partner and Managing Partner, respectively, of Aisling GP, were appointed to our board of directors and remain as members of our board of directors. In connection with the July 2013 financing, Aisling also agreed to purchase additional shares of Series A convertible preferred stock in the event that we reached certain agreed-upon milestones.

        In September 2013, we sold an additional aggregate of 800,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $8,000,000, to an entity affiliated with OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP, or OrbiMed, and an entity affiliated with Access Industries, Inc., each of whom is a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock. In addition, following the September 2013 financing, Aisling sold 181,818 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock to an entity affiliated with OrbiMed. In connection with the September 2013 financing, Aisling and the purchasers participating in the September 2013 financing agreed to

103


Table of Contents

purchase an additional aggregate of 1,500,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock at $10.00 per share in the event that we reached certain agreed-upon milestones, a condition that was satisfied in March 2014.

        The following table summarizes the Series A convertible preferred stock held by members of our board of directors and holders of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock following completion of the July 2013, September 2013 and March 2014 Series A convertible preferred stock financing transactions:

Name of Stockholder
  Shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock
Issued in July and
September 2013
  Shares of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock
Issued at
Milestone Closing
  Total Purchase
Price ($)
 

Aisling Capital III, LP (1)(2)

    818,182     681,818     15,000,000  

AI Loxo Holdings LLC (3)

    392,727     327,273     7,200,000  

OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP (4)(5)

    545,455     454,545     10,000,000  

Avi Naider (6)

    21,818     18,182     400,000  

(1)
The 818,182 shares shown in the first column of this table reflect the shares of Series A convertible preferred stock held by Aisling following the September 2013 and March 2014 Series A convertible preferred stock financing transactions. Aisling initially purchased 1,000,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock in July 2013. Subsequently, in September 2013, an entity affiliated with OrbiMed purchased 181,818 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock from Aisling at Aisling's initial purchase price of $10.00 per share.

(2)
Dr. Joshua Bilenker, our President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, is a Venture Partner with Aisling GP, the general partner of Aisling. Dr. Dov Goldstein and Steven Elms, each of whom is a member of our board of directors, are a Partner and Managing Partner, respectively, of Aisling GP.

(3)
Includes shares of Series A convertible preferred stock originally issued to AI Value Holdings, LLC, and subsequently transferred to AI Loxo Holdings LLC, pursuant to a Contribution Agreement dated April 23, 2014 by and between the parties and us.

(4)
The 545,454 shares shown in the first column of this table reflect the shares of Series A convertible preferred stock held by OrbiMed following the September 2013 and March 2014 Series A convertible preferred stock financing transactions. In September 2013, an entity affiliated with OrbiMed purchased 363,637 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock from us, and also purchased an additional 181,818 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock from Aisling. In December 2013, OrbiMed purchased the shares held by its affiliated entity on the same terms and conditions as in the original purchase.

(5)
Dr. David Bonita, a member of our board of directors, is a Private Equity Partner of OrbiMed Advisors LLC, which is the managing member of OrbiMed Capital GP V LLC, the general partner of OrbiMed.

(6)
Mr. Avi Naider is a member of our board of directors, and was appointed to our board of directors by Access.

        Each share of our Series A convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. The purchasers of our Series A convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights, as described below under "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

104


Table of Contents

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

        In April 2014, we sold an aggregate of 1,705,182 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $14.0095 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $23,888,747. In June 2014, we sold an additional aggregate of 321,210 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $14.0095 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $4,499,991. The following table summarizes the Series B convertible preferred stock purchased by members of our board of directors and persons who hold more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock.

Name of Stockholder
  Shares of Series B
Convertible Preferred Stock
  Total Purchase Price ($)  

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P. (1)

    999,321     13,999,987  

Aisling Capital III, LP (2)

    324,455     4,545,452  

AI Loxo Holdings LLC

    155,738     2,181,811  

Avi Naider (3)

    8,652     121,210  

OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP (4)

    216,303     3,030,296  

(1)
Consists of (1) 997,537 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock held by New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P., or NEA Associates, and (2) 1,784 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock held by NEA Ventures 2014, Limited Partnership, together with NEA Associates, NEA. Dr. James Barrett is a Director of NEA 14 GP, Ltd., which is the general partner of the general partners of NEA, and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares.

(2)
Dr. Joshua Bilenker, our President, Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, is a Venture Partner with Aisling GP, the general partner of Aisling. Dr. Dov Goldstein and Steven Elms, each of whom is a member of our board of directors, are a Partner and Managing Partner, respectively, of Aisling GP.

(3)
Mr. Naider is a member of our board of directors and was appointed to our board of directors by Access.

(4)
Dr. David Bonita, a member of our board of directors, is a Private Equity Partner of OrbiMed Advisors LLC, which is the managing member of OrbiMed Capital GP V LLC, the general partner of OrbiMed.

        Each share of our Series B convertible preferred stock will convert automatically into one share of our common stock upon the completion of this offering. The purchasers of our Series B convertible preferred stock are entitled to specified registration rights, as described below under "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Common Stock Issuances to Founders

        On June 28, 2013, we issued 120,773 shares of our common stock to Dr. Joshua Bilenker, our President and Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, for an aggregate purchase price of $250. On July 3, 2013, we issued 48,309 shares of our common stock to Dr. Keith Flaherty, a member of our board of directors, and 120,773 shares of our common stock to Aisling, a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, for purchase prices of $100 and $250, respectively.

Options Issued to Board Member

        On October 18, 2013, Dr. Flaherty entered into an agreement with us to serve as an advisor on our Scientific Advisory Board. As compensation for such services, we granted Dr. Flaherty a stock option to purchase 96,618 shares of our common stock.

105


Table of Contents

        On June 19, 2014, we issued to Dr. Flaherty an additional stock option to purchase 20,134 shares of our common stock pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement

        We have entered into an amended and restated investors' rights agreement with holders of our convertible preferred stock, including entities with which certain of our directors are affiliated. These stockholders are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following our initial public offering under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

Indemnification Agreements

        We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws to be in effect upon completion of this offering will require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law. Subject to certain limitations, our restated bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see "Executive Compensation—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters."

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

        We intend to adopt a written related person transactions policy that our executive officers, directors, nominees for election as a director, beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, and any members of the immediate family of and any entity affiliated with any of the foregoing persons, are not permitted to enter into a material related person transaction with us without the review and approval of our audit committee, or a committee composed solely of independent directors in the event it is inappropriate for our audit committee to review such transaction due to a conflict of interest. We expect the policy to provide that any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, nominee for election as a director, beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock or with any of their immediate family members or affiliates in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000 will be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. In approving or rejecting any such proposal, we expect that our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit committee, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction.

        Although we have not had a written policy for the review and approval of transactions with related persons, our board of directors has historically reviewed and approved any transaction where a director or officer had a financial interest, including the transactions described above. Prior to approving such a transaction, the material facts as to a director's or officer's relationship or interest in the agreement or transaction were disclosed to our board of directors. Our board of directors took this information into account when evaluating the transaction and in determining whether such transaction was fair to the company and in the best interest of all of our stockholders.

106


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock at May 31, 2014, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock in this offering, for:

    each of our directors;

    each of our named executive officers;

    all of our current directors and executive officers as a group; and

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who beneficially owned more than 5% of our common stock.

        We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially owned, subject to applicable community property laws.

        Applicable percentage ownership is based on 6,711,852 shares of common stock issued as of May 31, 2014 and assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 6,356,510 shares of our common stock. For purposes of the table below, we have assumed that            shares of common stock will be issued by us in our initial public offering. In computing the number of shares of common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed to be outstanding all shares of common stock subject to options held by that person or entity that are currently exercisable or that will become exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2014. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each beneficial owner listed in the table below is c/o Loxo Oncology, Inc., One Landmark Square, Suite 1122, Stamford, CT 06901.

 
  Beneficial Ownership
Prior to this Offering
  Beneficial Ownership
After this Offering
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Number   Percent   Number   Percent  

5% Stockholders :

                         

Aisling Capital III, LP (1)

    1,945,228     29.0 %                                 %

OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP (2)

    1,216,303     18.1                                    

Array BioPharma Inc. (3)

    1,030,118     15.3              

AI Loxo Holdings LLC (4)

    875,738     13.0              

Entities affiliated with New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P. (5)

    999,321     14.9              

Directors and Named Executive Officers :

   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 

Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D. (6)

    314,010     4.5              

David Bonita, M.D. (7)

    1,216,303     18.1              

Steven A. Elms (8)

    1,945,228     29.0              

Keith T. Flaherty, M.D. (9)

    62,764     0.9              

Dov A. Goldstein, M.D. (10)

    1,945,228     29.0              

Avi Z. Naider (11)

    96,961     1.4              

James Barrett, Ph.D. (12)

    999,321     14.9              

All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons) (13)

   
4,634,587
   
67.0
             

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than one percent.

107


Table of Contents

(1)
Consists of 120,773 shares of common stock owned directly by Aisling Capital III, LP, or Aisling, 1,500,000 shares of common stock owned upon the conversion of 1,500,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock, and 324,455 shares of our common stock owned upon the conversion of 324,455 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock. The general partner of Aisling is Aisling Capital Partners III, LP, or Aisling GP. Mr. Elms is a Managing Partner and Dr. Bilenker and Dr. Goldstein are Venture Partner and Partner of Aisling GP, respectively, which has established an investment committee that has voting and investment power with respect to these shares. Mr. Elms and Dr. Goldstein are both members of the investment committee of Aisling GP and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares. Dr. Bilenker is not a member of the investment committee and does not have voting and dispositive power with regard to these shares. Mr. Elms is also a Managing Member of Aisling Capital, LLC, which is the investment manager of Aisling, and a Member and Officer of Aisling Capital Partners III, LLC, the general partner of Aisling GP. The address of Aisling Capital III, LP and Aisling GP is 888 Seventh Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, NY 10106.

(2)
Consists of (a) 1,000,000 shares of common stock owned by OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP, or OrbiMed, upon the conversion of 1,000,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and (b) 216,303 shares of common stock upon the conversion of 216,303 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock. OrbiMed Capital GP V LLC, or OrbiMed GP, is the general partner of OrbiMed. OrbiMed Advisors LLC, or OrbiMed LLC, is the managing member of OrbiMed GP. Samuel D. Isaly is the managing member and majority owner of OrbiMed LLC. Dr. Bonita is a Private Equity Partner of OrbiMed LLC and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares. The address of the entities affiliated with OrbiMed is 601 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10022.

(3)
Consists of shares of common stock owned by Array BioPharma Inc., or Array, upon the conversion of shares of our Series A-1 convertible preferred stock. The address of Array is 3200 Walnut Street, Boulder, Colorado 80301.

(4)
Consists of 720,000 shares of common stock owned by AI Loxo Holdings LLC upon the conversion of shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and 155,738 shares of common stock upon the conversion of 155,738 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock. Each of AI Value Holdings, LLC, Access Industries Management, LLC and Len Blavatnik may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of common stock held directly by AI Loxo Holdings LLC. AI Value Holdings, LLC is the sole member of AI Loxo Holdings LLC and, as a result, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares of common stock beneficially owned by AI Loxo Holdings LLC. Access Industries Management, LLC controls AI Value Holdings, LLC and, as a result, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares beneficially owned by AI Loxo Holdings LLC. Len Blavatnik controls Access Industries Management, LLC and, as a result, may be deemed to share voting and investment power over the shares of common stock beneficially owned by AI Loxo Holdings LLC. Each of AI Value Holdings, LLC, Access Industries Management, LLC and Len Blavatnik, and each of their affiliated entities and the officers, partners, members and managers thereof, other than AI Loxo Holdings LLC, disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by AI Loxo Holdings LLC. The principal business address of AI Loxo Holdings LLC is 730 Fifth Avenue, 20th Floor, New York, NY 10019.

(5)
Consists of (a) 997,537 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock held by New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P., or NEA Associates, and (b) 1,784 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock held by NEA Ventures 2014, Limited Partnership, together with NEA Associates, NEA, upon the conversion of shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock. NEA Partners 14, L.P., or NEA GP, is the General Partner of NEA. NEA 14 GP, Ltd., or NEA Ltd., is the General Partner of NEA GP. Dr. Barrett is a Director of NEA Ltd. and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares. The address of New Enterprise Associates 14, L.P. is 1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600, Timonium, MD 21093.

108


Table of Contents

(6)
Consists of (a) 120,773 shares of common stock held directly by Dr. Bilenker and (b) 193,237 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Bilenker upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2014. Dr. Bilenker is a Venture Partner at Aisling GP, the general partner of Aisling, but is not a member of its investment committee and therefore does not have voting or dispositive power with regard to the shares held by Aisling. See note 1.

(7)
Consists of 1,216,303 shares of our common stock held directly by entities affiliated with OrbiMed, as reflected in note 2 above. Dr. Bonita is a Private Equity Partner of OrbiMed LLC and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares.

(8)
Consists of 1,945,228 shares of our common stock held directly by Aisling, as reflected in note 1 above. Mr. Elms is a Managing Partner of Aisling GP and a member of its investment committee, a Managing Member of Aisling Capital, LLC, and a member and Officer of Aisling Capital Partners III, LLC, and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares. See note 1.

(9)
Consists of (a) 48,309 shares of common stock held directly by Dr. Flaherty and (b) 14,455 shares of common stock issuable to Dr. Flaherty upon the exercise of stock options that are exercisable within 60 days after May 31, 2014.

(10)
Consists of 1,945,228 shares of our common stock held directly by Aisling, as reflected in note 1 above. Dr. Goldstein is a Partner of Aisling GP and a member of its investment committee, and as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares. See note 1.

(11)
Consists of (a) 48,309 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Naider, (b) 40,000 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Naider upon the conversion of 40,000 shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and (c) 8,652 shares of common stock held directly by Mr. Naider upon the conversion of 8,652 shares of our Series B convertible preferred stock.

(12)
Consists of 999,321 shares of our common stock held directly by NEA, as reflected in note 5 above. Dr. Barrett is a Director of NEA Ltd., and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and investment power with respect to these shares. See note 5.

(13)
Includes shares beneficially owned by all current executive officers and directors of the company. Consists of 338,164 shares of common stock, 4,088,731 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of preferred stock and 206,777 shares of common stock underlying options that are exercisable within 60 days of May 31, 2014.

109


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

        Upon the completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and                shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share. The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

        Pursuant to the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation all of the outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock in connection with the completion of this offering. Assuming the effectiveness of this conversion as of May 31, 2014, there were 6,711,852 shares of our common stock issued, held by 12 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Our board of directors is authorized, without stockholder approval, to issue additional shares of our capital stock.

Common Stock

Dividend Rights

        Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine. See "Dividend Policy" above.

Voting Rights

        Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our restated certificate of incorporation. Accordingly, pursuant to our restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering, holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock will be able to elect all of our directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation establishes a classified board of directors, to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

        Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

        Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Convertible Preferred Stock

        Pursuant to the provisions of our current certificate of incorporation, all of our outstanding convertible preferred stock will automatically convert into common stock, with such conversion to be effective in connection with the completion of this offering. As a result, each currently outstanding share of convertible preferred stock will be converted into common stock. Our Series A and Series B

110


Table of Contents

convertible preferred stock will convert at a ratio of one share of common stock for each share of convertible preferred stock. Our Series A-1 convertible preferred stock will convert at a ratio of 3.2146 shares of common stock for each share of convertible preferred stock.

        Following this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of their qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

        As of March 31, 2014, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 415,941 shares of our common stock, with an exercise price of $1.85 per share. On June 19, 2014, we granted additional options to purchase an aggregate of 376,066 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $5.70 per share pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan.

Registration Rights

        Pursuant to the terms of our investors' rights agreement, immediately following this offering, the holders of                shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act, as described below. We refer to these shares collectively as registrable securities.

Demand Registration Rights

        Beginning 180 days after the completion of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the then-outstanding registrable securities may make a written request to us for the registration of any of the registrable securities under the Securities Act, if the amount of registrable securities to be registered would yield an aggregate offering price to the public of at least $10.0 million. Within 90 days of such request, we are obligated to file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all registrable securities that the initiating holders requested to be registered and any additional registrable securities requested to be included in such registration by any other holders. We are only required to file three registration statements that are declared effective upon exercise of these demand registration rights. We may postpone taking action with respect to such filing once during any 12-month period for a total cumulative period of not more than 90 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be materially detrimental to us and our stockholders, provided that we do not register any securities for our own account or any other stockholder during such 90-day period (other than a registration relating to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization, any registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of registrable securities or a registration of only common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

111


Table of Contents

Form S-3 Registration Rights

        Any holder of then-outstanding registrable securities can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered, net of any underwriters' discounts, commissions and other specified offering expenses, is at least $750,000. The stockholders may only require us to effect two registration statements on Form S-3 in a 12-month period. We may postpone taking action with respect to such filing once during any 12-month period for a total cumulative period of not more than 90 days if our board of directors determines that the filing would be detrimental to us and our stockholders, provided that we do not register any securities for our own account or any other stockholder during such 90-day period (other than a registration relating to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization, any registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of registrable securities or a registration of only common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered).

Piggyback Registration Rights

        In connection with this offering, holders of registrable securities were entitled to, and the necessary percentage of holders waived, their rights to notice of this offering and to include their registrable securities in this offering. If we register any of our securities for public sale in another offering, holders of registrable securities will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to employee benefit plans, a registration relating to a corporate reorganization, any registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the registrable securities or a registration of only common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered. We have the right to terminate any registration we have initiated before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any holder has elected to include registrable securities in such registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares registered by these holders if they determine in good faith that marketing factors require limitation, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included by each holder, or in a manner mutually agreed upon by the holders. However, in any underwriting not in connection with an initial public offering, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 30% of the total shares covered by the registration statement.

Expenses of Registration Rights

        We generally will pay all expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions.

Expiration of Registration Rights

        The registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular holder of these rights, on the earlier of the seventh anniversary of the closing of this offering, a merger, consolidation, sale or disposition of our company or a sale by a holder of equity securities representing at least a majority of the voting power of our company, or when that holder can sell all of its registrable securities in a three-month period without restriction under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

        The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging takeover bids. They are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. We

112


Table of Contents

believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Delaware Law

        We are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the person became an interested stockholder unless:

    Prior to the date of the transaction, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

    The interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, (1) shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) shares owned by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or

    At or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66.67% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

        Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction or series of transactions together resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An interested stockholder is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. We expect the existence of this provision to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our board of directors does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may also discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.

Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaw Provisions

        Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws, to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes in control of our company, including the following:

    Board of Directors Vacancies.   Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions would prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors but promotes continuity of management.

    Classified Board.   Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will provide that our board is classified into three classes of directors, each with staggered three-year terms. A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain

113


Table of Contents

      control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board of directors. See "Management—Board Composition."

    Stockholder Action; Special Meetings of Stockholders.   Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our restated bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our restated bylaws. Further, our restated bylaws will provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our Chief Executive Officer or our President, thus prohibiting a stockholder from calling a special meeting. These provisions might delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for stockholders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

    Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations.   Our restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. Our restated bylaws also will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder's notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions might also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

    No Cumulative Voting.   The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will not provide for cumulative voting.

    Directors Removed Only for Cause.   Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholders may remove directors only for cause.

    Amendment of Charter Provisions.   Any amendment of the above expected provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation would require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding common stock.

    Issuance of Undesignated Preferred Stock.   Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to                shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by merger, tender offer, proxy contest or other means.

    Choice of Forum.   Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be        . The transfer agent's address is                , and its telephone number is                .

Exchange Listing

        We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "LOXO."

114


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market following this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

        Upon the closing of this offering, we will have a total of                        shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option, based on the 330,650 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2014, and includes (i) the sale and issuance of 1,705,182 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement by us in April 2014; (ii) the sale and issuance of 321,210 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock in a private placement by us in June 2014; (iii) the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our Series A convertible preferred stock and Series B convertible preferred stock into 5,326,392 shares of common stock, upon completion of this offering; and (iv) the automatic conversion of the 320,451 shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock outstanding into 1,030,118 shares of common stock, upon completion of this offering. Of these outstanding shares, all of the                        shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares purchased in this offering by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, could only be sold in compliance with Rule 144.

        The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, substantially all of our security holders have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they have agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of our stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus, as described below. As a result of these agreements and the provisions of our amended and restated investors' rights agreement described above under "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights," subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

    Beginning on the date of this prospectus, all of the shares sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market; and

    Beginning 181 days after the date of this prospectus,                         additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which                    shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below, and                         shares will be unvested and subject to our right of repurchase.

Lock-Up/Market Standoff Agreements

        All of our directors and officers and substantially all of our security holders are subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff provisions that prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock or any security or instrument related to our common stock, or entering into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Cowen and Company, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated. See "Underwriting."

115


Table of Contents

Rule 144

        In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person would be entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

        In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements described above, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                        shares immediately after this offering; or

    the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

        Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

        Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701.

Form S-8 Registration Statement

        As soon as practicable after the closing of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options and the shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our stock plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible for resale until expiration of the lock-up and market standoff agreements to which they are subject. Of the 415,941 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of March 31, 2014, options to purchase 13,605 shares of common stock were vested as of March 31, 2014. Shares of our common stock underlying outstanding options will not be eligible for sale until expiration of the 180 day lock-up and market standoff agreements to which they are subject.

Registration Rights

        We have granted demand, Form S-3 and piggyback registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our common stock. Registration of the sale of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration, except for shares purchased by affiliates. For a further description of these rights, see "Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights."

116


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND
ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

        This section summarizes the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock by "non-U.S. holders" (as defined below) pursuant to this offering. This summary does not provide a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating thereto. The information provided below is based upon provisions of the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions currently in effect. These authorities may change at any time, possibly retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, might interpret the existing authorities differently. In either case, the tax considerations of owning or disposing of our common stock could differ from those described below. As a result, we cannot assure you that the tax consequences described in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS.

        This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction, or under U.S. federal gift tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor's particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

    partnerships or entities or arrangements treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal tax purposes (or investors in such entities);

    corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or medicare contribution tax;

    tax-exempt organizations or tax-qualified retirement plans;

    controlled foreign corporations or passive foreign investment companies;

    dealers in securities or currencies;

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

    certain former citizens or former long-term residents of the United States;

    persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, "straddle," "conversion transaction" or other risk reduction transaction;

    persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

    persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

        In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes is a beneficial owner of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership or an owner of the entity will depend upon the status of the partner or other owner and the activities of the partnership or other entity. Accordingly, this summary does not address tax considerations applicable to partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisors.

117


Table of Contents

        INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AND THE CONSEQUENCES OF FOREIGN, STATE OR LOCAL LAWS, AND TAX TREATIES.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

        For purposes of this summary, a "non-U.S. holder" is any beneficial owner of our common stock, other than a partnership, that is not:

    an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

    a trust that (i) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and one of more U.S. persons have authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (ii) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person; or

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. income tax regardless of source.

        If you are a non-U.S. citizen that is an individual, you may, in many cases, be treated as a resident alien, as opposed to a nonresident alien, by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Resident aliens are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Dividends

        We do not expect to declare or make any distributions on our common stock in the foreseeable future. If we do pay make distributions on shares of our common stock, however, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that is applied against and reduces, but not below zero, a non-U.S. holder's adjusted tax basis in shares of our common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock. See "—Sale of Common Stock."

        Any dividend paid to a non-U.S. holder on our common stock that is not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder's conduct of a trade or business in the United States will generally be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a 30% rate. The withholding tax might not apply, however, or might apply at a reduced rate, under the terms of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence. You should consult your tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. Generally, in order for us or our paying agent to withhold tax at a lower treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must certify its entitlement to treaty benefits. A non-U.S. holder generally can meet this certification requirement by providing a Form W-8BEN (or any successor form) or appropriate substitute form to us or our paying agent. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the holder's behalf, the holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. The holder's agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a partnership or other pass-through entity, the certification requirements generally

118


Table of Contents

apply to the partners or other owners rather than to the partnership or other entity, and the partnership or other entity must provide the partners' or other owners' documentation to us or our paying agent. If you are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax under an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS in a timely manner.

        Dividends received by a non-U.S. holder that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder, and if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence, are attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States, are not subject to U.S. withholding tax. To obtain this exemption, a non-U.S. holder must provide us or our paying agent with an IRS Form W-8ECI properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. In addition to being taxed at graduated tax rates, dividends received by corporate non-U.S. holders that are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the corporate non-U.S. holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable tax treaty.

Sale of Common Stock

        Subject to the discussion below regarding the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, non-U.S. holders will generally not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gains realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:

    the gain (i) is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a U.S. trade or business and (ii) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individual holders, a fixed base) maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States (in which case the special rules described below apply);

    the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, and certain other requirements are met (in which case the gain would be subject to a flat 30% tax, or such reduced rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty, which may be offset by U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States); or

    the rules of the Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act (FIRPTA) treat the gain as effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business.

        The FIRPTA rules may apply to a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock if we are, or were within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the non-U.S. holder's holding period, a "U.S. real property holding corporation," or USRPHC. In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in U.S. real estate comprised at least half of the value of our business assets. We do not believe that we are a USRPHC and we do not anticipate becoming one in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as U.S. real property interests only if beneficially owned by a non-U.S. holder that actually or constructively owned more than 5% of our outstanding common stock at some time within the five-year period preceding the disposition.

        If any gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock, (i) is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder and (ii) if required by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence, is attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in certain cases involving individuals, a fixed base)

119


Table of Contents

maintained by such non-U.S. holder in the United States, then the gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits. If the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, under certain circumstances, that portion of its earnings and profits that is effectively connected with its U.S. trade or business, subject to certain adjustments, generally would be subject also to a "branch profits tax." The branch profits tax rate is 30%, although an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and the non-U.S. holder's country of residence might provide for a lower rate.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

        The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock will be U.S. situs property and therefore will be included in the taxable estate of a nonresident alien decedent, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and the decedent's country of residence provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

        The Code and the Treasury regulations require those who make specified payments to report the payments to the IRS. Among the specified payments are dividends and proceeds paid by brokers to their customers. The required information returns enable the IRS to determine whether the recipient properly included the payments in income. This reporting regime is reinforced by "backup withholding" rules. These rules require the payors to withhold tax from payments subject to information reporting if the recipient fails to cooperate with the reporting regime by failing to provide his taxpayer identification number to the payor, furnishing an incorrect identification number, or failing to report interest or dividends on his returns. The backup withholding tax rate is currently 28%. The backup withholding rules do not apply to payments to corporations, whether domestic or foreign, provided they establish such exemption.

        Payments to non-U.S. holders of dividends on common stock generally will not be subject to backup withholding, and payments of proceeds made to non-U.S. holders by a broker upon a sale of common stock will not be subject to information reporting or backup withholding, in each case so long as the non-U.S. holder certifies its non-U.S. status (and we or our paying agent do not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The provision of a properly executed form W-8BEN (or any successor form) will generally satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax. We must report annually to the IRS any dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to these dividends. Copies of these reports may be made available to tax authorities in the country where the non-U.S. holder resides.

        Under the Treasury regulations, the payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to information reporting and backup withholding unless the beneficial owner certifies, under penalties of perjury, among other things, its status as a non-U.S. holder (and the broker does not have actual knowledge or reason to know the holder is a U.S. person) or otherwise establishes an exemption. The payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder made to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker generally will not be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, except as noted below. Information reporting, but not backup withholding, will apply to a payment of proceeds, even if that payment is made outside of the United States, if you sell our common stock through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is:

    a U.S. person (including a foreign branch or office of such person);

    a "controlled foreign corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

120


Table of Contents

    a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business; or

    a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (a) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests of the partnership or (b) the foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business;

unless the broker has documentary evidence that the beneficial owner is a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are satisfied, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption (and the broker has no actual knowledge or reason to know to the contrary).

        Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from a payment to a holder of common stock under the backup withholding rules can be credited against any U.S. federal income tax liability of the holder and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

        Legislation known as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA) will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain "withholdable payments" (including U.S. source dividends and the gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of U.S. stock) to foreign financial institutions and other non-U.S. entities that fail to comply with certain certification and information reporting requirements or otherwise establish an exemption. The obligation to withhold under FATCA is currently expected to apply to, among other items, (i) dividends on our common stock that are paid after June 30, 2014 and (ii) gross proceeds from the disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2016.

        EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR SHOULD CONSULT ITS OWN TAX ADVISOR REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, INCLUDING THE CONSEQUENCES OF ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN APPLICABLE LAWS.

121


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

        We and the underwriters for the offering named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the common stock being offered. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase from us the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below. Cowen and Company, LLC and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriter
  Number of
Shares
 

Cowen and Company, LLC

       

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

       

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. 

       

JMP Securities LLC

       
       

Total

       
       
       

        The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters are subject to certain conditions precedent and that the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares sold under the underwriting agreement if any of these shares are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.

        We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, and to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof.

        The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

        Over-allotment Option to Purchase Additional Shares.     We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to            additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. This option is exercisable for a period of 30 days. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the sale of common stock offered hereby. To the extent that the underwriters exercise this option, the underwriters will purchase additional shares from us in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above.

        Discounts and Commissions.     The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds, before expenses to us. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the over-allotment option.

        We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discount, will be approximately $            and are payable by us. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for

122


Table of Contents

expenses of up to $            related to the clearance of this offering with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

 
  Total  
 
  Per Share   Without Over-
Allotment
  With Over-
Allotment
 

Public offering price

                   

Underwriting discount

                   

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

                   

        The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. The underwriters may offer the shares of common stock to securities dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. If all of the shares are not sold at the public offering price, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

        Discretionary Accounts.     The underwriters do not intend to confirm sales of the shares to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

        Market Information.     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the factors to be considered in these negotiations will include:

    the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

    our past and present financial information;

    an assessment of our management; its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

    the present state of our development; and

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged in activities similar to ours.

        An active trading market for the shares may not develop. It is also possible that after the offering the shares will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

        We have applied for the quotation of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "LOXO."

        Stabilization.     In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

        Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares of common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while the offering is in progress.

        Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriters of shares of common stock in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters

123


Table of Contents

may close out any short position by exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

        Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which they may purchase shares through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, have a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

        Penalty bids permit the representatives to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by that syndicate member is purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

        These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

        Lock-Up Agreements.     Pursuant to certain "lock-up" agreements, we and our executive officers, directors and all of our other stockholders, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of, directly or indirectly, or make any demand or request or exercise any right with respect to the registration of, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any common stock without the prior written consent of the representatives for a period of 180 days after the date of the pricing of the offering.

        This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition. The exceptions permit parties to the "lock-up" agreements, among other things and subject to restrictions, to: (a) make certain gifts; (b) make transfers by will or intestate succession; (c) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, make transfers to any stockholders, partners, members of, or owners of similar equity interests in the party, or to an affiliate of the party, if such transfer is not for value; (d) if the party is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, make transfers in connection with the sale or transfer of all of the party's capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or other similar equity interests, as the case may be, or all or substantially all of the party's assets, in any such case not undertaken for the purpose of avoiding the restrictions imposed by the "lock-up" agreement; (e) if the party is a trust, make transfers to the beneficiary of such trust if such transfer is not for value; (f) enter into transactions relating to shares of common stock or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock acquired in open market transactions after completion of the offering, provided that no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or shall be

124


Table of Contents

voluntarily made in connection with such transactions; (g) make transfers to us pursuant to agreements under which we have the option to repurchase such common stock or a right of first refusal with respect to transfers of such shares upon termination of service of such party; (h) enter into a 10b-5 trading plan, provided that such plan does not permit the sale of any common stock during the 180-day lock-up period and no public announcement or filing is made regarding such plan during the 180-day lockup period; (i) make transfers to us to satisfy tax withholding obligations pursuant to our equity incentive plans disclosed in this prospectus; and (j) make transfers pursuant to a bona-fide third-party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of our securities involving a change of control of us, provided that in the event such tender offer, merger, consolidation or other transaction is not completed, such securities held by a party will remain subject to the lock-up agreement; provided that (i) in the case of clauses (a) through (e) above, the transferee agrees to be bound in writing by the lock-up restrictions and (ii) in the case of clauses (c), (d), and (e) above, no filing under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act shall be required or voluntarily made during the 180-day lock-up period.

        Additionally, this lock-up provision does not apply to the conversion of our outstanding preferred shares into common stock in connection with this offering, provided that such common stock received upon conversion will be subject to this lock-up provision.

        The representatives may, in their sole discretion and at any time or from time to time before the termination of the lock-up period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements; provided, however, that, subject to limited exceptions, at least three business days before the release or waiver or any lock-up agreement, the representatives must notify us of the impending release or waiver and we will announce the impending release or waiver through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

        Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares.     A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us or any underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

        Other Relationships.     Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may in the future provide various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they have received, and may in the future receive, customary fees.

        United Kingdom.     Each of the underwriters has represented and agreed that:

    it has not made or will not make an offer of the securities to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of section 102B of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended) (FSMA) except to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities or otherwise in circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to the Prospectus Rules of the Financial Services Authority (FSA);

    it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act

125


Table of Contents

      2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to us; and

    it has complied with and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

        Switzerland.     The securities will not be offered, directly or indirectly, to the public in Switzerland and this prospectus does not constitute a public offering prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to article 652a or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations.

        European Economic Area.     In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area or the EEA, which has implemented the European Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), an offer of our shares may not be made to the public in a Relevant Member State other than:

    to any legal entity which is a qualified investor, as defined in the European Prospectus Directive;

    to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the European Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant dealer or dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

    in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the European Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of our shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the European Prospectus Directive or supplement prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the European Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this description, the expression an "offer to the public" in relation to the securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the expression may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the European Prospectus Directive in that member state, and the expression "European Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments hereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State. The expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

        We have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of securities through any financial intermediary on our behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters and their respective affiliates, with a view to the final placement of the securities as contemplated in this document. Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of shares on our behalf or on behalf of the underwriters.

126


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Fenwick & West LLP, San Francisco, California. The underwriters are being represented by Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP, Menlo Park, California.


EXPERTS

        CohnReznick LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our financial statements as of December 31 2013, and for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, as set forth in their report. We have included our financial statements in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement in reliance on CohnReznick LLP's report, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon the closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

127


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  F-2

Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

  F-3

Statements of Operations for the Period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited) and the Period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

  F-4

Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit for the Period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and the Period from January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

  F-5

Statements of Cash Flows for the Period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, Three Months Ended March 31, 2014 (unaudited), and the Period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

  F-6

Notes to Financial Statements—December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

  F-7

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Loxo Oncology, Inc.

        We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Loxo Oncology, Inc. (a development-stage company) as of December 31, 2013, and the related statements of operations, changes in redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit and cash flows for period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013. Loxo Oncology, Inc.'s management is responsible for these financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

        We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Loxo Oncology, Inc. as of December 31, 2013, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ CohnReznick LLP
Roseland, New Jersey
May 14, 2014

F-2


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  December 31, 2013   March 31, 2014  
 
   
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 14,994   $ 26,933  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    17     501  
           

Total current assets

    15,011     27,434  

Security deposit

    11     11  
           

Total assets

  $ 15,022   $ 27,445  
           
           

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit

             

Current liabilities:

             

Accounts payable

  $ 221   $ 243  

Accrued expenses

    189     353  
           

Total liabilities

    410     596  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

             

Series A—$0.0001 par value; 3,300,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014; 1,800,000 and 3,300,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively; (liquidation preference of $18,000 at December 31, 2013 and $33,000 at March 31, 2014)

    17,799     32,810  

Series A-1—$0.0001 par value; 320,451 shares authorized at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014; 320,451 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively; (liquidation preference of $12,000 at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014)

    7,044     7,044  
           

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    24,843     39,854  
           

Stockholders' deficit:

             

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 6,000,000 shares authorized at December 31,2013 and March 31, 2014; 289,855 and 355,342 shares issued and 289,855 and 330,650 outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, respectively

         

Additional paid-in capital

    59     187  

Deficit accumulated during the development stage

    (10,290 )   (13,192 )
           

Total stockholders' deficit

    (10,231 )   (13,005 )
           

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit

  $ 15,022   $ 27,445  
           
           

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Period From
May 9, 2013
(Date of Inception) to
December 31, 2013
  Three months
ended
March 31, 2014
  Period From
May 9, 2013
(Date of Inception) to
March 31, 2014
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Operating expenses:

                   

Research and development with related party

  $ 9,384   $ 1,275   $ 10,659  

Research and development

    323     711     1,034  

General and administrative

    583     916     1,499  
               

Total operating expenses and net loss

    (10,290 )   (2,902 )   (13,192 )

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (12 )   (11 )   (23 )
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (10,302 ) $ (2,913 ) $ (13,215 )
               
               

Per share information:

                   

Net loss per share of common stock, basic and diluted

  $ (110.61 ) $ (22.22 )      
                 
                 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    93,139     131,077        
                 
                 

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)
Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit
Period from May 9, 2013 (Date of Inception) to December 31, 2013 and the Period from January 1, 2014 to March 31, 2014 (unaudited)
(in thousands except share and per share amounts)

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Stockholders' deficit  
 
  Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock  
 
  Common Stock    
  Deficit
Accumulated
During the
Development
Stage
   
 
 
  Series A   Series A-1    
   
   
 
 
   
   
  $0.0001
Par
Value
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Total   Shares  

Balance, May 9, 2013 (date of inception)

      $       $   $       $   $   $   $  

Issuance of common stock to founders—June and July 2013 at $0.0001 per share

                        289,855         1         1  

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs of $213—July and September 2013 at $10.00 per share        

    1,800,000     17,787             17,787                      

Issuance of Series A-1 redeemable convertible preferred stock, with a fair value of $21.98 per share, in connection with a license agreement—July 2013

            320,451     7,044     7,044                      

Accretion of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value

        12             12             (12 )       (12 )

Stock-based compensation expense

                                70         70  

Net loss

                                    (10,290 )   (10,290 )
                                           

Balance, December 31, 2013

    1,800,000     17,799     320,451     7,044     24,843     289,855         59     (10,290 )   (10,231 )

Issuance of common stock due to exercise of vested options (unaudited)

                        40,795         75         75  

Issuance of Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock—March 2014 (unaudited)

    1,500,000     15,000             15,000                      

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to redemption value (unaudited)

        11             11             (11 )       (11 )

Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited)

                                64         64  

Net loss (unaudited)

                                    (2,902 )   (2,902 )
                                           

Balance, March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    3,300,000   $ 32,810     320,451   $ 7,044   $ 39,854     330,650   $   $ 187   $ (13,192 ) $ (13,005 )
                                           
                                           

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  Period From May 9,
2013 (Date of Inception)
to December 31,
2013
  Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2014
  Period From
May 9, 2013
(Date of
Inception) to
March 31, 2014
 
 
   
  (unaudited)
  (unaudited)
 

Operating activities:

                   

Net loss

  $ (10,290 ) $ (2,902 ) $ (13,192 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                   

Stock-based compensation expense

    70     64     134  

Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with collaboration agreement

    7,044         7,044  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    (17 )   (484 )   (501 )

Security deposit

    (11 )       (11 )

Accounts payable

    221     22     243  

Accrued expenses

    189     164     353  
               

Net cash used in operating activities

    (2,794 )   (3,136 )   (5,930 )
               

Investing activities:

                   

Net cash provided by investing activities

             
               

Financing activities:

                   

Proceeds from issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock, net

    17,787     15,000     32,787  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    1         1  

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

        75     75  
               

Net cash provided by financing activities

    17,788     15,075     32,863  
               

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

    14,994     11,939     26,933  

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period

        14,994      
               

Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

  $ 14,994   $ 26,933   $ 26,933  
               
               

   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

1.     Organization and Description of Business

        Loxo Oncology, Inc. (the "Company") is a development-stage company that was incorporated on May 9, 2013 in the State of Delaware. The Company develops targeted small molecule therapeutics for the treatment of cancer in genetically defined patient populations. The Company's development approach translates key scientific insights relating to the oncogenic drivers of cancer into drugs that are potent and highly selective for their intended targets. Such drugs typically achieve high target engagement, which has been correlated with improved tumor response. The Company is also building a pipeline of additional product candidates targeting cancers driven by genetic alterations. The Company operates in one segment and has its principal office in Stamford, Connecticut. The Company is financed by venture capital investors.

        On July 3, 2013, the Company signed a multi-year collaboration agreement with Array BioPharma Inc. ("Array"). Under the terms of the agreement, the Company obtained certain rights to Array's TRK inhibitor program, as well as additional novel oncology targets. The Company has unrestricted commercial rights to each program and Array BioPharma participates in any potential successes through milestones, royalties, and partial ownership in the Company (see Note 7).

Reverse Stock Split

        The Company's Board of Directors (the "Board") and stockholders approved a 2.07 to 1 reverse stock split of the Company's common stock. The reverse stock split became effective on July 2, 2013. All share and per share amounts in the financial statements and notes thereto have been adjusted to give effect to this reverse stock split.

2.     Liquidity and Development-Stage Risks

        The financial statements of the Company have been prepared on a going-concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Accordingly, the financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue in existence. The Company has not generated any revenues and has not achieved profitable operations. There is no assurance that profitable operations, if ever achieved, could be sustained on a continuing basis. In addition, development activities, clinical and preclinical testing, and commercialization of the Company's products will require significant additional financing. The Company's deficit accumulated during the development stage through December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 aggregated $10.3 million and $13.2 million, respectively, and management expects to incur substantial and increasing losses in future periods. The success of the Company is subject to certain risks and uncertainties, including among others, uncertainty of product development; competition in the Company's field of use; uncertainty of capital availability; uncertainty of the Company's ability to enter into agreements with collaborative partners; dependence on third parties; and dependence on key personnel. The Company plans to finance future operations with a combination of proceeds from the issuance of preferred and/or common stock, licensing fees, and revenues from future product sales, if any. The Company has not generated positive cash flows from operations, and there are no assurances that the Company will be successful in obtaining an adequate level of financing for the development and commercialization of its planned products. Management believes that the Company's cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2014, combined with the Company's financings in

F-7


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

April of 2014 (see Note 10) will provide for the Company to continue operations through the end of 2015; however, there can be no assurance in this regard.

3.     Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

        The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP"). Any reference in these notes to applicable guidance is meant to refer to GAAP as found in the Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") and Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") of the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB").

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

        The accompanying balance sheet as of March 31, 2014, statements of operations and statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to March 31, 2014 and the statement of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' deficit for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are unaudited. The interim unaudited financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the Company's financial position as of March 31, 2014 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to March 31, 2014. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the three months ended March 31, 2014 and the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to March 31, 2014 are unaudited. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2014, any other interim periods or any future year or period.

Use of Estimates

        Management considers many factors in developing the estimates and assumptions that are used in the preparation of these financial statements. Management must apply significant judgment in this process. In addition, other factors may affect estimates, including expected business and operational changes, sensitivity and volatility associated with the assumptions used in developing estimates, and whether historical trends are expected to be representative of future trends. The estimation process often may yield a range of potentially reasonable estimates of the ultimate future outcomes and management must select an amount that falls within that range of reasonable estimates. This process may result in actual results differing materially from those estimated amounts used in the preparation of the financial statements if these results differ from historical experience, or other assumptions do not turn out to be substantially accurate, even if such assumptions are reasonable when made. In preparing these financial statements, management used significant estimates in the following areas, among others: stock-based compensation expense, the determination of the fair value of stock-based awards, the accounting for research and development costs, and the recoverability of the Company's net deferred tax assets and related valuation allowance.

        The Company utilizes significant estimates and assumptions in determining the fair value of its common stock and redeemable convertible preferred stock. The Board determined the estimated fair

F-8


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

value of the Company's common stock based on a number of objective and subjective factors, including external market conditions affecting the biotechnology industry and the prices at which the Company sold shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock, the superior rights and preferences of securities senior to the Company's common stock at the time, and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering ("IPO") or sale of the Company.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

        The Company considers all highly-liquid investments that have maturities of three months or less when acquired to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the Company's cash and cash equivalents consisted of cash deposited in a business checking account and a $20,000 certificate of deposit. Cash equivalents are valued at cost, which approximates their fair market value.

Concentration of Credit Risk

        Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents at financial institutions, which at times, exceed federally insured limits. At December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the Company's cash and cash equivalents were held by one financial institution and the amount on deposit was in excess of FDIC insurance limits. The Company has not recognized any losses from credit risks on such accounts since inception. The Company believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk on cash.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

        The Company's financial instruments recorded on the balance sheet include cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable. Given their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents and accounts payable approximate their fair values.

Research and Development Expenses with a Related Party

        Research and development expenses with a related party consist primarily of the estimated fair value of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock issued in connection with the Array collaboration agreement of approximately $7.0 million and $2.3 million in expenses incurred in relation to the conduct of the discovery and preclinical development programs by Array for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013. Research and development expenses with a related party consist primarily of $1.3 million in expenses incurred in relation to the conduct of the discovery and preclinical development programs by Array for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Research and Development Expenses

        Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred. These costs include, but are not limited to, employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, stock-based compensation and travel as well as expenses related to third-party collaborations and contract research agreements.

F-9


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

Income Taxes

        Income taxes are recorded in accordance with ASC Topic 740, Income Taxes ("ASC 740"), which provides for deferred taxes using an asset and liability approach. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided, if based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

        The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with the provisions of ASC 740. When uncertain tax positions exist, the Company recognizes the tax benefit of tax positions to the extent that the benefit will more likely than not be realized. The determination as to whether the tax benefit will more likely than not be realized is based upon the technical merits of the tax position as well as consideration of the available facts and circumstances. As of December 31, 2013, the Company does not have any uncertain tax positions.

Accretion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

        The Company accounts for the discount due to issuance costs on its Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock using the straight-line method, which approximates the effective interest method, accreting such amounts to preferred stock from the date of issuance to the earliest date the holder can demand redemption.

Stock-Based Compensation

        At December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the Company had one stock-based compensation plan, which is more fully described in Note 6. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of ASC Topic 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation ("ASC 718"), which requires the recognition of expense related to the fair value of stock-based compensation awards in the Statement of Operations.

        For stock options issued to employees and members of the Board for their services on the Board, the Company estimates the grant date fair value of each option using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model requires management to make assumptions with respect to the expected term of the option, the expected volatility of the common stock consistent with the expected term of the option, risk-free interest rates, the value of the common stock and expected dividend yield of the common stock. For awards subject to service-based vesting conditions, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense equal to the grant date fair value of stock options on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting term. For awards subject to both performance and service-based vesting conditions, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense using the straight-line recognition method when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates.

F-10


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

        Share-based payments issued to non-employees are recorded at fair value, and are periodically revalued as the equity instruments vest and are recognized as expense over the related service period. See Note 6 for a discussion of the assumptions used by the Company in determining the grant date fair value of options granted under the Black-Scholes option pricing model, as well as a summary of the stock option activity under the Company's stock-based compensation plan for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per Share of Common Stock

        Basic net loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period, excluding the dilutive effects of convertible preferred stock, unvested restricted stock and stock options. Diluted net loss per share of common stock is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the sum of the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period plus the potential dilutive effects of convertible preferred stock, unvested restricted stock and stock options outstanding during the period calculated in accordance with the treasury stock method, although these shares and options are excluded if their effect is anti-dilutive. Because the impact of these items is anti-dilutive during periods of net loss, there was no difference between basic and diluted net loss per share of common stock for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 or the three months ended March 31, 2014.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        On June 10, 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-10, Development Stage Entities (Topic 915): Elimination of Certain Financial Reporting Requirements, Including an Amendment to Variable Interest Entities Guidance in Topic 810, Consolidation ("ASUE 2014-10"). The guidance is intended to reduce the overall cost and complexity associated with financial reporting for development stage entities without reducing the availability of relevant information. The Board also believes the changes will simplify the consolidation accounting guidance by removing the differential accounting requirements for development stage entities. As a result of these changes, there no longer will be any accounting or reporting differences in GAAP between development stage entities and other operating entities. For organizations defined as public business entities the presentation and disclosure requirements in Topic 915 will no longer be required starting with the first annual period beginning after December 15, 2014, including interim periods therein. Early application is permitted for any annual reporting period or interim period for which the entity's financial statements have not yet been issued (public business entities) or made available for issuance (other entities). The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2010-14 on its financial statements.

F-11


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

4.     Net Loss per Common Share

        The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share data):

 
  Period From May 9, 2013
(Date of Inception) to
December 31, 2013
  Three Months Ended
March 31, 2014
 

Basic and diluted net loss per common share calculation:

             

Net loss

  $ (10,290 ) $ (2,902 )

Accretion of discount on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    (12 )   (11 )
           

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (10,302 ) $ (2,913 )
           
           

Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted

    93,139     131,077  
           
           

Net loss per share of common stock—basic and diluted

  $ (110.61 ) $ (22.22 )
           
           

        The following potentially dilutive securities outstanding at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding, as they would be anti-dilutive:

 
  December 31,
2013
  March 31, 2014  

Convertible preferred stock

    2,120,451     3,620,451  

Unvested restricted stock

    169,082     169,082  

Stock options

    435,880     440,633  
           

    2,725,413     4,230,166  
           
           

5.     Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities

        Accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 
  December 31,
2013
  March 31, 2014  

Research and development expenses

  $ 81   $ 148  

General and administrative expenses

    108     205  
           

  $ 189   $ 353  
           
           

F-12


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

6.     Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Deficit

Capitalization

        As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014, the Company's amended and restated certificate of incorporation reflected the following authorized shares: 9,620,451 shares of capital stock, consisting of 6,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, and 3,620,451 shares of preferred stock, par value of $0.0001 per share of which (i) 3,300,000 shares are designated Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series A") and (ii) 320,451 shares are designated Series A-1 Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series A-1").

        On June 28, 2013 and July 3, 2013, the Company issued 289,885 shares of common stock to its co-founders. The shares of common stock issued to two of these co-founders, aggregating 169,082 shares, were subject to vesting pursuant to restricted stock agreements, with 25% of such shares vested on July 3, 2014 and the remaining 75% vesting in equal monthly installments over a three-year period thereafter. The estimated grant-date fair value of these restricted shares was de minimis.

        On July 3, 2013, the Company entered into a stock purchase agreement, which was subsequently amended on September 19, 2013, pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell to certain investors (the "Investors"), upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, up to 1,800,000 shares of Series A. The initial closing occurred on July 3, 2013 and 1,000,000 shares of Series A were issued. The remaining 800,000 shares were issued on September 19, 2013. Upon completing the July and September closings, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $17.8 million. Additionally on July 3, 2013, the Company issued 320,451 shares, with an estimated fair value of approximately $7.0 million, of Series A-1 to Array in connection with entering into a collaboration agreement (see Note 7). The estimated fair value of these shares has been recognized as research and development expense-related party in the accompanying statement of operations (see Note 9).

        On February 28, 2014, the Company filed with the United States Food and Drug Administration an Investigational New Drug Application for a tyrosine kinase inhibitor targeted to the TRK family of receptors. As a result and in accordance with the provisions of the stock purchase agreement entered into on July 3, 2013, the Company issued 1,500,000 shares of Series A at a price of $10.00 per share and received net proceeds of $15.0 million on March 18, 2014.

Voting

        The holders of the common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings). Unless required by law, there shall be no cumulative voting. The Series A-l (and, prior to the closing of a Qualified IPO, as defined below, any common stock issued upon conversion of the Series A-1) shall not have voting rights of any kind.

        Each holder of outstanding shares of Series A shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the number of whole shares of common stock into which the shares of Series A held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter. Holders of Series A shall vote together with the holders of common stock as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock.

F-13


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

Dividends

        The Series A and Series A-1 shall be entitled to receive dividends, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any assets at the time legally available. If the Board shall declare dividends out of funds legally available therefore on the common stock, then dividends shall be declared on the Series A and Series A-1 on a pari passu basis and paid pro rata among the holders of the Series A, Series A-1, and common stock on a per share basis (as if all shares of Series A and Series A-1 had been converted into common stock immediately prior to the payment of such dividends). For this purpose, each holder of shares of Series A and Series A-1 is to be treated as holding the greatest whole number of shares of common stock then issuable upon conversion of all shares of Series A and Series A-1 held by such holder.

Liquidation

        In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or any deemed liquidation event, as defined in the articles of incorporation, before any payment shall be made to the holders of common stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the holders of shares of each series of Series A and Series A-1 then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the funds and assets available for distribution to its stockholders, on a pari passu basis, an amount per share equal to (i) the original issue price for each share of Series A of $10.00 per share and (ii) the Series A-1 liquidation price of $37.44722 per share, plus in each case any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or deemed liquidation event of the Company, the funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Company shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A and Series A-1 the full amounts, the holders shall share ratably in any distribution of the funds and assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series A and Series A-1 held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

        The original issuance price for the Series A and the Series A-1 liquidation price are subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on such series of Series A or Series A-1 in shares of such stock.

Conversion

        Each share of a series of Series A and A-1 shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of common stock as is determined by dividing at an initial conversion price of $10.00 per share and subject to adjustment as defined in the certificate of incorporation.

        Upon either (A) the closing of the sale of shares of common stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), resulting in at least $40 million of gross proceeds to the Corporation at a price per share to the public of at least three times the original issue price of the Series A (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like) (such public offering, a "Qualified IPO") or (B) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Series A Holders, (i) all outstanding shares of Series A

F-14


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the original conversion price of $10.00 per share, subject to adjustment, and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Company. The conversion terms with the Series A-1 were amended with the April 2014 Series B convertible preferred stock financing (See Note 10) and fixed at $3.11 per share.

Redemption

        Shares of Series A shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the original issuance price per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon (the "Redemption Price"), in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company at any time on or after the fifth anniversary of the original issuance date. In the event the Company is prevented from redeeming the shares, the Company shall ratably redeem the maximum number of shares that it may redeem consistent with such law, and shall redeem the remaining shares as soon as it may lawfully do so under such law. As of March 31, 2014, the Series A and A-1 redemption values were $33.0 million and $12.0 million, respectively.

        The Series A-1 is subject to redemption under certain "deemed liquidation" events, as defined, and, as such, the Series A-1 is considered contingently redeemable for accounting purposes.

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

        Effective July 2, 2013, the Company adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which was amended in November 2013 (the "Plan"). The Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options and the issuance of restricted stock awards. As of December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 there were 579,710 shares of common stock authorized for issuance in connection with the Plan, of which there were 143,830 and 98,282 shares available for future issuance, respectively. On April 23, 2014 the Company amended the Plan, increasing the numbers of shares by 375,103 shares to 954,813 shares of common stock authorized for issuance in connection with the Plan.

        Incentive options may be granted to employees, including members of the Board. Non-statutory stock options and purchase rights are granted to employees and consultants of the Company, including members of the Board and advisory board members. The terms of the stock option agreements, including the purchase price per share payable upon exercise of the non-statutory options, are determined by the Board. The exercise price of the incentive options shall not be less than the fair market value per share of common stock on the date of grant. The maximum term of the options granted is ten years, unless an employee owns more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company.

        Certain options are eligible for exercise prior to vesting. Exercised but unvested shares are subject to repurchase by the Company at the initial exercise price. The proceeds from the shares subject to repurchase are classified as a liability and reclassified to equity as the shares vest. Under the Plan's early exercise feature, the Company could be required to repurchase 24,692 shares as of March 31, 2014. The Company records cash received from early exercised shares as a liability. As of March 31, 2014, $46,000 has been recorded as a liability and included in accrued expenses.

F-15


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

        The following table summarizes stock option activity under the Plan for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) through March 31, 2014:

 
  Number
of Shares
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Outstanding at May 9, 2013 (date of inception)

         

Granted

    435,880   $ 1.85  

Exercised

         

Cancelled

         

Forfeited

         
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

    435,880   $ 1.85  

Granted

    45,548     1.85  

Exercised

    (40,795 )   1.85  

Cancelled

         

Forfeited

         
           

Outstanding at March 31, 2014

    440,633   $ 1.85  
           
           

Vested and expected to vest at March 31, 2014

    440,633   $ 1.85  
             
             

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

    36,943   $ 1.85  
             
             

Exercisable at March 31, 2014

    13,605   $ 1.85  
             
             

Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013

  $ 1.41        
             
             

Weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the three months ended March 31, 2014

  $ 2.40        
             
             

        The 440,633 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 31, 2014 in the table above includes 24,692 shares of common stock that have been issued upon exercise prior to vesting and are subject to repurchase by the Company.

        The weighted-average remaining contractual term of the outstanding options at December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 was 9.92 and 8.67 years, respectively.

        As of December 31, 2013, there was $543,563 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to options granted but not yet vested. This amount will be recognized as expensed over a weighted-average period of 3.46 years.

        As of March 31, 2014, there was $1,107,486 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to options granted but not yet vested. This amount will be recognized as expensed over a weighted-average period of 3.50 years.

F-16


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

        The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of option awards with the following weighted-average assumptions, which are based on industry comparative information for the period indicated:

 
  Period From
May 9, 2013
(Date of
Inception) to
December 31, 2013
  Three Months
Ended
March 31, 2014
 

Risk-free interest rate

    2.14 %   1.86 %

Expected dividend yield

    0 %   0 %

Expected stock price volatility

    84.76 %   90.70 %

Expected term of options (in years)

    7.44     6.04  

Expected forfeiture rate

    0 %   0 %

        The weighted-average valuation assumptions were determined as follows:

    Risk-free interest rate: The Company bases the risk-free interest rate on the interest rate payable on U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the time of grant for a period that is commensurate with the assumed expected option term.

    Expected annual dividends: The estimate for annual dividends is 0%, because the Company has not historically paid, and does not expect for the foreseeable future to pay, a dividend.

    Expected stock price volatility: The expected volatility used is based on historical volatilities of similar entities within the Company's industry which were commensurate with the Company's expected term assumption.

    Expected term of options: The expected term of options represents the period of time options are expected to be outstanding. The expected term of the options granted to employees is derived from the "simplified" method as described in SAB 107 relating to stock-based compensation. The expected term for options granted to non-employees is equal to the contractual term of the awards.

    Expected forfeiture rate: The Company's estimated annual forfeiture rate was 0%, based on historical forfeiture experience of various employee groups.

    Fair value of common stock: The fair value of common stock of $1.85 per share was determined with the assistance of a third-party valuation firm in connection with our initial Series A and Series A-1 convertible preferred stock issuances.

F-17


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

    The estimated fair value of the Company's stock-based awards is amortized on a straight-line basis over the awards' service period. Stock-based compensation expense recognized was as follows (in thousands):

 
  Period From
May 9, 2013
(Date of
Inception) to
December 31,
2013
  Three Months
Ended
March 31,
2014
  Period From
May 9, 2013
(Date of
Inception) to
March 31,
2014
 

Research and development

  $ 15   $ 44   $ 59  

General and administrative

    55     20     75  
               

  $ 70   $ 64   $ 134  
               
               

Restricted Stock

        The stock-based compensation expense for restricted stock is determined based on the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock on the grant date of the awards applied to the total number of awards that are anticipated to vest. Stock-based compensation was de minimis for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014.

7.     Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

        The Company leases office space under an operating lease, which became effective December 20, 2013 and is scheduled to expire May 31, 2018. Rent expense under the operating lease during the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 was $1,529. Rent expense under the operating lease during the three months ended March 31, 2014 was $13,904.

        Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Operating
Lease
 

2014

  $ 36  

2015

    62  

2016

    62  

2017

    62  

2018

    26  
       

  $ 248  
       
       

Array Collaboration Agreement

        On July 3, 2013, the Company signed a multi-year strategic collaboration agreement with Array, and this agreement was subsequently amended on November 26, 2013 and April 10, 2014. Under the terms of the collaboration agreement, the Company obtained certain rights to Array's TRK inhibitor program, as well as additional novel oncology targets. The Company has worldwide commercial rights to each product candidate from the collaboration and Array participates in any potential successes through milestones, royalties, and equity ownership in the Company.

F-18


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

        With respect to the discovery and preclinical program, the collaboration agreement runs through July 3, 2016, and the Company has the option to extend the term for up to two additional one-year renewal periods by providing written notice to Array at least three months before the end of the initial discovery and preclinical development programs or the renewal period, if applicable.

        As part of the agreement the Company agreed to pay Array a fixed amount per month, based on Array's commitment to provide full-time equivalents and other support relating to the conduct of the discovery and preclinical development programs. The Company recorded related-party research and development expenses from the inception of the collaboration agreement to December 31, 2013 and the three months ended March 31, 2014 of $2.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively, related to the conduct of the discovery preclinical development programs by Array.

Milestones

        With respect to product candidates directed to TRK, including LOXO-101 and its back-up compounds, the Company could be required to pay Array up to $222 million in milestone payments, the substantial majority of which are due upon the achievement of commercial milestones. With respect to product candidates directed to targets other than TRK, the Company could be required to pay Array up to $213 million in milestone payments, the substantial majority of which are due upon the achievement of commercial milestones.

Royalties

        The Company is required to pay Array mid-single digit royalties on worldwide net sales of products directed to TRK and directed to targets. With respect to the royalty on products directed to targets, the Company has the right to credit certain milestone payments against royalties on sales of products directed to such target.

Convertible preferred stock issuance

        In connection with this agreement, the Company issued Array 320,451 shares of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock, par value $0.0001. The Company recognized, as a component of research and development expense with related party approximately $7.0 million related to the estimated fair value of the shares issued during the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013.

Legal Proceedings

        The Company is not involved in any legal proceeding that it expects to have a material effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

8.     Income Taxes

        The Company accounts for income taxes under FASB ASC 740 ("ASC 740"). Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based upon differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, which are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse.

F-19


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

        As of December 31, 2013, the Company had Federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of $3.4 million, local NOL carryforwards of $1.4 million and research and development tax credit carryforwards of $0.1 million, which are available to reduce future tax. The federal and local net operating loss carryforwards do not yet include the effect of research and development expenses of $6.8 million that we have capitalized for tax purposes. The Federal NOL and tax credit carryforwards will begin to expire at various dates starting in 2033. The local NOL carryforwards will begin to expire at various dates starting in 2033. The NOL and tax credit carryforwards are subject to review and possible adjustment by the Internal Revenue Service and state tax authorities. NOL and tax credit carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in the ownership interest of significant stockholders over a three-year period in excess of 50%, as defined under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as well as similar state tax provisions. This could limit the amount of NOLs that the Company can utilize annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. The amount of the annual limitation, if any, will be determined based on the value of the Company immediately prior to the ownership change. Subsequent ownership changes may further affect the limitation in future years.

        The Company's valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets are based on a determination of whether and how much of a tax benefit taken by the Company in its tax filings or positions is more likely than not to be realized. Through December 31, 2013, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits or related interest and penalties accrued.

        The principal components of the Company's deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

 
  Period from
May 9, 2013
(date of
inception) to
December 31, 2013
 

Net operating losses

  $ 1,248  

Acquired research and development

    2,479  

Research and development credits

    108  

Other temporary differences

    13  
       

Gross deferred tax assets

    3,848  

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance

    (3,848 )
       

  $  
       
       

        ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. After consideration of all the evidence, both positive and negative, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2013 because the Company's management has determined that is it more likely than not that these assets will not be realized. The Company experienced a net change in valuation allowance of $3.8 million for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013.

F-20


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

        A reconciliation of income tax (expense) benefit at the statutory federal income tax rate and income taxes as reflected in the financial statements is as follows:

 
  Period from
May 9, 2013
(date of
inception) to
December 31, 2013
 

U.S. statutory income tax rate

    34.0 %

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

    2.4  

Permanent differences

    (0.1 )

R&D credit carryforward

    1.1  

Valuation allowance

    (37.4 )
       

Effective tax rate

    (0.0 )%
       
       

9.     Related-Party Transactions

        The Company recorded expenses, as a component of research and development with related party, for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013 and for the three months ended March 31, 2014 of approximately $2.3 million and $1.3 million, respectively, for services provided by Array. In addition to this payment to Array, the Company recorded approximately $7.0 million in expenses related to the issuance of Series A-1 convertible preferred stock in connection with a collaboration agreement during the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013, as described in further detail in Note 7 above.

10.   Subsequent Events

        The Company has evaluated events and transactions subsequent to the unaudited balance sheet date and through June 27, 2014, the date which the financial statements were available to be issued, and noted that no additional events have occurred such that adjustment to the amounts presented or disclosure in the notes to the financial statements is required, except for those disclosed below.

Series B Convertible Preferred Stock Financing

        On April 24, 2014 and June 24, 2014, the Company entered into stock purchase agreements pursuant to which the Company agreed to sell 1,705,182 and 321,210 shares, respectively, of Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock ("Series B"), $0.0001 par value, at a purchase price of $14.01 per share. Upon completing the April and June offerings, the Company received gross proceeds of approximately $28.4 million which will be used to fund working capital and for general corporate purposes.

        As a result of these offerings, the Company amended and restated its certificate of incorporation to increase its authorized shares of preferred stock from 3,620,451 to 5,646,843, of which 2,026,392 are designated as Series B.

        The Series B shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class on an as-converted basis and be entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends at an annual rate of 8% of the original issue price of the Series B ($14.01 per share at April 24, 2014) per share per annum, out of

F-21


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

any assets at the time legally available therefore, when, as and if declared by the Board, prior and in preference to any dividend or distributions, declared, paid or set aside on shares of the Series A, A-1, or common stock.

        In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company or any deemed liquidation event, as defined in the Company's charter, before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A, Series A-1, or common stock, the Series B holders shall be entitled to be paid out of the funds and assets available for distribution to its stockholders, on a pari passu basis, an amount per share equal to the original issuance price plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.

        The holders of Series B have the right to convert their shares, at any time, into shares of common stock at an initial conversion ratio of 1:1. The conversion ratio is subject to adjustment as defined in the Company's certificate of incorporation which include standard anti-dilution as well as down-round protection. Upon the closing of an IPO of the Company's common stock for a total offering of not less than $50 million, with a per share purchase price of not less than 1.3x, 2.0x and 3.0x the original issue price of the Series B, if the IPO occurs in 2014, 2015 or 2016, respectively.

        At any time on or after the seventh anniversary of the original issuance date and at the option of the holder, the Series B shall be redeemed by the Company at a price equal to the greater of (i) the original issuance price per share plus all declared but unpaid dividends or (ii) the fair market value as at the time of redemption thereon in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Company.

        Upon completing the Series B offering, the Company has raised more than $40 million in convertible preferred stock offerings, thereby terminating the special conversion price adjustment feature for the Series A-1 stockholders.

Employment Matters

        On April 9, 2014, the Company entered into an employment agreement with Mikel Moyer, Ph.D. to serve in the capacity of Chief Scientific Officer reporting to the Company's Chief Executive Officer. Dr. Moyer will be eligible to participate in the Company's bonus and the Plan.

Amendment to Array Agreement

        On April 10, 2014, the Company and Array entered into an amendment to the collaboration agreement (see Note 7). Pursuant to the amendment, in addition to LOXO-101, the parties designated 12 discovery targets, of which six are to be selected for additional study on or before January 2015, which will be reduced to four on or before October 2015. The Company has the option to increase the total candidate selection number to five for a modest additional payment. The Company also agreed to provide additional headcount support for Array's research activities on the agreed-upon targets.

        In addition, Array has agreed to notify the Company in writing at least 90 days before it begins substantial negotiations with third parties regarding the development and/or commercialization of compounds that selectively modulate TRKA for any oncology indications, and during this 90 day period the Company has the right to discuss the terms and conditions under which Array would grant such rights to the Company. If the Company does not reach agreement with Array during the 90 day period, then Array would be free to negotiate with, and grant such rights to, a third party.

F-22


Table of Contents


Loxo Oncology, Inc.
(A Development-Stage Company)

Notes to Financial Statements (Continued)

December 31, 2013 and March 31, 2014 (unaudited)

Operating Lease Agreement

        On May 15, 2014, the Company entered into an operating lease agreement to occupy office space in San Francisco, CA (see Note 7). The lease commenced in May 2014 and will continue through May 2017, with the option of the Company to extend the lease for one additional period of three years. The total of the estimated base payments over the term of the lease are approximately $211,000. In addition to the base rent payments, the Company will be obligated to pay a pro rata share of operating expenses, utilities, and taxes.

Stock Option Grant

        On June 19, 2014, the Board granted 376,066 options with an exercise price of $5.70 per share pursuant to the Plan. The vesting terms of each award may vest immediately, over a four year period or upon the achievement of certain milestones as defined in each award.

F-23


Table of Contents


            Shares

LOGO

Common Stock



PROSPECTUS


Cowen and Company   Stifel




Oppenheimer & Co.

 

JMP Securities

            , 2014

Until            , 2014, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.    OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

        The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, paid or payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee:

 
  Amount
Paid or
to be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 8,888  

FINRA filing fee

    10,850  

Initial NASDAQ Global Market listing fee

    25,000  

Blue sky qualification fees and expenses

    *  

Printing and engraving expenses

    *  

Legal fees and expenses

    *  

Accounting fees and expenses

    *  

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

    *  

Miscellaneous expenses

    *  
       

Total

  $ *  
       
       

*
To be completed by amendment.

ITEM 14.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

        Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation's board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's restated certificate of incorporation to be effective in connection with the closing of this offering contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except liability for the following:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders;

    acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases); or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

        As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant's restated bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that:

    the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions;

II-1


Table of Contents

    the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law;

    the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and executive officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions; and

    the rights conferred in the restated bylaws are not exclusive.

        Prior to the closing of this offering, the Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant's restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. There is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director or executive officer of the Registrant for which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to the underwriting agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provisions in the Registrant's restated certificate of incorporation, restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant's directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

        The Registrant currently carries liability insurance for its directors and officers.

        Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

Exhibit Document
  Number  

Form of Underwriting Agreement

    1.1  

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the closing of this offering

   
3.2
 

Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering

   
3.4
 

Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement dated April 24, 2014 among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, as amended

   
4.2
 

Form of Indemnification Agreement

   
10.1
 

ITEM 15.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

        Since our incorporation in May 9, 2013 and through June 23, 2014, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:

            1.     Since May 9, 2013 and through June 23, 2014, the Registrant has granted to its directors, officers, employees and consultants options to purchase 481,428 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $1.85 per share and options to purchase 376,066 shares of common stock with an exercise price of $5.70 per share under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. In this same period, the Registrant issued 65,487 shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options by its directors, officers, employees and consultants. These transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

            2.     In June 2013, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 120,773 shares of Registrant's common stock at a purchase price of $0.001 per share to Joshua H. Bilenker. The securities issued

II-2


Table of Contents

    in this transaction were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

            3.     In July 2013, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 48,309 shares of Registrant's common stock at a purchase price of $0.00207 per share to Keith Flaherty, and 120,773 shares of Registrant's common stock at a purchase price of $0.00207 to Aisling Capital III, LP. The securities issued in this transaction were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

            4.     In July 2013, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 1,000,000 shares of the Registrant's Series A convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share to Aisling Capital III, LP and 320,451 shares of the Registrant's Series A-1 convertible preferred stock to Array BioPharma Inc., each of whom represented to us that it was a sophisticated accredited investor and qualified institutional buyer. The securities issued in this transaction were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act.

            5.     In September 2013, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 800,000 shares of the Registrant's Series A convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share to 4 purchasers that represented to us that they were sophisticated accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. The securities issued in this transaction were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act.

            6.     In February 2014, the Registrant issued to Lori Kunkel 17,178 shares of common stock upon a grant of restricted common stock under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, with a price of $1.85 per share. The securities issued in these transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

            7.     In March 2014, the Registrant issued to Avi Naider 48,309 shares of common stock upon a grant of restricted common stock under its 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, with a price of $1.85 per share. The securities issued in these transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act.

            8.     In March 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 1,500,000 shares of the Registrant's Series A convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $10.00 per share to 5 purchasers that represented to us that they were sophisticated accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. The securities issued in this transaction were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act.

            9.     In April 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 1,705,182 shares of the Registrant's Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $14.0095 per share to 7 purchasers that represented to us that they were sophisticated accredited investors and qualified institutional buyers. The securities issued in this transaction were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act.

            10.   In June 2014, the Registrant issued an aggregate of 321,210 shares of the Registrant's Series B convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $14.0095 per share to one purchaser that represented to us that it was a sophisticated accredited investor and qualified institutional buyer. The securities issued in this transaction were exempt from registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Rule 506 promulgated under the Securities Act.

        None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions or any public offering, and the Registrant believes each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act as stated above. All recipients of the foregoing transactions either received adequate information about the Registrant or had access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to such information. Furthermore, the Registrant affixed appropriate legends to the share certificates and instruments issued in each foregoing transaction setting forth that the securities had not been registered and the applicable restrictions on transfer.

II-3


Table of Contents

ITEM 16.    EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

    (a)
    Exhibits.

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement (including form of lock-up agreement).
        
  3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date.
        
  3.2 * Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing of this offering.
        
  3.3   Bylaws, as currently in effect.
        
  3.4 * Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective upon closing of this offering.
        
  4.1 * Form of Common Stock Certificate.
        
  4.2   Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated April 24, 2014, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, as amended.
        
  5.1 * Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.
        
  10.1 * Form of Indemnification Agreement.
        
  10.2   2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements.
        
  10.3 * 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, to become effective on the date the registration statement is declared effective, and forms of award agreements.
        
  10.4   2014 Lease Agreement by and between Kashiwa Fudosan America, Inc. and the Registrant, dated as of April 1, 2014.
        
  10.5   Offer Letter, dated as of November 15, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D.
        
  10.6   2013 Sub-Lease Agreement by and between Tyr Energy, Inc. and the Registrant, dated as of November 22, 2013.
        
  10.7 Drug Discovery and Collaboration Agreement, dated July 3, 2013, between Registrant and Array BioPharma Inc., as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Drug Discovery and Collaboration Agreement, dated November 26, 2013 and Amendment No. 2 to Drug Discovery and Collaboration Agreement, dated April 10, 2014.
        
  10.8   Founder's Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 28, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D.
        
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
        
  23.1   Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
        
  23.2 * Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
        
  24.1 * Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

*
To be filed by amendment.

Confidential treatment has been requested for this exhibit.

II-4


Table of Contents

    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedules.

        No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or notes.

ITEM 17.    UNDERTAKINGS.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

        The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

            (a)   purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

            (b)   For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this registration statement on Form S-1 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Stamford, Connecticut, on the 30th day of June, 2014.

  LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

By:

 

/s/ JOSHUA H. BILENKER, M.D.


Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D.
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director


POWER OF ATTORNEY

         KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS , that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Joshua H. Bilenker and Dov A. Goldstein, and each of them, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, proxies and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments or any abbreviated registration statement and any amendments thereto filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) increasing the number of securities for which registration is sought), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, proxies and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, proxies and agents, or their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

II-6


Table of Contents

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement on Form S-1 has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ JOSHUA H. BILENKER, M.D.

Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D.
  President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer, Principal Accounting Officer, and Principal Financial Officer)   June 30, 2014

/s/ JAMES BARRETT, PH.D.

James Barrett, Ph.D.

 

Director

 

June 30, 2014

/s/ DAVID BONITA, M.D.

David Bonita, M.D.

 

Director

 

June 30, 2014

/s/ STEVEN A. ELMS

Steven A. Elms

 

Director

 

June 30, 2014

/s/ KEITH T. FLAHERTY, M.D.

Keith T. Flaherty, M.D.

 

Director

 

June 30, 2014

/s/ DOV A. GOLDSTEIN, M.D.

Dov A. Goldstein, M.D.

 

Director

 

June 30, 2014

/s/ AVI Z. NAIDER

Avi Z. Naider

 

Director

 

June 30, 2014

II-7


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement (including form of lock-up agreement).
        
  3.1   Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date.
        
  3.2 * Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon closing of this offering.
        
  3.3   Bylaws, as currently in effect.
        
  3.4 * Form of Restated Bylaws to be effective upon closing of this offering.
        
  4.1 * Form of Common Stock Certificate.
        
  4.2   Amended and Restated Investors' Rights Agreement, dated April 24, 2014, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders, as amended.
        
  5.1 * Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP.
        
  10.1 * Form of Indemnification Agreement.
        
  10.2   2013 Equity Incentive Plan and forms of award agreements.
        
  10.3 * 2014 Equity Incentive Plan, to become effective on the date the registration statement is declared effective, and forms of award agreements.
        
  10.4   2014 Lease Agreement by and between Kashiwa Fudosan America, Inc. and the Registrant, dated as of April 1, 2014.
        
  10.5   Offer Letter, dated as of November 15, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D.
        
  10.6   2013 Sub-Lease Agreement by and between Tyr Energy, Inc. and the Registrant, dated as of November 22, 2013.
        
  10.7 Drug Discovery and Collaboration Agreement, dated July 3, 2013, between Registrant and Array BioPharma Inc., as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Drug Discovery and Collaboration Agreement, dated November 26, 2013 and Amendment No. 2 to Drug Discovery and Collaboration Agreement, dated April 10, 2014.
        
  10.8   Founder's Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, dated June 28, 2013, by and between the Registrant and Joshua H. Bilenker, M.D.
        
  21.1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
        
  23.1   Consent of independent registered public accounting firm.
        
  23.2 * Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
        
  24.1 * Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

*
To be filed by amendment.

Confidential treatment has been requested for this exhibit.



Exhibit 3.1

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

 

Loxo Oncology, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation Law ”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

1.                                       The name of this corporation is Loxo Oncology, Inc.  This corporation was originally incorporated pursuant to the General Corporation Law on May 9, 2013 under the name Loxo Oncology, Inc.

 

2.                                       The Board of Directors of this corporation duly adopted resolutions proposing to amend and restate the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation, declaring said amendment and restatement to be advisable and in the best interests of this corporation and its stockholders, and authorizing the appropriate officers of this corporation to solicit the consent of the stockholders therefor, which resolution setting forth the proposed amendment and restatement is as follows.

 

RESOLVED , that the Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation be amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

 

Exhibit A referred to in the resolution above is attached hereto as Exhibit A and is hereby incorporated herein by this reference.

 

3.                                       This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was approved by the holders of the requisite number of shares of this corporation in accordance with Section 228 of the General Corporation Law.

 

4.                                       This Restated Certificate of Incorporation, which restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of this corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, has been duly adopted in accordance with Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of this corporation on this 24 day of June 2014.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 



 

Exhibit A

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

ARTICLE I NAME .

 

The name of this corporation is Loxo Oncology, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II REGISTERED OFFICE .

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centreville Road, Suite 400, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808.  The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE III PURPOSE .

 

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE IV AUTHORIZED SHARES .

 

The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is (a) 7,800,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Common Stock ”), and (b) 5,646,843 shares of Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“ Preferred Stock ”).  As of the effective date of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Restated Certificate ”), 3,300,000 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ”, 320,451 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series A-1 Preferred Stock ” and 2,026,392 shares of the authorized Preferred Stock of the Corporation are hereby designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ”.

 

The following is a statement of the designations and the rights, powers and privileges, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, in respect of each class of capital stock of the Corporation.

 

A.                                    COMMON STOCK

 

1.                                       General .   The voting, dividend and liquidation rights of the holders of the Common Stock are subject to and qualified by the rights, powers and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein.

 

2.                                       Voting .   The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held at all meetings of stockholders (and written actions in lieu of meetings).  Unless required by law, there shall be no cumulative voting.  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then

 

1



 

outstanding) by (in addition to any vote of the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock that may be required by the terms of this Restated Certificate) the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law and without a separate class vote of the holders of the Common Stock.

 

B.                                     PREFERRED STOCK

 

The following rights, powers and privileges, and restrictions, qualifications and limitations, shall apply to the Preferred Stock.  Unless otherwise indicated, references to “Sections” in this Part B of this Article IV refer to sections of this Part B.

 

1.                                       Dividends .

 

1.1                                Participation .  The Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at an annual rate of 8% of the Original Issue Price (as defined in Section 2.1.2) of the Series B Preferred Stock per share (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, reorganization and the like with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock) per annum, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, when, as and if declared by the Board (as defined in Section 2.3.3), prior and in preference to any dividend or distributions, declared, paid or set aside on shares of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock or the Common Stock.  If, after dividends in the full preferential amount specified in the foregoing sentence have been paid or declared and set apart in any calendar year of the Corporation, the holders of outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends at an annual rate of 8% of the Original Issue Price per share of such series of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, combinations, reorganization and the like with respect to such series of Preferred Stock) per annum, out of the assets at the time legally available therefor, when, as and if declared by the Board, prior and in preference to any dividends or distributions declared, paid or set aside on shares of the Common Stock. If, after dividends in the full preferential amount specified in the foregoing sentence have been paid or declared and set apart in any calendar year of the Corporation, the Board may declare dividends out of funds legally available therefor on the Common Stock; provided that if any such dividends are declared, dividends shall be declared on the Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis and paid pro rata among the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock on a per share basis (as if all shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to the payment of such dividends).  For this purpose each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is to be treated as holding the greatest whole number of shares of Common Stock then issuable upon conversion of all shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder pursuant to Sections 4 and 5.

 

1.2                                Non-Cash Dividends .  Whenever a dividend provided for in this Section 1 shall be payable in property other than cash, the value of such dividend shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such property as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

1.3                                Partial Liquidation Events .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Corporation determines (subject to Section 3.3 and without limitation to Section 2, including Section 2.3) to distribute to the stockholders of the Corporation the proceeds (cash or otherwise) resulting from any sale, license and/or other transfer of its assets (other than any sale,

 

2



 

license or other transfer of its assets effected in the ordinary course of business of the Corporation for which the Corporation is not required to obtain any consent pursuant to Section 3.3) (each such sale, license or other transfer, a “ Partial Liquidation Event ”), then:

 

1.3.1                      the proceeds resulting from such Partial Liquidation Event (including in respect of any ongoing payments, such as a royalty or milestone payment) shall be distributed in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 and not this Section 1; except that no such proceeds shall be distributed in respect of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock on a Partial Liquidation Event, and instead the holders of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall have the rights set forth in Section 5.2 of that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement dated on or about the date the first share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock is issued, as may be amended (the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”); and

 

1.3.2                      the amount of proceeds resulting from a Partial Liquidation Event that are distributed as provided in this Section 1.3 shall apply against and reduce the amount that holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock (together, the “ Voting Preferred Stock ”) are entitled to receive pursuant to Section 2.1 in connection with any subsequent Partial Liquidation Event, voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or Deemed Liquidation Event.

 

2.                                       Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up; Certain Mergers, Consolidations and Asset Sales .

 

2.1                                Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock .

 

2.1.1                      Preferential Payments to Holders of Series B Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or any Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), before any payment shall be made to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the funds and assets available for distribution to its stockholders, on a pari passu basis, an amount per share equal to the Original Issue Price (as defined below) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock plus any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, the funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock the full amounts to which they are entitled under this Section 2.1.1, the holders of shares of Series B Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the funds and assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

2.1.2                      Preferential Payments to Holders of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock . In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or any Deemed Liquidation Event (as defined below), before any payment shall be made to the holders of Common Stock by reason of their ownership thereof, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock then outstanding shall be entitled to be paid out of the funds and assets available for distribution to its

 

3



 

stockholders, on a pari passu basis, an amount per share equal to (i) the Original Issue Price (as defined below) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock and (ii) the Series A-1 Liquidation Price (as defined below) for each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, plus in each case any dividends declared but unpaid thereon. If upon any such liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, the funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be insufficient to pay the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock the full amounts to which they are entitled under this Section 2.1.2, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall share ratably in any distribution of the funds and assets available for distribution in proportion to the respective amounts that would otherwise be payable in respect of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock held by them upon such distribution if all amounts payable on or with respect to such shares were paid in full.

 

The “ Original Issue Price ” (i) in the case of each of the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, shall mean $10.00 per share, and (ii) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock shall mean $14.0095, in each case subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on such series of Preferred Stock in shares of such stock.

 

The “ Series A-1 Liquidation Price ” shall mean $37.44722 per share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on the Series A-1 Preferred Stock in shares of such stock.

 

2.2                                Distribution of Remaining Assets .  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation, after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2.1, the remaining funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be distributed among the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Common Stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder, treating for this purpose all shares of Voting Preferred Stock as if, in each case, they had been converted to Common Stock pursuant to the terms of this Restated Certificate immediately prior to such dissolution, liquidation, winding up or Deemed Liquidation Event of the Corporation.

 

2.3                                Deemed Liquidation Events .

 

2.3.1                      Definition .  Each of the following events shall be considered a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ” unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis (such holders required for the vote are referred to as the “ Requisite Voting Preferred Holders ”) elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least five days prior to the effective date of any such event:

 

(a)                                  a merger or consolidation (each a “ Combination ”) in which (i) the Corporation is a constituent party or (ii) a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such Combination, except any such Combination involving the Corporation or a subsidiary in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to

 

4



 

such Combination continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for equity securities that represent, immediately following such Combination, at least a majority, by voting power, of the equity securities of (1) the surviving or resulting party or (2) if the surviving or resulting party is a wholly owned subsidiary of another party immediately following such Combination, the parent of such surviving or resulting party; provided that, for the purpose of this Section 2.3.1, all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options (as defined in Section 5.1 below) outstanding immediately prior to such Combination or upon conversion of Convertible Securities (as defined in Section 5.1 below) outstanding immediately prior to such Combination shall be deemed to be outstanding immediately prior to such Combination and, if applicable, deemed to be converted or exchanged in such Combination on the same terms as the actual outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged;

 

(b)                                  a transaction or series of related transactions in which a Person, or a group of Related Persons, acquires shares representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting power of the Corporation; provided that the foregoing shall exclude any transaction or series of related transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation; or

 

(c)                                   the sale, lease, exclusive license, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation, of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, (or, if substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by one or more subsidiaries, the sale or disposition (whether by consolidation, merger, conversion or otherwise) of such subsidiaries of the Corporation), except where such sale, lease, exclusive license, transfer or other disposition is made to the Corporation or one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of the Corporation (an “ Asset Disposition ”).

 

The Corporation shall not have the power to effect a Deemed Liquidation Event referred to in Subsection 2.3.1 unless the agreement or plan of merger or consolidation for such transaction provides that the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2.

 

2.3.2                      Allocation of Escrow .  In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event and unless the Requisite Voting Preferred Holders elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Corporation at least five days prior to the effective date of any such event, if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, the definitive agreement or escrow agreement entered into in such Deemed Liquidation Event shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 (after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2.1) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the

 

5



 

stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Sections 2.1 and 2.2 (after the payment of all preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2.1) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

 

2.3.3                      Amount Deemed Paid or Distributed .  The funds and assets deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any such Combination or Asset Distribution shall be the cash or the value of the property, rights or securities paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation or the acquiring person, firm or other entity.  If the amount deemed paid or distributed under this Section 2.3.3 is made in property other than in cash, the value of such distribution shall be the fair market value of such property, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”); provided , however , that the following shall apply.  For securities not subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

 

(i)                                      if traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing of such transaction;

 

(ii)                                   if actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices over the 30-day period ending three days prior to the closing of such transaction; or

 

(iii)                                if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letters or other similar restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall take into account an appropriate discount (as determined in good faith by the Board) from the market value as determined pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof.

 

The foregoing methods for valuing non-cash consideration to be distributed in connection with a Combination or Asset Disposition shall, with the appropriate approval of the definitive agreements governing such Combination or Asset Disposition by the stockholders under the General Corporation Law and Section 3.3, be superseded by the determination of such value set forth in the definitive agreements governing such Combination or Asset Disposition.

 

3.                                       Voting .

 

3.1                                General Provisions; Limitation on Voting Rights of Series A-1 Preferred Stock .

 

3.1.1                      General Provisions . On any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to cast the number of votes equal to the

 

6



 

number of whole shares of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter.  Fractional votes shall not be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).  Except as provided by law or by the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of Common Stock, and shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

3.1.2                      Limitation on Voting Rights of Series A-1 Preferred Stock .   Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of this Restated Certificate to the contrary, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock (and, prior to the closing of a Qualified IPO, any Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock) shall not have voting rights of any kind, other than as may be required pursuant to Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

3.2                                Election of Directors .

 

3.2.1                      Election .  For so long as at least 200,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as such number is adjusted for stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on the Series A Preferred Stock in shares of such stock), the holders of record of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect up to three (3) directors of the Corporation (the “ Series A Directors ”). For so long as at least 200,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as such number is adjusted for stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on the Series B Preferred Stock in shares of stock), the holders of record of the shares of Series B Preferred Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect one director of the Corporation (the “ Series B Director ” and along with the Series A Directors, the “ Preferred Stock Directors ”).  The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock, exclusively and as a separate class, shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation (the “ Common Directors ”).  The holders of record of the shares of Common Stock and of every other class or series of voting stock (including the Preferred Stock), voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis, shall be entitled to elect the remaining number of directors of the Corporation (the “ Remaining Directors ”).

 

3.2.2                      Vacancies Not Caused by Removal .  If any vacancy in the office of any Common Director or Remaining Director exists, such vacancy may be filled (either contingently or otherwise) by the stockholders as specified in this Section 3.2 or by at least a majority of the members of the Board then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining member of the Board then in office, even if such directors or such sole remaining director were not elected by the holders of the class, classes or series that are entitled to elect a director or directors to office under the provisions of Section 3.2 (the “ Specified Stock ”) and such electing director or directors shall specify at the time of such election the specific vacant directorship being filled. A vacancy of any Preferred Stock Director may only be filled by the persons entitled to designate such Preferred Stock Director pursuant to that certain Voting

 

7



 

Agreement dated as of the Original Issue Date of the Series B Preferred Stock by and between the Corporation and Investors named therein, as such agreement may be amended and/or restated from time to time.

 

3.2.3                      Vacancies Caused by Removal .  Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentences may be removed with or without cause by, and any vacancy in the office of any such removed director may be filled by, and only by, the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares of the Specified Stock entitled to elect such director or directors, given either at a special meeting of such stockholders duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders.

 

3.2.4                      Procedure .  At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Specified Stock entitled to elect such director shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director and the candidate or candidates to be elected by such Specified Stock shall be those who receive the highest number of affirmative votes (on an as-converted basis) of the outstanding shares of such Specified Stock.  In the case of an action taken by written consent without a meeting, the candidate or candidates to be elected by such Specified Stock shall be those who are elected by the written consent of the holders of a majority of such Specified Stock.

 

3.3                                Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .

 

3.3.1                      For so long as any shares of any series of Voting Preferred Stock remain outstanding (as such number is adjusted for stock splits and combinations of shares and for dividends paid on such series of Voting Preferred Stock in shares of such stock), the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, do any of the following without (in addition to any other vote required by law or this Restated Certificate) the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting and evidenced in writing, of the Requisite Voting Preferred Holders:

 

(a)                                  amend, alter or repeal any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation, as then in effect;

 

(b)                                  increase or decrease the authorized number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or any series thereof);

 

(c)                                   authorize or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any new class or series of capital stock having rights, powers or preferences set forth in the Restated Certificate, as then in effect, that are senior to or on a parity with any series of Preferred Stock or authorize or create (by reclassification or otherwise) any security convertible into or exercisable for any such new class or series of capital stock;

 

(d)                                  liquidate, dissolve or wind-up the business and affairs of the Corporation, effect any Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent, agree or commit to any of the foregoing without conditioning such consent, agreement or commitment upon obtaining the approval required by this Section 3.3;

 

8



 

(e)                                   declare or pay any dividend or otherwise make a distribution to holders of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, other than a dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock;

 

(f)                                    either (i) issue any debt security, or permit any wholly owned subsidiary to issue any debt security if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries for borrowed money (other than intercompany indebtedness) following such issuance would exceed $1,000,000 in the aggregate or (ii) modify or amend the terms of any of indebtedness so long as the maximum indebtedness specified in this clause (f) has been exceeded;

 

(g)                                   redeem or repurchase or authorize any redemption or repurchase of any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, other than (i) pursuant to an agreement with an employee, consultant, director or other service provider to the Corporation or any of its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively, “ Service Providers ”) giving the Corporation the right to repurchase shares at the original cost thereof upon the termination of services, (ii) an exercise of a right of first refusal in favor of the Corporation pursuant to any written agreement with the Corporation, (iii) any redemption or repurchase of Preferred Stock expressly authorized in the Restated Certificate, as then in effect, (iv) any repurchase of Series A-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement, or (v) solely with respect to Common Stock and not with respect to Preferred Stock, as approved by the Board;

 

(h)                                  increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the Board or the method of selecting members of the Board;

 

(i)                                      license, sell or transfer any technology or intellectual property rights of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries that constitutes the effective disposition of a material portion of the technology or intellectual property of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than any such licenses in the ordinary course of business that expire or can be terminated by the Corporation within one year and that are limited in scope to particular countries or other geographical regions and/or to particular fields of use;

 

(j)                                     issue or sell any securities of the Corporation other than options or other equity grants pursuant to the Corporation’s equity incentive plan that are approved by the Board or pursuant to the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement dated the date of the Original Issue Date of the Series B Preferred Stock by and between the Corporation and the Purchasers named therein, as such agreement may be amended and/or restated from time to time (the “ Series B Stock Purchase Agreement ”);

 

(k)                                  acquire the business of a third-party by asset acquisition, stock purchase or merger, for a price or with a fair market value greater than $1,000,000;

 

(l)                                      sell or transfer any assets of the Corporation to any third party for a price or with a fair market value greater than $1,000,000;

 

9


 

(m)                              incur any liens or encumbrances in excess of $1,000,000 in the aggregate on any assets of the Corporation (other than liens which arise by operation of law and which do not materially affect the use or value of such assets), unless approved by the Board;

 

(n)                                  amend this Section 3.3; or

 

(o)                                  enter into a Designated Transaction between or among the Corporation and any of the Corporation’s directors, executive officers, holders of Voting Preferred Stock representing 10% or more of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock on an as-converted to common stock basis (a “ 10% Stockholder ”), or an Affiliate of any of the foregoing parties (a “ Related Party ”), unless such Designated Transaction has been approved by the Board, including a majority of the disinterested directors.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Corporation enters into an agreement that constitutes a Designated Transaction (and such agreement is approved as required under this paragraph (o)), then no further approval shall be required under this paragraph (o) in order for the Corporation to perform its obligations under such agreement.

 

For purposes of Section 3.3(o):

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s principal or any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person or such Person’s principal, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member or partner, officer or director of such Person or such Person’s principal or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person or such Person’s principal. For purposes of this definition, the terms “ controlling, ” “ controlled by, ” or “ under common control with ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of (a) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, or (b) the power to elect or appoint at least 50% of the directors, managers, general partners, or persons exercising similar authority with respect to such Person; provided , however , that for purposes of Section 3.3(o), a Person in which a 10% Stockholder holds less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities (e.g., a minority-owned portfolio company) shall not be considered an “Affiliate” of such 10% Stockholder.

 

Designated Transaction ” means (X) any transaction or series of transactions with a Related Party for which the value of consideration reasonably expected to be paid or received by the Corporation or its subsidiaries exceeds $250,000 per year individually or (Y) any transaction with a Related Party for which the value of consideration reasonably expected to be paid or received by the Corporation or its subsidiaries, when aggregated together with all other transactions with such party, exceeds $500,000 per year in the aggregate; other than , in each case, any transaction described in paragraphs (a) through (n) of Section 3.3 (it being understood that such transactions are subject to approval by the Requisite Series A Holders as provided in Section 3.3, and therefore shall not constitute “Designated Transactions”).

 

10



 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

The Corporation will not permit any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries to take any of the actions specified in Section 3.3.1 without the written consent, or affirmative vote at a meeting and evidenced in writing, of the Requisite Voting Preferred Holders.

 

3.4                                For so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding, unless, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the Corporation has obtained the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise: (i) effect any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock or (ii) amend this certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation if such amendment would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, this Section 3.4) so as to affect them adversely, but would not so affect the Preferred Stock as a class, it being understood that this clause “(ii)” shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

3.5                                For so long as any shares of Series B Preferred Stock remain outstanding, unless, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the Corporation has obtained the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise: (i) effect any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series B Preferred Stock or (ii) amend this certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation if such amendment would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series B Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, this Section 3.5) so as to affect them adversely, but would not so affect the Preferred Stock as a class, it being understood that this clause “(ii)” shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

3.6                                Series A-1 Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .  For so long as any shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock remain outstanding, unless, in addition to any other vote or consent required herein or by law, the Corporation has obtained the vote or written consent of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, the Corporation shall not, either directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise: (i) effect any increase or decrease in the authorized number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock or (ii) amend this certificate of incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation if such amendment would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, under Section 5.1.3(a) and/or this Section 3.6) so as to affect them adversely, but would not so affect the Preferred Stock as a class, it being understood that this clause “(ii)” shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law.

 

4.                                       Conversion Rights .   The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

11



 

4.1                                Right to Convert .

 

4.1.1                      Conversion Ratio .  Each share of a series of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time, and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price (as defined below) for such series of Preferred Stock in effect at the time of conversion.  The “ Conversion Price ” for each series of Preferred Stock shall initially (i.e. as of the Original Issue Date for such series) mean the Original Issue Price for such series of Preferred Stock.  Such initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.

 

4.1.2                      Notice of Conversion .  In order for a holder of Preferred Stock to voluntarily convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if such registered holder alleges that any such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), at the office of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock (or at the principal office of the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent), together with written notice that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of the Preferred Stock represented by such certificate or certificates and, if applicable, any event on which such conversion is contingent (a “ Contingency Event ”).  Such notice shall state such holder’s name or the names of the nominees in which such holder wishes the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock to be issued.  If required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by a written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.  The close of business on the date of receipt by the transfer agent (or by the Corporation if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent) of such certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) and notice (or, if later, the date on which all Contingency Events have occurred) shall be the time of conversion (the “ Conversion Time ”), and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares represented by such certificate shall be deemed to be outstanding of record as of such time.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable after the Conversion Time, (a) issue and deliver to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to such holder’s nominee(s), a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by the surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock, (b) pay in cash such amount as provided in Section 5.7.3 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and (c) pay all declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.

 

4.1.3                      Effect of Voluntary Conversion .  All shares of Preferred Stock that shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common

 

12



 

Stock in exchange therefor, to receive payment in lieu of any fraction of a share otherwise issuable upon such conversion as provided in Section 5.7.3 and to receive payment of any dividends declared but unpaid thereon.  Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued.

 

4.2                                Mandatory Conversion .

 

4.2.1                      Automatic Conversion .

 

(a)                                  Upon either (A) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), resulting in at least $50,000,000 of gross proceeds to the Corporation at a price per share to the public of at least three (3.0) times the Original Issue Price of the Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations or the like), provided that for such a public offering during the 2014 calendar year, such price per share need only be one and three-tenths (1.3) times the Original Issue Price of the Series B Preferred Stock, and for such a public offering during the 2015 calendar year, such price per share need only be two (2.0) times the Original Issue Price of the Series B Preferred Stock (each such public offering, a “ Qualified IPO ”), or (B) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the Requisite Voting Preferred Holders (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Voting Preferred Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the applicable ratio described in Section 4.1.1 as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5 and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  Upon either (A) the closing of the sale of shares of Common Stock to the public in a firm-commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) in which all other classes and series of Preferred Stock convert into Common Stock, or (B) the date and time, or the occurrence of an event, specified by vote or written consent of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the time of such closing or the date and time specified or the time of the event specified in such vote or written consent is referred to herein as the “ Series A-1 Mandatory Conversion Time ” and together with the Voting Preferred Mandatory Conversion Time, the “ Mandatory Conversion Time ”), (i) all outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock, at the applicable ratio described in Section 4.1.1 as the same may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 5 and (ii) such shares may not be reissued by the Corporation.

 

4.2.2                      Mandatory Conversion Procedural Requirements .

 

(a)                                  All holders of record of shares of Preferred Stock shall be sent written notice of the Mandatory Conversion Time and the place designated for mandatory conversion of all such shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 4.2.1 and 10.  Unless otherwise provided in this Restated Certificate, such notice need not be sent in advance of the occurrence of the Mandatory Conversion Time.  Upon receipt of such notice, each holder of

 

13



 

shares of Preferred Stock shall surrender such holder’s certificate or certificates for all such shares (or, if such holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation at the place designated in such notice, and shall thereafter receive certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder is entitled pursuant to this Section 4.2.

 

(b)                                  If so required by the Corporation, certificates surrendered for conversion shall be endorsed or accompanied by written instrument or instruments of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation, duly executed by the registered holder or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.  All rights with respect to the Preferred Stock converted pursuant to this Section 4.2, including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Mandatory Conversion Time (notwithstanding the failure of the holder or holders thereof to surrender the certificates at or prior to such time), except only the rights of the holders thereof, upon surrender of their certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) therefor, to receive the items provided for in the next sentence of this Section 4.2.2(b).  As soon as practicable after the Mandatory Conversion Time and the surrender of the certificate or certificates (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) for Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall issue and deliver to such holder, or to such holder’s nominee(s), a certificate or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable on such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof, together with cash as provided in Section 5.7.3 in lieu of any fraction of a share of Common Stock otherwise issuable upon such conversion and the payment of any declared but unpaid dividends on the shares of Preferred Stock converted.  Such converted Preferred Stock shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock (and the applicable series thereof) accordingly.

 

5.                                       Adjustments to Conversion Price .

 

5.1                                Special Adjustments for Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock; Adjustments for Diluting Issuances .

 

5.1.1                      Special Definitions .  For purposes of this Article IV, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Option ” shall mean any right, option or warrant to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities from the Corporation.

 

(b)                                  Original Issue Date ” for a series of Preferred Stock shall mean the date on which the first share of such series of Preferred Stock was issued.

 

(c)                                   Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities issued by the Corporation that are directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock, but excluding Options.

 

14



 

(d)                                  Additional Shares of Common Stock ” with respect to a series of Preferred Stock shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 5.1.2 below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation after the applicable Original Issue Date for such series of Preferred Stock, other than the following shares of Common Stock and shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to the following Options and Convertible Securities (collectively as to all such shares and shares deemed issued, “ Exempted Securities ”):

 

(i)                                      shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on such series of Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on or subdivision of shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5 or 5.6;

 

(iii)                                up to 954,813 shares of Common Stock, including Options therefor (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), issued to Service Providers pursuant to stock option plans or agreements or other incentive stock arrangements approved by the Board including at least a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors;

 

(iv)                               shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options, or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided that such issuance is pursuant to the terms of such Option or Convertible Security;

 

(v)                                  shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financing institutions pursuant to a debt financing or equipment leasing transactions approved by the Board including at least a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors;

 

(vi)                               shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued pursuant to a bona fide acquisition of another entity by the Corporation by merger or consolidation with, purchase of substantially all of the assets of, or purchase of more than fifty percent of the outstanding equity securities of, the other entity, or issued pursuant to a bona fide joint venture agreement, provided that such issuances are approved by the Board including at least a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors;

 

(vii)                            shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued in connection with sponsored research, collaboration, technology license, development, OEM, marketing or other similar agreements or strategic partnerships approved by the Board including at least a majority of the Preferred Stock Directors;

 

15



 

(viii)                         shares of Common Stock issued in an offering to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act with, and declared effective by, the Securities and Exchange Commission; or

 

(ix)                               the issuance or deemed issuance of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Requisite Voting Preferred Holders agreeing that no adjustment shall be made to the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock as a result of the issuance or deemed issuance (other than adjustments to the Conversion Price of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 5.1.3(a)).

 

(e)                                   Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuance ” shall mean any issuance by the Corporation of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock occurring after the Original Issue Date of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and on or prior to the Special Series A-1 Adjustment Termination Date (as defined in Section 5.1.3(a)), including any shares of Series A Preferred Stock issued on the date of an Additional Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or on the date of a Milestone Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).  For clarity, an Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuance shall occur only when shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock are actually issued and become outstanding, and shall not occur as the result of the Corporation’s issuance of Options or other Convertible Securities that are not shares of Preferred Stock (unless and until shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock are actually issued as a result of the exercise or conversion of such Options or Convertible Securities).

 

(f)                                    A “ Program Termination ” shall occur if (i) the Drug Discovery Collaboration Agreement between the Corporation and the initial holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock dated on or about the Original Issue Date of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock (the “ Collaboration Agreement ”) terminates pursuant to its terms, or (ii) Trk becomes an Abandoned Target (as such terms are defined in the Collaboration Agreement).

 

(g)                                   Purchase Agreement ” shall mean that certain Series A and A-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated July 3, 2013, as amended, between the Corporation and the parties thereto.

 

5.1.2                      Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the applicable Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability (including the passage of time) but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number including by way of anti-dilution adjustment) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares

 

16



 

of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

 

(b)                                  If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 5.1.3, are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (i) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (ii) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this Section 5.1.2(b) shall have the effect of increasing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock to an amount which exceeds the lower of (1) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, or (2) the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

 

(c)                                   If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities that are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 5.1.3 (either because the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 5.1.4) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock then in effect, or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the Original Issue Date of such series of Preferred Stock), are revised after the Original Issue Date of such series of Preferred Stock as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security (but excluding automatic adjustments to such terms pursuant to anti-dilution or similar provisions of such Option or Convertible Security) to provide for either (i) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (ii) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 5.1.2(a)) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

 

(d)                                  Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) that resulted

 

17



 

(either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 5.1.3, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to such Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

 

(e)                                   If the number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, any adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock provided for in this Section 5.1.2 shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in Sections 5.1.2(b) and 5.1.2(c)).  If the number of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at all at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, any adjustment to such Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Section 5.1.2 at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is first calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustments), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment to such Conversion Price that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

 

5.1.3                      Special Adjustments for Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock; Adjustments for Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

 

(a)                                  Special Adjustment for Series A-1 Preferred Stock . Solely with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, during the period of time beginning on the Original Issue Date for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and ending on the date (the “ Special Series A-1 Adjustment Termination Date ”) that is the earlier of (i) the occurrence of a Program Termination and (ii) the first date on which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation (calculated in accordance with Section 5.1.4(a)) in respect of all Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuances and of the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock on the Original Issue Date of Series A Preferred Stock equals or exceeds $40,000,000 (the “ Series A-1 Adjustment Cap ”), on each date that the Corporation issues any shares pursuant to an Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuance, the Conversion Price of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-thousandth of a cent) determined (by iterative calculation) according to the following formula:

 

CP 4  = (CP 3 * D) ÷ ((D ÷ E) * F).

 

(b)                                  Special Adjustment for Series B Preferred Stock . Solely with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, during the period of time beginning on the Original Issue Date for the Series B Preferred Stock and ending on the date (the “ Special Series B Adjustment Termination Date ”) that the aggregate gross proceeds received by the Corporation from any issuance of shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock in a financing (or financings)

 

18



 

led by an individual or entity not a then-current investor in the Company (nor an Affiliate of such an investor) following the Original Issue Date of the Series B Preferred Stock, other than the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock at any Additional Closing (as defined in the Series B Stock Purchase Agreement), equals at least $20,000,000, in the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 5.1.2), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for Series B Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-thousandth of a cent) determined according to the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP *  (A 2  + B) ÷ (A 2  + C 2 ).

 

(c)                                   Adjustments for Issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock .  For (i) Preferred Stock other than Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, at any time after the applicable Original Issue Date of such series of Preferred Stock and (ii) Series A-1 Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock, at any time after the Special Series A-1 Adjustment Termination Date or the Special Series B Adjustment Termination Date, as applicable, in the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common Stock (including Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 5.1.2), without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately prior to such issue, then such Conversion Price shall be reduced, concurrently with such issue, to a price (calculated to the nearest one-thousandth of a cent) determined according to the following formula:

 

CP 2  = CP *  (A + B) ÷ (A + C).

 

(d)                                  Definitions . For purposes of the foregoing formulas contained in this Section 5.1.3(a), Section 5.1.3(b) and Section 5.1.3(c), the following definitions shall apply:

 

“CP 4 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after the latest Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuance;

 

“CP 3 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the latest Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuance;

 

“CP 2 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately after such issue or deemed issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

“CP 1 ” shall mean the applicable Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such issue or deemed issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock;

 

“A” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue or deemed issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding immediately prior to such issue or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding (assuming exercise of any outstanding Options therefor) immediately prior to such issue);

 

19


 

“A 2 ” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issue);

 

“B” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued or deemed issued if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to CP 1  (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue by CP 1 );

 

“C” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock actually issued or deemed issued in such transaction;

 

“C 2 ” shall mean the number of such Additional Shares of Common Stock actually issued or deemed issued in such transaction, including for purposes of such calculation, all such shares issued or deemed issued in such transaction, even if generating in excess of $20,000,000 in gross proceeds;

 

“D” shall mean the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the latest Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuance;

 

“E” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the latest Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuance (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock); and

 

“F” shall mean the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately following the latest Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuance (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock);

 

provided , however , that, if on the Special Series A-1 Adjustment Termination Date the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock issued on the Original Issue Date of the Series A Preferred Stock and all Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuances is greater than the Series A-1 Adjustment Cap, then (i) the adjustment in Section 5.1.3(a) shall be made as if the latest Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuance had been limited to an amount such that such aggregate consideration received exactly equaled the Series A-1 Adjustment Cap and the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock in “F” shall be deemed to be the number of shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock that would have been actually outstanding if the latest Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuance had been limited to an amount such that such aggregate consideration received exactly equaled the Series A-1 Adjustment Cap and (ii) the adjustment in Section 5.1.3(c) (if any) shall then be made as of the latest Additional Common or Preferred Stock Issuance were equal to the amount by which the aggregate consideration received as a result of such issuance exceeds the Series A-1 Adjustment Cap and the number of shares referred to in “A,” “B” and “C” shall be deemed to be the number of shares of Preferred Stock and

 

20



 

Common Stock that would have been actually issued or outstanding (as the case may be) after taking into account the adjustments resulting from the application of Section 5.1.3(a), as limited by clause “(i)”, and assuming that the only Additional Shares of Common Stock being issued are those that correspond to the portion of the consideration received in excess of the Series A-1 Preferred Adjustment Cap.  For the avoidance of doubt, if any aggregate consideration results from the issuance of Exempted Securities, no adjustment shall be made pursuant to Section 5.1.3(c).

 

(e)                                   Adjustment Following Repurchase or Redemption of Shares . If the Corporation shall redeem or repurchase any shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock issued prior to the Series A-1 Adjustment Termination Date, either pursuant to an agreement with any Service Provider giving the Corporation the right to repurchase shares at the original cost thereof upon the termination of services or as expressly authorized in the Restated Certificate, as then in effect, then for the purposes of calculating the Series A-1 Preferred Stock’s Conversion Price pursuant to Section 5.1.3(a), such shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock, as applicable, shall be deemed to have never been issued by the Corporation and Conversion Price for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be recalculated on that basis.

 

(f)                                    No Duplication . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the adjustments set forth in Section 5.1.3(a) shall not be duplicative of any of the adjustments set forth in Sections 5.2 through 5.6 hereof.

 

5.1.4                      Determination of Consideration .  For purposes of this Section 5.1, the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue or deemed issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

 

(a)                                  Cash and Property :  Such consideration shall:

 

(i)                          insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation, excluding amounts paid or payable for accrued interest;

 

(ii)                       insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined in good faith by the Board; and

 

(iii)                    in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

(b)                                  Options and Convertible Securities .  The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 5.1.2, relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing

 

21



 

(i)                          the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

 

(ii)                                   the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

 

5.1.5                      Multiple Closing Dates .  In the event the Corporation shall issue on more than one date Additional Shares of Common Stock that are a part of one transaction or a series of related transactions and that would result in an adjustment to the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the terms of Section 5.1.2 and such issuance dates occur within a period of no more than 120 days after the first such issuance to the final such issuance, then, upon the final such issuance, the Conversion Price of such series of Preferred Stock shall be readjusted to give effect to all such issuances as if they occurred on the date of the first such issuance (and without giving effect to any additional adjustments as a result of any such subsequent issuances within such period that are a part of such transaction or series of related transaction).

 

5.2                                Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations .  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  If the Corporation shall at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before the combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Any adjustment under this Section 5.2 shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

 

5.3                                Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Conversion Price for such series of Preferred Stock in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as

 

22



 

of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying such Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction:

 

(a)                                  the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and

 

(b)                                  the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, such Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter such Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this Section 5.3 as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions; and (ii) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of such series of Preferred Stock simultaneously receive a dividend or other distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

5.4                                Adjustments for Other Dividends and Distributions .  In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a distribution of shares of Common Stock in respect of outstanding shares of Common Stock), then and in each such event the holders of such series of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities in an amount equal to the amount of such securities as they would have received if all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

 

5.5                                Adjustment for Reclassification, Exchange and Substitution .  If, at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date for a series of Preferred Stock, the Common Stock issuable upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock is changed into the same or a different number of shares of any class or classes of stock of the Corporation, whether by recapitalization, reclassification or otherwise ( other than by a stock split or combination, dividend, distribution, merger or consolidation covered by Sections 5.2, 5.3, 5.4 or 5.6 or by Section 2.3 regarding a Deemed Liquidation Event), then in any such event each holder of such series of Preferred Stock shall have the right thereafter to convert such stock into the kind and amount of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such recapitalization, reclassification or other change by holders of the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could have been converted immediately prior to such recapitalization, reclassification or change.

 

23



 

5.6                                Adjustment for Merger or Consolidation .  Subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, if there shall occur any consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not a series of Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for securities, cash or other property (other than a transaction covered by Sections 5.3, 5.4 or 5.5), then, following any such consolidation or merger, provision shall be made that each share of such series of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of such series of Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction; and, in such case, appropriate adjustment (as determined in good faith by the Board) shall be made in the application of the provisions in Section 4 and this Section 5 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of such series of Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in Section 4 and this Section 5 shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

5.7                                General Conversion Provisions .

 

5.7.1                      Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5, the Corporation at its expense shall, as promptly as reasonably practicable but in any event not later than 15 days thereafter, compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each holder of such series of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment (including the kind and amount of securities, cash or other property into which such series of Preferred Stock is convertible) and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.

 

5.7.2                      Reservation of Shares .  The Corporation shall at all times while any share of Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock, the Corporation shall take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate.  Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price of a series of Preferred Stock below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such series of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

 

5.7.3                      Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock.  In lieu of any fractional shares to which the holder would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction

 

24



 

multiplied by the fair value of a share of Common Stock as determined in good faith by the Board.  Whether or not fractional shares would be issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

 

5.7.4                      No Further Adjustment after Conversion .  Upon any conversion of shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock, no adjustment to the Conversion Price of the applicable series of Preferred Stock shall be made with respect to the converted shares for any declared but unpaid dividends on such series of Preferred Stock or on the Common Stock delivered upon conversion.

 

5.7.5                      Taxes .  The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock.  The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the person or entity requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

 

6.                                       Redemption at Request of Requisite Voting Preferred Holders .

 

6.1                                Request for Redemption .  Unless prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders, shares of each series of Voting Preferred Stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the greater of (x) a price equal the applicable Original Issue Price per share for such series (less any amounts distributed in respect of the Voting Preferred Stock in connection with Partial Liquidation Events), plus all declared but unpaid dividends thereon and (y) the fair market value as determined by the Board in good faith of such series of Preferred Stock (the applicable price or value so determined for each such series of Preferred Stock, a “ Redemption Price ”), in three annual installments commencing not more than 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after the seventh anniversary of the Original Issue Date for the Series B Preferred Stock, from the Requisite Voting Preferred Holders, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of the Voting Preferred Stock (the “ Redemption Request ”).  Upon receipt of a Redemption Request, the Corporation shall apply all of its assets to any such redemption, and to no other corporate purpose, except to the extent prohibited by Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders.  The date of each such installment shall be referred to as a “ Redemption Date ”.  On each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall redeem, on a pro rata basis in accordance with the number of shares of Voting Preferred Stock owned by each holder, that number of outstanding shares of Voting Preferred Stock determined by dividing (i) the total number of shares of Voting Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). If on any Redemption Date Delaware law governing distributions to stockholders prevents the Corporation from redeeming all shares of Voting Preferred Stock to be redeemed, the Corporation shall first redeem the maximum number shares of Series B Preferred Stock that it may redeem consistent with such law, apportioned ratably among the holders of such shares, and once all shares of Series B Preferred Stock have

 

25



 

been redeemed, shall then shall redeem the maximum number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock that it may redeem consistent with such law, apportioned ratably among the holders of such shares, and shall redeem the remaining shares, in such order, as soon as it may lawfully do so under such law.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Series B Preferred Stock must be redeemed in full before any shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be redeemed.

 

6.2                                Redemption Notice .  The Corporation shall send written notice of the mandatory redemption (the “ Redemption Notice ”) to each holder of record of Voting Preferred Stock not less than 40 days prior to each Redemption Date.  Each Redemption Notice shall state:

 

(a)                                  the number of shares of Voting Preferred Stock held by the holder that the Corporation shall redeem on the Redemption Date specified in the Redemption Notice;

 

(b)                                  the Redemption Date and the applicable Redemption Prices;

 

(c)                                   the date upon which the holder’s right to convert such shares terminates (as determined in accordance with Subsection 4.1); and

 

(d)                                  that the holder is to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, his, her or its certificate or certificates representing the shares of Voting Preferred Stock to be redeemed.

 

6.3                                Surrender of Certificates; Payment .  On or before the applicable Redemption Date, each holder of shares of Voting Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, unless such holder has exercised his, her or its right to convert such shares as provided in Section 4, shall surrender the certificate or certificates representing such shares (or, if such registered holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the Redemption Price for such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof.  In the event less than all of the shares of Voting Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares of Voting Preferred Stock shall promptly be issued to such holder.

 

6.4                                Rights Subsequent to Redemption .  If the Redemption Notice shall have been duly given, and if on the applicable Redemption Date the Redemption Price payable upon redemption of the shares of Voting Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such Redemption Date is paid or tendered for payment or deposited with an independent payment agent so as to be available therefor in a timely manner, then notwithstanding that the certificates evidencing any of the shares of Voting Preferred Stock so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered, dividends with respect to such shares of Voting Preferred Stock shall cease to accrue after such Redemption Date and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith after the Redemption Date terminate, except only the right of the holders to receive the Redemption Price without interest upon surrender of their certificate or certificates therefor.

 

26



 

7.                                       No Reissuance of Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Preferred Stock .   Any shares of Preferred Stock that are redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries shall be automatically and immediately retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred.  Neither the Corporation nor any of its subsidiaries may exercise any voting or other rights, powers and preferences granted to the holders of Preferred Stock following the close of business on the third day preceding the Redemption Date for such shares.

 

8.                                       Waiver .   Any of the rights, powers, preferences and other terms of a series of the Preferred Stock or the Preferred Stock as a class that are set forth herein may be waived on behalf of all holders of such series of Preferred Stock or the Preferred Stock as a class by the affirmative written consent or vote of (i) in the case of the Series A Preferred Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the Series A Preferred Stock as a class that are then outstanding, (ii) in the case of the Series B Preferred Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the shares of the Series B Preferred Stock as a class that are then outstanding, (iii) in the case of any other series of Preferred Stock, the holders of at least a majority of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock or such Preferred Stock as a class that are then outstanding, treating any convertible Preferred Stock as-if converted to Common Stock.

 

9.                                       Notice of Record Date .   In the event:

 

(a)                                  the Corporation shall set a record of the holders of its Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) for the purpose of entitling or enabling them to receive any dividend or other distribution, or to receive any right to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities, or to receive any other security; or

 

(b)                                  of any capital reorganization of the Corporation, any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Corporation, or any Deemed Liquidation Event; or

 

(c)                                   of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation,

 

then, and in each such case, the Corporation will send or cause to be sent to the holders of the Preferred Stock a notice specifying, as the case may be, (i) the record date for such dividend, distribution or subscription right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or subscription right, or (ii) the effective date on which such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up is proposed to take place, and the time, if any is to be fixed, as of which the holders of record of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock) shall be entitled to exchange their shares of Common Stock (or such other capital stock or securities) for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, transfer, dissolution, liquidation or winding-up, and the amount per share and character of such exchange applicable to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock.  Such notice shall be sent (A) at least 20 days prior to the earlier of the record date or effective date for the event specified in such notice or (B) such fewer number of days as may be approved the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock acting as a single class on an as-converted basis.

 

27



 

10.                                Notices .   Except as otherwise provided herein, any notice required or permitted by the provisions of this Article IV to be given to a holder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be mailed, postage prepaid, to the post office address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, given by the holder to the Corporation for the purpose of notice or given by electronic communication in compliance with the provisions of the General Corporation Law, and shall be deemed sent upon such mailing or electronic transmission.  If no such address appears or is given, notice shall be deemed given at the place where the principal executive office of the Corporation is located.

 

ARTICLE V PREEMPTIVE RIGHTS .

 

No stockholder of the Corporation shall have a right to purchase shares of capital stock of the Corporation sold or issued by the Corporation except to the extent that such a right may from time to time be set forth in a written agreement between the Corporation and any stockholder.

 

ARTICLE VI STOCK REPURCHASES .

 

In accordance with Section 500 of the California Corporations Code, a distribution can be made without regard to any preferential dividends arrears amount (as defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code) or any preferential rights amount (as defined in Section 500 of the California Corporations Code) in connection with (i) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries upon termination of their employment or services pursuant to agreements providing for the right of said repurchase, (ii) repurchases of Common Stock issued to or held by employees, officers, directors or consultants of the Corporation or its subsidiaries pursuant to rights of first refusal contained in agreements providing for such right, (iii) repurchases of Common Stock or Preferred Stock in connection with the settlement of disputes with any stockholder, or (iv) any other repurchase or redemption of Common Stock or Preferred Stock approved by the holders of Preferred Stock of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII BYLAW PROVISIONS .

 

A.                                     AMENDMENT OF BYLAWS.   Subject to any additional vote required by this Restated Certificate or the Bylaws, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board is expressly authorized to make, repeal, alter, amend and rescind any or all of the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

B.                                     NUMBER OF DIRECTORS.  Subject to any additional vote required by this Restated Certificate, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be determined in the manner set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

C.                                     BALLOT.  Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

 

D.                                     MEETINGS AND BOOKS.   Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws of the Corporation may provide.  The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board or in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

28



 

ARTICLE VIII DIRECTOR LIABILITY .

 

A.                                     LIMITATION.   To the fullest extent permitted by law, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VIII to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law as so amended.  Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

 

B.                                     INDEMNIFICATION.  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers and agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which General Corporation Law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification, as the Board may approve) through Bylaw provisions, agreements with such agents or other persons, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the General Corporation Law.

 

C.                                     MODIFICATION.  Any amendment, repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect any right or protection of any director, officer or other agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE IX CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES .

 

The Corporation renounces, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “ Excluded Opportunity ” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X CREDITOR AND STOCKHOLDER COMPROMISES

 

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of §291 of Title 8 of the General Corporation Law or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver

 

29



 

or receivers appointed for this Corporation under §279 of Title 8 of the General Corporation Law order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs.  If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as a consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

 

*  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *  *

 

30




Exhibit 3.3

 

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

a Delaware Corporation

 

BYLAWS

 

As Adopted June 24, 2013

 

 



 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

a Delaware Corporation

 

BYLAWS

 

As Adopted June 24, 2013

 

ARTICLE I:  STOCKHOLDERS

 

Section 1.1:                                Annual Meetings .  Unless members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board ”) are elected by written consent in lieu of an annual meeting, as permitted by Section 211 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “ DGCL ”) and these Bylaws, an annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors at such date and time as the Board shall each year fix.  The meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine.  Any proper business may be transacted at the annual meeting.

 

Section 1.2:                                Special Meetings .  Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the holders of shares of the Corporation that are entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the total number of votes entitled to be cast by all stockholders at such meeting, or by a majority of the “ Whole Board ,” which shall mean the total number of authorized directors, whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.  Special meetings may not be called by any other person or persons.  If a special meeting of stockholders is called by any person or persons other than by a majority of the members of the Board, then such person or persons shall request such meeting by delivering a written request to call such meeting to each member of the Board, and the Board shall then determine the time and date of such special meeting, which shall be held not more than one hundred twenty (120) days nor less than thirty-five (35) days after the written request to call such special meeting was delivered to each member of the Board.  The special meeting may be held either at a place, within or without the State of Delaware, or by means of remote communication as the Board in its sole discretion may determine.

 

Section 1.3:                                Notice of Meetings .  Notice of all meetings of stockholders shall be given in writing or by electronic transmission in the manner provided by law (including, without limitation, as set forth in Section 7.1.1 of these Bylaws) stating the date, time and place, if any, of the meeting and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called.  Unless otherwise required by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”), such notice shall be given not less than ten (10), nor more than sixty (60), days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Section 1.4:                                Adjournments .  The chairperson of the meeting shall have the power to adjourn the meeting to another time, date and place (if any).  Any meeting of stockholders may adjourn from time to time, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, date and place (if any) thereof and the means of remote communications (if any) by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such

 



 

adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided , however , that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, then a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.  At the adjourned meeting the Corporation may transact any business that might have been transacted at the original meeting.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Board may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special or annual meeting of stockholders before it is to be held, in which case notice shall be provided to the stockholders of the new date, time and place, if any, of the meeting as provided in Section 1.3 above.

 

Section 1.5:                                Quorum .  At each meeting of stockholders the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, unless otherwise required by applicable law.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting may adjourn the meeting.  Shares of the Corporation’s stock belonging to the Corporation (or to another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of such other corporation are held, directly or indirectly, by the Corporation), shall neither be entitled to vote nor be counted for quorum purposes; provided , however , that the foregoing shall not limit the right of the Corporation or any other corporation to vote any shares of the Corporation’s stock held by it in a fiduciary capacity and to count such shares for purposes of determining a quorum.

 

Section 1.6:                                Organization .  Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by such person as the Board may designate, or, in the absence of such a person, the Chairperson of the Board, or, in the absence of such person, the President of the Corporation, or, in the absence of such person, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, at the meeting.  Such person shall be chairperson of the meeting and, subject to Section 1.11 hereof, shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seems to him or her to be in order.  The Secretary of the Corporation shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 1.7:                                Voting; Proxies .  Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders, or to take corporate action by written consent without a meeting, may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy.  Such a proxy may be prepared, transmitted and delivered in any manner permitted by applicable law.  Except as may be required in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.  Unless otherwise provided by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, every matter other than the election of directors shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the shares of stock entitled to vote on such matter that are present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and are voted for or against the matter.

 

2



 

Section 1.8:                                Fixing Date for Determination of Stockholders of Record .

 

1.8.1                      Generally .  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or to take corporate action by written consent without a meeting, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may fix, except as otherwise required by law, in advance, a record date, which shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board and which shall not be more than sixty (60), nor less than ten (10), days before the date of such meeting, nor, except as provided in Section 1.8.2 below, more than sixty (60) days prior to any other action.  If no record date is fixed by the Board, then the record date shall be as provided by applicable law.  To the fullest extent provided by law, a determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

1.8.2                      Stockholder Request for Action by Written Consent .  Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent without a meeting shall, by written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation, request the Board to fix a record date for such consent.  Such request shall include a brief description of the action proposed to be taken.  Unless a record date has previously been fixed by the Board for the written consent pursuant to this Section 1.8, the Board shall, within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date.  Such record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, then the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation as required by law.  If no record date has been fixed by the Board and prior action by the Board is required by applicable law, then the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the date on which the Board adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

Section 1.9:                                List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote .  A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either on a reasonably accessible electronic network as permitted by law (provided that the information required to gain access to the list is provided with the notice of the meeting) or during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  If the meeting is held at a location where stockholders may attend in person, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present at the meeting.  If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the

 

3



 

whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access the list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 1.10:                         Action by Written Consent of Stockholders .

 

1.10.1               Procedure .  Unless otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed in the manner permitted by law by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, to its principal place of business or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to the agent of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  Written stockholder consents shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent in the manner permitted by law and shall be delivered to the Corporation as provided in Section 1.10.2 below.  No written consent shall be effective to take the action set forth therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by law, written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take the action set forth therein are delivered to the Corporation in the manner required by law.

 

1.10.2               Form of Consent .  A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxy holder, or a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxy holder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (a) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxy holder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder or proxy holder and (b) the date on which such stockholder or proxy holder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission.  The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed.  No consent given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded.  Delivery made to a Corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.  Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board.  Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all

 

4



 

purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

1.10.3               Notice of Consent .  Prompt notice of the taking of corporate action by stockholders without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent of the stockholders shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented thereto in writing and, who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting, if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation as required by law.  If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under the DGCL (the “ Certificate of Action ”) if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then if the DGCL so requires, the certificate so filed shall state, in lieu of any statement required by the DGCL concerning any vote of stockholders, that written stockholder consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

Section 1.11:                         Inspectors of Elections .

 

1.11.1               Applicability .  Unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation or by the DGCL, the following provisions of this Section 1.11 shall apply only if and when the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is: (a) listed on a national securities exchange; (b) authorized for quotation on an interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association; or (c) held of record by more than two thousand (2,000) stockholders.  In all other cases, observance of the provisions of this Section 1.11 shall be optional, and at the discretion of the Board.

 

1.11.2               Appointment .  The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors of election to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof.  The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act.  If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting.

 

1.11.3               Inspector’s Oath .  Each inspector of election, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of such inspector’s ability.

 

1.11.4               Duties of Inspectors .  At a meeting of stockholders, the inspectors of election shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share, (b) determine the shares represented at a meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting, and their count of all votes and ballots.  The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors.

 

1.11.5               Opening and Closing of Polls .  The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be

 

5



 

announced by the chairperson of the meeting at the meeting.  No ballot, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise.

 

1.11.6               Determinations .  In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with those proxies, any information provided in connection with proxies in accordance with any information provided pursuant to Section 211(a)(2)(B)(i) of the DGCL, or Sections 211(e) or 212(c)(2) of the DGCL, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by the record owner to cast or more votes than the stockholder holds of record.  If the inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the inspectors at the time they make their certification of their determinations pursuant to this Section 1.11 shall specify the precise information considered by them, including the person or persons from whom they obtained the information, when the information was obtained, the means by which the information was obtained and the basis for the inspectors’ belief that such information is accurate and reliable.

 

ARTICLE II:  BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

Section 2.1:                                Number; Qualifications .  The Board shall consist of one or more members.  The initial number of directors shall be One (1), and, thereafter, unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be fixed from time to time by resolution of a majority of the Whole Board or the stockholders of the Corporation holding at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors.  No decrease in the authorized number of directors constituting the Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.  Directors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

 

Section 2.2:                                Election; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies .  The Board shall initially consist of the person or persons elected by the incorporator or named in the Corporation’s initial Certificate of Incorporation.  Each director shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders and until such director’s successor is elected and qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.  Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.  Subject to the rights of any holders of Preferred Stock then outstanding: (a) any director or the entire Board may be removed, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors and (b) any vacancy occurring in the Board for any reason, and any newly created directorship resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors to be elected by all stockholders having the right to vote as a single class, may be filled by the stockholders, by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director.

 

Section 2.3:                                Regular Meetings .  Regular meetings of the Board may be held at such places, within or without the State of Delaware, and at such times as the Board may from time to

 

6



 

time determine.  Notice of regular meetings need not be given if the date, times and places thereof are fixed by resolution of the Board.

 

Section 2.4:                                Special Meetings .  Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairperson of the Board, the President or a majority of the members of the Board then in office and may be held at any time, date or place, within or without the State of Delaware, as the person or persons calling the meeting shall fix.  Notice of the time, date and place of such meeting shall be given, orally, in writing or by electronic transmission (including electronic mail), by the person or persons calling the meeting to all directors at least four (4) days before the meeting if the notice is mailed, or at least twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting if such notice is given by telephone, hand delivery, telegram, telex, mailgram, facsimile, electronic mail or other means of electronic transmission.  Unless otherwise indicated in the notice, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

Section 2.5:                                Remote Meetings Permitted .  Members of the Board, or any committee of the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 2.6:                                Quorum; Vote Required for Action .  At all meetings of the Board a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.  If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time without further notice thereof.  Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Certificate of Incorporation, or required by law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.

 

Section 2.7:                                Organization .  Meetings of the Board shall be presided over by the Chairperson of the Board, or in such person’s absence by the President, or in such person’s absence by a chairperson chosen at the meeting.  The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in such person’s absence the chairperson of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 2.8:                                Written Action by Directors .  Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, respectively, in the minute books of the Corporation.  Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 2.9:                                Powers .  The Board may, except as otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, exercise all such powers and manage and direct all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation.

 

7



 

Section 2.10:                         Compensation of Directors .  Members of the Board, as such, may receive, pursuant to a resolution of the Board, fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including without limitation their services as members of committees of the Board.

 

ARTICLE III:  COMMITTEES

 

Section 3.1:                                Committees .  The Board may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation.  The Board may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting of such committee who are not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to the following matters: (a) approving, adopting, or recommending to the stockholders any action or matter (other than the election or removal of members of the Board) expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (b) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.2:                                Committee Rules .  Unless the Board otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board may make, alter and repeal rules for the conduct of its business.  In the absence of such rules each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board conducts its business pursuant to Article II of these Bylaws.

 

ARTICLE IV:  OFFICERS

 

Section 4.1:                                Generally .  The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a Chief Executive Officer (who may be the Chairperson of the Board or the President), a Secretary and a Treasurer and may consist of such other officers, including a Chief Financial Officer, Chief Technology Officer and one or more Vice Presidents, as may from time to time be appointed by the Board.  All officers shall be elected by the Board; provided , however , that the Board may empower the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint any officer other than the Chairperson of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Treasurer.  Each officer shall hold office until such person’s successor is appointed or until such person’s earlier resignation, death or removal.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person.  Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Corporation.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board.

 

Section 4.2:                                Chief Executive Officer .  Subject to the control of the Board and such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board, the powers and duties of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation are:

 

8



 

(a)                                  To act as the general manager and, subject to the control of the Board, to have general supervision, direction and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation;

 

(b)                                  Subject to Article I, Section 1.6, to preside at all meetings of the stockholders;

 

(c)                                   Subject to Article I, Section 1.2, to call special meetings of the stockholders to be held at such times and, subject to the limitations prescribed by law or by these Bylaws, at such places as he or she shall deem proper; and

 

(d)                                  To affix the signature of the Corporation to all deeds, conveyances, mortgages, guarantees, leases, obligations, bonds, certificates and other papers and instruments in writing which have been authorized by the Board or which, in the judgment of the Chief Executive Officer, should be executed on behalf of the Corporation; to sign certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation; and, subject to the direction of the Board, to have general charge of the property of the Corporation and to supervise and control all officers, agents and employees of the Corporation.

 

The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board shall designate another officer to be the Chief Executive Officer.  If there is no President, and the Board has not designated any other officer to be the Chief Executive Officer, then the Chairperson of the Board shall be the Chief Executive Officer.

 

Section 4.3:                                Chairperson of the Board .  The Chairperson of the Board shall have the power to preside at all meetings of the Board and shall have such other powers and duties as provided in these Bylaws and as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.4:                                President .  The President shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated another officer as the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation.  Subject to the provisions of these Bylaws and to the direction of the Board, and subject to the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer (if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President), and subject to such supervisory powers and authority as may be given by the Board to the Chairperson of the Board, and/or to any other officer, the President shall have the responsibility for the general management and control of the business and affairs of the Corporation and the general supervision and direction of all of the officers, employees and agents of the Corporation (other than the Chief Executive Officer, if the Chief Executive Officer is an officer other than the President) and shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of President or that are delegated to the President by the Board.

 

Section 4.5:                                Vice President .  Each Vice President shall have all such powers and duties as are commonly incident to the office of Vice President, or that are delegated to him or her by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.  A Vice President may be designated by the Board to perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chief Executive Officer in the event of the Chief Executive Officer’s absence or disability.

 

9


 

Section 4.6:                                Chief Financial Officer .  The Chief Financial Officer shall be the Treasurer of the Corporation unless the Board shall have designated another officer as the Treasurer of the Corporation.  Subject to the direction of the Board and the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer shall perform all duties and have all powers that are commonly incident to the office of Chief Financial Officer.

 

Section 4.7:                                Treasurer .  The Treasurer shall have custody of all moneys and securities of the Corporation.  The Treasurer shall make such disbursements of the funds of the Corporation as are authorized and shall render from time to time an account of all such transactions.  The Treasurer shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Treasurer, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.8:                                Chief Technology Officer .  The Chief Technology Officer shall have responsibility for the general research and development activities of the Corporation, for supervision of the Corporation’s research and development personnel, for new product development and product improvements, for overseeing the development and direction of the Corporation’s intellectual property development and such other responsibilities as may be given to the Chief Technology Officer by the Board, subject to: (a) the provisions of these Bylaws; (b) the direction of the Board; (c) the supervisory powers of the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation; and (d) those supervisory powers that may be given by the Board to the Chairperson or Vice Chairperson of the Board.

 

Section 4.9:                                Secretary .  The Secretary shall issue or cause to be issued all authorized notices for, and shall keep, or cause to be kept, minutes of all meetings of the stockholders and the Board.  The Secretary shall have charge of the corporate minute books and similar records and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as are commonly incident to the office of Secretary, or as the Board or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe.

 

Section 4.10:                         Delegation of Authority .  The Board may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

Section 4.11:                         Removal .  Any officer of the Corporation shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board; provided that if the Board has empowered the Chief Executive Officer to appoint any Vice Presidents of the Corporation, then such Vice Presidents may be removed by the Chief Executive Officer.  Such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE V:  STOCK

 

Section 5.1:                                Certificates .  The shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided , however , that the Board may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock may be uncertificated shares.  Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such

 

10



 

certificate is surrendered to the Corporation (or the transfer agent or registrar, as the case may be).  Notwithstanding the adoption of such resolution by the Board, every holder of stock that is a certificated security shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairperson or Vice-Chairperson of the Board, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Corporation, certifying the number of shares owned by such stockholder in the Corporation.  Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were an officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.  If any holder of uncertificated shares elects to receive a certificate, the Corporation (or the transfer agent or registrar, as the case may be) shall, to the extent permitted under applicable law and rules, regulations and listing requirements of any stock exchange or stock market on which the Corporation’s shares are listed or traded, cease to provide annual statements indicating such holder’s holdings of shares in the Corporation.

 

Section 5.2:                                Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Stock Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates .  The Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock, or uncertificated shares, in the place of any certificate previously issued by it, alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed, and the Corporation may require the owner of the lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or such owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the Corporation and/or to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it, against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

 

Section 5.3:                                Other Regulations .  The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of stock certificates and uncertificated securities shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board may establish.

 

ARTICLE VI:  INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 6.1:                                Indemnification of Officers and Directors .  Each person who was or is made a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a “ Proceeding ”), by reason of the fact that such person (or a person of whom such person is the legal representative), is or was a member of the Board or officer of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor (as defined below) or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation or a Reincorporated Predecessor as a member of the board of directors, officer or trustee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans (for purposes of this Article VI, an “ Indemnitee ”), shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes and penalties

 

11



 

and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith, provided such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.  Such indemnification shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitees’ heirs, executors and administrators.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any such Indemnitee seeking indemnity in connection with a Proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee only if such Proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board or such indemnification is authorized by an agreement approved by the Board.  As used herein, the term the “ Reincorporated Predecessor ” means a corporation that is merged with and into the Corporation in a statutory merger where (a) the Corporation is the surviving corporation of such merger; (b) the primary purpose of such merger is to change the corporate domicile of the Reincorporated Predecessor to Delaware.

 

Section 6.2:                                Advance of Expenses .  The Corporation shall pay all expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by such an Indemnitee in defending any such Proceeding as they are incurred in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that (a) if the DGCL then so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by such an Indemnitee in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately by final judicial decision from which there is no appeal that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VI or otherwise; and (b) the Corporation shall not be required to advance any expenses to a person against whom the Corporation directly brings a claim, in a Proceeding, alleging that such person has breached such person’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation, committed an act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, or derived an improper personal benefit from a transaction.

 

Section 6.3:                                Non-Exclusivity of Rights .  The rights conferred on any person in this Article VI shall not be exclusive of any other right that such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote or consent of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.  Additionally, nothing in this Article VI shall limit the ability of the Corporation, in its discretion, to indemnify or advance expenses to persons whom the Corporation is not obligated to indemnify or advance expenses pursuant to this Article VI.

 

Section 6.4:                                Indemnification Contracts .  The Board is authorized to cause the Corporation to enter into indemnification contracts with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing indemnification or advancement rights to such person.  Such rights may be greater than those provided in this Article VI.

 

Section 6.5:                                Right of Indemnitee to Bring Suit .  The following shall apply to the extent not in conflict with any indemnification contract provided for in Section 6.4 above.

 

12



 

6.5.1                      Right to Bring Suit .  If a claim under Section 6.1 or 6.2 of this Article VI is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim.  If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit.  In (a) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (b) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in applicable law.

 

6.5.2                      Effect of Determination .  Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit.

 

6.5.3                      Burden of Proof .  In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article VI, or otherwise, shall be on the Corporation.

 

Section 6.6:                                Nature of Rights .  The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this Article VI shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of the Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.  Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VI that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or an Indemnitee’s successors shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any right or protection conferred on a person pursuant to this Article VI and existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

 

ARTICLE VII:  NOTICES

 

Section 7.1:                                Notice .

 

7.1.1                      Form and Delivery .  Except as otherwise specifically required in these Bylaws (including, without limitation, Section 7.1.2 below) or by law, all notices required to be given pursuant to these Bylaws shall be in writing and may, (a) in every instance in connection with

 

13



 

any delivery to a member of the Board, be effectively given by hand delivery (including use of a delivery service), by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram, cablegram, overnight express courier, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission and (b) be effectively be delivered to a stockholder when given by hand delivery, by depositing such notice in the mail, postage prepaid or, if specifically consented to by the stockholder as described in Section 7.1.2 of this Article VII by sending such notice by telegram, cablegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission.  Any such notice shall be addressed to the person to whom notice is to be given at such person’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.  The notice shall be deemed given (a) in the case of hand delivery, when received by the person to whom notice is to be given or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, (b) in the case of delivery by mail, upon deposit in the mail, (c) in the case of delivery by overnight express courier, when dispatched, and (d) in the case of delivery via telegram, cablegram, facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission, when dispatched.

 

7.1.2                      Electronic Transmission .  Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given in accordance with Section 232 of the DGCL.  Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation.  Any such consent shall be deemed revoked if (a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent, or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided , however , the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.  Notice given pursuant to this Section 7.1.2 shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by any other form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.

 

7.1.3                      Affidavit of Giving Notice .  An affidavit of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or of the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that the notice has been given in writing or by a form of electronic transmission shall, in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts stated therein.

 

Section 7.2:                                Waiver of Notice .  Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.  Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special

 

14



 

meeting of the stockholders, directors or members of a committee of directors need be specified in any waiver of notice.

 

ARTICLE VIII:  INTERESTED DIRECTORS

 

Section 8.1:                                Interested Directors .  No contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its members of the Board or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization in which one or more of its directors or officers are members of the board of directors or officers, or have a financial interest, shall be void or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the Board or committee thereof that authorizes the contract or transaction, or solely because his, her or their votes are counted for such purpose, if: (a) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the Board or the committee, and the Board or committee in good faith authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; (b) the material facts as to his, her or their relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or (c) the contract or transaction is fair as to the Corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the Board, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.

 

Section 8.2:                                Quorum .  Interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Board or of a committee which authorizes the contract or transaction.

 

ARTICLE IX:  MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.1:                                Fiscal Year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board.

 

Section 9.2:                                Seal .  The Board may provide for a corporate seal, which may have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall otherwise be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board.

 

Section 9.3:                                Form of Records .  Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be kept on or by means of, or be in the form of, diskettes, CDs, or any other information storage device or method, provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time.  The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to any provision of the DGCL.

 

Section 9.4:                                Reliance upon Books and Records .  A member of the Board, or a member of any committee designated by the Board shall, in the performance of such person’s duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of the Corporation’s officers or employees, or committees of the Board, or by any other person as to

 

15



 

matters the member reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.

 

Section 9.5:                                Certificate of Incorporation Governs .  In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation shall govern.

 

Section 9.6:                                Severability .  If any provision of these Bylaws shall be held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, then such provision shall nonetheless be enforced to the maximum extent possible consistent with such holding and the remaining provisions of these Bylaws (including without limitation, all portions of any section of these Bylaws containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation, that are not themselves invalid, illegal, unenforceable or in conflict with the Certificate of Incorporation) shall remain in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE X:  AMENDMENT

 

Unless otherwise required by the Certificate of Incorporation, stockholders of the Corporation holding at least a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote at an election of directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws.  To the extent provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board shall also have the power to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

 


 

16



 

CERTIFICATION OF BYLAWS
OF
LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.
a Delaware Corporation

 

I, Joshua H. Bilenker, certify that I am Secretary of Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Corporation ”), that I am duly authorized to make and deliver this certification, that the attached Bylaws are a true and complete copy of the Bylaws of the Corporation in effect as of the date of this certificate.

 

Dated:  June 24, 2013

 

 

 

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

Joshua H. Bilenker, Secretary

 




Exhibit 4.2

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of April 24, 2014 by and among Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “ Investor ,” any Additional Purchaser that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.14 hereof and any holder of a Lender Warrant that becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.14 hereof.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors have entered into that certain Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), which provides for, among other things, the purchase by certain of the Investors of shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Series B Preferred Stock ”);

 

WHEREAS , in connection with such Purchase Agreement, and to induce the Investors to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the parties hereto desire to amend and restate that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated September 19, 2013 (the “ Prior Investors’ Rights Agreement ”)  in order to govern the rights of the Investors to cause the Company to register shares of Common Stock issuable to the Investors, to receive certain information from the Company, and to participate in future equity offerings by the Company, and to govern certain other matters as set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS .   For purposes of this Agreement:

 

Additional Purchaser ” has the meaning provided in the Purchase Agreement.

 

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Person, or any other Person who or which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person including without limitation any general partner, managing partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.  For purposes of this definition, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ,” or “ under common control with ” shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of (a) the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, or (b) the power to elect or appoint at least fifty percent (50%) of the directors, managers, general partners, or persons exercising similar authority with respect to such Person.

 



 

Automatic Shelf Registration Statement ” shall have the meaning given to that term in SEC Rule 405.

 

Budget ” shall have the meaning given to that term in Section 2.1.1.

 

business day ” means a weekday on which banks are open for general banking business in New York, New York.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Common Stoc k ” means shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

 

Damages ” means any loss, damage, or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, and any free-writing prospectus and any issuer information (as defined in Rule 433 of the Securities Act) filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act or any other document incident to such registration prepared by or on behalf of the Company or used or referred to by the Company; (b) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (c) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.

 

Demand Notice ” means notice sent by the Company to the Holders specifying that a demand registration has been requested as provided in Section 3.1.1.

 

Derivative Securities ” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.

 

Deemed Liquidation Event ” has the meaning set forth for such term in the certificate of incorporation of the Company most recently filed with the Delaware Secretary of State that contains such a definition, whether or not the holders of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock elect otherwise by written notice sent to the Company as provided in such definition.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Excluded Registration ” means (a) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to an equity incentive,  stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (b) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (c) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities;

 

2



 

or (d) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.

 

Form S-1 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.

 

Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

 

Free Writing Prospectus ” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

Fully Exercising Investor ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.

 

Holder ” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.

 

Immediate Family Member ” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.

 

Initiating Holders ” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.

 

Investor Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.2.

 

IPO ” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.

 

Lender Registrable Securities ” means (a) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon the exercise of any Lender Warrant and (b) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock issuable or issued pursuant to the exercise of any Lender Warrant; provided , however , that before the holder of any Lender Warrant shall be entitled to exercise any rights under this Agreement, such holder must either (i) become a party to this Agreement as a “Lender” or (ii) agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement related to registration rights applicable to the Lender Registrable Securities in a separate written agreement between such holder and the Company (including, without limitation, in a Lender Warrant).

 

Lender Warrant ” means any warrant to purchase shares of capital stock of the Company issued to banks, equipment lessors or other financial institutions pursuant to a debt financing or equipment leasing transaction where the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) has approved the grant to the holder thereof of “piggyback” registration rights.

 

Major Investor ” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 20,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split,

 

3



 

stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof).

 

New Securities ” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, Derivative Securities and any rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for (in each case, directly or indirectly) such equity securities; provided however , that “New Securities shall exclude:  (a) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Restated Certificate); (b) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO; and (c) shares of Series B Preferred Stock issued to Additional Purchasers pursuant to Section 1.3 of the Purchase Agreement.

 

Offer Notice ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

Pro Rata Amount ” means, for each Major Investor, that portion of the New Securities identified in an Offer Notice which equals the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Major Investor bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities).

 

Registrable Securities ” means (a) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of shares of the Preferred Stock held by the Investors, or any other shares of Common Stock held by the Investors; (b) the Lender Registrable Securities, provided , however , that such Lender Registrable Securities shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Lenders shall not be deemed Holders for the purposes of Sections 2.1, 2.2, 3.1, 3.10, 4 and 7.6; and (c) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (a) through (c) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 7.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 3 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 6.2 of this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall in no event be obligated to register any Preferred Stock of the Company, and Holders of Registrable Securities will not be required to convert their Preferred Stock into Common Stock in order to exercise the registration rights granted hereunder, until immediately before the closing of the offering to which the registration relates.

 

Registrable Securities then outstanding ” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.

 

4



 

Restated Certificate ” means the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation (as may be amended from time to time).

 

Restricted Securities ” means the securities of the Company required to bear the legend set forth in Section 3.12.2 hereof.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

SEC Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

SEC Rule 145 ” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

SEC Rule 405 ” means Rule 405 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 3.6.

 

Selling Holder Counsel ” means one counsel for the selling Holders.

 

Series A-1 Holder ” means Array BioPharma Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any of its permitted transferee.

 

Series A Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

 

Series A-1 Preferred Stock ” means shares of the Company’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

 

Series B Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

 

Standoff Period ” means the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the IPO and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days).

 

Stock Sale ” means a sale by the Company’s stockholders, in one transaction or series of related transactions, of equity securities that represent, immediately prior to such transaction or transactions, at least a majority by voting power of the equity securities of the Company pursuant to an agreement approved by the Board and entered into by the Company.

 

Voting Preferred Stock ” means the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.

 

5



 

2.                                       INFORMATION RIGHTS .

 

2.1                                Delivery of Financial Statements .

 

2.1.1                      Information to be Delivered .  The Company shall deliver the following to each Major Investor:

 

(a)                                  As soon as practicable, but in any event within ninety (90) days of being made available to the Company after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the Company shall deliver, (i) a balance sheet as of the end of such year, (ii) statements of income and of cash flows for such year for such year, and (iii) a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, all of which shall be unaudited and prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (x) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (y) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP), provided , however , that upon approval of the Board, such financial statements shall be audited and certified by independent public accountants of nationally recognized standing selected by the Company.

 

(b)                                  As soon as practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company the Company shall deliver, unaudited statements of income and of cash flows for such fiscal quarter, and an unaudited balance sheet and a statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such fiscal quarter, all prepared in accordance with GAAP (except that such financial statements may (i) be subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and (ii) not contain all notes thereto that may be required in accordance with GAAP).

 

(c)                                   As soon as practicable, but in any event thirty (30) days before the end of each fiscal year the Company shall deliver, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, approved by the Board and prepared on a monthly basis, including balance sheets, income statements, and statements of cash flow for such months (the “ Budget ”) and, promptly after prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company.

 

(d)                                  Solely with respect to Major Investors other than the Series A-1 Holder, such other information relating to the financial condition, business, prospects, or corporate affairs of the Company as any such Major Investor may from time to time reasonably request; provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated under this Section 2.1(d)  to provide information (i) that the Company reasonably determines in good faith to be a trade secret or confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form acceptable to the Company) or (ii) the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

2.1.2                      Consolidation .  If, for any period, the Company has any subsidiary whose accounts are consolidated with those of the Company, then in respect of such period the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 2.1.1 shall be the consolidated and consolidating financial statements of the Company and all such consolidated subsidiaries.

 

2.1.3                      Suspension or Termination .  Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 2.1 to the contrary but subject to Section 5.1, the Company may cease providing the

 

6



 

information set forth in this Section 2.1 during the period starting with the date sixty (60) days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 2.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

2.2                                Inspection .   The Company shall permit each Major Investor other than the Series A-1 Holder, at such Major Investor’s expense, and on such Major Investor’s written request, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties; examine its books of account and records; and discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, and accounts with its officers, during normal business hours of the Company as may be reasonably requested by the Major Investor.  In addition, the Company shall provide to each of the Major Investors a (i) copy of any reports, including any communications with shareholders or the financial community, the Company’s accountants and business consultants may prepare, or which any governmental agencies and authorities may prepare in respect of the Company (if the Company receives copies of any such reports), and (ii) notice of any event which might have a significant effect on the Company’s business or financial condition or on the Major Investors’ investment in the Company, including the initiation of any legal action against the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information that it reasonably and in good faith considers to be confidential information (unless covered by an enforceable confidentiality agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to the Company), a trade secret or the disclosure of which would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

2.3                                Confidentiality .   Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Section 2 unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 2.3 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided , however , that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to its attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any existing Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, but only if such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iii) as may otherwise be required by law if the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.

 

2.4                                Notice of Financing Events .   For as long as the Special Series A-1 Adjustment Termination Date (as defined in the Restated Certificate) has not occurred, the Company (i) shall promptly notify the Series A-1 Holder of any equity financing or convertible debt financing by the Company following the date hereof and (ii) shall provide the Series A-1

 

7



 

Holder on a quarterly basis with a capitalization table showing the capitalization of the Company at the end of each calendar quarter (each such notification, a “ Capitalization Notice ”). Each Capitalization Notice shall state the calculation of any resulting adjustment to the conversion price of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock and show the capitalization of the Company on both an outstanding shares basis and a fully-diluted basis, and be accompanied any other reasonably requested supporting information.

 

3.                                       REGISTRATION RIGHTS .

 

3.1                                Demand Registration .

 

3.1.1                      Form S-1 Demand If at any time after the earlier of (a) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (b) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to any Registrable Securities then outstanding (and the Registrable Securities subject to such request have an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $10,000,000), then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) use commercially reasonable efforts to as soon as practicable, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days after the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 3.1.3, Section 3.1.4 and Section 3.3.

 

3.1.2                      Form S-3 Demand .  If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from any Holder of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $750,000, then the Company shall (a) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (b) use commercially reasonable efforts to as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Section 3.1.3 and Section 3.3.

 

3.1.3                      Delay .  Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 3.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (a) materially

 

8



 

interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (b) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (c) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than ninety (90) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided , however , that (i) the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period and (ii) the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such ninety (90) day period other than an Excluded Registration.

 

3.1.4                      Limitations .  Without limiting Section 3.2, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 3.1.1:  (a) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (b) after the Company has effected three (3) registrations pursuant to Section 3.1.1; or (c) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 3.1.2.  Without limiting Section 3.2, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 3.1.2:  (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided, that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or (ii) if the Company has effected two (2) registrations pursuant to Section 3.1.2 within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request.  A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 3.1.4 until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one registration on Form S-1 or S-3, as applicable, pursuant to Section 3.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 3.1.4.

 

3.2                                Company Registration .   If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration.  Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 3.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration.  The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 3.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.  The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 3.6.

 

9



 

3.3                                Underwriting Requirements .

 

3.3.1                      Inclusion .  If, pursuant to Section 3.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 3.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice.  The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company, subject only to the reasonable approval of the holders of a majority of Registrable Securities held by the Initiating Holders.  In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting.  All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 3.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned or held by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided , however , that the number of Registrable Securities owned or held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.

 

3.3.2                      Underwriter Cutback .  In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 3.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters.  If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering.  If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned or held by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders.  To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (a) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering or (b) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below 30% of the total

 

10


 

number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering.  For purposes of the provision in this Section 3.3.2 concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned or held by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

3.3.3                      Registration Not Effected .  For purposes of Section 3.1, a registration shall not be counted as “effected” if, as a result of an exercise of the underwriter’s cutback provisions in Section 3.3.1, fewer than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of Registrable Securities that Holders have requested to be included in such registration statement are actually included.

 

3.4                                Obligations of the Company .   Whenever required under this Section 3 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)                                  prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as promptly as practicable, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided , however , that (i) such 120-day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration, and (ii) in the case of any registration of Registrable Securities on Form S-3 that are intended to be offered on a continuous or delayed basis, subject to compliance with applicable SEC rules, such 120-day period shall be extended for up to two hundred and forty-five (245) days, if necessary, to keep the registration statement effective until all such Registrable Securities are sold;

 

(b)                                  prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, the prospectus and, if required, any Free Writing Prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

 

(c)                                   furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus and any Free Writing Prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;

 

(d)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of

 

11



 

such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

 

(e)                                   in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;

 

(f)                                    use its reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

 

(g)                                   provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;

 

(h)                                  promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;

 

(i)                                      notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed;

 

(j)                                     after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus;

 

(k)                                  use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain for the underwriters one or more “cold comfort” letters, dated the effective date of the related registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), signed by the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by “cold comfort” letters;

 

(l)                                      use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain for the underwriters on the date such securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale pursuant to such registration a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein

 

12



 

(including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature;

 

(m)                              to the extent the Company is a well-known seasoned issuer (as defined in SEC Rule 405) at the time any request for registration is submitted to the Company in accordance with Section 3.1, if so requested, file an Automatic Shelf Registration Statement to effect such registration; and

 

(n)                                  if at any time when the Company is required to re-evaluate its well-known seasoned issuer status for purposes of an outstanding Automatic Shelf Registration Statement used to effect a request for registration in accordance with Section 3.1.2 the Company determines that it is not a well-known seasoned issuer and (i) the registration statement is required to be kept effective in accordance with this Agreement and (ii) the registration rights of the applicable Holders have not terminated, use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly amend the registration statement on a form the Company is then eligible to use or file a new registration statement on such form, and keep such registration statement effective in accordance with the requirements otherwise applicable under this Agreement.

 

3.5                                Furnish Information .   It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 3 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.

 

3.6                                Expenses of Registration .   All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 3, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one Selling Holder Counsel shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided , however , that (a) the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 3.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 3.1.1 or Section 3.1.2, as the case may be, and (b) if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company not known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Section 3.1.1 or Section 3.1.2.  All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 3 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.

 

3.7                                Delay of Registration .   No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the

 

13



 

result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 3.

 

3.8                                Indemnification .   If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 3:

 

3.8.1                      Company Indemnification .  To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.8.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.

 

3.8.2                      Selling Holder Indemnification .  To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided , however , that (a) the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 3.8.2 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and (b) in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Sections 3.8.2 and 3.8.4 exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

3.8.3                      Procedures .  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 3.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section

 

14



 

3.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof.  The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided , however , that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action.  The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 3.8, solely to the extent that such failure prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action.

 

3.8.4                      Contribution .  To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either (a) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 3.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 3.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (b) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 3.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided , however , that:

 

(i)                                      in any such case, (A) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (B) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and

 

(ii)                                   in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 3.8.4, when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 3.8.2, exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses) paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.

 

15



 

3.8.5                      Underwriting Agreement Controls .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

3.8.6                      Survival .  Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 3.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 3, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

3.9                                Reports under the Exchange Act .   With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:

 

(a)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;

 

(b)                                  use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

(c)                                   furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).

 

3.10                         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights .   From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder to include such securities in any registration if such agreement (a) would allow such holder or prospective holder to include a portion of its securities in any “piggyback” registration if such inclusion could reduce the number of Registrable Securities that selling Holders could be entitled to include in such registration under Sections 3.2 and 3.3.2 hereof or (b) would allow such holder or prospective holder to initiate a demand for registration of any of

 

16



 

its securities at a time earlier than the Holders of Registrable Securities can demand registration under Section 3.1 hereof.  This Section 3.10 shall not apply with respect to the grant of “piggyback” registration rights to a holder of a Lender Warrant.

 

3.11                         “Market Stand-off” Agreement Each Holder hereby agrees that, during the Standoff Period, such Holder will not, without the prior written consent of the Company or the managing underwriter,

 

(a)                                  lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock, held immediately before the effective date of the registration statement for such offering; or

 

(b)                                  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (a) or (b) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise.

 

The foregoing provisions of this Section 3.11 shall apply only to the IPO and shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors, and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock) are similarly bound.  For purposes of this Section 3.11, the term “Company” shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company into which the Company merges or consolidates.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section 3.11 and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to such shares until the end of such period.  The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 3.11 and shall have the right, power, and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.  Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 3.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.

 

3.12                         Restrictions on Transfer .

 

3.12.1               Agreement Binding .  The Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities shall not be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.  A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of the Preferred Stock and the Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.

 

17



 

3.12.2               Legends .  Each certificate or instrument representing (a) the Preferred Stock, (b) the Registrable Securities, and (c) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (a) and (b), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 3.12.3) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF.  NO TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.

 

The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 3.12.

 

3.12.3               Procedure .  The holder of each certificate representing Restricted Securities, by acceptance thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 3.  Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer.  Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (a) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (b) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (c) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company.  The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (i) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144 or (ii) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 3.12.  Each certificate or instrument evidencing the Restricted Securities transferred

 

18



 

as above provided shall bear, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 3.12.2, except that such certificate shall not bear such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.  Until the IPO, no Holder shall transfer any Restricted Securities to any person or entity that is determined to be a competitor of the Company, in the good faith judgment of the Board; provided, however, that this provision shall not restrict a transfer by the Series A-1 Holder , in connection with a change in control or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Series A-1 Holder, provided that the acquirer or surviving entity in such change in control or sale of assets shall agree to assume and to become bound by the obligations of the Series A-1 Holder under that certain Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement by and between the Company and certain stockholders of even date herewith, that certain Voting Agreement by and between the Company and certain of its stockholders of even date herewith and this Agreement.

 

4.                                       RIGHTS TO FUTURE STOCK ISSUANCES .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to sell any New Securities, the Company shall offer to sell a portion of New Securities to each Major Investor as described in this Section 4.  A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first refusal hereby granted to it among itself and its Affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate.  The right of first refusal in this Section 4 shall not be applicable with respect to any Major Investor, if at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Major Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act.

 

4.1                                Company Notice .   The Company shall give notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to each Major Investor, stating (a) its bona fide intention to sell such New Securities, (b) the number of such New Securities to be sold and (c) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to sell such New Securities.

 

4.2                                Investor Right .   By written notice (the “ Investor Notice ”) to the Company within twenty (20) days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to such Major Investor’s Pro Rata Amount.  In addition, each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all of its Pro Rata Amount (each, a “ Fully Exercising Investor ”) may, in the Investor Notice, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to its Pro Rata Amount, a portion of the New Securities, if any, for which other Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that are not subscribed for by such Major Investors.  The amount of such overallotment that each Fully Exercising Investor shall be entitled to purchase is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares.  A Major Investor’s election may be conditioned on the consummation of the transaction described in the Offer Notice.  The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall occur on the earlier of one hundred and twenty (120) days after the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.3.

 

19



 

4.3                                Sale of Securities .   If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 4.2, the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4.2, offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice.  If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 4.

 

4.4                                Alternate Procedure .   Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in lieu of complying with the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2, the Company may elect to give notice to the Major Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of New Securities.  Such notice shall describe the type, price, and terms of the New Securities, and the identities of the Persons to whom the New Securities were sold.  Each Major Investor shall have twenty (20) days after the date the Company’s notice is given to elect, by giving notice to the Company, to purchase up to the number of New Securities that such Major Investor would otherwise have the right to purchase pursuant to Section 4.2 above had the Company complied with the provisions of Sections 4.1 and 4.2 in connection with the issuance of such New Securities under the terms and conditions set forth in the Company’s notice pursuant to this Section 4.4.  Any Major Investors electing to purchase such New Securities shall also have rights of oversubscription to purchase New Securities that were purchasable by other Major Investors pursuant to the foregoing sentence but were not so purchased, and such rights of oversubscription shall be apportioned in a manner consistent with the apportionment among Fully Exercising Investors described in Section 4.2.  The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date notice is given to the Major Investors.

 

5.                                       ADDITIONAL COVENANTS .

 

5.1                                Insurance .   Effective as of the date hereof, the Company shall have in place Directors and Officers liability insurance covering up to $3,000,000 by a financially sound and reputable insurer , and will use commercially reasonable efforts to at all times cause such insurance policies to be maintained until such time as the Board determines that such insurance should be discontinued.  In the event the Company merges with another entity and is not the surviving corporation, or transfers all of its assets, proper provisions shall be made so that successors of the Company assume the Company’s obligations with respect to indemnification of Directors and Officers.

 

5.2                                Partial Liquidation Event Repurchase Right for Series A-1 Preferred Stock .

 

5.2.1                      Repurchase Right . In the event the Company proposes to make a distribution of proceeds from a Partial Liquidation Event (as defined in the Restated Certificate) (such distribution, a “ Partial Liquidation Distribution ”), the Company shall first give notice to each holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock of the anticipated date and amount of such Partial Liquidation Distribution (such notice, the “ Partial Liquidation Event Notice ”).  Subject to Section 5.2.2, each holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall have the right (the “ Partial

 

20


 

Liquidation Repurchase Right ”) to require the Company to purchase for the Repurchase Price (as defined below) a number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock then held by such holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock equal to (i) the amount that would have been distributed to such holder pursuant to Section 2.1 (Preferential Payments to Holders of Preferred Stock) of the Restated Certificate with respect to such holder’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock if (notwithstanding Section 1.3 of the Restated Certificate) the Series A-1 Preferred Stock was entitled to participate in such Partial Liquidation Distribution (such amount, the “ Repurchase Price ”) divided by (ii) the Series A-1 Liquidation Price (as defined in the Restated Certificate for purposes of Section 2.1 of the Restated Certificate) of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

5.2.2                      Exercise of the Partial Liquidation Repurchase Right .  A holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock may exercise the Partial Liquidation Repurchase Right at any time within seven (7) business days of delivery by the Company of the Partial Liquidation Event Notice, by delivering written notice of the exercise of its Partial Liquidation Repurchase Right to the Company (the “ Exercise Notice ”).  If a holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock fails to deliver an Exercise Notice to the Company within seven (7) business days after delivery by the Company of the Partial Liquidation Event Notice, then such holder shall be deemed to have declined to exercise the Partial Liquidation Repurchase Right, and shall have no further rights pursuant to this Section 5.2 with respect to the Partial Liquidation Event described in the Partial Liquidation Event Notice.  The Exercise Notice shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and set forth the wiring instructions of such holder, indicate the date on which such purchase is to be effected (the “ Exercise Date ”), such date to be no less than ten (10) business days, but no more than fifteen (15) business days, after the date of such Exercise Notice, and contain representations and warranties from such holder that (i) such holder holds all right, title and interest in the shares to be repurchased pursuant to its exercise of the Partial Liquidation Repurchase Right free and clear of any pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or other restriction on their marketability, and (ii) such holder has independently and without reliance upon the Company, and based on such information and advice of such advisors as such holder has deemed appropriate, made its own analysis and decision to elect to exercise its Partial Liquidation Repurchase Right.

 

5.2.3                      Payment and Delivery .  On the Exercise Date, the exercising holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall deliver to the Company one or more stock certificates representing the shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock to be sold (which certificates shall be accompanied by an assignment separate from certificate duly executed by such holder) or an affidavit of loss in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, against delivery to such holder by the Company of the Repurchase Price to be paid by cash, cashier’s check, certified check or other immediately available funds in accordance with instructions provided by such exercising holder of Series A-1 Preferred Stock. In the event fewer than all of the shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock held by an exercising holder are being purchased by the Company, the Company shall promptly deliver to such holder a stock certificate evidencing the remaining shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock held by such holder.

 

5.3                                Employment Agreements .   The Company will cause each person now or hereafter employed by it or by any subsidiary (or engaged by the Company or any subsidiary as a consultant/independent contractor) to enter into a nondisclosure and proprietary rights assignment agreement providing that such person (i) is an at-will employee or

 

21



 

consultant/independent contractor, (ii) will maintain all Company confidential information in confidence, (iii) will assign to the Company all inventions created by such person as an employee or consultant/independent contractor during such person’s employment or service to the Company, and (iv) will not disclose any information related to the Company’s work force and will not solicit any employees from the Company for a period of twelve (12) months after termination of employment or service to the Company for any reason.  Additionally, each Key Employee shall enter into a non-competition agreement.

 

5.4                                Employee Stock .   Unless otherwise approved by the Board, all future employees and consultants of the Company who purchase, receive options to purchase, or receive awards of shares of the Company’s capital stock after the date hereof shall be required to execute restricted stock or option agreements, as applicable, providing for (i) vesting of shares over a four (4) year period, with the first twenty-five percent (25%) of such shares vesting following twelve (12) months of continued employment or service, and the remaining shares vesting in equal quarterly installments over the following thirty-six (36) months (subject to continued employment or service), (ii) a market stand-off provision substantially similar to that in Section 3.11, and (iii) a repurchase right in favor of the Company upon termination of employment (at the lower of cost or fair market value).  In addition, unless otherwise approved by the Board, the Company shall retain a “right of first refusal” on employee transfers until the IPO and shall have the right to repurchase unvested shares at a price equal to the lower of cost or fair market value upon termination of employment of a holder of restricted stock. All option grants to employees or consultants of the Company shall require the approval of the Board including at least two Preferred Stock Directors (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

 

5.5                                Board of Directors .   The Board shall meet at least quarterly in accordance with an agreed-upon schedule.  The Company shall reimburse the non-employee directors and board observers for all reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board and committees thereof and any other activities (e.g., meetings, trade shows, etc.) which are required and/or requested by the Board or the Company.  The Company shall cause to be established, as soon as practicable after the date hereof (and in any event within sixty (60) days), and will maintain, (i) an audit committee of the Board, which shall consist solely of non-management directors, and (ii) a compensation committee of the Board for the purposes of, among other things, reviewing and determining the compensation of the Company’s executive officers, which shall consist solely of non-management directors and shall include at least one director designated by the holders of Series A Preferred Stock and one director designated by the holders of Series B Preferred Stock.  The composition of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of each direct and indirect subsidiary of the Company shall be identical to the Board.  The Company shall enter into a customary indemnification agreement with each of its directors and board observers, including any directors serving as a replacement director for a designee appointed pursuant to Section 1.2 of the Amended and Restated Voting Agreement entered into by the Company and the Investors as of even date hereof.

 

5.6                                Right to Conduct Activities .   The Company hereby agrees and acknowledges that New Enterprise Associates 14, Limited Partnership (together with its Affiliates (including, for the purposes herein, Sara Nayeem and her Affiliates), “ NEA ”) is a professional venture investment fund, and as such invests in numerous portfolio companies,

 

22



 

some of which may be deemed competitive with the Company’s business (as currently conducted or as may be conducted in the future).  The Company hereby agrees that, to the extent permitted under applicable law, NEA shall not be liable to the Company for any claim arising out of, or based upon (i) the investment by NEA in any entity competitive with the Company, or (ii) actions taken by any partner, officer or other representative of NEA to assist any such competitive company, whether or not such action was taken as a member of the board of directors of such competitive company or otherwise, and whether or not such action has a detrimental effect on the Company; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not relieve (x) any of the Investors from liability associated with the unauthorized disclosure of the Company’s confidential information obtained pursuant to this Agreement, or (y) any director or officer of the Company from any liability associated with his or her fiduciary duties to the Company.

 

6.                                       TERMINATION .

 

6.1                                Generally .   The covenants set forth in Section 2.1, Section 2.2 and Section 4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the earliest to occur of: (a) immediately before the consummation of the IPO; (b) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; or (c) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event or a Stock Sale.

 

6.2                                Registration Rights .   The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:  (a) when all of such Holder’s Registrable Securities could be sold without any restriction on volume or manner of sale in any three-month period under SEC Rule 144 or any successor; (b) upon a Deemed Liquidation Event or a Stock Sale; and (c) the seventh (7th) anniversary of the IPO.

 

7.                                       GENERAL PROVISIONS .

 

7.1                                Successors and Assigns . The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (a) is an Affiliate, partner, member, limited partner, retired or former partner, retired or former member, or stockholder of a Holder or such Holder’s Affiliate; (b) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; (c) after such transfer, holds at least two percent (2%) of the shares of Registrable Securities (or if the transferring Holder owns less than two percent (2%) of the Registrable Securities, then all Registrable Securities held by the transferring Holder); or (d) is a venture capital fund that is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners or managing partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, the Holder; provided , however , that (i) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (ii) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 3.11.  For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (A) that is an Affiliate, limited partner, retired or former partner, member, retired or former member, or stockholder of a Holder or such Holder’s Affiliate; (B) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (C) that is a trust for the benefit

 

23



 

of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.

 

7.2                                Governing Law .   This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws.

 

7.3                                Counterparts; Facsimil e .   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.  This Agreement may also be executed and delivered by facsimile signature and in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

7.4                                Titles and Subtitles .   The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

7.5                                Notices .   All notices, requests, and other communications given, made or delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given, made or delivered upon the earlier of actual receipt or:  (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (b) when sent, if sent by facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such address or facsimile number as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 7.5.  If notice is given to the Company, it shall be sent to 2711 Centerville Road Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, marked “Attention: Chief Executive Officer”; and a copy (which shall not constitute notice) shall also be sent to Fenwick & West LLP, 555 California Street, 12th Floor, San Francisco, California 94104, Attn: Matthew Rossiter.  If no facsimile number is listed on Schedule A for a party (or above in the case of the Company), notices and communications given or made by facsimile shall not be deemed effectively given to such party.

 

7.6                                Amendments and Waivers .   This Agreement may only be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument executed by the Company and (a) with respect to Sections 2 and 4 and any other provision of this Agreement to the extent such provision pertains to Section 2 or 4, the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding and held by the Major Investors, which must include a majority of the Voting Preferred Stock then outstanding voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis; provided, however, that any Major Investor participating in a sale of any

 

24



 

New Securities by the Company shall not be entitled to waive the preemptive rights of the other Major Investors under Section 4, or (b) with respect to Sections 3 and 5 and any other provision of this Agreement to the extent such provision pertains to Section 3 or 5, the holders of a majority of Registrable Securities then outstanding, which must include a majority of the Voting Preferred Stock then outstanding voting together as a single class on an as-converted basis; provided that (i) the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 3.12 (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Section 3.12 shall be deemed to be a waiver); (ii) any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party; (iii) the Company may, without the consent or approval of any other party hereto, cause additional persons to become party to this Agreement as Investors or Lenders pursuant to Section 7.14 hereto, or as an Investor if a transferee of an Investor and required to become a party to this Agreement, and amend Schedule A hereto accordingly; (iv) for so long as the Series A-1 Holder continues to hold shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Section 2.4 or Section 5.2 may not be amended or waived in a manner that adversely alters or changes the rights afforded to the Series A-1 Holder thereunder without the prior written consent of the Series A-1 Holder; and (v) for so long as NEA continues to hold shares of Series B Preferred Stock (or Common Stock issued on conversion thereof), Section 5.6 may not be amended or waived without the prior written consent of NEA.  Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 7.6 shall be binding on each party hereto and all of such party’s successors and permitted assigns, regardless of whether or not any such party, successor or assignee entered into or approved such amendment, termination, or waiver. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an amendment or waiver alters or changes the rights or obligations of any Investor under this Agreement so as to affect such Investor materially and adversely, but does not so affect all Investors as a group, then such amendment or waiver shall not be binding on the adversely-affected Investor without its separate written consent. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.

 

7.7                                Severability .   In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

7.8                                Aggregation of Stock .   All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.

 

7.9                                Entire Agreement .   This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties is expressly canceled and replaced with this Agreement.

 

25



 

7.10                         Third Parties .  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and assigns, any rights or remedies under or by reason of this Agreement.

 

7.11                         Delays or Omissions .   No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring.  All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

7.12                         Dispute Resolution .   The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the federal or state courts located in the Southern District of New York for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the federal or state courts located in the Southern District of New York, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that a party is not subject to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution based upon judgment or order of such court(s), that any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement commenced in the federal or state courts located in the Southern District of New York is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of such suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.  Should any party commence a suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement in a forum other than the federal or state courts located in the Southern District of New York, or should any party otherwise seek to transfer or dismiss such suit, action or proceeding from such court(s), that party shall indemnify and reimburse the other party for all legal costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this provision.

 

7.13                         Attorneys’ Fees .   If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the non-prevailing party shall pay all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party, including, without limitation, all reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

7.14                         Additional Investors and Lenders .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock after the date hereof, any purchaser of such shares of Series B Preferred Stock may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder except that such Investor shall not be granted registration rights pursuant to Section 3 hereof without the written consent of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.  In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues any Lender Warrant, any recipient of a Lender Warrant may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement, and thereafter shall be deemed a “Lender” for all purposes hereunder.  No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional

 

26



 

Investor or Lender, so long as such additional Investor or Lender has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” or a “Lender” hereunder, as applicable.

 

7.15                         Prior Investors’ Rights Agreement Superseded .  The undersigned who are parties to the Prior Investors’ Rights Agreement hereby restate the Prior Investors’ Rights Agreement to read in its entirety as set forth in this Agreement, such that the Prior Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby terminated and entirely replaced and superseded by this Agreement

 

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

27


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

COMPANY :

 

 

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS :

 

 

 

AISLING CAPITAL III, LP

 

 

 

By:

Aisling Capital Partners III, LP

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

Aisling Capital Partners III LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lloyd Appel

 

 

 

 

Name:

Lloyd Appel

 

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS :

 

 

 

ORBIMED PRIVATE INVESTMENTS V, LP

 

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Capital GP V LLC

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

OrbiMed Advisors LLC

 

 

its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jonathan T. Silverstein

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jonathan T. Silverstein

 

 

 

 

Title:

General Partner

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS :

 

 

 

AI LOXO HOLDINGS, LLC

 

 

 

By:

Access Industries Management, LLC

 

 

(its Manager)

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Alejandro Moreno

 

 

Name: Alejandro Moreno

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter L. Thorén

 

 

Name: Peter L. Thorén

 

 

Title: Executive Vice President

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS :

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Avi Naider

 

Name:

Avi Naider

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS :

 

 

 

NEW ENTERPRISE ASSOCIATES 14, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By:

NEA Partners 14, Limited Partnership

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

NEA 14 GP, LTD

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Louis S. Citron

 

 

 

 

Name:

Louis S. Citron

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chief Legal Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

NEA VENTURES 2014, LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Louis S. Citron

 

 

 

 

Name:

Louis S. Citron

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice President

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

INVESTORS :

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sara Nayeem

 

Name:

Sara Nayeem

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 


 

SCHEDULE A

 

List of Investors

 

Name and Address of Investor

 

Number of
Shares of Series
A Preferred
Stock Initially
Held

 

Number of
Shares of Series
A-1 Preferred
Stock Initially
Held

 

Number of
Shares of
Series B
Preferred
Stock Initially
Held

 

Aisling Capital III, LP
888 Seventh Avenue, 30th Floor
New York, New York 10106
Attn: Dov Goldstein
Fax: 212 651 6379
and

Aisling Capital III, L.P.
888 Seventh Avenue, 30th Floor
New York, NY 10106
Attn: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: 212 651 6379

With a required copy to:

McDermott Will & Emery LLP
340 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10173-1922
Attn: Todd Finger
Fax: 212 547 5444

 

1,500,000

 

 

324,455

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Array BioPharma Inc.
3200 Walnut Street
Boulder, Colorado 80301
Attention: Chief Financial Officer
Fax: 303 381 6652

 

 

320,451

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AI Loxo Holdings, LLC
c/o Access Industries, Inc.
730 Fifth Avenue
New York, NY 10019
Attention General Counsel
Fax: (212) 977-8112

 

720,000

 

 

155,738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

OrbiMed Private Investments V, LP
601 Lexington Avenue

 

1,000,000

 

 

216,303

 

 



 

New York, NY 10022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MultiPoint Capital, LLC
1521 Alton Road #433
Miami Beach, FL 33139
Attn: Gayatri Sondhi
Fax: 305 675 0563

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Avi Naider
3397 Hollywood Oaks Drive
Hollywood, FL 33312
Fax:  (954) 734-8601

 

40,000

 

 

8,652

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New Enterprise Associates 14, Limited Partnership
c/o New Enterprise Associates
1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600
Timonium, MD 21093

 

 

 

997,537

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NEA Ventures 2014, Limited Partnership
c/o New Enterprise Associates
1954 Greenspring Drive, Suite 600
Timonium, MD 21093

 

 

 

1,784

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sara Nayeem
c/o New Enterprise Associates
5425 Wisconsin Ave., Suite 800
Chevy Chase, MD 20815

 

 

 

713

 

TOTALS:

 

3,300,000

 

320,451

 

1,705,182

 

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

As Adopted on July 2, 2013
As Amended on November 15, 2013
As Amended on April 23, 2014

 

1.             PURPOSE .   The purpose of this Plan is to provide incentives to attract, retain and motivate eligible persons whose present and potential contributions are important to the success of the Company, its Parent and Subsidiaries by offering eligible persons an opportunity to participate in the Company’s future performance through the grant of Awards covering Shares.  Capitalized terms not defined in the text are defined in Section 14 hereof.  Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701, grants may be made pursuant to this Plan that do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o).  Any requirement of this Plan that is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply if the Committee so provides.

 

2.             SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN .

 

2.1          Number of Shares Available .  Subject to Sections 2.2 and 11 hereof, the total number of Shares reserved and available for grant and issuance pursuant to this Plan will be 954,813 Shares.  Subject to Sections 2.2, 4.10 and 11 hereof, Shares subject to Awards that are cancelled, forfeited, settled in cash or that expire by their terms will again be available for grant and issuance in connection with other Awards.  At all times the Company will reserve and keep available a sufficient number of Shares as will be required to satisfy the requirements of all Awards granted and outstanding under this Plan.

 

2.2          Adjustment of Shares .  In the event that the number of outstanding shares of the Company’s Common Stock is changed by a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, subdivision, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company without consideration, then (a) the number of Shares reserved for issuance under this Plan, (b) the Exercise Prices of and number of Shares subject to outstanding Options and SARS, and (c) the Purchase Prices of and/or number of Shares subject to other outstanding Awards will be proportionately adjusted, subject to any required action by the Board or the stockholders of the Company and compliance with applicable securities laws; provide d , however , that fractions of a Share will not be issued but will either be paid in cash at the Fair Market Value of such fraction of a Share or will be rounded down to the nearest whole Share, as determined by the Committee; and provided , further , that the Exercise Price of any Option or SAR may not be decreased to below the par value of the Shares.

 

3.             PLAN FOR BENEFIT OF SERVICE PROVIDERS

 

3.1          Eligibility .   The Committee will have the authority to select persons to receive Awards. ISOs (as defined in Section 4 hereof) may be granted only to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company or of a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  NQSOs (as defined in Section 4 hereof) and all other types of Awards may be granted to employees, officers, directors and consultants of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company; provided such consultants render bona fide services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction when Rule 701 is to apply to the Award granted for such services.  A person may be granted more than one Award under this Plan.

 

1



 

3.2          No Obligation to Employ .   Nothing in this Plan or any Award granted under this Plan will confer or be deemed to confer on any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or to continue any other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary to terminate Participant’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

 

4.             OPTIONS .   The Committee may grant Options to eligible persons described in Section 3 hereof and will determine whether such Options will be Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of the Code (“ ISOs ”) or Nonqualified Stock Options (“ NQSOs ”), the number of Shares subject to the Option, the Exercise Price of the Option, the period during which the Option may be exercised, and all other terms and conditions of the Option, subject to the following.

 

4.1          Form of Option Grant .  Each Option granted under this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement which will expressly identify the Option as an ISO or an NQSO (“ Stock Option Agreement ”), and will be in such form and contain such provisions (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee may from time to time approve, and which will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

 

4.2          Date of Grant .  The date of grant of an Option will be the date on which the Committee makes the determination to grant such Option, unless a later date is otherwise specified by the Committee.  The Stock Option Agreement and a copy of this Plan will be delivered to the Participant within a reasonable time after the granting of the Option.

 

4.3          Exercise Period .  Options may be exercisable immediately but subject to repurchase pursuant to Section 10 hereof or may be exercisable within the times or upon the events determined by the Committee as set forth in the Stock Option Agreement governing such Option; provided , however , that (a) no Option will be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date the Option is granted; and (b) no ISO granted to a person who directly or by attribution owns more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any Parent or Subsidiary (“ Ten Percent Shareholder ”) will be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date the ISO is granted.  The Committee also may provide for Options to become exercisable at one time or from time to time, periodically or otherwise, in such number of Shares or percentage of Shares as the Committee determines.

 

4.4          Exercise Price .  The Exercise Price of an Option will be determined by the Committee when the Option is granted and shall not be less than the Fair Market Value per Share unless expressly determined in writing by the Committee on the Option’s date of grant; provided that the Exercise Price of an ISO granted to a Ten Percent Shareholder will not be less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of grant.  Payment for the Shares purchased must be made in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

 

4.5          Method of Exercise .  Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written stock option exercise agreement (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) in a form approved by the Committee (which need not be the same for each Participant).  The Exercise Agreement will state (a) the number of Shares being purchased, (b) the restrictions imposed on the Shares purchased under such Exercise Agreement, if any, and (c) such representations and agreements regarding Participant’s investment intent and access to information and other matters, if any, as may be required or desirable by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws.  Each Participant’s Exercise Agreement may be modified by (i) agreement of Participant and the Company or (ii) substitution by the Company, upon becoming a public company, in order to add the payment terms set forth in Section 8.1 that apply to a public company and such other terms as shall be necessary or advisable in order to exercise a public

 

2



 

company option.  Upon exercise of an Option, Participant shall execute and deliver to the Company the Exercise Agreement then in effect, together with payment in full of the Exercise Price for the number of Shares being purchased and payment of any applicable taxes.

 

4.6          Termination .  Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 11 and 13.1 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Stock Option Agreement, exercise of an Option will always be subject to the following terms and conditions.

 

4.6.1       Other than Death or Disability or for Cause .  If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee.  Such Options must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond three (3) months after the Termination Date deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the Options.

 

4.6.2       Death or Disability .  If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participant’s Options may be exercised only to the extent that such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee.  Such options must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the Vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee, with any exercise beyond (a) three (3) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for any reason other than the Participant’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, or (b) twelve (12) months after the Termination Date when the Termination is for Participant’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, deemed to be an NQSO) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the Options.

 

4.6.3       For Cause .  If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s Options, but not to an extent greater than such Options are exercisable as to Vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s Options shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

 

4.7          Limitations on Exercise .  The Committee may specify a reasonable minimum number of Shares that may be purchased on any exercise of an Option, provided that such minimum number will not prevent Participant from exercising the Option for the full number of Shares for which it is then exercisable.

 

4.8          Limitations on ISOs .  The aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of Shares with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or under any other incentive stock option plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) will not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).  If the Fair Market Value of Shares on the date of grant with respect to which ISOs are exercisable for the first time by a Participant during any calendar year exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the Options for the first One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) worth of Shares to become

 

3



 

exercisable in such calendar year will be ISOs and the Options for the amount in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) that become exercisable in that calendar year will be NQSOs.  In the event that the Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder are amended after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 13.1 hereof) to provide for a different limit on the Fair Market Value of Shares permitted to be subject to ISOs, then such different limit will be automatically incorporated herein and will apply to any Options granted after the effective date of such amendment.

 

4.9          Modification, Extension or Renewal .  The Committee may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options and authorize the grant of new Options in substitution therefor, provided that any such action may not, without the written consent of a Participant, impair any of such Participant’s rights under any Option previously granted.  Any outstanding ISO that is modified, extended, renewed or otherwise altered will be treated in accordance with Section 424(h) of the Code.  Subject to Section 4.10 hereof, the Committee may reduce the Exercise Price of outstanding Options without the consent of Participants by a written notice to them; provided , however , that the Exercise Price may not be reduced below the minimum Exercise Price that would be permitted under Section 4.4  hereof for Options granted on the date the action is taken to reduce the Exercise Price; provided , further , that the Exercise Price will not be  reduced below the par value of the Shares, if any.

 

4.10        No Disqualification .  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, no term of this Plan relating to ISOs will be interpreted, amended or altered, nor will any discretion or authority granted under this Plan be exercised, so as to disqualify this Plan under Section 422 of the Code or, without the consent of the Participant, to disqualify any Participant’s ISO under Section 422 of the Code.  In no event shall the total number of Shares issued (counting each reissuance of a Share that was previously issued and then forfeited or repurchased by the Company as a separate issuance) under the Plan upon exercise of ISOs exceed 20,000,000 Shares (adjusted in proportion to any adjustments under Section 2.2 hereof) over the term of the Plan.

 

5.             RESTRICTED STOCK .   A Restricted Stock Award is an offer by the Company to sell to an eligible person Shares that are subject to certain specified restrictions.  The Committee will determine to whom an offer will be made, the number of Shares the person may purchase, the Purchase Price, the restrictions to which the Shares will be subject, and all other terms and conditions of the Restricted Stock Award, subject to the following terms and conditions.

 

5.1          Form of Restricted Stock Award .  All purchases under a Restricted Stock Award made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement (“ Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement ”) that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.  The Restricted Stock Award will be accepted by the Participant’s execution and delivery of the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement and full payment for the Shares to the Company within thirty (30) days from the date the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement is delivered to the person.  If such person does not execute and deliver the Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement along with full payment for the Shares to the Company within such thirty (30) days, then the offer will terminate, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

5.2          Purchase Price .  The Purchase Price of Shares sold pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award will be determined by the Committee on the date the Restricted Stock Award is granted or at the time the purchase is consummated.  Payment of the Purchase Price must be made in accordance with Section 8 hereof.

 

4


 

5.3          Restrictions .  Restricted Stock Awards may be subject to the restrictions set forth in Sections 9 and 10 hereof or, with respect to a Restricted Stock Award to which Section 25102(o) is to apply, such other restrictions not inconsistent with Section 25102(o).

 

6.             RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS .

 

6.1          Awards of Restricted Stock Units .  A Restricted Stock Unit (“ RSU ”) is an Award covering a number of Shares that may be settled in cash, or by issuance of those Shares at a date in the future.  No Purchase Price shall apply to an RSU settled in Shares other than the payment of the aggregate par value of all Shares issuable upon such settlement. All grants of Restricted Stock Units will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

 

6.2          Form and Timing of Settlement .  To the extent permissible under applicable law, the Committee may permit a Participant to defer payment under a RSU to a date or dates after the RSU is earned, provided that the terms of the RSU and any deferral satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (or any successor) and any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.  Payment may be made in the form of cash or whole Shares or a combination thereof, all as the Committee determines.

 

7.             STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS .

 

7.1          Awards of SARs .  Stock Appreciation Rights (“ SARs ”) may be settled in cash, or Shares (which may consist of Restricted Stock or RSUs), having a value equal to the value determined by multiplying the difference between the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price and the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is being settled.  All grants of SARs made pursuant to this Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will be in such form (which need not be the same for each Participant) as the Committee will from time to time approve, and will comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan.

 

7.2          Exercise Period and Expiration Date .  A SAR will be exercisable within the times or upon the occurrence of events determined by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement governing such SAR.  The Award Agreement shall set forth the Expiration Date; provided that no SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date the SAR is granted.

 

7.3          Exercise Price .  The Committee will determine the Exercise Price of the SAR when the SAR is granted, and which may not be less than the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and may be settled in cash or in Shares.

 

7.4          Termination .  Subject to earlier termination pursuant to Sections 11 and 13.1 hereof and notwithstanding the exercise periods set forth in the Award Agreement, exercise of SARs will always be subject to the following terms and conditions.

 

7.4.1       Other than Death or Disability or for Cause .  If the Participant is Terminated for any reason other than death, Disability or for Cause, then the Participant may exercise such Participant’s SARs only to the extent that such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares upon the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee.  SARs must be exercised by the Participant, if at all, as to all or some of the vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within three (3) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than thirty (30) days, or within such longer time period, not exceeding

 

5



 

five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee) but in any event, no later than the expiration date of the SARs.

 

7.4.2       Death or Disability .  If the Participant is Terminated because of Participant’s death or Disability (or the Participant dies within three (3) months after a Termination other than for Cause), then Participant’s SARs may be exercised only to the extent that such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares by Participant on the Termination Date or as otherwise determined by the Committee. Such SARs must be exercised by Participant (or Participant’s legal representative or authorized assignee), if at all, as to all or some of the vested Shares calculated as of the Termination Date or such other date determined by the Committee, within twelve (12) months after the Termination Date (or within such shorter time period, not less than six (6) months, or within such longer time period, not exceeding five (5) years, after the Termination Date as may be determined by the Committee) but in any event no later than the expiration date of the SARs.

 

7.4.3       For Cause .  If the Participant is terminated for Cause, the Participant may exercise such Participant’s SARs, but not to an extent greater than such SARs are exercisable as to vested Shares upon the Termination Date and Participant’s SARs shall expire on such Participant’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as are determined by the Committee.

 

8.             PAYMENT FOR PURCHASES AND EXERCISES .

 

8.1          Payment in General .  Payment for Shares acquired pursuant to this Plan may be made in cash (by check) or, where expressly approved for the Participant by the Committee and where permitted by law:

 

(a)       by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to the Participant;

 

(b)       by surrender of shares of the Company that are clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests and: (i) for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (ii) that were obtained by Participant in the public market;

 

(c)       by tender of a full recourse promissory note having such terms as may be approved by the Committee and bearing interest at a rate sufficient to avoid imputation of income under Sections 483 and 1274 of the Code; provided , however , that Participants who are not employees or directors of the Company will not be entitled to purchase Shares with a promissory note unless the note is adequately secured by collateral other than the Shares; provided , further , that the portion of the Exercise Price or Purchase Price, as the case may be, equal to the par value of the Shares must be paid in cash or other legal consideration permitted by the laws under which the Company is then incorporated or organized;

 

(d)       by waiver of compensation due or accrued to the Participant from the Company for services rendered;

 

(e)       by participating in a formal cashless exercise program implemented by the Committee in connection with the Plan;

 

(f)        subject to compliance with applicable law and solely in the discretion of the Committee, by exercising as set forth below, provided that a public market for the Company’s Common Stock exists:

 

6



 

(i)            through a “same day sale” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Award and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price directly to the Company; or

 

(ii)           through a “margin” commitment from the Participant and a broker-dealer whereby the Participant irrevocably elects to exercise the Award and to pledge the Shares so purchased to the broker-dealer in a margin account as security for a loan from the broker-dealer in the amount of the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price or Purchase Price directly to the Company; or

 

(g)       by any combination of the foregoing or any other method of payment approved by the Committee.

 

8.2          Withholding Taxes .

 

8.2.1       Withholding Generally .  Whenever Shares are to be issued in satisfaction of Awards granted under this Plan, the Company may require the Participant to remit to the Company an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable tax withholding requirements prior to the delivery of any certificate or certificates for such Shares.  Whenever, under this Plan, payments in satisfaction of Awards are to be made in cash by the Company, such payment will be net of an amount sufficient to satisfy applicable tax withholding requirements.

 

8.2.2       Stock Withholding .  When, under applicable tax laws, a Participant incurs tax liability in connection with the exercise or vesting of any Award that is subject to tax withholding and the Participant is obligated to pay the Company the amount required to be withheld, the Committee may in its sole discretion allow the Participant to satisfy the minimum tax withholding obligation by electing to have the Company withhold from the Shares to be issued up to the minimum number of Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined that is not more than the minimum amount to be withheld; but in no event will the Company withhold Shares if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company.  Any elections by a Participant to have Shares withheld for this purpose will be made in accordance with the requirements established by the Committee for such elections and be in writing in a form acceptable to the Committee.

 

9.             RESTRICTIONS ON AWARDS .

 

9.1          Transferability .   Except as permitted by the Committee, Awards granted under this Plan, and any interest therein, will not be transferable or assignable by Participant, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to an inter vivos or testamentary trust in which the NQSOs are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor), or by gift to “family member” as that term is defined in Rule 701, and may not be made subject to execution, attachment or similar process.  During the lifetime of the Participant an Award will be exercisable only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative and any elections with respect to an Award may be made only by the Participant or Participant’s legal representative. The terms of an Option shall be binding upon the executor, administrator, successors and assigns of the Participant who is a party thereto.

 

7


 

9.2          Securities Law and Other Regulatory Compliance .   Although this Plan is intended to be a written compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, grants may be made pursuant to this Plan that do not qualify for exemption under Rule 701 or Section 25102(o).  Any requirement of this Plan which is required in law only because of Section 25102(o) need not apply with respect to a particular Award to which Section 25102(o) will not apply.  An Award will not be effective unless such Award is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Award and also on the date of exercise or other issuance.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for Shares under this Plan prior to (a) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Company determines are necessary or advisable, and/or (b) compliance with any exemption, completion of any registration or other qualification of such Shares under any state or federal law or ruling of any governmental body that the Company determines to be necessary or advisable.  The Company will be under no obligation to register the Shares with the SEC or to effect compliance with the exemption, registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Company will have no liability for any inability or failure so do.

 

9.3          Exchange and Buyout of Awards .   The Committee may, at any time or from time to time, authorize the Company, with the consent of the respective Participants, to issue new Awards in exchange for the surrender and cancellation of any or all outstanding Awards.  The Committee may at any time buy from a Participant an Award previously granted with payment in cash, Shares (including Restricted Stock) or other consideration, based on such terms and conditions as the Committee and the Participant may agree.

 

10.          RESTRICTIONS ON SHARES .

 

10.1        Privileges of Stock Ownership .  No Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares until such Shares are issued to the Participant.  After Shares are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such Shares, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such Shares; provided , that if such Shares are Restricted Stock, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such Shares by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Company will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock.  The Participant will have no right to retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to Unvested Shares that are repurchased as described in this Section 10.

 

10.2        Rights of First Refusal and Repurchase .  At the discretion of the Committee, the Company may reserve to itself and/or its assignee(s) in the Award Agreement (a) a right of first refusal to purchase all Shares that a Participant (or a subsequent transferee) may propose to transfer to a third party, provided that such right of first refusal terminates upon the Company’s initial public offering of Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act and (b) a right to repurchase Unvested Shares held by a Participant for cash and/or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness owed to the Company by the Participant following such Participant’s Termination at any time.

 

10.3        Escrow; Pledge of Shares To enforce any restrictions on a Participant’s Shares, the Committee may require the Participant to deposit all certificates representing Shares, together with stock powers or other instruments of transfer approved by the Committee, appropriately endorsed in blank, with the Company or an agent designated by the Company to hold in escrow until such restrictions

 

8



 

have lapsed or terminated.  The Committee may cause a legend or legends referencing such restrictions to be placed on the certificate. Any Participant who is permitted to execute a promissory note as partial or full consideration for the purchase of Shares under this Plan will be required to pledge and deposit with the Company all or part of the Shares so purchased as collateral to secure the payment of Participant’s obligation to the Company under the promissory note; provided , however , that the Committee may require or accept other or additional forms of collateral to secure the payment of such obligation and, in any event, the Company will have full recourse against the Participant under the promissory note notwithstanding any pledge of the Participant’s Shares or other collateral.  In connection with any pledge of the Shares, Participant will be required to execute and deliver a written pledge agreement in such form as the Committee will from time to time approve.  The Shares purchased with the promissory note may be released from the pledge on a pro rata basis as the promissory note is paid.

 

10.4        Securities Law Restrictions .   All certificates for Shares or other securities delivered under this Plan will be subject to such stock transfer orders, legends and other restrictions as the Committee may deem necessary or advisable, including restrictions under any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law, or any rules, regulations and other requirements of the SEC or any stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the Shares may be listed or quoted.

 

11.          CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS .

 

11.1                        Assumption or Replacement of Awards by Successor or Acquiring Entity .   If an Acquisition or Other Combination shall occur, then any or all outstanding Awards may be assumed, converted or replaced by the successor or acquiring entity (if any) of such Acquisition or Other Combination (or by any of its Parents, if any), which assumption, conversion or replacement will be binding on all Participants.  In the alternative, any successor or acquiring entity in such Acquisition or Other Combination (or any of its Parents, if any) may substitute equivalent awards for outstanding Awards or provide substantially similar consideration to Participants in respect of their outstanding Awards as was provided to stockholders of the Company in such Acquisition or Other Combination after taking into account the existing provisions of the outstanding Awards (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code).  Any successor or acquiring entity in such Acquisition or Other Combination (or any of its Parents, if any) may also substitute by issuing, in place of any Award of outstanding Shares of the Company held by a Participant, substantially similar shares of stock or other property subject to repurchase restrictions and other provisions no less favorable to such Participant than those that applied to such outstanding Shares immediately prior to such Acquisition or Other Combination.

 

11.2        Awards Not Assumed or Replaced in an Acquisition .   If, in the event of an Acquisition, neither the successor or acquiring entity (if any) nor any Parent (if any) of such successor or acquiring entity assumes, converts, replaces or substitutes outstanding Awards as provided above in Section 11.1, then notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan to the contrary, and unless otherwise approved by the Committee or otherwise required by the terms of any Award Agreement or any separate written agreement governing such Award that has been approved by the Board, each such Award that has not already terminated in accordance with the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement shall terminate, without accelerating vesting, immediately prior to the consummation of such Acquisition (or if such Acquisition is an Acquisition by Sale of Assets, immediately prior to the Company’s distribution of any funds or assets to the Company’s stockholders following such Acquisition by Sale of Assets) at such times and upon such conditions as the Committee may determine.

 

11.3        Assumption of Awards by the Company .  The Company, from time to time, also may substitute or assume outstanding awards granted by another entity, whether in connection with

 

9



 

an acquisition of such other entity or otherwise, by either (a) granting an Award under this Plan in substitution of such other entity’s award or (b) assuming and/or converting such award as if it had been granted under this Plan if the terms of such assumed award could be applied to an Award granted under this Plan.  Such substitution or assumption will be permissible if the holder of the substituted or assumed award would have been eligible to be granted an Award under this Plan if the other entity had applied the rules of this Plan to such grant.  In the event the Company assumes an award granted by another entity, the terms and conditions of such award will remain unchanged (except that the exercise price and the number and nature of shares issuable upon exercise of any such option or stock appreciation right, or any award that is subject to Section 409A of the Code, will be adjusted appropriately pursuant to Section 424(a) of the Code).  In the event the Company elects to grant a new Option or SAR rather than assuming an existing option or stock appreciation right, such new Option or SAR may be granted with a similarly adjusted Exercise Price.

 

12.          ADMINISTRATION .

 

12.1        Committee Authority .  This Plan will be administered by the Committee or the Board if no Committee is created by the Board.  Subject to the general purposes, terms and conditions of this Plan, and to the direction of the Board, the Committee will have full power to implement and carry out this Plan.  Without limitation, the Committee will have the authority to:

 

(a)       construe and interpret this Plan, any Award Agreement and any other agreement or document executed pursuant to this Plan;

 

(b)       prescribe, amend, expand, modify and rescind or terminate rules and regulations relating to this Plan;

 

(c)       approve persons to receive Awards;

 

(d)       determine the form and terms of Awards;

 

(e)       determine the number of Shares or other consideration subject to Awards granted under this Plan;

 

(f)        determine whether Awards will be granted singly, in combination with, in tandem with, in replacement of, or as alternatives to, other Awards under this Plan or awards under any other incentive or compensation plan of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(g)       grant waivers of any conditions of this Plan or any Award;

 

(h)       determine the terms of vesting, exercisability and payment of Awards to be granted pursuant to this Plan;

 

(i)        correct any defect, supply any omission, or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Award, any Award Agreement, any Exercise Agreement or any Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

(j)        determine whether an Award has been earned;

 

(k)       extend the vesting period beyond a Participant’s Termination Date; and

 

(l)        make all other determinations necessary or advisable in connection with the administration of this Plan.

 

12.2        Committee Composition and Discretion .  The Board may delegate full administrative authority over the Plan and Awards to a Committee consisting of at least one member of

 

10


 

the Board (or such greater number as may then be required by applicable law). Unless in contravention of any express terms of this Plan or Award, any determination made by the Committee with respect to any Award will be made in its sole discretion either (a) at the time of grant of the Award, or (b) subject to Section 4.9 hereof, at any later time.  Any such determination will be final and binding on the Company and on all persons having an interest in any Award under this Plan.  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority to grant an Award under this Plan, provided that each such officer is a member of the Board.

 

12.3        Nonexclusivity of the Plan .   Neither the adoption of this Plan by the Board, the submission of this Plan to the stockholders of the Company for approval, nor any provision of this Plan will be construed as creating any limitations on the power of the Board to adopt such additional compensation arrangements as it may deem desirable, including, without limitation, the granting of stock options and other equity awards otherwise than under this Plan, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

12.4        Governing Law This Plan and all agreements hereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

 

13.          EFFECTIVENESS, AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE PLAN .

 

13.1        Adoption and Stockholder Approval .   This Plan will become effective on the date that it is adopted by the Board (the “ Effective Date ”).  This Plan will be approved by the stockholders of the Company (excluding Shares issued pursuant to this Plan), consistent with applicable laws, within twelve (12) months before or after the Effective Date.  Upon the Effective Date, the Board may grant Awards pursuant to this Plan; provided , however , that:  (a) no Option or SAR may be exercised prior to initial stockholder approval of this Plan; (b) no Option or SAR granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board shall be exercised prior to the time such increase has been approved by the stockholders of the Company; (c) in the event that initial stockholder approval is not obtained within the time period provided herein, all Awards for which only the exemption from California’s securities qualification requirements provided by Section 25102(o) can apply shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Award shall be canceled and any purchase of such Shares issued hereunder shall be rescinded; and (d) Awards (to which only the exemption from California’s securities qualification requirements provided by Section 25102(o) can apply) granted pursuant to an increase in the number of Shares approved by the Board which increase is not approved by stockholders within the time then required under Section 25102(o) shall be canceled, any Shares issued pursuant to any such Awards shall be canceled, and any purchase of Shares subject to any such Award shall be rescinded.

 

13.2        Term of Plan .   Unless earlier terminated as provided herein, this Plan will terminate ten (10) years from the Effective Date or, if earlier, ten (10) years from the date of stockholder approval.

 

13.3        Amendment or Termination of Plan.   Subject to Section 4.9 hereof, the Board may at any time (a) terminate or amend this Plan in any respect, including without limitation amendment of any form of Award Agreement or instrument to be executed pursuant to this Plan and (b) terminate any and all outstanding Options or SARs upon a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, followed by the payment of creditors and the distribution of any remaining funds to the Company’s stockholders; provided , however , that the Board will not, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, amend this Plan in any manner that requires such stockholder approval pursuant to Section 25102(o) or

 

11



 

pursuant to the Code or the regulations promulgated under the Code as such provisions apply to ISO plans.

 

14.          DEFINITIONS .   For all purposes of this Plan, the following terms will have the following meanings.

 

Acquisition ,” for purposes of Section 11, means:

 

(a)           any consolidation or merger in which the Company is a constituent entity or is a party in which the voting stock and other voting securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such consolidation or merger represent, or are converted into, securities of the surviving entity of such consolidation or merger (or of any Parent of such surviving entity) that, immediately after the consummation of such consolidation or merger, together possess less than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all voting securities of such surviving entity (or of any of its Parents, if any) that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of such consolidation or merger;

 

(b)           a sale or other transfer by the holders thereof of outstanding voting stock and/or other voting securities of the Company possessing more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of all outstanding voting securities of the Company, whether in one transaction or in a series of related transactions, pursuant to an agreement or agreements to which the Company is a party and that has been approved by the Board, and pursuant to which such outstanding voting securities are sold or transferred to a single person or entity, to one or more persons or entities who are Affiliates of each other, or to one or more persons or entities acting in concert; or

 

(c)           the sale, lease, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Company and/or any Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (or, if substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole are held by one or more Subsidiaries, the sale or disposition (whether by consolidation, merger, conversion or otherwise) of such Subsidiaries of the Company), except where such sale, lease, transfer or other disposition is made to the Company or one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of the Company (an “ Acquisition by Sale of Assets ”).

 

“Affiliate” of a specified person means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the person specified (where, for purposes of this definition, the term “ control” (including the terms controlling , controlled by and under common control with ) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

Award ” means any award pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Plan, including any Option, Restricted Stock Unit, Stock Appreciation Right or Restricted Stock Award.

 

Award Agreement ” means, with respect to each Award, the signed written agreement between the Company and the Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of the Award as approved by the Committee.

 

Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cause ” means Termination because of (a) any willful, material violation by the Participant of any law or regulation applicable to the business of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the Participant’s conviction for, or guilty plea to, a felony or a crime involving moral

 

12



 

turpitude, or any willful perpetration by the Participant of a common law fraud, (b) the Participant’s commission of an act of personal dishonesty which involves personal profit in connection with the Company or any other entity having a business relationship with the Company, (c) any material breach by the Participant of any provision of any agreement or understanding between the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Participant regarding the terms of the Participant’s service as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, including without limitation, the willful and continued failure or refusal of the Participant to perform the material duties required of such Participant as an employee, officer, director or consultant of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, other than as a result of having a Disability, or a breach of any applicable invention assignment and confidentiality agreement or similar agreement between the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company and the Participant, (d) Participant’s disregard of the policies of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company so as to cause loss, damage or injury to the property, reputation or employees of the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or (e) any other misconduct by the Participant which is materially injurious to the financial condition or business reputation of, or is otherwise materially injurious to, the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.

 

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Committee ” means the committee created and appointed by the Board to administer this Plan, or if no committee is created and appointed, the Board.

 

Company ” means Loxo Oncology, Inc., or any successor corporation.

 

Disability ” means a disability, whether temporary or permanent, partial or total, as determined by the Committee.

 

Exercise Price ” means the price per Share at which a holder of an Option may purchase Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option.

 

Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of the Company’s Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(a)           if such Common Stock is then publicly traded on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal ;

 

(b)           if such Common Stock is publicly traded but is not listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported by The Wall Street Journal (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by any newspaper or other source as the Committee may determine); or

 

(c)           if none of the foregoing is applicable to the valuation in question, by the Committee in good faith.

 

Option ” means an award of an option to purchase Shares pursuant to Section 4 of this Plan.

 

Other Combination ” for purposes of Section 11 means any (a) consolidation or merger in which the Company is a constituent entity and is not the surviving entity of such consolidation or merger or (b) any conversion of the Company into another form of entity; provided that such consolidation, merger or conversion does not constitute an Acquisition.

 

13


 

Parent ” of a specified entity means, any entity that, either directly or indirectly, owns or controls such specified entity, where for this purpose, “ control ” means the ownership of stock, securities or other interests that possess at least a majority of the voting power of such specified entity (including indirect ownership or control of such stock, securities or other interests).

 

Participant ” means a person who receives an Award under this Plan.

 

Plan ” means this 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

Purchase Price ” means the price at which a Participant may purchase Restricted Stock pursuant to this Plan.

 

Restricted Stock ” means Shares purchased pursuant to a Restricted Stock Award under this Plan.

 

Restricted Stock Award ” means an award of Shares pursuant to 5 hereof.

 

Restricted Stock Unit ” or “ RSU ” means an award made pursuant to Section 6 hereof.

 

Rule 701 ” means Rule 701 et seq promulgated by the Commission under the Securities Act.

 

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Section 25102(o) ” means Section 25102(o) of the California Corporations Code.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Shares ” means shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, reserved for issuance under this Plan, as adjusted pursuant to Sections 2 and 11 hereof, and any successor security.

 

Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means an award granted pursuant to Section 7 hereof.

 

Subsidiary ” means any entity (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of entities beginning with the Company if each of the entities other than the last entity in the unbroken chain owns stock or other equity securities representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or other equity securities in one of the other entities in such chain.

 

Termination ” or “ Terminated ” means, for purposes of this Plan with respect to a Participant, that the Participant has for any reason ceased to provide services as an employee, officer, director or consultant to the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company.  A Participant will not be deemed to have ceased to provide services in the case of sick leave, military leave, or any other leave of absence approved by the Committee; provided that such leave is for a period of not more than ninety (90) days (a) unless reinstatement (or, in the case of an employee with an ISO, reemployment) upon the expiration of such leave is guaranteed by contract or statute, or (b) unless provided otherwise pursuant to formal policy adopted from time to time by the Company’s Board and issued and promulgated in writing.  In the case of any Participant on sick leave, military leave or an approved leave of absence, the Committee may make such provisions respecting suspension of vesting of the Award while on leave from the Company or a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company as it may deem appropriate, except that in no

 

14



 

event may an Option be exercised after the expiration of the term set forth in the Stock Option Agreement.  The Committee will have sole discretion to determine whether a Participant has ceased to provide services and the effective date on which the Participant ceased to provide services (the “ Termination Date ”).

 

Unvested Shares ” means “ Unvested Shares ” as defined in the Award Agreement for an Award.

 

Vested Shares ” means “ Vested Shares ” as defined in the Award Agreement.

 

* * * * * * * * * * *

 

15


 

 

EARLY EXERCISE FORM

 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

The Optionee named below (“ Optionee ”) has been granted an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”) on the terms, and subject to the conditions, described below and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A , including its annexes (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”).

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum Number of Shares Subject to this Option (the “ Shares ”):

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price Per Share:

 

$        per share

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Start Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Schedule:

 

This Option is immediately exercisable for all of the Shares, subject to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant set forth above, subject to earlier expiration in the event of Termination as provided in Section 3 of the Stock Option Agreement.

 

 

 

Tax Status of Option:
(Check Only One Box):

 

o Incentive Stock Option ( To the fullest extent permitted by the Code )
o Nonqualified Stock Option.
( If neither box is checked, this Option is a Nonqualified Stock Option ).

 

Vesting Schedule [EXAMPLE ONLY]:   For so long as Optionee continuously provides services to the Company (or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company) as an employee, officer, director, contractor or consultant, the Shares subject to this Option will vest as follows:  (a) prior to the first one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date, none of the Shares will be vested; (b) [ 1/4 th ] of the Shares will be vested on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date; and (c) thereafter, this Option will become vested and exercisable with respect to an additional [ 1/48 th ] of the Shares when Optionee completes each month of continuous service following the first one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date.

 

General; Agreement:  By their signatures below, Optionee and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by this Notice of Stock Option Grant (this “ Grant Notice ”) and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.  The Plan and the Stock Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable.  By signing below, Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that Optionee has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their respective terms and conditions.  Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

 

Execution and Delivery:   This Grant Notice may be executed and delivered electronically whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of a third party or via email or any other means of electronic

 



 

delivery specified by the Company.  By Optionee’s acceptance hereof (whether written, electronic or otherwise), Optionee agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that in lieu of receiving documents in paper format, Optionee accepts the electronic delivery of any documents that the Company (or any third party the Company may designate), may deliver in connection with this grant (including the Plan, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement, the information described in Rules 701(e)(2), (3), (4) and (5) under the Securities Act (the “ 701 Disclosures ”), account statements, or other communications or information) whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of such third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By /Signature:

 

 

Optionee Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Typed Name:

 

 

Optionee’s Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT :  Exhibit A — Stock Option Agreement

 

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Stock Option Agreement

 



 

EXHIBIT A

EARLY EXERCISE FORM

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant (the “ Date of Grant ”) set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant attached as the facing page to this Agreement (the “ Grant Notice ”) by and between Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the optionee named on the Grant Notice (the “ Optionee ”).  Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), or in the Grant Notice, as applicable.

 

1.                                       GRANT OF OPTION.   The Company hereby grants to Optionee an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase up to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), set forth in the Grant Notice as the Shares (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan.  If designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice, this Option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option (the “ ISO ”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), except that if on the Date of Grant Optionee is not subject to U.S. income tax, then this Option shall be a NQSO.

 

2.                                       EXERCISE PERIOD.

 

2.1.                             Exercise Period of Option .   Subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, all or part of this Option may be exercised at any time after the Date of Grant.  Shares purchased by exercising this Option may be subject to the Repurchase Option as set forth in Section 7 below.  This Option will become vested during its term as to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, on or after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date.

 

2.2.                             Vesting of Option Shares .   Shares with respect to which this Option is vested at a given time pursuant to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are “ Vested Shares .   Shares with respect to which this Option is not vested at a given time pursuant to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are Unvested Shares .

 

2.3.                             Expiration .   The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice or earlier as provided in Section 3 below or pursuant to Section 4.6 of the Plan.

 

3.                                       TERMINATION.

 

3.1.                             Termination for Any Reason Except Death, Disability or Cause .   Except as provided in subsection 3.2 in a case in which Optionee dies within three (3) months after Optionee is Terminated other than for Cause, if Optionee is Terminated for any reason (other than Optionee’s death or Disability or for Cause), then (a) on and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date and (b) this Option to the extent (and only to the extent) that it is exercisable with respect to Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, may be exercised by Optionee no later than three ( 3) months after Optionee’s Termination Date (but in no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date).

 



 

3.2.                             Termination Because of Death or Disability .   If Optionee is Terminated because of Optionee’s death or Disability (or if Optionee dies within three (3) months of the date of Optionee’s Termination for any reason other than for Cause), then (a) on and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date and (b) this Option, to the extent (and only to the extent) that it is exercisable with respect to Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, may be exercised by Optionee (or Optionee’s legal representative) no later than twelve (12) months after Optionee’s Termination Date, but in no event later than the Expiration Date.  Any exercise of this Option beyond (i) three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an employee when Optionee’s Termination is for any reason other than Optionee’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; or (ii) twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an employee when the termination is for Optionee’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, is deemed to be an NQSO.

 

3.3.                             Termination for Cause .   If Optionee is Terminated for Cause, then Optionee may exercise this Option, but only with respect to any Shares that are Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, and this Option shall expire on Optionee’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as may be affirmatively determined by the Committee.  On and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date.

 

3.4.                             No Obligation to Employ .   Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer on Optionee any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Optionee’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

 

4.                                       MANNER OF EXERCISE.

 

4.1.                             Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement .   To exercise this Option, Optionee (or in the case of exercise after Optionee’s death or incapacity, Optionee’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A , or in such other form as may be approved by the Committee from time to time (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) and payment for the shares being purchased in accordance with this Agreement. The Exercise Agreement shall set forth, among other things, (i) Optionee’s election to exercise this Option, (ii) the number of Shares being purchased,  (iii) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding Optionee’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws in connection with any exercise of this Option, (iv) any other agreements required by the Company and (v) Optionee’s obligation to execute and deliver certain Stock Powers and Assignments Separate from Stock Certificate to the Company.  If someone other than Optionee exercises this Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise this Option and such person shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained herein as if such person were Optionee.

 

4.2.                             Limitations on Exercise .   This Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise.

 

4.3.                             Payment .  The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the shares being purchased in cash (by check or wire transfer), or where permitted by law:

 

2



 

(a)                                  by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to Optionee;

 

(b)                                  by surrender of shares of the Company that are free and clear of all security interests, pledges, liens, claims or encumbrances and: (i) for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (ii) that were obtained by Optionee in the public market;

 

(c)                                   by participating in a formal cashless exercise program implemented by the Committee in connection with the Plan;

 

(d)                                  provided that a public market for the Common Stock exists, subject to compliance with applicable law, by exercising as set forth below, through a “same day sale” commitment from Optionee and a broker-dealer whereby Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise this Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

 

(e)                                   by any combination of the foregoing or any other method of payment approved by the Committee that constitutes legal consideration for the issuance of Shares.

 

4.4.                             Tax Withholding .   Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Optionee must pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company.  If the Committee permits, Optionee may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the minimum number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of taxes required to be withheld; or to arrange a mandatory “sell to cover” on Participant’s behalf (without further authorization); but in no event will the Company withhold Shares or “sell to cover” if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company.  In case of stock withholding or a sell to cover, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to the Optionee by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise.

 

4.5.                             Issuance of Shares .   Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, the Company shall issue the Shares issuable upon a valid exercise of this Option registered in the name of Optionee, Optionee’s authorized assignee, or Optionee’s legal representative, and shall deliver certificates representing the Shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

 

5.                                       COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS.   The Plan and this Agreement are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) and Rule 701.  Any provision of this Agreement that is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) or Rule 701 shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Committee, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o) and/or Rule 701.  The exercise of this Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer.  Optionee understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the SEC, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

 

6.                                       NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.   This Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to a testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or a revocable trust, or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee or in the

 

3



 

event of Optionee’s incapacity, by Optionee’s legal representative.  The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

7.                                       COMPANY’S REPURCHASE OPTION FOR UNVESTED SHARES. If Optionee is Terminated for any reason, or no reason, including without limitation, Optionee’s death, Disability, voluntary resignation or termination by the Company with or without Cause, then the Company and/or its assignee(s) shall have the option to repurchase all or a portion of the Optionee’s Unvested Shares (as defined in Section 2.2 of this Agreement) as of the Termination Date on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7 (the “ Repurchase Option ”).

 

7.1.                             Termination and Termination Date .   In case of any dispute as to whether Optionee is Terminated, the Committee shall have discretion to determine whether Optionee has been Terminated and the effective date of such Termination (the “ Termination Date ”).

 

7.2.                             Exercise of Repurchase Option .   Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, at any time within ninety (90) days after the Optionee’s Termination Date (or, in the case of securities issued upon exercise of this Option after the Optionee’s Termination Date, within ninety (90) days after the date of such exercise), the Company and/or its assignee(s), may elect to repurchase any or all the Optionee’s Unvested Shares by giving Optionee written notice of exercise of the Repurchase Option.

 

7.3.                             Calculation of Repurchase Price for Unvested Shares .   The Company or its assignee shall have the option to repurchase from Optionee (or from Optionee’s personal representative as the case may be) the Unvested Shares at Optionee’s Exercise Price, as such may be proportionately adjusted for any stock split or similar change in the capital structure of the Company as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Plan (the “ Repurchase Price ”).

 

7.4.                             Payment of Repurchase Price .   The Repurchase Price shall be payable, at the option of the Company or its assignee, by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness owed by Optionee to the Company and/or such assignee, or by any combination thereof.  The Repurchase Price shall be paid without interest within the term of the Repurchase Option as described in Section 7.2.

 

7.5.                             Right of Termination Unaffected .   Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) to terminate Optionee’s employment or other relationship with Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause.

 

8.                                       RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

 

8.1.                             Disposition of Shares .   Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall make no disposition of any of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Agreement) unless and until:

 

(a)                                  Optionee shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

 

(b)                                  Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

 

(c)                                   Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or under any applicable state securities laws or (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities

 

4



 

Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) or applicable state securities laws have been taken; and

 

(d)                                  Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the regulations promulgated under Section 25102(o), Rule 701 or under any other applicable securities laws or adversely affect the Company’s ability to rely on the exemption(s) from registration under the Securities Act or under any other applicable securities laws for the grant of the Option, the issuance of Shares thereunder or any other issuance of securities under the Plan.

 

8.2.                             Restriction on Transfer .   Optionee shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Agreement.

 

8.3.                             Transferee Obligations .  Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (i) both the Company’s Repurchase Option and the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder and (ii) the market stand-off provisions of Section 9 below, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

 

9.                                       MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT.   Optionee agrees that, subject to any early release provisions that apply pro rata to stockholders of the Company according to their holdings of Common Stock (determined on an as-converted into Common Stock basis), Optionee will not, if requested by the managing underwriter(s) in the initial underwritten sale of Common Stock of the Company to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act (the “ IPO ”), for a period of up to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such IPO, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock, except for: (i) transfers of Shares permitted under Section 10.6 hereof so long as such transferee furnishes to the Company and the managing underwriter their written consent to be bound by this Section 9 as a condition precedent to such transfer; and (ii) sales of any securities to be included in the registration statement for the IPO.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section shall only apply to the IPO.  The restricted period shall in any event terminate two (2) years after the closing date of the IPO.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the Shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of such period.  Optionee further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing restrictions on transfer.  For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not apply to any registration of securities of the Company (a) under an employee benefit plan or (b) in a merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction.

 

10.                                COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.   Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred, or pledged by Optionee or made subject to a security interest, pledge or other lien without the Company’s prior written consent, which may be withheld in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion. Before any Vested Shares held by Optionee or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder” ) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares” ) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal” ).

 

5


 

10.1.       Notice of Proposed Transfer .   The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice” ) stating:  (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee” ); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price” ); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Agreement.

 

10.2.       Exercise of Right of First Refusal .   At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

 

10.3.       Purchase Price .   The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) then the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Committee.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Committee, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

 

10.4.       Payment .   Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof.  The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

 

10.5.       Holder’s Right to Transfer .   If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such ninety (90) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

10.6.       Exempt Transfers .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Optionee’s lifetime by gift or on Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to any member(s) of Optionee’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Optionee and/or member(s)  of Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger, statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations or a conversion of the Company into another form of legal entity (except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation or the resulting entity of such conversion shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless the agreement of merger

 

6



 

or consolidation or conversion expressly otherwise provides); or (iii) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company.  As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family” will mean Optionee’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Optionee or Optionee’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein.  As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent” provided the following circumstances are true:  (i) irrespective of whether or not the Optionee and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither are married to anyone else, (iv) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

 

10.7.       Termination of Right of First Refusal .   The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares: (i) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan); (ii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if  the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Exchange Act; or (iii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory conversion of the Company into another form of legal entity if  the common equity (or comparable equity security) of entity resulting from such conversion is registered under the Exchange Act.

 

10.8.       Encumbrances on Vested Shares .   Optionee may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Vested Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that:  (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not adversely affect or impair the Right of First Refusal or the rights of the Company and/or its assignee(s) with respect thereto and will not apply to such Vested Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement will continue to apply to such Vested Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party.  Optionee may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.

 

11.          RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.   Optionee shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares unless and until such Shares are issued to Optionee.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Optionee will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Optionee pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Exercise Agreement until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal.  Upon an exercise of the Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, Optionee will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Optionee will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

12.          ESCROW.   As security for Optionee’s faithful performance of this Agreement, Optionee agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form attached to the Exercise Agreement (the “ Stock Powers ”), both executed by Purchaser (and Purchaser’s spouse, if any) (with the transferee, certificate number, date and number of

 

7



 

Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Optionee and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Agreement.  Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and will not be liable for any act or omission taken by Escrow Holder in good faith reliance on such documents, the advice of counsel or a court order.  The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of both the Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal.

 

13.          RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS.

 

13.1.       Legends .   Optionee understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. Federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Optionee and the Company, or any agreement between Optionee and any third party (and any other legend(s) that the Company may become obligated to place on the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares under the terms of any agreement to which the Company is or may become bound or obligated):

 

(a)           THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

(b)           THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE REPURCHASE OPTION AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, INCLUDING THE REPURCHASE OPTION AND RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

(c)           THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CERTAIN PUBLIC OFFERINGS OF THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

8



 

13.2.       Stop-Transfer Instructions .   Optionee agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

13.3.       Refusal to Transfer .   The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

 

14.          CERTAIN TAX CONSEQUENCES.   Set forth below is a brief summary as of the Effective Date of the Plan of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.  OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

14.1.       Exercise of ISO .   If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

 

14.2.       Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option .   If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option.  Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.  If Optionee is a current or former employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

 

14.3.       Disposition of Shares .   The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

 

(a)           Incentive Stock Options .  If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.  If Vested Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.  To the extent the Shares were exercised prior to vesting coincident with the filing of an 83(b) Election, the amount taxed because of a disqualifying disposition will be based upon the excess, if any, of the fair market value on the date of vesting over the exercise price.

 

(b)           Nonqualified Stock Options .  If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

 

14.4.       Section 83(b) Election for Unvested Shares .  With respect to Unvested Shares, which are subject to the Repurchase Option, unless an election is filed by Optionee with the Internal Revenue Service (and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities), within thirty (30) days of the purchase of the Unvested Shares, electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code (and similar state tax provisions, if applicable) to be taxed currently on any difference between the Exercise Price of the Unvested Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase, there may be a recognition of

 

9



 

taxable income (including, where applicable, alternative minimum taxable income) to Optionee, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Unvested Shares at the time they cease to be Unvested Shares, over the Exercise Price of the Unvested Shares.

 

15.          GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

15.1.       Interpretation .   Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or the Company to the Committee for review.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and Optionee.

 

15.2.       Entire Agreement .   The Plan, the Grant Notice and the Exercise Agreement are each incorporated herein by reference.  This Agreement, the Grant Notice, the Plan and the Exercise Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to such subject matter.

 

16.          NOTICES.   Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following:  (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time an electronic confirmation of receipt is received, if delivery is by email; (iii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iv) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (v) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries.  Any notice for delivery outside the United States will be sent by email, facsimile or by express courier.  Any notice not delivered personally or by email will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to Optionee at the last known address or facsimile number on the books of the Company, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto or, in the case of the Company, to it at its principal place of business.  Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: Chief Financial Officer.”  Notices by facsimile shall be machine verified as received.

 

17.          SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.   The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement including its rights to purchase Shares under both the Right of First Refusal and Repurchase Option.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and Optionee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

18.          GOVERNING LAW.   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

 

19.          FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

20.          TITLES AND HEADINGS.  The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement.

 

10



 

Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

 

21.          COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

22.          SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto.  If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

Attachments:

 

Annex A : Form of Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement

 

11


 

EARLY EXERCISE FORM

 

ANNEX A

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE AND AGREEMENT

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

* NOTE : You must sign this Notice on Page 3 before submitting it to Loxo Oncology, Inc. (the “Company”).

 

OPTIONEE INFORMATION : Please provide the following information about yourself ( “Optionee” ) :

 

Name:

Social Security Number:

Address:

Employee Number:

 

 

 

OPTION INFORMATION:   Please provide this information on the option being exercised ( the “Option” ) :

 

Date of Grant:

Type of Stock Option:

Option Price per Share: $

o Nonqualified (NQSO)

Total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company subject to the Option:

o Incentive (ISO)

 

EXERCISE INFORMATION:

 

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which the Option is now being exercised [                                ].  (These shares are referred to below as the “ Purchased Shares .”)

 

Total Exercise Price Being Paid for the Purchased Shares: $                        

 

Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply] :

o                   Check for $                        , payable to “ Loxo Oncology, Inc.

o                   Certificate(s) for                                  shares of Common Stock of the Company.  These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company.  [Requires Company consent.]

 

AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS OF OPTIONEE:    By signing this Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement, Optionee hereby agrees with, and represents to, the Company as follows:

 

1.               Terms Governing.   I acknowledge and agree with the Company that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares by exercise of this Option subject to all other terms and conditions of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Stock Option Agreement that govern the Option, including without limitation the terms of the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended (the “ Plan ”).

 

2.               Investment Intent; Securities Law Restrictions.   I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). I understand that the Purchased Shares

 



 

have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from such registration requirement and that the Purchased Shares must be held by me indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required. I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares under the Securities Act or under any other securities law.

 

3.               Restrictions on Transfer: Rule 144.   I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder (including Rule 144 under the Securities Act described below “Rule 144”)) or of any other applicable securities laws.  I am aware of Rule 144, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, which include (without limitation) that: (a) certain current public information about the Company is available; (b) the resale occurs only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been met; (c) the sale occurs through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction;” and (d) the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period does not exceed specified limitations.  I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

4.               Access to Information; Understanding of Risk in Investment.   I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.  I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss.  I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

5.               Rights of First Refusal; Repurchase Options; Market Stand-off.   I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal, the Company’s Repurchase Option (with respect to unvested Purchased Shares) and the market stand-off covenants (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Stock Option Agreement that govern the Option.

 

6.               Form of Ownership.    I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership of the Purchased Shares that is appropriate for me.  In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement.  In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust, I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes.  As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

 

7.               Investigation of Tax Consequences.   I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

 

8.               Other Tax Matters.   I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities.  I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation.  In particular, I acknowledge that my options (including the Option) are exempt from Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock at the time the option was granted by the Board.  Since shares of the Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Board and/or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company.  I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in

 

2



 

either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board of Directors, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

9.               Spouse Consent.   I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

 

10.        Tax Withholding.   As a condition of exercising this Option, I agree to make adequate provision for foreign, federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, or disposition of the Purchased Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

 

IMPORTANT NOTE : UNVESTED PURCHASED SHARES ARE SUBJECT TO REPURCHASE BY THE COMPANY.  PLEASE CONSULT WITH YOUR TAX ADVISER CONCERNING THE ADVISABILITY OF FILING AN 83(b) ELECTION WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE WHICH MUST BE FILED WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER THE PURCHASE OF SHARES TO BE EFFECTIVE.

 

A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit 1 for reference.  Unless an 83(b) election is timely filed with the Internal Revenue Service (and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities), electing pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (and similar state tax provisions, if applicable) to be taxed currently on any difference between the purchase price of the Unvested Purchased Shares and their fair market value on the date of purchase, there may be a recognition of taxable income (including, where applicable, alternative minimum taxable income) to you, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Unvested Purchased Shares at the time they cease to be Unvested Purchased Shares, over the purchase price of the Unvested Purchased Shares.

 

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers this Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement and agrees to be bound by its terms.

 

SIGNATURE:

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Name:

 

 

 

Attachments:

 

Exhibit 1 — Section 83(b) Election Form

 

[Signature Page to Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement]

 

3



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

SECTION 83(b) ELECTION

 



 

E LECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned Taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income for the Taxpayer’s current taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the property described below at the time of transfer over the amount paid for such property, as compensation for services.

 

1.                                       TAXPAYER’S NAME:

 

TAXPAYER’S ADDRESS:

 

 

 

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

 

TAXABLE YEAR:                                                                                                                                           Calendar Year       

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), which is Taxpayer’s employer or the corporation for whom the Taxpayer performs services.

 

3.                                       The date on which the shares were transferred was                                         ,           .

 

4.                                       The shares are subject to the following restrictions:  The Company may repurchase all or a portion of the shares at Taxpayer’s original purchase price per share, under certain conditions at the time of Taxpayer’s termination of employment or services.

 

5.                                       The fair market value of the shares at the time of transfer (without regard to restrictions other than a nonlapse restriction as defined in § 1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) was $         per share x                      shares = $                    .

 

6.                                       The amount paid for such shares was $         per share x                      shares = $                    .

 

7.                                       The amount to include in the Taxpayer’s gross income for the Taxpayer’s current taxable year is $                  .

 

THIS ELECTION MUST BE FILED WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (“ IRS ”), AT THE OFFICE WHERE THE TAXPAYER FILES ANNUAL INCOME TAX RETURNS, WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF TRANSFER OF THE PROPERTY, AND MUST ALSO BE FILED WITH THE TAXPAYER’S INCOME TAX RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR.  A COPY OF THE ELECTION HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED TO THE COMPANY.  THE ELECTION CANNOT BE REVOKED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE IRS.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxpayer’s Signature

 


 

NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

The Optionee named below (“ Optionee ”) has been granted an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase shares of Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), of Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), pursuant to the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”) on the terms, and subject to the conditions, described below and in the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A , including its annexes (the “ Stock Option Agreement ”).

 

Optionee:

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum Number of Shares Subject to this Option (the “ Shares ”):

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Price Per Share:

 

$        per share

 

 

 

Date of Grant:

 

 

 

 

 

Vesting Start Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise Schedule:

 

This Option will become exercisable during its term with respect to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth below.

 

 

 

Expiration Date:

 

The date ten (10) years after the Date of Grant set forth above, subject to earlier expiration in the event of Termination as provided in Section 3 of the Stock Option Agreement.

 

 

 

Tax Status of Option:

(Check Only One Box):

 

o Incentive Stock Option ( To the fullest extent permitted by the Code )

o Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

 

( If neither box is checked, this Option is a Nonqualified Stock Option ).

 

Vesting Schedule [EXAMPLE ONLY]:   For so long as Optionee continuously provides services to the Company (or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company) as an employee, officer, director, contractor or consultant, this Option will vest (that is, become exercisable) with respect to the Shares as follows:  (a) prior to the first one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date this Option will not be vested or exercisable as to any of the Shares; (b) this Option will become vested and exercisable with respect to [ 1/4 th ] of the Shares on the one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date; and (c) thereafter, this Option will become vested and exercisable with respect to an additional [ 1/48 th ] of the Shares when Optionee completes each month of continuous service following the first one (1) year anniversary of the Vesting Start Date.

 

General; Agreement:  By their signatures below, Optionee and the Company agree that this Option is granted under and governed by this Notice of Stock Option Grant (this “ Grant Notice ”) and by the provisions of the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement.  The Plan and the Stock Option Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Plan or in the Stock Option Agreement, as applicable.  By signing below, Optionee acknowledges receipt of a copy of this Grant Notice, the Plan and the Stock Option Agreement, represents that Optionee has carefully read and is familiar with their provisions, and hereby accepts the Option subject to all of their respective terms and conditions.  Optionee acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares and that Optionee should consult a tax adviser prior to such exercise or disposition.

 



 

Execution and Delivery:   This Grant Notice may be executed and delivered electronically whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of a third party or via email or any other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.  By Optionee’s acceptance hereof (whether written, electronic or otherwise), Optionee agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that in lieu of receiving documents in paper format, Optionee accepts the electronic delivery of any documents that the Company (or any third party the Company may designate), may deliver in connection with this grant (including the Plan, this Grant Notice, the Stock Option Agreement, the information described in Rules 701(e)(2), (3), (4) and (5) under the Securities Act (the “ 701 Disclosures ”), account statements, or other communications or information) whether via the Company’s intranet or the Internet site of such third party or via email or such other means of electronic delivery specified by the Company.

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By /Signature:

 

 

Optionee Signature:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Typed Name:

 

 

Optionee’s Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENT :  Exhibit A — Stock Option Agreement

 

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Stock Option Agreement

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

This Stock Option Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the date of grant (the “ Date of Grant ”) set forth on the Notice of Stock Option Grant attached as the facing page to this Agreement (the “ Grant Notice ”) by and between Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the optionee named on the Grant Notice (the “ Optionee ”).  Capitalized terms not defined in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”), or in the Grant Notice, as applicable.

 

1.                                       GRANT OF OPTION.  The Company hereby grants to Optionee an option (this “ Option ”) to purchase up to the total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), set forth in the Grant Notice as the Shares (the “ Shares ”) at the Exercise Price Per Share set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Grant Notice, this Agreement and the Plan.  If designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Grant Notice, this Option is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option (the “ ISO ”) within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), except that if on the Date of Grant Optionee is not subject to U.S. income tax, then this Option shall be a NQSO.

 

2.                                       EXERCISE PERIOD.

 

2.1                                Exercise Period of Option .   This Option is considered to be “vested” with respect to any particular Shares when this Option is exercisable with respect to such Shares.  This Option will become vested during its term as to portions of the Shares in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice.  Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan or this Agreement to the contrary, on or after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date.

 

2.2                                Vesting of Option Shares .   Shares with respect to which this Option is vested and exercisable at a given time pursuant to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are “ Vested Shares .   Shares with respect to which this Option is not vested and exercisable at a given time pursuant to the Vesting Schedule set forth in the Grant Notice are Unvested Shares .

 

2.3                                Expiration .   The Option shall expire on the Expiration Date set forth in the Grant Notice or earlier as provided in Section 3 below.

 

3.                                       TERMINATION.

 

3.1                                Termination for Any Reason Except Death, Disability or Cause .   Except as provided in subsection 3.2 in a case in which Optionee dies within three (3) months after Optionee is Terminated other than for Cause, if Optionee is Terminated for any reason (other than Optionee’s death or Disability or for Cause), then (a) on and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date and (b) this Option to the extent (and only to the extent) that it is exercisable with respect to Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, may be exercised by Optionee no later than three ( 3) months after Optionee’s Termination Date (but in no event may this Option be exercised after the Expiration Date).

 

3.2                                Termination Because of Death or Disability .  If Optionee is Terminated because of Optionee’s death or Disability (or if Optionee dies within three (3) months of the date of

 



 

Optionee’s Termination for any reason other than for Cause), then (a) on and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date and (b) this Option, to the extent (and only to the extent) that it is exercisable with respect to Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, may be exercised by Optionee (or Optionee’s legal representative) no later than twelve (12) months after Optionee’s Termination Date, but in no event later than the Expiration Date.  Any exercise of this Option beyond (i) three (3) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an employee when Optionee’s Termination is for any reason other than Optionee’s death or disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code; or (ii) twelve (12) months after the date Optionee ceases to be an employee when the termination is for Optionee’s disability, within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, is deemed to be an NQSO.

 

3.3                                Termination for Cause .   If Optionee is Terminated for Cause, then Optionee may exercise this Option, but only with respect to any Shares that are Vested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date, and this Option shall expire on Optionee’s Termination Date, or at such later time and on such conditions as may be affirmatively determined by the Committee.  On and after Optionee’s Termination Date, this Option shall expire immediately with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares and may not be exercised with respect to any Shares that are Unvested Shares on Optionee’s Termination Date.

 

3.4                                No Obligation to Employ .   Nothing in the Plan or this Agreement shall confer on Optionee any right to continue in the employ of, or other relationship with, the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company to terminate Optionee’s employment or other relationship at any time, with or without Cause.

 

4.                                       MANNER OF EXERCISE.

 

4.1                                Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement .   To exercise this Option, Optionee (or in the case of exercise after Optionee’s death or incapacity, Optionee’s executor, administrator, heir or legatee, as the case may be) must deliver to the Company an executed Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement in the form attached hereto as Annex A , or in such other form as may be approved by the Committee from time to time (the “ Exercise Agreement ”) and payment for the shares being purchased in accordance with this Agreement. The Exercise Agreement shall set forth, among other things, (i) Optionee’s election to exercise this Option, (ii) the number of Shares being purchased, (iii) any representations, warranties and agreements regarding Optionee’s investment intent and access to information as may be required by the Company to comply with applicable securities laws in connection with any exercise of this Option, (iv) any other agreements required by the Company and (v) Optionee’s obligation to execute and deliver certain Stock Powers and Assignments Separate from Stock Certificate to the Company.  If someone other than Optionee exercises this Option, then such person must submit documentation reasonably acceptable to the Company verifying that such person has the legal right to exercise this Option and such person shall be subject to all of the restrictions contained herein as if such person were Optionee.

 

4.2                                Limitations on Exercise .   This Option may not be exercised unless such exercise is in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, as they are in effect on the date of exercise.

 

4.3                                Payment .  The Exercise Agreement shall be accompanied by full payment of the Exercise Price for the shares being purchased in cash (by check or wire transfer), or where permitted by law:

 

(a)                                  by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to Optionee;

 

3



 

(b)                                  by surrender of shares of the Company that are free and clear of all security interests, pledges, liens, claims or encumbrances and: (i) for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144 (and, if such shares were purchased from the Company by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such shares) or (ii) that were obtained by Optionee in the public market;

 

(c)                                   by participating in a formal cashless exercise program implemented by the Committee in connection with the Plan;

 

(d)                                  provided that a public market for the Common Stock exists and subject to compliance with applicable law, by exercising as set forth below, through a “same day sale” commitment from Optionee and a broker-dealer whereby Optionee irrevocably elects to exercise this Option and to sell a portion of the Shares so purchased sufficient to pay the total Exercise Price, and whereby the broker-dealer irrevocably commits upon receipt of such Shares to forward the total Exercise Price directly to the Company; or

 

(e)                                   by any combination of the foregoing or any other method of payment approved by the Committee that constitutes legal consideration for the issuance of Shares.

 

4.4                                Tax Withholding .   Prior to the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of the Option, Optionee must pay or provide for any applicable federal, state and local withholding obligations of the Company.  If the Committee permits, Optionee may provide for payment of withholding taxes upon exercise of the Option by requesting that the Company retain the minimum number of Shares with a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum amount of taxes required to be withheld; or to arrange a mandatory “sell to cover” on Participant’s behalf (without further authorization); but in no event will the Company withhold Shares or “sell to cover” if such withholding would result in adverse accounting consequences to the Company.  In case of stock withholding or a sell to cover, the Company shall issue the net number of Shares to the Optionee by deducting the Shares retained from the Shares issuable upon exercise.

 

4.5                                Issuance of Shares .  Provided that the Exercise Agreement and payment are in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, the Company shall issue the Shares issuable upon a valid exercise of this Option registered in the name of Optionee, Optionee’s authorized assignee, or Optionee’s legal representative, and shall deliver certificates representing the Shares with the appropriate legends affixed thereto.

 

5.                                       COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS.   The Plan and this Agreement are intended to comply with Section 25102(o) and Rule 701.   Any provision of this Agreement that is inconsistent with Section 25102(o) or Rule 701 shall, without further act or amendment by the Company or the Committee, be reformed to comply with the requirements of Section 25102(o) and/or Rule 701.   The exercise of this Option and the issuance and transfer of Shares shall be subject to compliance by the Company and Optionee with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange on which the Common Stock may be listed at the time of such issuance or transfer.  Optionee understands that the Company is under no obligation to register or qualify the Shares with the SEC, any state securities commission or any stock exchange to effect such compliance.

 

6.                                       NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION.   This Option may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and, with respect to NQSOs, by instrument to a testamentary trust in which the options are to be passed to beneficiaries upon the death of the trustor (settlor) or a revocable trust, or by gift to “immediate family” as that term is defined in 17 C.F.R. 240.16a-1(e), and may be exercised during the lifetime of Optionee only by Optionee or in the event of Optionee’s incapacity, by Optionee’s legal representative.  The terms of this Option shall be binding upon the executors, administrators, successors and assigns of Optionee.

 

4



 

7.                                       RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER.

 

7.1                                Disposition of Shares .  Optionee hereby agrees that Optionee shall make no disposition of any of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Agreement) unless and until:

 

(a)                                  Optionee shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

 

(b)                                  Optionee shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares;

 

(c)                                   Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or under any applicable state securities laws or (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration requirements of the Securities Act or of any exemption from registration available under the Securities Act (including Rule 144) or applicable state securities laws have been taken; and

 

(d)                                  Optionee shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, that the proposed disposition will not result in the contravention of any transfer restrictions applicable to the Shares pursuant to the provisions of the regulations promulgated under Section 25102(o), Rule 701 or under any other applicable securities laws or adversely affect the Company’s ability to rely on the exemption(s) from registration under the Securities Act or under any other applicable securities laws for the grant of the Option, the issuance of Shares thereunder or any other issuance of securities under the Plan.

 

7.2                                Restriction on Transfer .   Optionee shall not transfer, assign, grant a lien or security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any of the Shares which are subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal described below, except as permitted by this Agreement.

 

7.3                                Transferee Obligations .   Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to (i) the Company’s Right of First Refusal granted hereunder and (ii) the market stand-off provisions of Section 8 below, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by Optionee.

 

8.                                       MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT.    Optionee agrees that, subject to any early release provisions that apply pro rata to stockholders of the Company according to their holdings of Common Stock (determined on an as-converted into Common Stock basis), Optionee will not, if requested by the managing underwriter(s) in the initial underwritten sale of Common Stock of the Company to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with, and declared effective by, the SEC under the Securities Act (the “ IPO ”), for a period of up to one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of the registration statement relating to such IPO, directly or indirectly sell, offer to sell, grant any option for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock, except for: (i) transfers of Shares permitted under Section 9.6 hereof so long as such transferee furnishes to the Company and the managing underwriter their written consent to be bound by this Section 8 as a condition precedent to such transfer; and (ii) sales of any securities to be included in the registration statement for the IPO.  For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this Section shall only apply to the IPO.  The restricted period shall in any event terminate two (2) years after the closing date of the IPO.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the Shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of such period.  Optionee further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing restrictions

 

5


 

on transfer. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not apply to any registration of securities of the Company (a) under an employee benefit plan or (b) in a merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction.

 

9.                                       COMPANY’S RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL.   Before any Shares held by Optionee or any transferee of such Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder” ) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares” ) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal” ).

 

9.1                                Notice of Proposed Transfer .   The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice” ) stating:  (i) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (ii) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee” ); (iii) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (iv) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price” ); and (v) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Agreement.

 

9.2                                Exercise of Right of First Refusal .   At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as specified below.

 

9.3                                Purchase Price .   The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift) then the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Committee.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Committee, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

 

9.4                                Payment .   Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding purchase money indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof.  The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

 

9.5                                Holder’s Right to Transfer .   If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (i) such sale or other transfer is consummated within ninety (90) days after the date of the Notice, (ii) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (iii) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such ninety (90) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

9.6                                Exempt Transfers .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (i) the transfer of any or all

 

6



 

of the Shares during Optionee’s lifetime by gift or on Optionee’s death by will or intestacy to any member(s) of Optionee’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Optionee and/or member(s) of Optionee’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (ii) any transfer of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger, statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations or a conversion of the Company into another form of legal entity (except that the Right of First Refusal will continue to apply thereafter to such Shares, in which case the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation or the resulting entity of such conversion shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section unless the agreement of merger or consolidation or conversion expressly otherwise provides); or (iii) any transfer of Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company.  As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family” will mean Optionee’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Optionee or Optionee’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein.  As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent” provided the following circumstances are true:  (i) irrespective of whether or not the Optionee and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither are married to anyone else, (iv) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

 

9.7                                Termination of Right of First Refusal .   The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares: (i) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan); (ii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Exchange Act; or (iii) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory conversion of the Company into another form of legal entity if the common equity (or comparable equity security) of entity resulting from such conversion is registered under the Exchange Act.

 

9.8                                Encumbrances on Shares .  Optionee may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that:  (i) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not adversely affect or impair the Right of First Refusal or the rights of the Company and/or its assignee(s) with respect thereto and will not apply to such Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (ii) the provisions of this Agreement will continue to apply to such Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party.

 

10.                                RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER.   Optionee shall not have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any Shares unless and until such Shares are issued to Optionee.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Optionee will have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Optionee pursuant to, and in accordance with, the terms of the Exercise Agreement until such time as Optionee disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Right of First Refusal.  Upon an exercise of the Right of First Refusal, Optionee will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Optionee will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

7



 

11.                                ESCROW.   As security for Optionee’s faithful performance of this Agreement, Optionee agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form attached to the Exercise Agreement (the “ Stock Powers ”), both executed by Optionee (and Optionee’s spouse, if any) (with the transferee, certificate number, date and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Optionee and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Agreement.  Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and will not be liable for any act or omission taken by Escrow Holder in good faith reliance on such documents, the advice of counsel or a court order.  The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of the Right of First Refusal.

 

12.                                RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS.

 

12.1                         Legends .   Optionee understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or U.S. Federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Optionee and the Company, or any agreement between Optionee and any third party (and any other legend(s) that the Company may become obligated to place on the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares under the terms of any agreement to which the Company is or may become bound or obligated):

 

(a)                                  THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

(b)                                  THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S) AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

(c)                                   THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION AS SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  AS A RESULT OF SUCH AGREEMENT, THESE SHARES MAY NOT BE TRADED PRIOR TO 180 DAYS AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF CERTAIN PUBLIC OFFERINGS OF

 

8



 

THE COMMON STOCK OF THE ISSUER HEREOF. SUCH RESTRICTION IS BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

12.2                         Stop-Transfer Instructions Optionee agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.

 

12.3                         Refusal to Transfer .   The Company will not be required (i) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (ii) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

 

13.                                CERTAIN TAX CONSEQUENCES.   Set forth below is a brief summary as of the Effective Date of the Plan of some of the federal tax consequences of exercise of the Option and disposition of the Shares.  THIS SUMMARY IS NECESSARILY INCOMPLETE, AND THE TAX LAWS AND REGULATIONS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE.  OPTIONEE SHOULD CONSULT A TAX ADVISER BEFORE EXERCISING THE OPTION OR DISPOSING OF THE SHARES.

 

13.1                         Exercise of ISO .  If the Option qualifies as an ISO, there will be no regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option, although the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price will be treated as a tax preference item for federal alternative minimum tax purposes and may subject the Optionee to the alternative minimum tax in the year of exercise.

 

13.2                         Exercise of Nonqualified Stock Option .   If the Option does not qualify as an ISO, there may be a regular federal income tax liability upon the exercise of the Option.  Optionee will be treated as having received compensation income (taxable at ordinary income tax rates) equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.  If Optionee is a current or former employee of the Company, the Company may be required to withhold from Optionee’s compensation or collect from Optionee and pay to the applicable taxing authorities an amount equal to a percentage of this compensation income at the time of exercise.

 

13.3                         Disposition of Shares .   The following tax consequences may apply upon disposition of the Shares.

 

(a)                                  Incentive Stock Options .  If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an ISO and are disposed of more than two (2) years after the Date of Grant, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain for federal income tax purposes.  If Shares purchased under an ISO are disposed of within the applicable one (1) year or two (2) year period, any gain realized on such disposition will be treated as compensation income (taxable at ordinary income rates in the year of the disposition) to the extent of the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Shares on the date of exercise over the Exercise Price.

 

(b)                                  Nonqualified Stock Options .  If the Shares are held for more than twelve (12) months after the date of purchase of the Shares pursuant to the exercise of an NQSO, any gain realized on disposition of the Shares will be treated as long term capital gain.

 

14.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

14.1                         Interpretation .   Any dispute regarding the interpretation of this Agreement shall be submitted by Optionee or the Company to the Committee for review.  The resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Company and Optionee.

 

9



 

14.2                         Entire Agreement .   The Plan, the Grant Notice and the Exercise Agreement are each incorporated herein by reference.  This Agreement, the Grant Notice, the Plan and the Exercise Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior undertakings and agreements with respect to such subject matter.

 

15.                                NOTICES.   Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following:  (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time an electronic confirmation of receipt is received, if delivery is by email; (iii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iv) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (v) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries.  Any notice for delivery outside the United States will be sent by email, facsimile or by express courier.  Any notice not delivered personally or by email will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to Optionee at the last known address or facsimile number on the books of the Company, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto or, in the case of the Company, to it at its principal place of business.  Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: Chief Financial Officer.”  Notices by facsimile shall be machine verified as received.

 

16.                                SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement including its rights to purchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall be binding upon Optionee and Optionee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

17.                                GOVERNING LAW.   This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within California.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a court of law to be illegal or unenforceable, then such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible and the other provisions will remain fully effective and enforceable.

 

18.                                FURTHER ASSURANCES.  The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

19.                                TITLES AND HEADINGS.  The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement.  Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

 

20.                                COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

21.                                SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto.  If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder

 

10



 

of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

Attachment:   Annex A :  Form of Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement

 

11


 

ANNEX A

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE AND AGREEMENT

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

* NOTE : YOU MUST SIGN THIS NOTICE ON PAGE 3 BEFORE SUBMITTING IT TO LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC. (THE “COMPANY”).

 

Optionee Information: PLEASE PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION ABOUT YOURSELF (“ OPTIONEE ”) :

 

Name:

Social Security Number:

Address:

Employee Number:

 

 

 

Option Information:  PLEASE PROVIDE THIS INFORMATION ON THE OPTION BEING EXERCISED ( THE “ OPTION ):

 

Date of Grant:

Type of Stock Option:

Option Price per Share: $

o Nonqualified (NQSO)

Total number of shares of Common Stock of the Company subject to the Option:

o Incentive (ISO)

 

Exercise Information:

 

Number of shares of Common Stock of the Company for which the Option is now being exercised [                                ].  (These shares are referred to below as the “ Purchased Shares .”)

 

Total Exercise Price Being Paid for the Purchased Shares: $                        

 

Form of payment enclosed [check all that apply] :

o                   Check for $                        , payable to “ Loxo Oncology, Inc.

o                   Certificate(s) for                                  shares of Common Stock of the Company.  These shares will be valued as of the date this notice is received by the Company.  [Requires Company consent.]

 

Agreements, Representations and Acknowledgments of Optionee:   BY SIGNING THIS STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE AND AGREEMENT, OPTIONEE HEREBY AGREES WITH, AND REPRESENTS TO, THE COMPANY AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.               Terms Governing.  I acknowledge and agree with the Company that I am acquiring the Purchased Shares by exercise of this Option subject to all other terms and conditions of the Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Stock Option Agreement that govern the Option, including without limitation the terms of the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as it may be amended (the “ Plan ”).

 



 

2.               Investment Intent; Securities Law Restrictions.  I represent and warrant to the Company that I am acquiring and will hold the Purchased Shares for investment for my account only, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” of the Purchased Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”). I understand that the Purchased Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act by reason of a specific exemption from such registration requirement and that the Purchased Shares must be held by me indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or I obtain an opinion of counsel (in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel) that registration is not required. I acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Purchased Shares under the Securities Act or under any other securities law.

 

3.               Restrictions on Transfer: Rule 144.   I will not sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Purchased Shares in violation of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the rules promulgated thereunder (including Rule 144 under the Securities Act described below “Rule 144”)) or of any other applicable securities laws.  I am aware of Rule 144, which permits limited public resales of securities acquired in a non-public offering, subject to satisfaction of certain conditions, which include (without limitation) that: (a) certain current public information about the Company is available; (b) the resale occurs only after the holding period required by Rule 144 has been met; (c) the sale occurs through an unsolicited “broker’s transaction”; and (d) the amount of securities being sold during any three-month period does not exceed specified limitations.  I understand that the conditions for resale set forth in Rule 144 have not been satisfied and that the Company has no plans to satisfy these conditions in the foreseeable future.

 

4.               Access to Information; Understanding of Risk in Investment.   I acknowledge that I have received and had access to such information as I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to invest in the Purchased Shares and that I had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the issuance of the Purchased Shares.  I am aware that my investment in the Company is a speculative investment that has limited liquidity and is subject to the risk of complete loss.  I am able, without impairing my financial condition, to hold the Purchased Shares for an indefinite period and to suffer a complete loss of my investment in the Purchased Shares.

 

5.               Rights of First Refusal; Market Stand-off.   I acknowledge that the Purchased Shares remain subject to the Company’s Right of First Refusal and the market stand-off covenants (sometimes referred to as the “lock-up”), all in accordance with the applicable Notice of Stock Option Grant and the Stock Option Agreement that govern the Option.

 

6.               Form of Ownership.    I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the form of ownership of the Purchased Shares that is appropriate for me.  In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust, I agree to sign a Stock Transfer Agreement.  In the event that I choose to transfer my Purchased Shares to a trust that is not an eligible revocable trust, I also acknowledge that the transfer will be treated as a “disposition” for tax purposes.  As a result, the favorable ISO tax treatment will be unavailable and other unfavorable tax consequences may occur.

 

7.               Investigation of Tax Consequences.   I acknowledge that the Company has encouraged me to consult my own adviser to determine the tax consequences of acquiring the Purchased Shares at this time.

 

8.               Other Tax Matters.   I agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes my tax liabilities.  I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board, officers or employees related to tax liabilities arising from my options or my other compensation.  In particular, I acknowledge that my options (including the Option) are exempt from section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code only if the exercise price per share is at least equal to the fair market value per share of the Common Stock at the time the option

 

2



 

was granted by the Board.  Since shares of the Common Stock are not traded on an established securities market, the determination of their fair market value was made by the Board and/or by an independent valuation firm retained by the Company.  I acknowledge that there is no guarantee in either case that the Internal Revenue Service will agree with the valuation, and I will not make any claim against the Company or its Board, officers or employees in the event that the Internal Revenue Service asserts that the valuation was too low.

 

9.               Spouse Consent.   I agree to seek the consent of my spouse to the extent required by the Company to enforce the foregoing.

 

10.        Tax Withholding.   As a condition of exercising this Option, I agree to make adequate provision for foreign, federal, state or other tax withholding obligations, if any, which arise upon the grant, vesting or exercise of this Option, or disposition of the Purchased Shares, whether by withholding, direct payment to the Company, or otherwise.

 

The undersigned hereby executes and delivers this Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement to agrees to be bound by its terms.

 

SIGNATURE:

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Optionee’s Name:

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Stock Option Exercise Notice and Agreement]

 

3


 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

2013 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                                    (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                            (“ Purchaser ”).  Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Company’s 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”).

 

1.                                       PURCHASE OF SHARES.

 

1.1                                Agreement to Purchase and Sell Shares .   On the Effective Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Plan, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and the Company hereby sells to Purchaser,                            (              ) shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Shares ”), at the price of                        ( $        ) per share (the “ Purchase Price Per Share ”) for a Total Purchase Price of                       ($                ) (the “ Purchase Price ”).  As used in this Agreement, the term “ Shares ” includes the Shares purchased under this Agreement and all securities received (a) in replacement of the Shares, (b) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (c) in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.

 

1.2                                Payment .   Purchaser hereby delivers payment of the Purchase Price as follows (check and complete as appropriate):

 

o             in cash (by check) in the amount of $                                  , receipt of which is acknowledged by the Company.

 

o             by cancellation of indebtedness of the Company owed to Purchaser in the amount of $                                                                    .

 

o             by the waiver hereby of compensation due or accrued for services rendered in the amount of $                                                              .

 

o             by delivery of                    fully-paid, nonassessable and vested shares of the Common Stock of the Company owned by Purchaser free and clear of all liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, valued at the current Fair Market Value of $                       per share (a) for which the Company has received “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of SEC Rule 144, (if purchased by use of a promissory note, such note has been fully paid with respect to such vested shares), or (b) that were obtained by Purchaser in the open public market.

 

2.                                       DELIVERIES.

 

2.1                                Deliveries by the Purchaser .   Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company at its principal executive offices:  (a) this completed and signed Agreement, and (b) the Purchase Price, paid by delivery of the form of payment specified in Section 1.2.

 

2.2                                Deliveries by the Company .   Upon its receipt of the Purchase Price, payment or other provision for any applicable tax obligations, if any, and all the documents to be executed and

 

1



 

delivered by Purchaser to the Company as provided herein, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser with the appropriate legends affixed thereto, to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 7.2 to secure performance of Purchaser’s obligations under Sections 5 and 6 until expiration or termination of the Company’s Repurchase Option and Refusal Right (as such terms are defined in Sections 5 and 6, respectively).

 

3.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER.  Purchaser represents and warrants to the Company as follows.

 

3.1                                Agrees to Terms of the Plan .   Purchaser has received a copy of the Plan, has read and understands the terms of the Plan and this Agreement, and agrees to be bound by their terms and conditions.

 

3.2                                Acknowledgment of Tax Risks .   Purchaser acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the purchase and the disposition of the Shares, and that Purchaser has been advised by the Company to consult a tax adviser prior to such purchase or disposition.  Purchaser further acknowledges that Purchaser is not relying on the Company or its counsel for tax advice regarding Purchaser’s purchaser or disposition of the Shares or the tax consequences to Purchaser of this Agreement.

 

3.3                                Shares Not Registered or Qualified .   Purchaser understands and acknowledges that the Shares have not been registered with the SEC under the Securities Act, or with any securities regulatory agency administering any state securities laws, and that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the purchase of any Shares is expressly conditioned upon compliance with the Securities Act and all applicable state securities laws.  Purchaser agrees to cooperate with the Company to ensure compliance with such laws.

 

3.4                                No Transfer Unless Registered or Exempt; Contractual Restrictions on Transfers .   Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the Securities Act or qualified under applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available.  Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares.  Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser. Purchaser further acknowledges that this Agreement imposes additional restrictions on transfer of the Shares.

 

3.5                                SEC Rule 701 Shares that are issued pursuant to SEC Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act may become freely tradable by non-affiliates (under limited conditions regarding the method of sale) ninety (90) days after the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC, subject to the lengthier market standoff agreement contained in Section 4 of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into by Purchaser.  Affiliates must comply with the provisions (other than the holding period requirements) of Rule 144 which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities.  Rule 144 is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144).  Purchaser understands that use of a promissory note as payment for the Shares may not be deemed to be “full payment of the purchase price” within the meaning of Rule 144 unless certain conditions are met and that, accordingly, the Rule 144 holding period of such Shares may not begin to run until such Shares are fully paid for within the meaning of Rule 144.  Purchaser

 

2



 

understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.

 

3.6                                Access to Information Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

 

3.7                                Understanding of Risks Purchaser is fully aware of:  (a) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (b) the financial hazards involved; (c) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares ( e.g. , that Purchaser may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); (d) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (e) the tax consequences of investment in, and disposition of, the Shares.

 

3.8                                Purchase for Own Account for Investment Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act.  Purchaser has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the Shares and no one other than Purchaser has any beneficial ownership of any of the Shares.

 

3.9                                No General Solicitation At no time was Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

 

3.10                         SEC Rule 144 Purchaser has been advised that SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six (6) months, and in certain cases one (1) year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144), subject to the lengthier market standoff agreement contained in Section 4 of this Agreement or any other agreement entered into by Purchaser.   Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company or if “current public information” about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.

 

4.                                       MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT.   Subject to the provisions of this Section, Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities under the Securities Act or other registered public offering that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any registered public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such managing underwriters, as the case may be, for a period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the managing underwriters may specify for employee-stockholders generally.   The restricted period shall in any event terminate two (2) years after the closing date of the Company’s initial public offering.  For purposes of this Section 4, the term “Company” shall include any wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company into which the Company merges or consolidates.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company shall have the right to place restrictive legends on the certificates representing the shares subject to this Section and to impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the Shares until the end of such period.  Purchaser further agrees that the underwriters of any such registered public offering shall be third party beneficiaries of this Section 4 and agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by

 

3



 

the underwriters to implement the foregoing. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not apply to any registration of securities of the Company (a) under an employee benefit plan or (b) in a merger, consolidation, business combination or similar transaction.

 

5.                                       COMPANY’S REPURCHASE OPTION FOR UNVESTED SHARES.   The Company, or (subject to Section 5.6) its assignee, shall have the option to repurchase all or a portion of the Purchaser’s Shares that are Unvested Shares (as defined below) on the Termination Date on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Repurchase Option ”) if Purchaser is Terminated (as defined in the Plan) for any reason, or no reason, including without limitation, Purchaser’s death, Disability (as defined in the Plan), voluntary resignation or termination by the Company with or without Cause.

 

5.1                                Termination and Termination Date .   In case of any dispute as to whether Purchaser is Terminated, the Committee shall have discretion to determine in good faith whether Purchaser has been Terminated and the effective date of such Termination (the “ Termination Date ”).

 

5.2                                Vested and Unvested Shares .   Shares that are vested pursuant to the schedule set forth in this Section 5.2 are “ Vested Shares .”  Shares that are not vested pursuant to such schedule are Unvested Shares .”  On the Effective Date,                                  of the Shares will be Unvested Shares (the “ Initial Unvested Shares ”).  Provided Purchaser continues to provide services to the Company or any Subsidiary or Parent of the Company at all times from the Effective Date until                                  (the “ First Vesting Date ”), then on the First Vesting Date one-fourth (1/4 th ) of the Initial Unvested Shares will become Vested Shares, and on the same day of each succeeding calendar month thereafter (or if there is no such day in any month, then the last day of such calendar month), an additional one forty-eighth 1/48 th  of the Initial Unvested Shares shall vest until the earliest to occur of (a) the date all of the Shares are Vested Shares, (b) the Termination Date or (c) the date vesting otherwise terminates pursuant to this Agreement or the Plan.  No fractional Shares shall be issued.  No Shares will become Vested Shares after the Termination Date.  The number of the Shares that are Vested Shares or Unvested Shares will be proportionally adjusted to reflect any stock split, reverse stock split or similar change in the capital structure of the Company as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Plan occurring after the Effective Date.

 

5.3                                Exercise of Repurchase Option .   At any time within ninety (90) days after the Purchaser’s Termination Date, the Company, or its assignee, may, at its option, elect to repurchase any or all the Purchaser’s Shares that are Unvested Shares on the Termination Date by giving Purchaser written notice of exercise of the Repurchase Option, specifying the number of Unvested Shares to be repurchased.  Such Unvested Shares shall be repurchased at the Purchase Price Per Share, proportionately adjusted for any stock split, reverse stock split or similar change in the capital structure of the Company as set forth in Section 2.2 of the Plan occurring after the Effective Date (the “ Repurchase Price ”).  The Repurchase Price shall be payable, at the option of the Company or its assignee, by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness owed by Purchaser to the Company and/or such assignee, or by any combination thereof.  The Repurchase Price shall be paid without interest within the term of the Repurchase Option as described in the first sentence of this Section 5.3.  The Company may, at its option, decline to exercise its Repurchase Option or may exercise its Repurchase Option only with respect to a portion of the Unvested Shares.

 

5.4                                Right of Termination Unaffected .   Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to limit or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company (or any Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) to terminate Purchaser’s employment or other relationship with Company (or the Parent or Subsidiary of the Company) at any time, for any reason or no reason, with or without Cause.

 

4



 

5.5                                Additional or Exchanged Securities and Property .  Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 above, in the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity, any other corporate reorganization, a stock split, the declaration of a stock dividend, the declaration of an extraordinary dividend payable in a form other than stock, a spin-off, a recapitalization or a similar transaction affecting the Company’s outstanding securities, any securities or other property (including cash or cash equivalents) that are by reason of such transaction exchanged for, or distributed or issued with respect to, any Unvested Shares shall immediately be subject to the Repurchase Option.  Appropriate adjustments shall be made to the price per share to be paid for Unvested Shares upon the exercise of the Repurchase Option (by allocating such price among the Unvested Shares and such other securities or property), provided that the aggregate purchase price payable for the Unvested Shares and all such other securities and property shall remain the same price that was original payable under the Repurchase Option to repurchase such Unvested Shares.  Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 above, in the event of a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or any other corporate reorganization, the Repurchase Option may be exercised by the Company’s successor.

 

5.6                                Assignment of Repurchase Right .   The Company may freely assign the Company’s Repurchase Option, in whole or in part, provided that any person who accepts an assignment of the Repurchase Option from the Company shall assume all of the Company’s rights and obligations with respect to the Repurchase Option (to the extent so assigned) under this Agreement.

 

6.                                       COMPANY’S REFUSAL RIGHT.   Unvested Shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer and the granting of encumbrances thereon as provided in Section 7 hereof.  Before any Vested Shares (as defined in Section 5 hereof) held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Vested Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including, without limitation, a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Vested Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Refusal Right ”).

 

6.1                                Notice of Proposed Transfer .   The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (a) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (b) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee of Offered Shares (“ Proposed Transferee ”); (c) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (d) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee (the “ Offered Price ”); and (e) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Refusal Right at the Offered Price as provided for in this Agreement.

 

6.2                                Exercise of Refusal Right .   At any time within thirty (30) days after the date the Notice is effective pursuant to Section 9.2, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price, determined as provided in Section 6.3 below.

 

6.3                                Purchase Price .   The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift), then the purchase price will be the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

 

5



 

6.4                                Payment .   The purchase price for the Offered Shares will be paid, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof.  The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

 

6.5                                Holder’s Right to Transfer .   If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to such Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (a) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date the Notice is effective pursuant to Section 9.2, (b) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (c) such Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to such Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Refusal Right before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

6.6                                Exempt Transfers .   Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following transfers of Vested Shares will be exempt from the Refusal Right: (a) the transfer of any or all of the Vested Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Vested Shares in the hands of such transferee; (b) any transfer of Vested Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another entity or entities (except that, subject to Section 6.7, unless the agreement of merger or consolidation expressly otherwise provides, the Refusal Right will continue to apply thereafter to such Vested Shares, in which case the surviving entity of such merger or consolidation shall succeed to the rights of the Company under this Section); or (c) any transfer of Vested Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company.  As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family” will mean Purchaser’s spouse, the lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister, child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of Purchaser or Purchaser’s spouse, or the spouse of any of the above or Spousal Equivalent, as defined herein.  As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent” provided the following circumstances are true:  (i) irrespective of whether or not the Purchaser and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (ii) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (iii) neither are married to anyone else, (iv) both are at least 18 years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (v) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (vi) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (vii) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

 

6.7                                Termination of Refusal Right .   The Refusal Right will terminate as to all Shares: (a) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the Securities Act or, if expressly approved by the Board as terminating the Refusal Right, under the laws of any other country having substantially the same effect (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) or (b) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the

 

6



 

Company with or into another entity or entities if the common stock of the surviving entity or any direct or indirect parent entity thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

7.                                       ADDITIONAL RESTRICTIONS UPON SHARE OWNERSHIP OR TRANSFER.

 

7.1                                Rights as a Stockholder .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights of a Stockholder of the Company with respect to the Shares from and after the date that Shares are issued to Purchaser until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Refusal Right or the Repurchase Option.  Upon an exercise of the Refusal Right or the Repurchase Option, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, other than the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

7.2                                Escrow .   As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s) to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Agreement (or to any other person or entity) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Agreement.  Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of both the Refusal Right and the Repurchase Option.

 

7.3                                Encumbrances on Shares .   Without the Company’s prior written consent given with the approval of the Company’s Board of Directors, Purchaser may not grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber, any Unvested Shares.

 

7.4                                Restrictions on Transfers .   Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred by Purchaser without the Company’s prior written consent.  Purchaser hereby agrees that Purchaser shall make no disposition of the Shares (other than as permitted by this Agreement) unless and until:

 

(a)                                  Purchaser shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and provided a written summary of the terms and conditions of the proposed disposition;

 

(b)                                  Purchaser shall have complied with all requirements of this Agreement applicable to the disposition of the Shares, including but not limited to the Refusal Right, the Market Standoff and the Repurchase Option; and

 

(c)                                   Purchaser shall have provided the Company with written assurances, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Company, that (i) the proposed disposition does not require registration of the Shares under the Securities Act or under any state securities laws, and (ii) all appropriate actions necessary for compliance with the registration and qualification requirements of the Securities Act and any state securities laws, or of any exemption from registration or qualification, available thereunder (including Rule 144) have been taken.

 

7



 

Each person (other than the Company) to whom the Shares are transferred by means of one of the permitted transfers specified in this Agreement must, as a condition precedent to the validity of such transfer, acknowledge in writing to the Company that such person is bound by the provisions of this Agreement and that the transferred Shares are subject to the Company’s Refusal Right or the Repurchase Option granted hereunder and the market stand-off provisions of Section 4 hereof, to the same extent such Shares would be so subject if retained by the Purchaser.

 

7.5                                Restrictive Legends and Stop-transfer Orders .   Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by applicable laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any agreement between Purchaser and any third party:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE SECURITIES ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL AND THE REPURCHASE OPTION HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AND A MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT, AS SET FORTH IN A RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, THE REPURCHASE OPTION AND THE MARKET STANDOFF ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

Purchaser also agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.  The Company will not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

 

8.                                       TAX CONSEQUENCES.   PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES.  PURCHASER REPRESENTS (a) THAT PURCHASER HAS

 

8


 

CONSULTED WITH ANY TAX ADVISER THAT PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (b) THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE.   Purchaser hereby acknowledges that Purchaser has been informed that, with respect to Unvested Shares, unless an election is filed by Purchaser with the Internal Revenue Service (and, if necessary, the proper state taxing authorities) within 30 days after the purchase of the Shares electing, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code (and similar state tax provisions, if applicable), to be taxed currently on any difference between the Purchase Price of the Unvested Shares and their Fair Market Value on the date of purchase, there will be a recognition of taxable income to Purchaser, measured by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of the Unvested Shares, at the time they cease to be Unvested Shares, over the Purchase Price for such Shares.  Purchaser represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax advisers Purchaser deems advisable in connection with Purchaser’s purchase of the Shares and the filing of the election under Section 83(b) and similar tax provisions.  A form of Election under Section 83(b) is attached hereto as Exhibit 2 for reference.  BY PROVIDING THE FORM OF ELECTION, NEITHER THE COMPANY NOR ITS LEGAL COUNSEL IS THEREBY UNDERTAKING TO FILE THE ELECTION FOR PURCHASER, WHICH OBLIGATION TO FILE SHALL REMAIN SOLELY WITH PURCHASER.

 

9.                                       GENERAL PROVISIONS.

 

9.1                                Successors and Assigns .   The Company may assign any of its rights under this Agreement, including its rights to purchase Shares under the Refusal Right or the Repurchase Option.  Neither Purchaser, nor any of Purchaser’s successors and assigns, may assign, whether voluntarily or by operation of law, any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, except with the prior written consent of the Company.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company.  Subject to the restrictions on transfer herein set forth, this Agreement will be binding upon Purchaser and Purchaser’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns.

 

9.2                                Notices .   Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following:  (i) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (ii) at the time an electronic confirmation of receipt is received, if delivery is by email; (iii) at the time of transmission by facsimile, addressed to the other party at its facsimile number specified herein (or hereafter modified by subsequent notice to the parties hereto), with confirmation of receipt made by both telephone and printed confirmation sheet verifying successful transmission of the facsimile; (iv) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States, with proof of delivery from the courier requested; or (v) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries.  Any notice for delivery outside the United States will be sent by email, facsimile or by express courier.  Any notice not delivered personally or by email will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to Purchaser at the last known address or facsimile number on the books of the Company, or at such other address or facsimile number as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other parties hereto or, in the case of the Company, to it at its principal place of business.  Notices to the Company will be marked “Attention: Chief Financial Officer.”  Notices by facsimile shall be machine verified as received.

 

9.3                                Further Assurances .   The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

9



 

9.4                                Entire Agreement .   The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  The Plan and this Agreement, together with all Exhibits hereto, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, between the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

9.5                                Severability .   If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto.  If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

 

9.6                                Execution .   This Agreement may be entered into in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.  This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and, upon such delivery, the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

 

[The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank]

 

[Signature page follows]

 

10



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative, and Purchaser has executed this Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement, as of the date first set forth above.

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

PURCHASER

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

Address:

Fax No.: (        )

 

 

 

 

Fax No.: (        )

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1:

 

Form of Election Pursuant to Section 83(b)

 

11



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

FORM OF SECTION 83(B) ELECTION

 



 

E LECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) OF THE
INTERNAL REVENUE CODE

 

The undersigned Taxpayer hereby elects, pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to include in gross income for the Taxpayer’s current taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the property described below at the time of transfer over the amount paid for such property, as compensation for services.

 

1.                                       TAXPAYER’S NAME:

 

TAXPAYER’S ADDRESS:

 

 

 

SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER:

 

TAXABLE YEAR:                                                                                                                                           Calendar Year

 

2.                                       The property with respect to which the election is made is described as follows:                 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), which is Taxpayer’s employer or the corporation for whom the Taxpayer performs services.

 

3.                                       The date on which the shares were transferred was                                         ,           .

 

4.                                       The shares are subject to the following restrictions:  The Company may repurchase all or a portion of the shares at the Taxpayer’s original purchase price under certain conditions at the time of Taxpayer’s termination of employment or services.

 

5.                                       The fair market value of the shares at the time of transfer (without regard to restrictions other than a nonlapse restriction as defined in § 1.83-3(h) of the Income Tax Regulations) was $         per share x                      shares = $                    .

 

6.                                       The amount paid for such shares was $         per share x                      shares = $                    .

 

7.                                       The amount to include in the Taxpayer’s gross income for the Taxpayer’s current taxable year is $                  .

 

THIS ELECTION MUST BE FILED WITH THE INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE (“ IRS ”), AT THE OFFICE WHERE THE TAXPAYER FILES ANNUAL INCOME TAX RETURNS, WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF TRANSFER OF THE PROPERTY, AND MUST ALSO BE FILED WITH THE TAXPAYER’S INCOME TAX RETURNS FOR THE CALENDAR YEAR.  A COPY OF THE ELECTION HAS ALSO BEEN FURNISHED TO THE COMPANY.  THE ELECTION CANNOT BE REVOKED WITHOUT THE CONSENT OF THE IRS.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

Taxpayer’s Signature

 




Exhibit 10.4

 

OFFICE LEASE

 

of

 

Suite 520

 

to

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC

 

A Delaware corporation

 

400 Oyster Point Boulevard

 

South San Francisco, CA 94080

 



 

OFFICE LEASE

 

THIS OFFICE LEASE (the “Lease”) is entered into as of April 1, 2014, by and between KASHIWA FUDOSAN AMERICA, INC. , a California corporation (“Landlord”) and LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC. , a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

1.                                       BASIC LEASE TERMS

 

1.1.                             LEASE OF PREMISES .  Landlord leases to Tenant, and Tenant rents and hires from Landlord, the premises described in § 1.3 below, in the building known by the street address 400 Oyster Point Boulevard (the “Building”) in the City of South San Francisco, County of San Mateo, State of California, on the property described in § 1.6 below, in the business park commonly known as Oyster Point Marina Plaza (the “Complex”), for the term stated in §1.4 below, for the rents hereinafter reserved, and upon and subject to the terms, conditions (including limitations, restrictions, and reservations), and covenants hereinafter provided The Building and the Complex are more particularly described and depicted in Exhibit A which is attached hereto. Each party hereby expressly covenants and agrees to observe and perform all of the conditions and covenants herein contained on its part to be observed and performed.

 

1.2.                             SUMMARY TABLE. The parties agree that the following table (the “Table”) sets forth in summary form the basic terms of this Lease, including the specific space comprising the Premises and, with respect to such space, the Term of the Lease, the usable and rentable square footage, the Base Rent, Base Year, and Tenant’s Share, as all of such terms are defined below:

 

Period

 

Suite
No.

 

RSF

 

USF

 

Monthly
Base Rent

 

T’s Share
Bldg

 

T’s Share
Complex

 

Base
Year

 

Commencement Date through June 30, 2015

 

520

 

2,918

 

2,537

 

$

5,690.10

 

1.259

%

0.628

%

2014

 

July 1, 2015 through June 30, 2016

 

520

 

2,918

 

2,537

 

$

5,860.80

 

1.259

%

0.628

%

2014

 

July 1, 2016 through June 30, 2017

 

520

 

2,918

 

2,537

 

$

6,036.62

 

1.259

%

0.628

%

2014

 

 

In the event of any conflict between the terms contained in the Table and the terms contained in subsequent sections of the Lease, the terms of the Table shall control, except that any dates stated in the Table are subject to adjustment as appropriate to the extent any other provisions of the Lease provide for adjustments to the Commencement Date and/ or the Expiration Date.

 

1.3.                             PREMISES. The premises leased to Tenant (the “Premises”) are a portion of the fifth (5th) floor of the Building and are commonly known as Suite 520 , as shown on the floor plan annexed hereto as Exhibit B (the “Space Plan”). The Premises also include all fixtures and equipment which are attached thereto, except items not deemed to be included therein and which are removable by Tenant as provided in Article 10 below. Landlord and Tenant agree that the usable and rentable area of the Premises, and the respective rentable areas of the Property (as defined in § 1.6 below) and Complex, for all purposes under this Lease, are as follows and as specified in the Table:

 

1



 

Property’s Rentable Area:

 

231,769 rsf

Complex’s Rentable Area:

 

464,502 rsf

 

Tenant acknowledges that it has caused its architect to verify the numbers stated in the Table and herein relating to the measurements of such spaces prior to the Commencement Date of this Lease or has had an opportunity to do so.

 

1.3.1                      Conference Table. Landlord hereby grants Tenant a license to move the conference table located as of the date of this Lease in the adjacent suite into the Premises and to use said conference table without charge or cost for the duration of the Term. Tenant shall return the conference table to Landlord at a location reasonably designated by Landlord on the fifth (5th) floor of the Building at the Expiration Date in the same condition as existed on the Commencement Date, normal wear and tear excepted.

 

1.4.                             TERM; TARGET DATE. The term (the “Term”) for which the Premises are hereby leased shall commence on the “Commencement Date,” which shall be the earlier to occur of (i) the day on which the Premises are ready for occupancy (as defined in Article 3) or (ii) the day on which Tenant or anyone claiming under or through Tenant first occupies the Premises for business, and shall end at noon on the “Expiration Date,” which shall be June 30, 2017 , or any earlier date upon which the Term may expire or be cancelled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of this Lease or pursuant to law. The parties anticipate that the Premises will be ready for Tenant’s occupancy on or before July 1, 2014 (the “Target Date”). Promptly following the Commencement Date the parties hereto shall, if required by Landlord, enter into a supplementary agreement fixing the dates of the Commencement Date and the Expiration Date in the form which is attached hereto as Exhibit E and incorporated herein by reference.

 

1.4.1                      Option to Renew. Tenant is hereby granted one (1) option to extend (the “Extension Option”) the Term of the Lease for one (1) additional period of three (3) years (the “Extension Period”). The Extension Period term shall begin the first day following the Expiration Date and shall take effect on the same terms and conditions in effect under the Lease immediately prior to the Extension Period, except that (i) Tenant shall have no further right to extend and (ii) monthly Base Rent shall be the rate which is Fair Market Value (as defined below). The Fair Market Value shall be the effective rent (face rate less free rent) being charged for comparable space in comparable buildings in the vicinity of the Building leased on comparable terms and shall be limited the rates charges in such comparable transactions for tenants renewing or extending their leases.

 

(a)                                  Exercise of Option. The Extension Option may be exercised only by (i) delivering in person to Landlord’s Building Manager in the Building Office written notice of Tenant’s irrevocable election to exercise no earlier than nine (9) months and no later than six (6) months prior to the commencement of the Extension Period, and (ii) collecting and retaining in exchange for such notice of exercise an original written receipt therefor signed and dated by Landlord’ s Building Manager. Tenant’s exercise of its Extension Option shall not be effective or valid if there is any deviation in the timing or manner of exercise prescribed herein.

 

2



 

(b)                                  Failure to Exercise.   If Tenant shall fail validly and timely to exercise the Option herein granted, said Option shall terminate and shall be null and void and of no further force and effect.

 

(c)                                   Fair Market Value.   Provided that Tenant has validly exercised its Option when and as required hereunder, not less than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the commencement of the Extension Period, Landlord shall provide written notice to Tenant of its determination of the Fair Market Value. Within ten (10) days after receiving such determination (‘Tenant’s Review Period”), Tenant shall irrevocably elect, in writing, to do one of the following: (i) accept Landlord’ s determination; or (ii) object to Landlord’s determination and with such objection set forth in writing Tenant’s determination of the Fair Market Value. If Tenant so objects, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt in good faith to agree upon such Fair Market Value using their best good-faith efforts.  If Landlord and Tenant fail to reach agreement within fifteen (15) days following Tenant’s Review Period (the “Outside Agreement Date”), then each party’s determination shall be submitted to arbitration in accordance with the then-current rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association, but subject to the instructions set forth in this § 1.4.1 et seq . If Tenant objects to Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Value, Tenant shall pay Rent at the Fair Market Value determined by Landlord until the matter is resolved by binding arbitration as provided below subject to retroactive adjustment after the matter is so resolved. If Tenant fails so to accept or object to Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Value in writing within Tenant’s Review Period, Tenant shall conclusively be deemed to have approved of the Fair Market Value as determined by Landlord. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Value for the Premises is the more accurate as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of this § 1.4.1 et seq .

 

(d)                                  Appointment of Arbitrators. Not later than fifteen (15) days following the Outside Agreement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint one arbitrator who shall by profession be a real estate broker who shall have been active over the ten-year period ending on the date of such appointment in the leasing of commercial properties within northern San Mateo County. The determination of the arbitrators shall be limited solely to the issue of whether Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Value for the Premises is the more accurate as determined by the arbitrators, taking into account the requirements of this § 1.4.1 et seq.

 

(e)                                   Appointment of Third Arbitrator. The two (2) arbitrators so appointed shall within fifteen (15) days of the date of the appointment of the last-appointed arbitrator agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, who shall be qualified under the same criteria as set forth hereinabove for qualification of the initial two arbitrators.

 

(f)                                    Arbitrators’ Decision.   The three (3) arbitrators shall, within thirty (30) days of the appointment of the third arbitrator, reach a decision as to whether the parties shall use Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Value, and shall notify Landlord and Tenant thereof. The decision of the majority of the three (3) arbitrators

 

3



 

shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. The arbitrators shall not be permitted to set Fair Market Value to any level other than either Landlord’s or Tenant’s submitted Fair Market Value.

 

(g)                                  Failure to Appoint.   If either Landlord or Tenant fails to appoint an arbitrator within fifteen (15) days after the Outside Agreement Date, the arbitrator timely appointed by one of the parties shall reach a decision, notify Landlord and Tenant thereof, and such arbitrator’s decision shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant. If the two (2) arbitrators fail to agree upon and appoint a third arbitrator, both arbitrators shall be dismissed and the matter to be decided shall be forthwith submitted to arbitration under the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect, but subject to the instructions set forth in this § 1.4.1 et seq .

 

(h)                                  Cost of Arbitration.   The cost of arbitration shall be paid by Landlord and Tenant equally.

 

(i)                                     Default.   Tenant’s exercise of the Option shall, at Landlord’s election, be null and void if Tenant is in Default beyond any applicable notice and cure period on the date of Tenant’s notice of exercise or at any time thereafter and prior to commencement of the Extension Period. Tenant’s exercise of the Extension Option shall not operate to cure any Default by Tenant nor to extinguish or impair any rights or remedies of Landlord arising by virtue of such Default. If the Lease or Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall terminate before Tenant shall have exercised the Extension Option, then immediately upon such termination the Extension Option shall simultaneously terminate and become null and void.

 

(j)                                     Time. Time is of the essence of the Extension Option granted hereunder.

 

1.5.                             RENT .  The “Rent” reserved under this Lease, for the Term thereof, shall consist of the following:

 

(a)                                  “Base Rent” as set forth in the Table for the various spaces and periods described therein per month, which shall be payable in advance on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Term of this Lease, except that Tenant shall pay the first month’s Base Rent due under the Lease upon the execution and delivery of this Lease by Tenant; and

 

(b)                                  “Additional Rent” consisting of any and all other sums of money as shall become payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder; and Landlord shall have the same remedies for default in the payment of Additional Rent as for a default in payment of Base Rent).

 

1.5.1                      Payment of Rent.   Tenant shall pay the Base Rent and Additional Rent promptly when due, without demand therefor and without any abatement, deduction, or setoff whatsoever, except as may be expressly provided in this Lease. Tenant shall pay the Rent to Landlord, in lawful money of the United States of America, at Landlord’ s office at the Complex or at such other place, or to such agent and at such place, as

 

4



 

Landlord may designate by notice to Tenant. If the Commencement Date occurs on a day other than the first day of a calendar month, the Base Rent for such calendar month shall be prorated based on a 30-day month, and the balance of the first month’s Base Rent theretofore paid shall be credited against the next monthly installment of Base Rent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall pay the first month’s Base Rent due hereunder, together with the Security Deposit due under §5.1below, upon Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord.

 

1.5.2                      Interest and Late Charges.   If Tenant fails to pay any Rent when due, the unpaid amounts shall bear interest from the due date until paid at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate plus five percent (5%) or, if less, at the highest rate of interest permitted by applicable law. As used herein, “Prime Rate” means the prime rate published in the Money Rates section of the Wall Street Journal (Western edition) as the same may change from time to time or in a similar publication if the Wall Street Journal ceases publication or ceases publication of its Money Rates section during the Term. Tenant acknowledges that the late payment of any monthly Rent will cause Landlord to lose the use of that money and incur costs and expenses not contemplated under this Lease, including administrative and collection costs and processing and account expenses, the exact amount of which it is difficult to ascertain. Therefore, in addition to interest, if any such installment is not received by Landlord within five (5) days from the date it is due, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of such installment. Landlord and Tenant agree that this late charge represents a reasonable estimate of such costs and expenses and is fair compensation to Landlord for the loss suffered from such nonpayment by Tenant. In addition, any check returned by the bank for any reason will be considered late and will be subject to all late charges plus an additional returned check fee of Twenty Dollars ($20.00). After two such occasions upon which checks have been returned in any twelve-month period, Landlord will have the right to require payment by a cashier’s check or money order. Acceptance of any interest or late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such nonpayment by Tenant nor prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies available to Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity, unless the payment of such interest and late charges is accompanied by all rentals then due and owning (notwithstanding anything to the contrary in § 20.2.1below).

 

1.6.                             PROPERTY.   For the purposes of this Lease, the “Property” shall mean the Building and any common or public areas or facilities, easements, corridors, lobbies, sidewalks, loading areas, driveways, landscaped areas, skywalk, parking garages and lots, and any and all other structures or facilities operated or maintained in connection with or for the benefit of the Building, and all parcels or tracts of land on which all or any portion of the Building or any of the other foregoing items are located, and any fixtures, machinery, equipment, apparatus, Systems and Equipment (as defined in § 1.6.5 below), furniture and other personal property located thereon or therein and used in connection therewith, whether title is held by Landlord or its affiliates. The Property shall also be deemed to include such other of the Complex’s buildings or structures (and related facilities and parcels on which the same are located) as Landlord shall have incorporated by reference to the total square footage of the Building stated in § 1.3 above.

 

5



 

1.6.1                      Common Areas. Tenant and its agents, employees, and invitees shall have the non-exclusive right with others designated by Landlord to the free use of the common areas in the Property and the Complex for the common areas’ intended and normal purpose. The term common areas shall mean elevators, sidewalks, parking areas, driveways, hallways, stairways, public restrooms, common entrances, lobbies, and other similar public areas and access ways.

 

1.6.2                      Athletic Facility. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the common areas do not include the Building’s athletic facility (the “Athletic Facility”), which is an unsupervised and unattended weight and exercise room and shower facility. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord presently makes available (but is not obligated under this Lease to make available) the Athletic Facility for the general use of all tenants and their officers and employees, subject to such rules and regulations as Landlord may impose from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion regarding the use thereof. Tenant shall cause each of its officers and employees using the Athletic Facility to sign and deliver to Landlord an “Athletic Facility Use Agreement” in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D , as such form may be revised by Landlord from time to time in its sole and absolute discretion. Tenant understands and agrees that no individual shall be permitted use of or access to the Athletic Facility unless and until such individual shall have first signed and delivered the Athletic Facility Use Agreement to Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to limit the use of the Athletic Facility in any manner it may deem necessary, or to discontinue the Athletic Facility altogether, at any time, in its sole and absolute discretion, and neither Tenant nor its officers or employees shall be entitled to any compensation, credit, allowance, or offset of expenses or Rent as a result of any such limitation or discontinuance.

 

1.6.3                      Reservation to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, possession of areas necessary for utilities, services, safety, and operation of the Property, including the Systems and Equipment, telephone closets (whether located in the common areas or in the Premises), fire exits and stairways, perimeter walls, space between the finished ceiling of the Premises and the slab of the floor or roof of the Property thereabove, and the use thereof, together with the right to install, maintain, operate, repair, and replace any part of the Systems and Equipment in, through, under, or above the Premises in locations that will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, are hereby excepted from both the Premises and the common areas and are reserved by Landlord and not demised to Tenant. Tenant’s access to the telephone closets on each floor and the Building’s main telephone room shall be subject to the Rules (as defined in § 13.1 below) and shall be permitted only with Landlord’s written consent and under the supervision of Landlord’s Building Engineer on each occasion that such access is sought.

 

1.6.4                      Changes and Alterations of the Property. Landlord reserves the right to make repairs, alterations, additions, or improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Property or Complex as deemed necessary or desirable in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, so long as such repairs or alterations do not materially and unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s access to or beneficial use of the Premises for their intended purposes. Landlord reserves the right hereunder to do the following: install, use,

 

6



 

maintain, repair, and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, and appurtenant meters and equipment for service to the various parts of the Property above the ceiling surfaces, below the floor surfaces, within the walls, and in the central core areas; (ii) to relocate any pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, and appurtenant meters and equipment which are located in the Premises or located elsewhere outside the Premises; (iii) expand the Building or the Complex; (iv) make changes to the Property or the Complex, including changes, expansions, and reductions in the location, size, shape, and number of driveways, entrances, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways, parking spaces, and parking areas; (v) close any of the common areas, so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available; (vi) use the common areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs, or alterations to the Property, Complex, or any portion thereof; and (vii) do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to, or with respect to the Property, Complex, common areas, and Building as Landlord may deem appropriate. The exercise of any of the foregoing rights shall not subject Landlord to claims for constructive eviction, abatement of Rent, damages, or other claims of any kind, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. If Landlord enters the Premises to exercise any of the foregoing rights, Landlord shall provide reasonable advance written or oral notice to Tenant’s on-site manager.

 

1.6.5                      Systems and Equipment.   As used in this Lease, “Systems and Equipment” means collectively any existing plant, machinery, transformers, duct work, intrabuilding network cables and wires that transmit voice, data, and other telecommunications signals (“INC”), and other equipment, facilities, and systems designed to supply water, heat, ventilation, air conditioning and humidity or any other services or utilities, or comprising or serving as any component or portion of the electrical, gas, steam, plumbing, sprinkler, communications, alarm, security, or fire/life/ safety systems or equipment, or any other mechanical, electrical, electronic, computer or other systems or equipment for the Property.

 

2.                                       USE

 

2.1.                             USE AND ENJOYMENT OF PREMISES. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for executive and general offices and for no other purpose. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Tenant may use portions of the Premises not to exceed one hundred fifty (150) usable square feet for the preparation and reheating of food and beverages, inducting the use of refrigerators, ice makers, coffee machines, hot plates, microwave ovens, or similar heating devices (but not for the actual cooking of food) for service only to Tenant’s employees and business invitees.

 

2.1.1                      Suitability. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Property, or the Complex, or with respect to the suitability of same for the conduct of Tenant’s business, except as expressly provided in this Lease. Tenant’s acceptance of possession of the Premises shall conclusively establish that the foregoing were at such time in satisfactory condition. Landlord makes no representation to Tenant regarding the

 

7



 

installation, ownership, location, or suitability for Tenant’s purposes of the INC in the Building.

 

2.1.2                      Insurance Rates. Tenant shall not do or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises, nor shall Tenant bring or allow anything to be brought into the Premises, which will in any way increase the rate of any fire insurance or other insurance upon the Property or its contents, cause a cancellation of said insurance, or otherwise affect said insurance in any manner.

 

2.1.3                      Use to Comply with Laws. Tenant shall use the Premises in conformity with all applicable Laws, as specified in Article 6 below.

 

2.1.4                      Floor Loading. Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed on any floor a load exceeding eighty (80) pounds per square foot or such lower floor load as such floor was designed to carry.

 

2.2.                             NUISANCE AND WASTE. Tenant also shall not do or suffer anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Property or injure or annoy said tenants or occupants, nor shall Tenant use or suffer the Premises to be used for any unlawful purposes. In no event shall Tenant cause or permit any nuisance in or about the Premises, and no loudspeakers or similar devices shall be used without the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste in or upon the Premises. The provisions of this section are for the benefit of Landlord only and shall not be construed to be for the benefit of any tenant or occupant of the Building. If any governmental license or permit, other than a Certificate of Occupancy, shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises, or any part thereof, and if failure to secure such license or permit would in any way affect Landlord, Tenant, at its sole expense, shall procure and thereafter maintain such license or permit and submit the same for inspection by Landlord. Tenant shall at all times comply with the terms and conditions of each such license or permit.

 

2.3.                             COMPLIANCE WITH CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY.   Tenant shall not at any time use or occupy the Premises, or suffer or permit anyone to use or occupy, the Premises, or do or permit anything to be done in the Premises, in violation of the Certificate of Occupancy for the Premises or for the Building.

 

3.                                       PREPARATION OF THE PREMISES

 

3.1.                             CONDITION OF PREMISES.   Except as otherwise expressly provided in §3.2 below, Tenant shall accept the Premises, any existing Improvements in the Premises (as defined in § 10.1 below), and the Systems and Equipment serving the same in an “as is” condition on the date the Term commences, and Landlord shall have no obligation to improve, alter, remodel, or otherwise modify the Premises prior to Tenant’s occupancy or thereafter under this Lease.

 

3.2.                             LANDLORD’S PREPARATION. Landlord shall use reasonable diligence in completing and preparing the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy in the manner and subject to the terms, conditions, and covenants set forth in this Article 3 on or before the Target Date specified

 

8



 

in § 1.4 above. If the Occupancy Conditions specified in § 3.2.2 below are not met by the Target Date, the Commencement Date shall be delayed by one day for each day that the date on which the Occupancy Conditions are met extends beyond the Target Date; and in any such case, Tenant shall not have the right to terminate the Lease, but Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent shall be delayed until the occurrence of the Commencement Date. The facilities, materials, and work to be furnished, installed, and performed in the Premises by Landlord hereunder at Landlord’s sole cost and expense are referred to as the “Work.” Any other installations, materials, and work which may be undertaken by or for the account of Tenant to prepare, equip, decorate, and furnish the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy are referred to as the “Tenant’s Work,” which shall be undertaken or installed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and which shall include the installation of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, office systems, and Tenant’s data and telecommunications cables and wiring. The parties agree that Landlord’s Work shall comprise the following elements and the following elements only, which Landlord shall undertake, perform, and install at Landlord’s sole cost and expense on a turnkey basis using Building-standard materials and finishes (except for the upgrades and alternates noted below, if any), as shown on the Space Plan in accordance with all applicable legal requirements:

 

(a)                                  Landlord shall provide a preliminary space plan and one revision if necessary;

 

(b)                                  demising of the Premises, as shown on the Space Plan;

 

(c)                                   using the existing ceiling grid, replacement of all ceiling tiles with Sand-Micro;

 

(d)                                  replacement of the existing lighting with new indirect lighting fixtures (as reasonably approved by Tenant);

 

(e)                                   opening of the wall between the kitchen area and the adjacent room (including the replacement and finishing of the drywall and flooring in such opening);

 

(f)                                    installation of flat electrical wires, but only if such flat wires are requested by Tenant and Tenant agrees to pay the upgrade cost at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (no floor core is permitted in the Building);

 

(g)                                  replacement of all electrical outlets and faceplates;

 

(h)                                  replacement of any window blinds that are not in good condition;

 

(i)                                     installation of new Building-standard carpet (but no carpet pad) and rubber base throughout the Premises; and

 

(j)                                     application of new Building-standard paint throughout the Premises, inducting one accent paint, with colors to be determined by Tenant.

 

9


 

3.2.2                      Readiness for Occupancy. The Premises shall be deemed ready for occupancy on the earliest date on which all of the following conditions (the “Occupancy Conditions”) have first been met:

 

(a)                                  Substantial Completion of Work. The Work has been substantially completed; and it shall be so deemed notwithstanding the fact that minor or insubstantial details of construction, mechanical adjustment, or decoration remain to be performed, the noncompletion of which does not materially interfere with Tenant’s beneficial use of the Premises for their intended purposes;

 

(b)                                  Access and Services. Reasonable means of access and facilities necessary to Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, inducting corridors, elevators, stairways, heating, ventilating, air-conditioning, sanitary, water, and electrical facilities (but exclusive of parking facilities) have been installed and are in reasonably good operating order and available to Tenant; and

 

(c)                                   Certificate of Occupancy or Completion. A certificate of occupancy, certificate of completion, final inspection card, or similar required governmental approval (temporary or final) has been issued by the City of South San Francisco permitting use of the Premises for office purposes.

 

3.2.3                      Tenant Delays.   If the occurrence of any of the Occupancy Conditions and Landlord’s preparation of the Premises for occupancy shall be delayed owing to either (a) any act, omission, or failure of Tenant or any of its employees, agents, or contractors which shall continue after Landlord shall have given Tenant reasonable notice that such act, omission, or failure would result in delay, and such delay shall have been unavoidable by Landlord in the exercise of reasonable diligence and prudence; or (b) the nature of any items of additional work or change orders that Landlord undertakes to perform for the account of Tenant (including any delays incurred by Landlord, after making reasonable efforts, in procuring any materials, equipment, or fixtures of a kind or nature not used by Landlord as part of its standard construction) (collectively “Tenant Delays”), then the Premises shall be deemed ready for occupancy on the date when they would have been ready but for such Tenant Delays.

 

3.3.                             EARLY ENTRY.   During any period that Tenant shall be permitted to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date other than to occupy the same ( e.g. , to perform alterations or improvements), Tenant shall comply with all terms and provisions of this Lease, except those provisions requiring the payment of Rent If Tenant shall be permitted to enter the Premises prior to the Commencement Date for the purpose of occupying the same, Rent shall commence on such date at the rate specified in the Table for the first period during which Rent is payable after the Commencement Date; and if Tenant shall commence occupying only a portion of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, Rent shall be prorated based on the number of rentable square feet occupied by Tenant. Landlord shall permit early entry, provided the Premises are legally available and Landlord has completed any Work required under this Lease. In no event shall Tenant’s early entry extend or shorten the Term of the Lease set forth in § 1.2 above. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Tenant shall have the right enter the Premises free from the obligation to pay Rent for the period commencing two (2) weeks prior to

 

10



 

the Commencement Date for the limited purposes installing Tenant’s furniture and fixtures and telephone and data equipment, lines, and cabling, provided that Tenant’s does not interfere with Landlord’s completion of the Work and that Tenant has delivered to Landlord the insurance certificates and the Security Deposit required hereunder.

 

3.4.                             NOTICE OF DEFECTS. It shall be conclusively presumed upon Tenant’s taking actual possession of the Premises that the same were in satisfactory condition (except for latent defects) as of the date of such taking of possession, unless within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date Tenant shall give Landlord notice in writing specifying the respects in which the Premises were not in satisfactory condition.

 

4.                                       ADJUSTMENTS OF RENT

 

4.1.                             TAXES, UTILITIES, AND OPERATING EXPENSES.   In addition to the Base Rent and all other payments due under this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in this Article 4, as Additional Rent, the following amounts:

 

(a)                                  Increased Operating Expenses. An amount equal to Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of that portion of Operating Expenses paid by Landlord during each Adjustment Period which exceeds the amount of Base Operating Expenses (as all of such terms are defined in §4.2 below).

 

(b)                                  Increased Utilities. An amount equal to Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of that portion of Utilities paid by Landlord during each Adjustment Period which exceeds the amount of Base Utilities (as all of such terms are defined in §4.2 below).

 

(c)                                   Increased Taxes. An amount equal to Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of that portion of Real Estate Taxes paid by Landlord during each Adjustment Period which exceeds the amount of Base Real Estate Taxes (as all of such terms are defined in § 4.2 below).

 

Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of (i) such increase in Operating Expenses over the Base Operating Expenses, such increase in Utilities over Base Utilities, and (iii) such increase in Real Estate Taxes over the Base Real Estate Taxes is sometimes referred to collectively herein as the “Rental Adjustment”

 

4.2.                             DEFINITIONS . For the purposes of this Lease, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(a)                                  Base Operating Expenses . “Base Operating Expenses” means the total of Operating Expenses paid by Landlord during calendar year 2014 (the “Base Expense Year”), as adjusted under § 4.5 below.

 

(b)                                  Base Utilities . “Base Utilities” means the total of Utilities paid by Landlord during calendar year 2014 (the “Base Utilities Year”), as adjusted under § 4.5 below.

 

11



 

(c)                                   Base Real Estate Taxes. “Base Real Estate Taxes” means the total of Real Estate Taxes paid by Landlord during calendar year 2014 (the “Base Tax Year”).

 

(d)                                  Tenant’s Pro Rata Share . “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” as to the Building is the percentage labeled as such in the Table in § 1.2 and is calculated by dividing the agreed rentable area of the Premises (numerator) by the agreed rentable area of the Property (denominator) and expressing the resulting quotient as a percentage. “Tenant’s Pro Rata Share” as to the Complex is the percentage labeled as such in the Table in § 1.2 as is calculated by dividing the agreed rentable area of the Premises (numerator) by the agreed rentable area of the Complex (denominator) and expressing the resulting quotient as a percentage. Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be increased during the Term in proportion to any increase in the area of the Premises in accordance with the formula stated herein.

 

(e)                                   Adjustment Period. “Adjustment Period” as to Operating Expenses, Utilities, and Real Estate Taxes means each calendar year of which any portion occurs during the Term, excluding the Base Year and beginning with the first calendar year immediately following the Base Year.

 

(f)                                    Real Estate Taxes. “Real Estate Taxes” means all of the following charges, whether or not now customary or in the contemplation of the parties hereto, and whether or not general, special, ordinary, or extraordinary, which Landlord shall pay during any Adjustment Period because of or in connection with the ownership, leasing, or operation of the Property:

 

(1)                                  ad valorem real property taxes;

 

(2)                                  any form of assessment, license fee, license tax, business license fee, commercial rental tax, levy, charge, fee, tax, or other imposition imposed by any authority, including any city, county, state, or federal governmental agency, or any school, agricultural, lighting, transportation, housing, drainage, or other improvement or special assessment district thereof;

 

(3)                                  any tax on Landlord’s ‘right’ to rent or ‘right’ to other income from the Building or as against Landlord’ s business of leasing the Building;

 

(4)                                  any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge in substitution, partially or totally, of any assessment tax, fee, levy or charge previously included within the definition of Real Estate Taxes, it being acknowledged by Tenant and Landlord that Proposition 13 was adopted by the voters of the State of California in the Election of June, 1978, and that assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges may be imposed by governmental agencies for such services as fire protection, street, sidewalk, and road maintenance, refuse removal, and for other governmental services formerly provided without charge to property owners or occupants, and it being the intention of Tenant and Landlord that all such new and

 

12



 

increased assessments, taxes, fees, levies, and charges be included within the definition of Real Estate Taxes for the purposes of this Lease;

 

(5)                                  any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge allocable to or measured by the area of the Building or Property or the Rent payable hereunder, including any gross income tax or excise tax levied by any city, county, state, or federal governmental agency or any political subdivision thereof with respect to the receipt of such Rent, or upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operating, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use, or occupancy by Tenant of the Property or any portion thereof;

 

(6)                                  any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party, creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Building or Property;

 

(7)                                  any assessment, tax, fee, levy, or charge by any governmental agency related to any transportation plan, fund, or system instituted within the geographic area of which the Building is a part; or

 

(8)                                  reasonable legal and other professional fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings to contest, determine or reduce Real Estate Taxes.

 

Exclusions.   Notwithstanding the foregoing, Real Estate Taxes shall not include (A) federal, state, or local income taxes; (B) franchise, gift, transfer, excise, capital stock, estate, succession, or inheritance taxes; or (C) penalties or interest for late payment of Real Estate Taxes.

 

(g)                                  Operating Expenses. “Operating Expenses” means all expenses, costs, and amounts (other than Real Estate Taxes and Utilities) of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay during any Adjustment Period of which any portion occurs during the Term, because of or in connection with the ownership, management, repair, maintenance, restoration, and/ or operation of the Property, including costs of the following:

 

(1)                                  permits, licenses, and certificates necessary to operate, manage, and lease the Property;

 

(2)                                  supplies, tools, equipment, and materials used in the operation, repair, and maintenance of the Property;

 

(3)                                  all insurance premiums for any insurance policies deemed necessary or desirable by Landlord (including workers’ compensation, health, accident, group life, public liability, property damage, earthquake, and fire and extended coverage insurance for the full replacement cost of the Property as required by Landlord or its lenders for the Property);

 

13



 

(4)                                  the deductible portion of any claim paid under any insurance policy maintained by Landlord in connection with its management and operation of the Property;

 

(5)                                  accounting, legal, inspection, consulting, concierge, and other services; services of independent contractors;

 

(6)                                  services of independent contractors;

 

(7)                                  compensation (including employment taxes and fringe benefits) of all persons who perform duties in connection with the operation, maintenance, repair, or overhaul of the Building or Property, and equipment, improvements, and facilities located within the Property, including engineers, janitors, painters, floor waxers, window washers, security, parking personnel, and gardeners;

 

(8)                                  operation and maintenance of a room for delivery and distribution of mail to tenants of the Building as required by the U.S. Postal Service (including an amount equal to the fair market rental value of the mail room premises);

 

(9)                                  management of the Building or Property, whether managed by Landlord or an independent contractor (including an amount equal to the fair market value of any on-site manager’s office);

 

(10)                           rental expenses for (or a reasonable depreciation allowance on) personal property used in maintenance, operation, or repair of the Property and installment equipment purchase or equipment financing agreements for such personal property;

 

(11)                           costs, expenditures, or charges (whether capitalized or not) required by any governmental or quasi-governmental authority after the Commencement Date;

 

(12)                           payments under any easement, operating agreement, declaration, restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs in any planned development;

 

(13)                           amortization of capital expenses (including financing costs) incurred by Landlord after the Commencement Date in order to (A) comply with Laws, (B) reduce Property Operating Expenses or Utilities, or (C) upgrade the utility, efficiency, or capacity of any utility or telecommunication systems serving tenants of the Property;

 

(14)                           operation, repair, and maintenance of all Systems and Equipment and components thereof (including replacement of components); janitorial service; alarm and security service; window cleaning; trash removal; elevator maintenance; cleaning of walks, parking facilities, and building walls;

 

14



 

removal of ice and snow; replacement of wall and floor coverings, ceiling tiles, and fixtures in lobbies, corridors, restrooms and other common or public areas or facilities; maintenance and repair of the roof and exterior fabric of the Building, including replacement of glazing as needed; maintenance and replacement of shrubs, trees, grass, sod, and other landscaped items, irrigation systems, drainage facilities, fences, curbs, and walkways; repaving and restriping parking facilities; and roof repairs;

 

(15)                           the operation of any on-site maintenance shop(s) and the operation and maintenance of the Athletic Facility, any other fitness center, conference rooms, and all other common areas and amenities in the Property;

 

(16)                           provision of shuttle busses, shuttle services, and drivers between the Complex and BART and SFO airport, as required by the Bay Area Regional Transportation Act and deed covenants and restrictions applicable to the Complex; and

 

(17)                           any other costs or expenses incurred by Landlord which are reasonably necessary to operate, repair, manage, and maintain the Building and Property in a first-class manner and condition and which are not otherwise reimbursed by tenants of the Building.

 

Exclusions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include (A) depreciation, interest, and amortization on Superior Mortgages (as defined in § 18.1 below), and other debt costs or ground lease payments, if any; (B) legal fees in connection with leasing, tenant disputes, or enforcement of leases; (C) real estate brokers’ leasing commissions; (D) improvements or alterations to tenant spaces; (E) the cost of providing any service directly to, and reimbursed or paid directly by, any tenant; (F) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Expenses elsewhere in this Lease; (G) costs of any items to the extent Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or from a third party (such proceeds to be deducted from Operating Expenses in the year in which received); (H) capital expenditures, except those expressly permitted above; provided, all such permitted capital expenditures (together with reasonable financing charges) shall be amortized for purposes of this Lease over the shorter of (x) their useful lives, (y) the period during which the reasonably estimated savings in Operating Expenses equals the expenditures, or (z) three (3) years. There shall be no duplication of charges under this Lease.

 

(h)                                  Utilities. “Utilities” means all expenses, costs, and amounts of every kind and nature which Landlord shall pay during any Adjustment Period of which any portion occurs during the Term, because of or in connection with the electricity, power, gas, steam, oil or other fuel, water, sewer, lighting, heating, air conditioning, and ventilating delivered to or consumed or used in or on the Property.

 

4.3.                             MANNER OF PAYMENT . To provide for current payments of the Rental Adjustment, Tenant shall pay as Additional Rent during each Adjustment Period an amount equal to Landlord’s reasonable good-faith estimate of the Rental Adjustment which will be

 

15



 

payable by Tenant for such Adjustment Period.  Such payments shall be made in monthly installments, commencing on the first day of the month following the month in which Landlord notifies Tenant of the amount it is to pay hereunder and continuing until the first day of the month following the month in which Landlord gives Tenant a new notice of the estimated Rental Adjustment (which shall not occur more often than one (1) time every twelve (12) months). It is the intention hereunder to estimate from time to time the amount of Tenant’s Rental Adjustment for each Adjustment Period and then to effect a reconciliation in the following year based on the actual expenses incurred for the preceding Adjustment Period, as provided in 4.4 below.

 

4.4.                             RECONCILIATION. On or before the first day of April of each year after the first Adjustment Period (or as soon thereafter as is practical), Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement (the “Statement’’) setting forth the Rental Adjustment for the preceding year. If the actual Rental Adjustment for the preceding Adjustment Period exceeds the total of the estimated monthly payments made by Tenant for such Adjustment Period, Tenant shall pay Landlord the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days of the receipt of the Statement. If such total of estimated payments made exceeds the actual Rental Adjustment for such Adjustment Period, then Tenant shall receive a credit for the difference against payments of Rent next due. If the credit is due from Landlord on the Expiration Date, Landlord shall pay Tenant the amount of the credit, less any Rent then due. The obligations of Tenant and Landlord to make payments required under this § 4.4 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease.

 

4.4.1                      Changes in Method . So long as Tenant’s obligations hereunder are not materially adversely affected thereby, Landlord reserves the right reasonably to change from time to time the manner or timing of the foregoing payments. In lieu of providing one Statement covering Real Estate Taxes, Utilities, and Operating Expenses, Landlord may provide separate statements, at the same or different times. No delay by Landlord in providing the Statement (or separate statements) shall be deemed a default by Landlord or a waiver of Landlord’s right to require payment of Tenant’s obligations for actual or estimated Real Estate Taxes, Utilities, or Operating Expenses. In no event shall a decrease in Real Estate Taxes, Utilities, or Operating Expenses below the Base Operating Expenses, Base Utilities, or Base Real Estate Taxes ever decrease the monthly Base Rent or give rise to a credit in favor of Tenant.

 

4.4.2                      Proration of Rental Adjustment . If the Term does not commence on January 1 or does not end on December 31, Tenant’s obligations to pay estimated and actual amounts towards Real Estate Taxes, Utilities, and Operating Expenses for such first or final calendar year shall be prorated to reflect the portion of such year(s) included in the Term. Such proration shall be made by multiplying the total estimated or actual (as the case may be) Real Estate Taxes, Utilities, and Operating Expenses for such calendar year(s), as well as the Base Real Estate Taxes, Base Utilities, and Base Operating Expenses, by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days of the Term during such calendar year, and the denominator of which shall be three hundred sixty-five (365).

 

4.5.                             GROSS-UP . If the Building is less than ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during the Base Period or any Adjustment Period, then Operating Expenses, Utilities, and Real Estate

 

16



 

Taxes for the Base Period and/ or such Adjustment Period shall be “grossed up” to that amount of Operating Expenses, Utilities, and Real Estate Taxes that, using reasonable projections, would normally have been incurred during the Base Period and/ or such Adjustment Period if the Building had been ninety-five percent (95%) occupied during the Base Period and/ or such Adjustment Period, as determined in accordance with sound accounting and management practices, consistently applied. Only those component elements or items of expense of Operating Expenses, Utilities, and Real Estate Taxes that are affected by variations in occupancy levels shall be grossed up.

 

4.6.                             ADJUSTMENT OF BASE OPERATING EXPENSES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, the parties agree that Base Operating Expenses and Operating Expenses for any subsequent Adjustment Period (herein called “Subsequent Operating Expenses”) shall be subject to further adjustment by Landlord as follows:

 

(a)                                  Exclusion of Capital Expenditures. Landlord may exclude from Base Operating Expenses capital expenditures otherwise permitted, provided Landlord shall also exclude any amortization of such expenditures from Subsequent Operating Expenses.

 

(b)                                  Elimination of Recurring Expenses. If Landlord eliminates from any Subsequent Operating Expenses a category of recurring expenses previously included in Base Operating Expenses, Landlord may subtract such category from Base Operating Expenses commencing with such subsequent Adjustment Period.

 

(c)                                   New Recurring Expenses. If Landlord includes a new category of recurring Subsequent Operating Expenses not previously included in Base Operating Expenses, Landlord shall also include a commercially reasonably amount (the “Assumed Base Amount”) for such category in Base Operating Expenses commencing in such subsequent Adjustment Period.

 

(d)                                  Assumed Base Amount. The “Assumed Base Amount” under § 4.6(c) above shall be the annualized amount of expenses for such, new category in the first Adjustment Period it is included, reduced by an amount determined in Landlord’s sole good faith discretion (but in no event by an amount less than five percent (5%)) for each full or partial Adjustment Period that has elapsed during the Term of the Lease before such Adjustment Period.

 

4.7.                             ADJUSTMENT OF REAL ESTATE TAXES . If Base Real Estate Taxes are reduced as the result of protest, by means of agreement, as the result of legal proceedings, or otherwise, Landlord may adjust Tenant’s obligations for Real Estate Taxes in all years affected by any refund of taxes following the Base Tax Year; and Tenant shall pay Landlord within thirty (30)days after notice any additional amount required by such adjustment for any Adjustment Periods that have theretofore occurred. Tenant shall be entitled to receive a share of any refund or abatement of Real Estate Taxes received by Landlord to the extent of and in proportion to Tenant’s actual contribution to the amount of Real Estate Taxes paid by Landlord during the period to which such refund or abatement relates, but in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any refund with respect to Real Estate Taxes paid by Landlord during Tenant’s Base Tax Year. If

 

17



 

Real Estate Taxes for any Adjustment Period during the Term or any extension thereof shall be increased after payment thereof by Landlord for any reason, including error or reassessment by applicable governmental authorities, Tenant shall pay Landlord upon demand Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of such increased Real Estate Taxes. Tenant shall pay increased Real Estate Taxes whether Real Estate Taxes are increased as a result of increases in the assessment or valuation of the Property (whether based on a sale, change in ownership, refinancing of the Property, or otherwise), increases in the tax rates, reduction or elimination of any rollbacks or other deductions available under current law, scheduled reductions of any tax abatement, as a result of the elimination, invalidity, or withdrawal of any tax abatement, or for any other cause whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Real Estate Taxes shall be paid based on assessments or bills by a governmental authority using a fiscal year other than a calendar year, Landlord may elect to average the assessments or bills for the subject calendar year, based on the number of months of such calendar year included in each such assessment or bill.

 

4.8.                             ALLOCATION WITHIN COMPLEX. So long as the Property shall be part of the Complex collectively owned or managed by Landlord or its affiliates or collectively managed by Landlord’s managing agent, Landlord may allocate Real Estate Taxes, Utilities, and Operating Expenses within the Complex and between the buildings and structures comprising the Complex and the parcels on which they are located, in accordance with sound accounting and management principles to the extent not separately assessed or metered.  In the alternative, Landlord shall have the right to determine, in accordance with sound accounting and management principles, Tenant’s Pro Rata Share of Real Estate Taxes, Utilities, and Operating Expenses based upon the totals of each of the same for all such buildings and structures, the land constituting parcels on which the same are located, and all related facilities, including common areas and easements, corridors, lobbies, sidewalks, elevators, loading areas, parking facilities, driveways, and other appurtenances and public areas, in which event Tenant’s Pro Rata Share shall be based on the ratio of the rentable area of the Premises to the rentable area of all buildings in the Complex.

 

4.9.                             LANDLORD’S RECORDS. Landlord shall maintain records with respect to Real Estate Taxes, Utilities, and Operating Expenses and determine the same in accordance with sound accounting and management practices, consistently applied. Although this Lease contemplates the computation of Real Estate Taxes, Utilities, and Operating Expenses on a cash basis, Landlord shall make reasonable and appropriate accrual adjustments to ensure that each Adjustment Period includes substantially the same recurring items. Landlord reserves the right to change to a full accrual system of accounting so long as the same is consistently applied and Tenant’s obligations are not materially adversely affected. Tenant or its representative shall have the right to examine such records, upon reasonable prior written notice specifying such records Tenant desires to examine, during normal business hours at the place or places where such records are normally kept, by sending such notice no later than forty-five (45) days following the furnishing of the Statement.

 

4.10.                      OTHER TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT. In addition to the Base Rent and any other charges to be paid by Tenant hereunder, Tenant shall, as an element of Rent, reimburse Landlord upon demand for any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) which are not otherwise reimbursable under this Lease, whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties, where such taxes are upon, measured by, or reasonably attributable to (A) the cost or value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures, and other personal property

 

18



 

located at the Premises, or the cost or value of any improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant, regardless of whether title to such improvements is held by Tenant or Landlord (except to the extent paid by Tenant directly to the taxing authority); (B) the gross or net Rent payable under this Lease, including any rental or gross receipts tax levied by any taxing authority with respect to the receipt of the Rent hereunder; (C) the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use, or occupancy by Tenant of the Premises or any portion thereof; or (D) this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises. Tenant shall pay any rent tax, sales tax, service tax, transfer tax, value-added tax, or any other applicable tax on the Rent or services herein or otherwise respecting this Lease.

 

4.11.                      RENT CONTROL. If the amount of Rent or any other payment due under this Lease violates the terms of any governmental restrictions on such Rent or payment, then the Rent or payment due during the period of such restrictions shall be the maximum amount allowable under those restrictions. Upon termination of the restrictions, Landlord shall, to the extent it is legally permitted, recover from Tenant the difference between the amounts received during the period of the restrictions and the amounts Landlord would have received had there been no restrictions.

 

5.                                       SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

5.1.                             DEPOSIT FOR SECURITY . Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the amount of Twelve Thousand Seventy-Three Dollars and Twenty-Four Cents ($12,073.24) (the “Security Deposit”) upon Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord. The Security Deposit shall serve as security for the prompt, full, and faithful performance by Tenant of the terms and provisions of this Lease, including the value of future rents as damages in accordance with California Civil Code § 1951.2, as set forth in § 20.3 below. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from Landlord’s general funds or pay interest on the Security Deposit.

 

5.1.1                      Application of Deposit .  In the event that Tenant is in Default hereunder and fails to cure within any applicable time permitted under this Lease, or in the event that Tenant owes any amounts to Landlord upon the expiration of this Lease, Landlord may use or apply the whole or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of Tenant’s obligations hereunder upon notice to Tenant of the same. The use or application of the Security Deposit or any portion thereof shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other right or remedy provided hereunder or under any Law and shall not be construed as liquidated damages.

 

5.1.2                      Restoration of Full Deposit. In the event the Security Deposit is reduced by such use or application, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, within ten (10) days after written notice, an amount sufficient to restore the full amount of the Security Deposit. If the Premises shall be expanded at any time, or if the Term shall be extended at any increased rate of Rent, the Security Deposit shall thereupon be proportionately increased.

 

5.1.3                      Disposition of Security Deposit. After the Expiration Date or any earlier termination of the Lease, any remaining portion of the Security Deposit shall be returned

 

19


 

to Tenant after deduction of all amounts due as Rent or otherwise. Tenant expressly waives the provisions of §1950.7 of the California Civil Code.

 

6.                                       COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

6.1.                             TENANT’S COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS. Tenant shall use the Premises in compliance with all applicable federal, state, county, and local governmental and municipal laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, codes, decrees, orders, and other such requirements, and decisions by courts in cases where such decisions are considered binding precedents in the State of California (the “State”), and decisions of federal courts applying the laws of the State (collectively “Laws”). Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with each and all of such Laws, and also with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted to deal with the condition, use, or occupancy of the Premises, except in the case of required structural changes not triggered by Tenant’s change in use of the Premises or Tenant’s alterations, additions, or improvements therein. Tenant shall comply with all applicable Laws regarding the physical condition of the Premises, but only to the extent that the applicable Laws pertain to the particular manner in which Tenant uses the Premises or the particular use to which Tenant puts the Premises, if different from that permitted under Article 2 of this Lease. Tenant shall also comply with all applicable Laws which do not relate to the physical condition of the Premises and with which only the occupant can comply, such as laws governing maximum occupancy, workplace smoking, VDT regulations, and illegal business operations, such as gambling. The judgment of any court of competent jurisdiction or the admission of Tenant in any judicial action, regardless of whether Landlord is a party thereto, that Tenant has violated any of such Laws shall be conclusive of that fact as between Landlord and Tenant.

 

6.1.1                      Code Costs. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 6, if the requirement of any public authority obligates either Landlord or Tenant to expend money in order to bring the Premises and/ or any area of the Property into compliance with Laws as a result of (a) Tenant’s particular use or alteration of the Premises; (b) Tenant’s change in the use of the Premises; (c) the manner of conduct of Tenant’s business or operation of its installations, equipment, or other property therein; (d) any cause or condition created by or at the instance of Tenant, other than by Landlord’s performance of any work for or on behalf of Tenant; or (e) breach of any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, then Tenant shall bear all costs (“Code Costs”) of bringing the Premises and/ or Property into compliance with Laws, whether such Code Costs are related to structural or nonstructural elements of the Premises or Property.

 

6.2.                             LANDLORD’S COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS . Landlord represents that on the Commencement Date Landlord has no actual knowledge of any violation of any applicable Laws respecting the Premises. During the Term Landlord shall comply with all applicable Laws regarding the Premises and Property, except to the extent Tenant must comply under § 6.1above.

 

7.                                       HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

 

7.1.                             REGULATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS . Tenant shall not transport, use, store, maintain, generate, manufacture, handle, dispose, release, or discharge any “Hazardous Material”

 

20



 

(as defined below) upon or about the Property, nor permit Tenant’s employees, agents, contractors, and other occupants of the Premises to engage in such activities upon or about the Property. However, the foregoing provisions shall not prohibit the transportation to and from, and use, storage, maintenance, and handling within, the Premises of substances customarily used in offices, provided all of the following conditions are met:

 

(a)                                  such substances shall be used and maintained only in such quantities as are reasonably necessary for such permitted use of the Premises, strictly in accordance with applicable Laws and the manufacturers’ instructions therefor;

 

(b)                                  such substances shall not be disposed of, released, or discharged on the Property in violation of applicable Laws and shall be transported to and from the Premises in compliance with all applicable Laws, and as Landlord shall reasonably require;

 

(c)                                   if any applicable Laws or Landlord’s trash removal contractor requires that any such substances be disposed of separately from ordinary trash, Tenant shall make arrangements at Tenant’s expense for such disposal directly with a qualified and licensed disposal company at a lawful disposal site (subject to scheduling and approval by Landlord), and shall ensure that disposal occurs frequently enough to prevent unnecessary storage of such substances in the Premises; and

 

(d)                                  any remaining such substances shall be completely, properly, and lawfully removed from the Property upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

7.1.1                      Definition of Hazardous Material. The term “Hazardous Material” for purposes hereof shall mean any chemical, substance, material, or waste or component thereof which is now or hereafter listed, defined, or regulated as a hazardous or toxic chemical, substance, material, or waste or component thereof by any federal, state, or local governing or regulatory body having jurisdiction, or which would trigger any employee or community “right-to-know” requirements adopted by any such body, or for which any such body has adopted any requirements for the preparation or distribution of an MSDS.

 

7.2.                             NOTIFICATION OF LANDLORD. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of (A) any enforcement, cleanup, or other regulatory action taken or threatened by any governmental or regulatory authority with respect to the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Premises or the migration thereof from or to other property; (B) any demands or claims made or threatened by any party against Tenant or the Premises relating to any loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Material on or from the Premises; and (C) any matters where Tenant is required by law to give a notice to any governmental or regulatory authority respecting any Hazardous Material on the Premises. Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to join and participate, as a party, in any legal proceedings or actions affecting the Premises initiated in connection with any environmental, health, or safety law.

 

7.3.                             LIST OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. At such times as Landlord may reasonably request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written list identifying any Hazardous Material

 

21



 

then used, stored, or maintained upon the Premises, the use and approximate quantity of each such material, a copy of any material safety data sheet (“MSDS”) issued by the manufacturer thereof, written information concerning the removal, transportation, and disposal of the same, and such other information as Landlord may reasonably require or as may be required by law.

 

7.4.                             CLEANUP . If any Hazardous Material is released, discharged or disposed of by Tenant or any other occupant of the Premises, or their employees, agents, or contractors, on or about the Property in violation of the foregoing provisions, Tenant shall immediately, properly, and in compliance with applicable Laws clean up and remove the Hazardous Material from the Property and any other affected property and clean or replace any affected personal property (whether or not owned by Landlord), at Tenant’s expense. Such clean up and removal work shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval (except in emergencies), and shall include any testing, investigation, and the preparation and implementation of any remedial action plan required by any governmental body having jurisdiction or reasonably required by Landlord. If Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this § 7.2 within five (5) days after written notice by Landlord, or such shorter time as may be required by Laws or in order to minimize any hazard to persons or property, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) arrange for such compliance directly or as Tenant’s agent through contractors or other parties selected by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies under this Lease or applicable Laws).

 

7.5.                             CASUALTY DAMAGE. If any Hazardous Material is released, discharged, or disposed of on or about the Property and such release, discharge, or disposal is not caused by Tenant or other occupants of the Premises, or their employees, agents, or contractors, such release, discharge, or disposal shall be deemed casualty damage under Article 15 to the extent that the Premises or common areas serving the Premises are affected thereby; in such case, Landlord and Tenant shall have the obligations and rights respecting such casualty damage provided under Article 15 of this Lease.

 

7.6.                             REFRIGERANT . Tenant shall not install any refrigerant-containing systems or equipment, including refrigerators, freezers, supplemental HVAC systems or self-contained air conditioners, without Landlord’s prior approval, which Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion. Unless Tenant shall have obtained Landlord’s prior written approval to install existing equipment after an inspection, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, by Landlord’s engineer for defects and proper proposed installation in the Premises, all refrigerant-containing equipment and/ or systems which Tenant installs in the Premises shall be new. Whether Tenant’s refrigerant-containing equipment or systems are defective and are properly installed shall be determined at the sole discretion of Landlord’s engineer. If Tenant wishes to install any refrigerant-containing equipment or systems, Tenant shall obtain and provide Landlord with copies of all required permits associated with such equipment or systems.

 

7.6.1                      Removal of Refrigerant . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall remove all refrigerant and refrigerant-containing equipment and/ or systems installed in the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant prior to the Expiration Date of this Lease. Prior to the removal of any such refrigerant or refrigerant-containing equipment and/ or systems, Tenant shall submit to Landlord for Landlord’s approval, the names of Tenant’s contractors and all plans and specifications for such removal. Tenant

 

22



 

and Tenant’s contractors shall comply with all legal requirements, industry practices and rules established by Landlord in performing such removal work. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Property or the Systems and Equipment associated with such removal, and Tenant shall be responsible for the costs associated with restoring the Property to the condition which existed immediately prior to any modification undertaken by Landlord in order to accommodate Tenant’s refrigerant-containing equipment or systems.

 

8.                                       SERVICES AND UTILITIES

 

8.1.                             LANDLORD’S SERVICES . Landlord agrees to provide, on the terms and conditions specified herein, the following services and utilities for Tenant’s use and consumption in the Premises, the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses and/ or Utilities and reimbursed to Landlord in accordance with § 4.1above:

 

(a)                                  Electricity .  Electricity for standard office lighting fixtures and for equipment and accessories customary for offices, provided (i) the connected electrical load of all the same does not exceed an average of four (4) watts per usable square foot of the Premises (or such lesser amount as may be available, based on the safe and lawful capacity of the existing electrical circuit(s) and facilities serving the Premises); (ii) the electricity will be at nominal 120 volts, single phase (or 110 volts, depending on available service in the Building); and (iii) the safe and lawful capacity of the existing electrical circuit(s) serving the Premises is not exceeded. Landlord will permit its electric feeders, risers, and wiring servicing the Premises to be used by Tenant to the extent available and safely capable of being used for such purpose.

 

(b)                                  Telecommunications Interface. Interface with the telephone network at the demarcation point or minimum point of entry (“MPOE”) supplied by the local regulated public utility by means of Landlord’s INC consisting of cable pairs with a capacity consistent with the engineering standards to which the Building was designed.

 

(c)                                   HVAC. Heat, ventilation, and air-conditioning (“HVAC”) to provide a temperature required, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion and in accordance with applicable Laws, for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises during business hours (as defined in §8.1.1 below). Landlord shall not be responsible for inadequate air-conditioning or ventilation to the extent the same occurs because Tenant uses any item of equipment consuming more than 500 watts at rated capacity without providing adequate air-conditioning and ventilation therefor.

 

(d)                                  Water. Water for drinking, lavatory and toilet purposes at those points of supply provided for nonexclusive general use of other tenants at the Property.

 

(e)                                   Janitorial Services. Customary office cleaning and trash removal service Monday through Friday or Sunday through Thursday in and about the Premises.

 

(f)                                    Elevator Services. Operatorless passenger elevator service and freight elevator service (if the Property has such equipment serving the Premises, and subject to scheduling by Landlord) in common with Landlord and other tenants and their

 

23



 

contractors, agents, and visitors. Elevator Services shall be available 24 hours a day, year round.

 

8.1.1                      Business Hours. The term business hours in this Lease shall mean the hours from 8:00 a.m. until 6:00 p.m. on Monday through Friday and from 9:00 a.m. until 1:00 p.m. on Saturday throughout the year, except for New Year’s Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, and any other federally-observed holiday which may be created during the Term (“Holidays”).

 

8.2.                             ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL CAPACITY. Any additional risers, feeders, or other equipment or service proper or necessary to supply Tenant’s electrical requirements will be installed by Landlord, upon written request of Tenant, at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, if, in Landlord’s sole judgment, the same are necessary and will not cause permanent damage or injury to the Property, the Premises, or the Systems and Equipment or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations, repairs, or expense or interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants. Rigid conduit only will be allowed.

 

8.2.1                      Approved Electrical Load. Tenant agrees not to connect any additional electrical equipment of any type to the building electric distribution system, beyond that on Tenant’s approved plans for initial occupancy, other than lamps, typewriters, computers, copiers, and other office machines which consume comparable amounts of electricity or other electrical equipment which in the aggregate consumes the same amount of electricity as those approved for initial occupancy and will not result in any overload of electrical circuits, lines, or wiring, without Landlord’s prior written consent. In no event shall Tenant use or install any fixtures, equipment, or machines the use of which in conjunction with other fixtures, equipment, and machines in the Premises would result in an overload or the electrical circuits servicing the Premises. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation existing at the time in question.

 

8.3.                             ADDITIONAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS CAPACITY . If Tenant desires any telecommunications capacity in excess of that available as of the Commencement Date in the form of the INC between the MPOE and the telephone closet nearest the Premises and provided pursuant to § 8.1 above, Tenant shall bear the cost of installing additional risers or INC or replacing existing INC serving the Premises pursuant to Article 9 below.

 

8.4.                             REPLACEMENT BULBS AND TUBES . Tenant shall furnish, install, and replace, as required, all non-Building-standard lighting tubes, lamps, bulbs, and ballasts required in the Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. All lighting tubes, lamps, bulbs, and ballasts so installed become Landlord’s property upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease. Landlord acknowledges that the lighting installed in the Premises pursuant to Landlord’s Work are Building-standard and Landlord shall replace all lighting tubes, lamps, bulbs and ballasts promptly as needed upon Tenant’s request at no additional charge.

 

24



 

8.5.                             TWENTY-FOUR HOURS ACCESS . Subject to the provisions of § 8.8, Tenant, its employees, agents, and invitees shall have access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hams a day, seven (7) days a week. Landlord may restrict access outside of business hours by requiring persons to show a badge or identification card issued by Landlord at no charge to Tenant. Landlord shall not be liable for denying entry to any person unable to show the proper identification. Landlord may without liability temporarily close the Building if required because of a life-threatening or Building-threatening situation, and Landlord shall if reasonably practicable promptly notify Tenant of same.

 

8.6.                             EXTRA SERVICES . Landlord shall, subject to all applicable Laws, seek to provide such utilities or services in excess of those Landlord is required to provide under § 8.1 above as Tenant may from time to time request, if the same are reasonable and feasible for Landlord to provide and do not involve modifications or additions to the Property or the Systems and Equipment and if Landlord shall receive Tenant’s request within a reasonable period prior to the time such extra utilities or services are required. Landlord may comply with written or oral requests by any officer or employee of Tenant, unless Tenant shall notify Landlord of, or Landlord shall request, the names of authorized individuals (up to three (3) for each floor on which the Premises are located) and procedures for written requests. Tenant shall, for such extra utilities or services, pay such reasonable charges as Landlord shall from time to time establish in writing.

 

8.6.1                      Extraordinary Service Usage.   If Tenant shall utilize Building services for the Premises at any time other than during business hours, Landlord shall furnish such extraordinary services (excluding air-conditioning, except as provided below) at Landlord’ s then-current prevailing rate for such services. In addition to the foregoing services, if Tenant shall require air-conditioning service for the Premises at any time other than during business hours, Landlord shall, upon reasonable advance notice from Tenant, furnish such after-hours air-conditioning service at Landlord’s then-current prevailing rate for such services as a separate charge; provided, however, in the event Tenant requests such after-hours air-conditioning service at a time not immediately preceding or immediately succeeding times when “regular hours” service is being furnished hereunder, then Tenant must request not less than five (5) hours of after-hours air-conditioning service. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Landlord’s prevailing rate for the extraordinary services described herein shall be subject to increase from time to time as Landlord may reasonably determine.

 

8.6.2                      Payment for Excess Usage. All charges for extra utilities or services or those requested outside business hours shall be due at the same time as the installment of Base Rent with which the same are billed, or if billed separately, shall be due within twenty (20) days after such billing.

 

8.6.3                      Changes in HVAC System. Use of the Premises, or any part thereof, in a manner exceeding the design conditions (including occupancy and connected electrical load) for the heating or cooling units in the Premises, or rearrangement of partitioning which interferes with normal operation of the HVAC system in the Premises, may require changes in the HVAC system servicing the Premises. Such changes shall be made by Tenant, at its expense, as Tenant’s Changes pursuant to Article 9.  Tenant shall not

 

25



 

change or adjust any closed or sealed thermostat or other element of the HVAC system without Landlord’s express prior written consent.

 

8.6.4                      Separate Metering.   Landlord may install and operate meters or any other reasonable system for monitoring or estimating any services or utilities used by Tenant in excess of those required to be provided by Landlord under this Article 8 (including a system for Landlord’s engineer reasonably to estimate any such excess usage). If such system indicates such excess services or utilities, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable charges for installing and operating such system and any supplementary air-conditioning, ventilation, heat, electrical, or other systems or equipment (or adjustments or modifications to the existing Systems and Equipment), and Landlord’s reasonable charges for such amount of excess services or utilities used by Tenant. If Tenant’s use of extra utilities or services causes Landlord’s regulated baseline quantities of water, gas, electricity, or any other utility or service to be exceeded, Tenant shall pay for such excess quantities of such utilities or services at the rate which is imposed upon Landlord for quantities in excess of the regulated baseline. In addition, Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency any fine or penalty which may be imposed upon or assessed against Landlord or the Building or the Property by virtue of Tenant’s excess usage of any services or utilities, including water, gas, and electricity.

 

8.7.                             INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES . Landlord does not warrant that any services or utilities provided hereunder for Tenant’s use in the Premises will be free from shortages, failures, variations, or interruptions caused by repairs, maintenance, replacements, improvements, alterations, changes of service, strikes, lockouts, labor controversies, accidents, inability to obtain services, fuel, steam, water or supplies, governmental requirements or requests, or other causes beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, including interference with light or other incorporeal hereditaments and any interruption in services or any failure to provide services to Landlord by a designated utility company at the demarcation point at which Landlord accepts responsibility for such service or at any point prior thereto, which interference impedes Landlord in furnishing plumbing, HVAC, electrical, sanitary, life safety, elevator, telecommunications, or other Building services, utilities, or the Systems and Equipment. None of the same shall be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises or any part thereof, shall render Landlord liable to Tenant for abatement of Rent, or shall relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord in no event shall be liable for damages by reason of loss of profits, business interruption, or other compensatory or consequential damages.

 

8.8.                             SAFETY AND SECURITY DEVICES, SERVICES, AND PROGRAMS. The parties acknowledge that safety and security devices, services, and programs provided by Landlord, if any, while intended to deter crime and ensure safety, may not in given instances prevent theft or other criminal acts or ensure safety of persons or property, and such devices, services and programs shall not under any circumstances be deemed to be a guaranty, representation, or warranty by Landlord to Tenant or any third parties as to the safety or protection of person or property. The risk that any safety or security device, service, or program may not be effective, or may malfunction, or be circumvented by a criminal, is assumed by Tenant with respect to Tenant’s property and interests; and Tenant shall obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal acts and other losses, as further described in Article 14.

 

26



 

Tenant agrees to cooperate in any reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law. Landlord shall at all times use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure all such devices are functioning properly and shall make any such repairs as needed.

 

9.                                       TENANT’S CHANGES

 

9.1.                             TENANT’S REQUESTED CHANGES . Tenant may, subject to § 9.2 below, from time to time during the Term of this Lease, at its expense, make such alterations, additions, installations, substitutions, improvements, and decorations (collectively “Tenant’s Changes”) in and to the Premises as Tenant may reasonably consider necessary for the conduct of its business in the Premises (except for changes which would require modification of the Property outside the Premises), on the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  the outside appearance or the strength of the Building or of any of its structural parts shall not be affected, and Tenant shall cause no penetration of the roof or the exterior fabric of the Building;

 

(b)                                  no part of the Building outside of the Premises shall be physically affected;

 

(c)                                   the proper functioning of any of the Systems and Equipment shall not be adversely affected, and the usage of such systems by Tenant shall not be increased;

 

(d)                                  no such change shall require the addition of new INC riser cable or expand the number of telephone pairs dedicated to the Premises by the Buildings’ telecommunications engineering design;

 

(e)                                   in performing the work involved in making such changes, Tenant shall be bound by and observe all of the conditions and covenants contained in the following sections of this Article 9; and

 

(f)                                    with respect to Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall make all arrangements for, and pay all expenses incurred in connection with, use of the freight elevators servicing the Premises.

 

9.2.                             PLANS AND APPROVAL . Before proceeding with any Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall advise Landlord thereof and arrange a meeting with the Building Manager, the Building Architect, and/ or the Building Contractor, as required by Landlord in relation to the scope of the proposed Changes. Except in extraordinary circumstances which would reasonably require an exception, all work to be performed in the Building shall be performed by the Building Contractor at a commercially reasonable rate on the basis of plans and drawings prepared by the Building Architect. If Landlord grants permission for Tenant to utilize another contractor and/ or architect for its Changes, before proceeding with any Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall submit to Landlord plans and specifications and all changes and revisions thereto for the work to be done for Landlord’s reasonable approval; and Tenant shall, upon demand of Landlord, pay to Landlord the reasonable costs incurred and paid to third parties by Landlord for the review of such plans and specifications and all changes and revisions thereto by its architect, engineer, and other consultants. Landlord may as a condition of its approval require Tenant to make reasonable

 

27



 

revisions in and to the plans and specifications. Landlord may require Tenant to post a bond or other security reasonably satisfactory to Landlord to insure the completion of such change. If Landlord consents to any Tenant’s Changes or supervises the work of constructing any Tenant’s Changes, such consent or supervision shall not be deemed a warranty as to the adequacy of the design, workmanship, or quality of materials, and Landlord hereby expressly disclaims any responsibility or liability for the same. Landlord shall under no circumstances have any obligation to repair, maintain, or replace any portion of such work.

 

9.2.1                      As-Built Plans . Within thirty (30) days after completion of Tenant’s Changes requiring the submission of plans to Landlord, Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a complete set of “as-built” plans and specifications.

 

9.3.                             PERMITS AND PERFORMANCE . Tenant, at its expense, shall obtain all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of Tenant’s Changes and for final approval thereof upon completion and shall furnish copies thereof to Landlord. Tenant shall cause Tenant’s Changes to be performed in compliance therewith and with all applicable Laws and requirements of public authorities and with all applicable requirements of insurance bodies, and in good and workmanlike manner, using new materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to the original installations in the Property. Tenant’s Changes shall be performed in such manner as not unreasonably to interfere with, delay, or impose any additional expense upon Landlord in the renovation, maintenance, or operation of the Property or any portion thereof, unless Tenant shall indemnify Landlord therefor to the latter’s reasonable satisfaction.

 

9.4.                             CONTRACTORS . All electrical, mechanical, and plumbing work in connection with Tenant’s Changes shall be performed by Landlord’s contractors at Tenant’s expense at commercially reasonable rates. If Tenant shall request any electrical, mechanical, or plumbing work in connection with Tenant’s Changes, Landlord shall request Landlord’s contractors to furnish Tenant with prices to perform the same prior to prosecuting same. In addition to the foregoing, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 9, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, require that the work of constructing any Tenant’s Changes be performed by Landlord’s contractor at commercially reasonable rates, in which case the cost of such work shall be paid for before commencement of the work.

 

9.5.                             SUPERVISION AND FEE . Landlord may require that all work of constructing Tenant’s Changes be performed under Landlord’s supervision. If Landlord does not elect to require that Tenant use Landlord’s contractor, and if Tenant chooses to use its own contractor for the work of constructing Tenant’s Changes, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon completion of any such work by Tenant’s contractor an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) of the cost of the work, to cover Landlord’s overhead in reviewing Tenant’s plans and specifications and performing any supervision of the work of Tenant’s Changes. If Tenant chooses to use Landlord’s contractor for such work, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon completion an administrative fee equal to five percent (5%) of the cost of the work.

 

9.6.                             RESTORATION OF FIXTURES .  If any of Tenant’s Changes shall involve the removal of any fixtures, equipment, or other property in the Premises which are not Tenant’s Property (as defined in Article 10), such fixtures, equipment, or other property shall be promptly

 

28



 

replaced,  at Tenant’s expense, with new fixtures, equipment, or other property (as the case may be) of like utility and at least equal value, unless Landlord shall otherwise expressly consent in writing; and Tenant shall, upon Landlord’s request, store and preserve,  at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any such fixtures, equipment or property so removed and shall return same to Landlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

9.7.                             MECHANIC’S LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Property and Premises free from any mechanic’s, materialman’s, or similar liens or other such encumbrances, including the liens of any security interest in, conditional sales of, or chattel mortgages upon, any materials, fixtures, or articles so installed in and constituting part of the Premises, in connection with any Tenant’s Changes on or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord and shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any claims, liabilities, judgments, or costs (including attorneys’ fees) arising out of the same or in connection with any such lien, security interest, conditional sale or chattel mortgage or any action or proceeding brought thereon.  Tenant shall give Landlord written notice at least twenty (20) days prior to the commencement of work on any Tenant’s Change in the Premises (or such additional time as may be necessary under applicable Laws), in order to afford Landlord the opportunity of posting and recording appropriate notices of nonresponsibility. Tenant shall remove any such lien or encumbrance by bond or otherwise within thirty (30) days after written notice by Landlord; and if Tenant shall fail to do so, Landlord may pay the amount necessary to remove such lien or encumbrance, without being responsible for investigating the validity thereof. The amount so paid shall be deemed Additional Rent under this Lease payable upon demand, without limitation as to other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease. Nothing contained in this Lease shall authorize Tenant to do any act which shall subject Landlord’s title to the Property or Premises to any liens or encumbrances, whether claimed by operation of law or express or implied contract. Any claim to a lien or encumbrance upon the Property or Premises arising in connection with any Work on or respecting the Premises not performed by or at the request of Landlord shall be null and void, or, at Landlord’s option, shall attach only against Tenant’s interest in the Premises and shall in all respects be subordinate to Landlord’s title to the Property and Premises.

 

9.8.                             NOTICES OF VIOLATION. Tenant, at its expense, and with diligence and dispatch, shall procure the cancellation or discharge of all notices of violation arising from or otherwise connected with Tenant’s Changes which shall be issued by any governmental, public, or quasi-public authority having or asserting jurisdiction.  However, nothing herein contained shall prevent Tenant from contesting, in good faith and at its own expense, any such notice of violation, provided that Landlord’ s rights hereunder are in no way compromised or diminished thereby.

 

9.9.                             INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS. Tenant agrees that the exercise of its rights pursuant to the provisions of this Article 9 or any other provision of this Lease shall not be done in a manner which would create any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, or dispute or violate Landlord’s union contracts affecting the Property and/ or Complex or interfere with the business of Landlord or any Tenant or occupant of the Building. Tenant shall, immediately upon notice from Landlord, cease any activity, whether or not permitted by this Lease, giving rise to such condition. If Tenant fails to do so, Landlord, in addition to any rights available to it under this Lease and pursuant to Law, shall have the right to an ex parte injunction without notice.  Tenant’s use of Landlord’s contractor shall be deemed to satisfy the provisions of this § 9.9.

 

29


 

10.                                TENANT’ S PROPERTY

 

10.1.                      FIXTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS. All fixtures, equipment, improvements, alterations, and appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises at the commencement of or during the Term of this Lease, including cabinets, sinks, faucets, appliances, hot water heaters, etc. (collectively “Improvements”), whether or not by or at the expense of Tenant shall be and remain a part of the Premises, shall be deemed the property of Landlord, and shall not be removed by Tenant, except as expressly provided in Article 11 below.

 

10.2.                      TENANT’S PROPERTY AND TRADE FIXTURES . All movable partitions, trade fixtures, office machinery and equipment, communications equipment, and computer equipment (whether or not attached to or built into the Premises) which are installed in the Premises by or for the account of Tenant, without expense to Landlord and which can be removed without structural damage to the Property, and all furniture, furnishings, and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Premises (collectively “Tenant’s Property”) shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by it at any time during the Term of this Lease; provided that if any of Tenant’s Property is removed, Tenant or any party or person entitled to remove same shall repair or pay the cost of repairing any damage to the Premises or to the Property resulting from such removal. Any equipment or other property for which Landlord shall have granted any allowance or credit to Tenant or which has replaced such items originally provided by Landlord at Landlord’s expense shall not be deemed to have been installed by or for the account of Tenant, without expense to Landlord, and shall not be considered Tenant’s Property.

 

11.                                CONDITION UPON SURRENDER

 

11.1.                      CONDITION AND RESTORATION.   At or before the Expiration Date or the date of any earlier termination of this Lease, or as promptly as practicable using Tenant’s best efforts after such an earlier termination date, Tenant, at its expense, shall do all of the following:

 

(a)                                  surrender possession of the Premises in the condition required under § 12.1below, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted;

 

(b)                                  surrender all keys, any key cards, and any parking stickers or cards to Landlord and give Landlord in writing the combinations of any locks or vaults then remaining in the Premises;

 

(c)                                   remove from the Premises all of Tenant’s Property, including any data wiring and cabling that Tenant has installed, except such items thereof as Tenant shall have expressly agreed in writing with Landlord were to remain and to become the property of Landlord; and

 

(d)                                  fully repair any damage to the Premises or the Property resulting from such removal.

 

Tenant’s obligations herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, unless expressly provided to the contrary herein. All Improvements and other items in or upon the Premises (except Tenant’s Property), whether installed by Tenant or Landlord, shall be

 

30



 

Landlord’s property and shall remain upon the Premises, all without compensation, setoff, allowance, or credit to Tenant; provided, however, that if prior to such expiration or earlier termination Landlord so directs by notice, Tenant shall promptly remove such of the Improvements in the Premises as are designated in such notice and shall restore the Premises to their condition prior to the installation of such Improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not require removal of customary office improvements installed pursuant to the Work Letter Agreement, if any (except as expressly provided to the contrary therein), or installed by Tenant with Landlord’s written approval (except as expressly required by Landlord in connection with granting such approval).

 

11.2.                      TENANT’S FAILURE TO REMOVE TO RESTORE. If Tenant shall fail to perform any repairs or restoration or fail to remove any items from the Premises as required under this Article 11, Landlord may do so, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost thereof upon demand. All property removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to any provisions of this Lease or any Law may be handled or stored by Landlord at Tenant’s expense, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation, or safekeeping thereof. All property not removed from the Premises or retaken from storage by Tenant within thirty (30) days after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession shall at Landlord’s option be conclusively deemed to have been conveyed by Tenant to Landlord as if by bill of sale without payment by Landlord. Unless prohibited by applicable Laws, Landlord shall have a lien against such property for the costs incurred in removing and storing the same.

 

12.                                REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

 

12.1.                      TENANT’S CARE OF PREMISES. Except for customary cleaning and trash removal provided by Landlord under § 8.1 above and damage covered under Article 15, Tenant shall keep the Premises in good and sanitary condition, working order, and repair, including carpet, wall-covering, doors pertinent to and within the Premises, plumbing solely serving the Premises, all telecommunications cables and wiring within Tenant’s Premises (“IW”) from the interface of such IW with the INC, and other fixtures, equipment, alterations, and improvements, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant, but solely serving the Premises and within the Premises. In addition, Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly make all repairs, ordinary or extraordinary, interior or exterior, structural or otherwise, in and about the Premises and the Property, as shall be required by reason of (a) the performance or existence of Tenant’s Work or Tenant’s Changes; (b) the installation, use, or operation of Tenant’s Property in the Premises; (c) the moving of Tenant’s Property in or out of the Building; or (d) the misuse or neglect of Tenant or any of its employees, agents, or contractors. Tenant, at its expense, shall replace all scratched, damaged, or broken doors or other glass in or about the Premises (but not exterior windows) and shall be responsible for all repairs, maintenance, and replacement of wall and floor coverings in the Premises and for the repair and maintenance of all lighting fixtures therein (except as otherwise set forth in this Lease). All repairs except for emergency repairs made by Tenant as provided herein shall be performed by contractors or subcontractors approved in writing by Landlord prior to commencement of such repairs, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Tenant does not promptly make such arrangements, Landlord may, but need not, make such repairs, maintenance, and replacements, and the costs paid or incurred by Landlord therefor shall be reimbursed by Tenant promptly after request by Landlord.

 

31



 

12.2.                      LANDLORD’S CARE OF PROPERTY. Landlord, at its expense, shall keep and maintain the common areas of the Property and the Systems and Equipment serving the Premises in good working order, condition, and repair and shall make all repairs, structural and otherwise, interior and exterior, as and when needed in or about the Premises, except for those repairs for which Tenant is responsible pursuant to §12.1 above or any other provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall maintain and repair all INC in the Building, and Tenant shall have no right to make repairs to INC. The cost of Landlord’s maintenance and repairs pursuant to this Article 12 shall be reimbursed to Landlord to the extent provided in Article 4 above.

 

12.3.                      WAIVER BY TENANT . Tenant waives the benefits of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Tenant the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of Landlord’s failure to keep the Premises in good order, condition, and repair.

 

13.                                RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

13.1.                      OBSERVANCE AND MODIFICATION . Tenant and its employees and agents shall faithfully observe and comply with the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Rules”) and such reasonable changes therein (whether by modification, elimination, or addition) as Landlord at any time or times hereafter may make and communicate in writing to Tenant, so long as such changes do not unreasonably affect the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises, except as required by any applicable Law; provided, however, that in case of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Lease and any of the Rules as originally promulgated or as changed, the provisions of this Lease shall control.

 

13.2.                      APPLICATION TO TENANT . Nothing in this Lease shall be construed to impose upon Landlord any obligation to Tenant to enforce the Rules or the terms, covenants, or conditions in any other lease, as against any other tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant or its employees, agents, or visitors.

 

14.                                INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

14.1.                      TENANT’S INSURANCE. Tenant shall obtain and maintain in effect at all times during Tenant’s possession of the Premises the following insurance coverages and policies:

 

14.1.1               Liability Insurance. Tenant shall maintain a policy of commercial general liability insurance, which shall include coverages for (a) personal injury; (b) broad-form contractual liability; (c) owner’s (i.e., Tenant’s) & contractor’s protective; (d) automobile liability; and (e) broad-form property damage liability. The minimum limits of liability shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and an aggregate limit of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000). The policy shall contain a cross-liability endorsement and a severability of interest clause.

 

14.1.2               Tenant’s Business Personal Property Insurance. Tenant shall maintain on all of its business personal property, including valuable business papers and accounts receivable; operating supplies; inventory; and furniture, fixtures, and equipment (whether owned, leased, or rented) (collectively “Business Personal Property”) an “all risk”

 

32



 

property damage insurance policy including coverages for earthquake damage and sprinkler leakage and containing an agreed amount endorsement (or, if applicable, a business owner’s policy with a no-coinsurance provision) in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement cost valuation of such Business Personal Property. The proceeds from any such policy shall be used by Tenant for the replacement of such Business Personal property.

 

14.1.3               Workers’ Compensation Insurance. Tenant shall maintain workers’ compensation insurance as required by law and employer’s liability insurance in an amount not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

 

14.1.4               Business Interruption/Extra Expense Insurance. Tenant shall maintain business interruption or (if applicable) contingent business interruption and extra expense insurance in such amounts as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of earnings and incurred costs attributable to the perils commonly covered by Tenant’s property insurance described in § 14.1.2 above but in no event less than one (1) year of Tenant’s annual gross receipts, which shall be computed as the average annual total of Tenant’s annual gross receipts during the three-year period immediately preceding such interruption or loss. For the avoidance of doubt, the meaning of the preceding sentence is that such one-year annual average shall be determined by adding together (a) Tenant’s annual gross receipts during the immediately preceding Tenant’s fiscal year plus (b) Tenant’s annual gross receipts during the fiscal year immediately preceding Tenant’s fiscal year referred to in subsection (a) plus (c) Tenant’s annual gross receipts during the fiscal year immediately preceding Tenant’s fiscal year referred to in subsection (b) and dividing the resulting sum by the number three (3), in such a way as to compute the annual (i.e., occurring over one (1) of Tenant’s fiscal years) gross receipts of Tenant by taking the average annual gross receipts over the preceding one-(1)-year period; and in no event shall such computation be construed to mean that Landlord is requiring hereunder that Tenant carry such business interruption or (if applicable) contingent business interruption and extra expense insurance in an amount equal to the aggregate of the prior three (3) fiscal years of Tenant’s gross receipts. The parties’ intention in this § 14.1.4 is that Tenant shall have available to it through such business interruption or (if applicable) contingent business interruption and extra expense insurance sufficient insurance proceeds to cover one (1) year’s worth of Tenant’s gross income, computed in the manner described in the preceding sentences. Such insurance will be carried with the same insurer that issues the insurance for Tenant’s Business Personal Property pursuant to § 14.1.2 above.

 

14.2.                      TENANT’S INSURANCE CRITERIA . All insurance required to be maintained by Tenant under this Lease shall conform to the following criteria:

 

(1)                                  Tenant’s insurance shall be issued by insurance companies authorized to do business in the State of California with a financial rating of at least A:XIII for any property insurance and at least A-:IX for any liability insurance, as rated in the most recent edition of Best’s Insurance Reports ;

 

33



 

(2)                                  Tenant’s insurance shall be issued as primary and noncontributory;

 

(3)                                  Tenant’s liability and property insurance policies shall name Tenant as the insured and Landlord, Landlord’s agents, and any Lessors and Holders (as such terms are defined in § 18.1 below) whose names shall have been furnished to Tenant as additional insureds;

 

(4)                                  Tenant’s insurance shall contain an endorsement requiring at least thirty (30) days’ written notice from the insurance company to each insured and additional insured before cancellation or any material change in the coverage, scope, or amount of any policy; and

 

(5)                                  with respect to damage to or loss of Tenant’s Business Personal Property, a waiver of subrogation must be obtained, as required under § 14.4 below.

 

14.2.1               Blanket Coverage . All of the insurance requirements set forth herein on the part of Tenant to be observed shall be deemed satisfied if the Premises are covered by a blanket insurance policy complying with the limits, requirements, and criteria contained in this Article 14 insuring all or most of Tenant’s facilities in California.

 

14.2.2               Evidence of Coverage. A duplicate original policy or a certificate of insurance shall be deposited with Landlord at the commencement of the Term or, if earlier, upon Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises; and on renewal of the policy a certificate of insurance listing the insurance coverages required hereunder and naming the appropriate additional insureds shall be deposited with Landlord not less than seven (7) days before expiration of the policy.

 

14.3.                      LANDLORD’S INSURANCE . Landlord shall maintain “all risk’’ property damage insurance containing an agreed amount endorsement covering not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full insurable replacement cost valuation of (y) the Building and the tenant improvements, betterments, and the alterations thereto; and (z) Landlord’s personal property, business papers, furniture, fixtures, and equipment (collectively “Landlord’s Property”), exclusive of the costs of excavation, foundations and footings, and risks required to be covered by Tenant’s insurance, and subject to commercially reasonable deductibles.  Landlord shall also obtain and keep in full force the following policies of insurance: (a) commercial general liability insurance; (b) loss of rent insurance (also known as rent continuation insurance); (c) workers’ compensation insurance, if required by applicable Law; and (d) such other insurance as Landlord deems appropriate or as may be required by any Holder or Lessor.

 

14.4.                      RELEASES AND WAIVERS OF SUBROGATION . The purpose of this provision is to allow Landlord and Tenant to allocate and assume certain risks to coincide with insurance coverages required to be maintained pursuant to the terms to this Lease. Landlord and Tenant recognize the benefit that each will receive from the waivers of subrogation each is required to obtain pursuant to this § 14.4 and that there are significant advantages to each in connection with minimizing duplication of insurance coverages. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant agree to

 

34



 

accept and place the limitations which follow on each other’s respective liabilities and responsibility for damages in order to coincide with required insurance coverages.

 

14.4.1               Tenant’s Property Agreement.   In light of Tenant’s agreement to insure Tenant’s Business Personal Property in accordance with § 14.1.2 above, Tenant agrees that Landlord will have no liability to Tenant in the event Landlord damages or destroys, negligently or otherwise, all or any part of Tenant’s Business Personal Property. Tenant will cause to be placed in its insurance policies covering Tenant’s Business Personal Property a waiver of subrogation so that its insurance company will not become subrogated to Tenant’s rights and will not be able to proceed against Landlord in connection with any such damage or destruction.

 

14.4.2               Landlord’s Property Agreement. In light of Landlord’s agreement to insure Landlord’s Property in accordance with § 14.3 above, Landlord agrees that Tenant will have no liability to Landlord in the event that Tenant damages or destroys, negligently or otherwise, all or any part of Landlord’s Property. Landlord will cause to be placed in its insurance policies covering Landlord’s Property a waiver of subrogation so that its insurance company will not become subrogated to Landlord’s rights and will not be able to proceed against Tenant in connection with any such damage or destruction.

 

14.4.3               Tenant’s Release. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to Tenant for any damages or destruction to Tenant’s Business Personal Property caused by Landlord’s employees, agents, visitors, invitees, guests, or independent contractors (collectively “Landlord’s Associates”), and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from any claims, liabilities, demands, losses, damages, consequential damages, and the like, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs (collectively “Claims”) resulting from damage or destruction to Tenant’s Business Personal Property caused directly or indirectly by Landlord and/ or Landlord’s Associates; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to release Landlord’s independent contractors from any such Claims Tenant may have against Landlord’s independent contractors.

 

14.4.4               Landlord’s Release. Tenant shall not be responsible or liable to Landlord for any damages or destruction to Landlord’s Property caused by Tenant’s employees, agents, visitors, invitees, guests, or independent contractors (collectively “Tenant’s Associates”), and Landlord hereby releases Tenant from any Claims resulting from damage or destruction to Landlord’s Property caused directly or indirectly by Tenant and/ or Tenant’s Associates; provided, however, that nothing herein shall be deemed to release Tenant’s independent contractors from any such Claims Landlord may have against Tenant’s independent contractors.

 

14.4.5               Damage to Business and Loss of Rents. In light of Landlord’s agreement to carry continuation of rent insurance pursuant to § 14.3 above and Tenant’s agreement to carry business interruption insurance (extra expense insurance) in accordance with § 14.1.4 above, in the event that Landlord’s Property is damaged or destroyed because of any act or conduct, negligent or otherwise, by Tenant and/ or by Tenant’s Associates, Landlord shall have no rights against Tenant by virtue of such damage or destruction, and Landlord hereby releases Tenant from all Claims, including claims for loss of rent, by

 

35



 

Landlord directly or indirectly resulting from the damage or destruction of Landlord’s Property by conduct by Tenant and/ or by Tenant’s Associates. Likewise, in the event that Tenant’s Business Personal Property is damaged or destroyed because of any act or conduct, negligent or otherwise, by Landlord and/ or by Landlord’s Associates, Tenant shall have no rights against Landlord by virtue of such damage or destruction, and Tenant hereby releases Landlord from all Claims by Tenant directly or indirectly resulting from the damage or destruction to Tenant’s Business Personal Property by the conduct of Landlord and/ or Landlord’s Associates, including Claims for loss of business or loss of profits. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall be deemed to release Tenant’s or Landlord’s independent contractors from any liability to Tenant and/ or Landlord.

 

14.4.6               Injury and Death to Individuals . Landlord and Tenant understand that waivers of subrogation do not apply to injury to and death of individuals. Landlord and Tenant shall each carry insurance, as provided by this Article 14, in connection with injury and death to individuals. Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from any Claims which Tenant may otherwise have with respect to injury or death to individuals occurring within the Property but outside the Premises, except to the extent that such injury or death is caused by Tenant and/ or Tenant’s Associates, through negligence or otherwise, and is not covered by the insurance Landlord is required to carry under this Lease. Likewise, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord harmless from any Claims for injury or death to persons occurring within the Premises or caused, directly or indirectly, by Tenant or Tenant’s Associates outside the Premises, except to the extent such injuries or death are caused by Landlord and/ or Landlord’s Associates, through negligence or otherwise, and are not covered by the insurance Tenant is required to carry under this Lease.

 

14.4.7               Abatement of Rent. Except as may be expressly provided elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to Rent abatement and shall not otherwise have, and hereby releases Landlord from, any Claims resulting from Tenant’s inability to utilize all or any part of the Premises, except to the extent that Tenant is unable to use all or any part of the Premises and does not use all or any part of the Premises as a result of Landlord’s intentional decision to refuse to provide access to the Building and/ or the Premises and/ or to provide services and/ or utilities to Tenant as required to be provided by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to this Lease, where such refusal is not caused by a Force Majeure occurrence.

 

14.4.8               Availability of Waiver of Subrogation . If an insurance policy cannot be obtained with a waiver of subrogation or is obtainable only by the payment of an additional premium charge above that charged by insurance companies issuing policies without waiver of subrogation, the party undertaking to obtain the insurance shall notify the other party of this fact. The other party shall have a period of ten (10) days after receiving the notice either to place the insurance with a company that is reasonably satisfactory to the other party and that will carry the insurance with a waiver of subrogation at no additional cost or to agree to pay the additional premium if such a policy is obtainable at additional cost. If the insurance cannot be obtained or the party in whose favor a waiver of subrogation is desired refuses to pay the additional premium

 

36



 

charged, the other party is relieved of the obligation to obtain a waiver of subrogation with respect to the particular insurance involved.

 

14.5.                      OTHER CASES OF DAMAGE OR INJURY . In all cases not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article 14, Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in, upon, or about the Premises from any cause other than the negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord and its agent or employees. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall not be liable for injury or damage which may be sustained by the person, goods, wares, merchandise, or property of Tenant or Tenant’s Associates or any other person in or about the Premises caused by or resulting from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction, or other defects of the Systems and Equipment, pipes, sprinklers, wires, INC, appliances, plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, or lighting fixtures of the same, whether the damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Property, the Complex, or from other sources. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or omission of any other tenant or occupant of the Property or Complex. In all cases not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article 14, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord harmless against (a) any and all Claims arising from any death or injury to any person or damage to any property whatsoever occurring in, on, or about the Premises or any part thereof, and (b) any and all Claims occurring in, on or about any of the Common Areas, the Property, or the Complex, when such injury or damage is caused in whole or in part by the act, negligence, fault, or omission of any duty with respect to the same by Tenant or Tenant’s Associates. In all cases not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article 14, Tenant shall further indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease, or arising from any act or negligence of Tenant or Tenant’s Associates, and from and against all costs, attorneys’ fees, expenses, and liabilities incurred in connection with any such Claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon, In case any action or proceeding be brought against Landlord by reason of any such Claim, Tenant, upon notice from Landlord, shall defend the same at Tenant’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant shall not be liable in any case for damage to property or death or injury to person(s) occasioned by the active negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Associates, unless covered by insurance Tenant is required to provide.

 

15.                                DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

 

15.1.                      LOSS COVERED BY INSURANCE . If at any time prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease the Premises or the Property is wholly or partially damaged or destroyed by any casualty which results in a loss to Landlord that is fully covered by insurance maintained by Landlord or for Landlord’s benefit (or required to be maintained by Landlord pursuant to § 14.3 above), which casualty renders the Premises totally or partially inaccessible or unusable by Tenant in the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business, the parties agree that the following provisions shall modify their obligations under this Lease after such damage or destruction.

 

37



 

15.1.1               Repairs Which Can Be Completed Within Six (6) Months. Within thirty (30) days after Tenant’s written notice to Landlord of such damage or destruction, Landlord shall provide Tenant with notice of its determination of whether the damage or destruction can be repaired within six (6) months after the commencement of the work of repairing such damage or destruction without the payment of overtime or other premiums. If all repairs to Premises or Property can, in Landlord’s judgment, be completed within six (6) months following the date of the commencement of the work of repairing such damage or destruction without the payment of overtime or other premiums, Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, repair the same; and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that a proportionate reduction of the Base Rent shall be allowed Tenant to the extent that the Premises shall be rendered inaccessible or unusable by Tenant and are not used by Tenant during the period of time that such portion is unusable or inaccessible and not used by Tenant.

 

15.1.2               Repairs Which Cannot Be Completed Within Six (6) Months. If all such repairs to the Property and Premises cannot, in Landlord’s judgment, be completed within six (6) months following the commencement of the work of repairing such damage or destruction without the payment of overtime or other premiums, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such determination; and in such an event, either Landlord or Tenant may, at its option, upon written notice to the other party given within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such damage or destruction, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage or destruction. In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to terminate the Lease in accordance with the foregoing provisions, then Landlord shall, at Landlord’s expense, repair such damage or destruction; and in such event, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, except that the Base Rent shall be proportionately reduced as provided in § 15.1.1 above; provided, however, that if any such repair is not commenced by Landlord within ninety (90) days after the occurrence of such damage or destruction or is not substantially completed by Landlord within nine (9) months after the occurrence of such damage or destruction, then in either such event Tenant may, at its option, upon written notice to Landlord, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date of Landlord’s receipt of such notice. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no right to terminate this Lease in the situation just described if all of the following conditions are met: (x) Landlord shall have informed Tenant in its notice of determination that the repair of such damage or destruction could not be substantially completed by Landlord within nine (9) months after the occurrence of such damage or destruction; (y) Tenant shall not have elected to terminate the Lease by written notice delivered to Landlord within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such damage or destruction; and (z) Landlord shall have commenced the work of repairing such damage or destruction.

 

15.2.                      LOSS NOT COVERED BY INSURANCE. If at any time prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease the Premises or the Property is totally or partially damaged or destroyed in connection with a casualty, which loss to Landlord is not fully covered by insurance maintained by Landlord or for Landlord’s benefit (or required to be maintained by Landlord pursuant to § 14.3 above); and if such damage renders the Premises inaccessible or unusable to Tenant for their intended purpose in the ordinary course of its business, Landlord may, at its option, upon written notice given to Tenant within sixty (60) days after Tenant’s written notice to

 

38



 

Landlord of the occurrence of such damage or destruction, either (a) elect to repair or to restore such damage or destruction or (b) elect to terminate this Lease. If Landlord elects to repair or restore such damage or destruction, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, except that the Base Rent shall be proportionately reduced as provided in § 15.1.1 above. If Landlord does not elect by notice to Tenant to repair such damage, the Lease shall terminate as of the date of Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s notice of election to terminate. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if all repairs to the Premises or the Building cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, be completed within six (6) months following the date of the commencement of the work of repairing such damage or destruction without the payment of overtime or other premiums, then either Landlord or Tenant may at the option of either, upon written notice to the other party given within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such damage or destruction, elect to terminate this Lease as of the date of such notice.

 

15.3.                      DESTRUCTION DURING FINAL YEAR . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in §§ 15.1 and 15.2, if the Premises or the Building are wholly or partially damaged or destroyed within the final twelve (12) months of the Term of this Lease or, if an applicable renewal option has been exercised, during the last year of any renewal term, in such a way that Tenant shall be prevented from using the Premises for at least thirty (30) consecutive days as a result of such damage or destruction, then either Landlord or Tenant may, at the option of either, by written notice to the other party delivered within sixty (60) days after the occurrence of such damage or destruction, elect to terminate the Lease as of the date of such notice.

 

15.4.                      DESTRUCTION OF TENANT’S PROPERTY. Under no circumstances shall Landlord be required to repair any injury or damage to, or make. any repairs to or replacements of, Tenant’s Property. However, as part of Operating Expenses, Landlord shall cause to be insured the Improvements in the Premises which do not consist of Tenant’s Property and shall cause such Improvements to be repaired and restored at Landlord’s sole expense, except that Tenant shall pay any applicable deductible. Landlord shall have no responsibility for any contents placed or kept in or on the Premises or the Property by Tenant or Tenant’s employees or invitees or any other person claiming through Tenant.

 

15.5.                      EXCLUSIVE REMEDY . Landlord and Tenant agree that their respective rights and obligations in the event of any damage or destruction of the Premises, Property, or Complex shall be governed exclusively by this Lease.  Tenant, as a material inducement to Landlord entering into this Lease, irrevocably waives and releases Tenant’s rights under California Civil Code §§ 1932(2), 1933(4), and 1942, as the same may be modified or replaced hereafter. No damages, compensation, setoff, allowance, or claim shall be payable by Landlord for any inconvenience, interruption, or cessation of Tenant’s business or any annoyance arising from any damage to or destruction of all or any portion of the Premises, Property, or Complex.

 

16.                                EMINENT DOMAIN

 

16.1.                      CONDEMNATION . If the whole or any material part of the Premises or Property shall be taken by power of eminent domain or condemned by any competent authority for any public or quasi-public use or purpose; or if any adjacent property or street shall be so taken, condemned, reconfigured, or vacated by such authority in such manner as to require the use, reconstruction, or remodeling of any part of the Premises or Property; or if Landlord shall grant a

 

39


 

deed or other instrument in lieu of such taking by eminent domain or condemnation (collectively “Takings”), Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon ninety (90) days’ notice, provided such notice is given no later than one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date of such Taking. Tenant shall have reciprocal termination rights, on the same terms and conditions and to be exercised in the same manner as the foregoing sentence provides, if the whole or any material part of the Premises is permanently taken, or if access to the Premises is permanently materially impaired.

 

16.2.                      RENTAL APPORTIONMENT. All Rent shall be apportioned as of the date of such termination or the date of such Taking, whichever shall first occur. If any part of the Premises shall be taken, and this Lease shall not be so terminated, the Rent shall be proportionately abated.

 

16.3.                      AWARDS AND DAMAGES . Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award or payment in connection with any Taking, except that Tenant shall have the right to file any separate claim available to Tenant for any taking of Tenant’s personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant upon expiration of the Term, and for moving expenses, so long as such claim does not diminish the award available to Landlord and such claim is payable separately to Tenant.

 

16.4.                      TEMPORARY CONDEMNATION . If part or all of the Premises are condemned for a limited period of time (“Temporary Condemnation”), this Lease shall remain in effect. The Rent and Tenant’s obligations for the part of the Premises taken shall abate during the Temporary Condemnation in proportion to the part of the Premises that Tenant is unable to use in its business operations as a result of the Temporary Condemnation.  Landlord shall receive the entire award for any Temporary Condemnation.

 

17.                                ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

17.1.                      CONSENT REQUIRED FOR TRANSFER . Tenant agrees that it shall not assign, sublet, mortgage, hypothecate, or encumber this Lease, nor permit or allow the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. The actions described in the foregoing sentence are referred to collectively herein as “Transfers” and individually as a “Transfer.” If the Premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant. Landlord may, after default by Tenant, collect rent from the subtenant or occupant and apply the net amount collected to the Rent herein reserved; but no Transfer, occupancy, or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions hereof, the acceptance of the subtenant or occupant as tenant or a release of Tenant from the further performance hereunder by Tenant.  The consent by Landlord to a Transfer shall not relieve Tenant from obtaining the Landlord’s express written consent to any further Transfer. In no event shall any permitted sublessee assign or encumber its sublease or further sublet all or any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit the sublet space or any part thereof to be used or occupied by others, without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance.

 

17.1.1               Corporate Transferor . If Tenant is a corporation, the provisions of §17.1 shall apply to a transfer (by one or more transfers) of a majority of the stock of Tenant as if such transfer of a majority of the stock of Tenant were an assignment of this lease.

 

40



 

17.2.                      NOTICE OF INTENT TO TRANSFER . If Tenant shall at any time or times during the Term of this Lease desire to assign this Lease or sublet all or part of the Premises, Tenant shall give notice thereof (the “Transfer Notice”) to Landlord, which notice shall set forth all of the following:

 

(a)                                  the proposed terms of the assignment or subletting, including (i) the effective or commencement date thereof, which shall be not less than thirty (30) nor more than one hundred eighty (180) days after the giving of such notice; (ii) in the case of a proposed assignment, the consideration therefor; and (iii) in the case of a proposed subletting, the rental rate to be paid by the proposed subtenant (including any escalation or Additional Rent payable), the term of the proposed sublease (including any renewal options), any work to be performed or paid for by Tenant, the amount of any security deposit, the cost and extent of any so-called “take-over” obligations to be assumed by Tenant on behalf of such subtenant, the amount of any rent concessions to be granted by Tenant, and any other additional monetary or so-called “business” terms or conditions;

 

(b)                                  a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business, and its proposed use of the Premises; and

 

(c)                                   current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant, including its most recent financial report, and any other information which may reasonably be required by Landlord.

 

17.3.                      LANDLORD’ S RECAPTURE RIGHT. The Transfer Notice shall be deemed an offer from Tenant to Landlord whereby Landlord (or Landlord’s designee) may, at its option, terminate this Lease as to all or the affected portion of the Premises (as the case may be) as of the effective date of the proposed Transfer. Landlord may exercise its recapture right by notice to Tenant at any time within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s Transfer Notice; and during such thirty-day period Tenant shall not assign this Lease nor sublet such space to any person.

 

17.3.1               Date of Termination . If Landlord exercises its option to terminate this Lease as provided in § 17.3 above, this Lease shall end and expire on the date that such Transfer was to be effective or commence, as the case may be, and the Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be paid and apportioned to such date.

 

17.4.                      CONDITIONS OF CONSENT. If Landlord does not exercise its recapture right pursuant to § 17.3 above, and providing that Tenant is not in default of any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease after notice and the expiration of any applicable grace period, Landlord’s consent (which must be in writing and in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord) to the proposed assignment or sublease shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided the following conditions are met:

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall have complied with the provisions of §17.2 above, and Landlord shall not have exercised its recapture right pursuant to § 17.3 above within the time permitted therefor;

 

41



 

(b)                                  In Landlord’s reasonable judgment the proposed assignee or subtenant is engaged in a business which would use the Premises, or the relevant part thereof, in a manner which is in keeping with the then-current standards of the Building, is limited to the use expressly permitted under this Lease, and will not violate any negative covenant or other restriction or agreement as to use contained in any other lease of space in the Complex;

 

(c)                                   The proposed assignee or subtenant is a reputable entity or person of good character and with reasonably sufficient financial worth considering the responsibility involved (and in no event of less financial standing than Tenant), is not subject to any toxic or hazardous materials cleanup order with respect to any other property, and Landlord has been furnished with reasonable proof thereof;

 

(d)                                  Neither the proposed assignee or sublessee nor any person which, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the proposed assignee or sublessee or any person who controls the proposed assignee or sublessee, is then an occupant of any part of the Complex, provided Landlord then has suitable space in the Complex available for leasing. For purposes of this Lease control shall be deemed to mean ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of all the voting stock of a corporation or more than fifty percent (50%) of all the legal and equitable interest in any other business entity;

 

(e)                                   The proposed assignee or sublessee is not a person or entity with whom Landlord is then negotiating to lease space in the Building;

 

(f)                                    The form of the proposed lease shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall comply with the applicable provisions of this Article 17;

 

(g)                                  There shall not be more than two (2) subtenants (not including the Permitted Occupant (as defined in § 17.14 below) of the Premises);

 

(h)                                  The amount of the aggregate rent to be paid by the proposed subtenant is not less than the then-current market rent per rentable square foot for comparable space in the Complex, as though the Premises were vacant, and the rental and other terms and conditions of the sublease are the same as those contained in the proposed sublease furnished to Landlord in the Transfer Notice pursuant to § 17.2 above;

 

(i)                                     Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any reasonable costs that may be incurred or paid by Landlord to third persons in connection with said assignment or sublease, including costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant and legal costs incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent; and

 

(j)                                     Tenant shall not have advertised or publicized in any way the availability of the Premises without prior notice to and approval by Landlord, nor shall any advertisement state the name (as distinguished from the address) of the Complex or the rental rate;

 

42



 

(k)                                  Tenant shall not have listed the Premises for subletting or assignment at a rental rate less than the greater of (i) the Base Rent and Additional Rent then payable hereunder for such space or (ii) the Base Rent and Additional Rent at which Landlord is then offering to lease other comparable space in the Building; and

 

(l)                                     The sublease shall not allow the use of the Premises or any part thereof for (i) the sale of food for on or off-premises consumption or (ii) use by a foreign or domestic governmental agency.

 

Whether or not Landlord shall grant consent, Tenant shall pay $500.00 towards Landlord’s review and processing expenses in connection with any Transfer request, as well as any reasonable legal fees incurred by Landlord, within thirty (30) days after written request by Landlord. In addition, Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for its reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in the review of (i) any transaction with respect to which Tenant is required to give notice under § 17.13 below and/ or (ii) any other change of name, registration, corporate status or merger, acquisition, consolidation, transfer, or other matter related to Tenant’s legal or corporate status requiring Landlord’s attention and legal advice.

 

17.5.                      CONTINUATION OF LEASE TERMS. Each subletting pursuant to this Article 17 shall be subject to all of the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions, and conditions contained in this Lease.  Notwithstanding any such subletting to any other subtenant and/ or acceptance of Rent by Landlord from any subtenant, Tenant shall remain liable for the payment of the Base Rent and Additional Rent due and to become due hereunder and for the performance of all the covenants, agreements, terms, provisions, and conditions contained in this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed and all acts and omissions of any licensee or subtenant or anyone claiming under or through any subtenant which shall be in violation of any of the obligations of this Lease; and any such violation shall be deemed to be a violation by Tenant.  Tenant further agrees that notwithstanding any such subletting, no other and further subletting of the Premises by Tenant or any person or entity claiming through or under Tenant shall or will be made except upon compliance with and subject to the provisions of this Article 17.  If Landlord shall decline to give its consent to any proposed assignment or sublease, or if Landlord shall exercise its recapture right under § 17.3 above, Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord harmless against and from any and all Claims resulting from any Claims that may be made against Landlord by the proposed assignee or sublessee or by any brokers or other persons claiming a commission or similar compensation in connection with the proposed assignment or sublease.

 

17.6.                      LAPSE OF CONSENT . In the event that Landlord consents to a proposed Transfer described in the Transfer Notice and Tenant fails to execute and deliver the assignment or sublease described in the Transfer Notice to which Landlord consented within one hundred twenty (120) days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again comply with all of the provisions and conditions of § 17.2 above before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Premises.

 

17.7.                      TRANSFER DOCUMENTATION. With respect to each and every Transfer authorized by Landlord under the provisions of this Lease, it is further agreed as follows:

 

43



 

(a)                                  no subletting shall be for a term ending later than one day prior to the Expiration Date of this Lease;

 

(b)                                  no sublease shall be valid, and no subtenant shall take possession of the Premises or any part thereof, until an executed counterpart of such sublease has been delivered to Landlord;

 

(c)                                   each sublease shall provide that it is subject and subordinate to this Lease and to the matters to which this Lease is or shall be subordinate, and that in the event of termination (whether by voluntary surrender or otherwise), re-entry, or dispossession by Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at its option, take over all of the right, title, and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then-executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be (i) liable for any previous act or omission of Tenant under such sublease; (ii) subject to any offset, credit, or allowance not expressly provided in such sublease which theretofore accrued to such subtenant against Tenant or (iii) bound by any previous modification of such sublease or by any previous prepayment of more than one month’s rentals; and

 

(d)                                  each assignment or sublease document must provide that the assignee or subtenant expressly assumes all obligations of the Tenant under the Lease as joint and several obligations without any release of Tenant.

 

17.8.                      TRANSFER PREMIUM. If Landlord shall give its consent to any assignment of this Lease or to any sublease, Tenant shall in consideration therefor pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the following amounts (collectively the “Transfer Premium”):

 

(a)                                  in the case of an assignment, an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of all sums and other considerations paid to Tenant by the assignee for or by reason of such assignment, including sums paid for the sale of Tenant’s Property, but excluding the following: (i) in the case of a sale of Tenant’s Property, the then-current net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns; (ii) then-customary brokerage commissions being paid by Landlord for leasing of space in the Building or, if less, the brokerage commission paid by Tenant in connection with the assignment; (iii) reasonable legal fees and disbursements; and (iv) reasonable amounts paid by Tenant for tenant improvements constructed for the assignee; and

 

(b)                                  in the case of a sublease, fifty percent (50%) of any rents, additional charge, or other consideration payable under the sublease to Tenant by the subtenant which is in excess of the Base Rent and Additional Rent accruing during the term of the sublease in respect of the subleased space (at the rate per square foot payable by Tenant hereunder) pursuant to the terms hereof, including sums paid for the sale or rental of Tenant’s Property, but excluding the following: (i) in the case of the sale or lease of Tenant’s Property, the then-current net unamortized or undepreciated cost thereof determined on the basis of Tenant’s federal income tax returns; (ii) then-customary brokerage commissions being paid by Landlord for leasing of space in the Building or, if

 

44



 

less, the brokerage commission paid by Tenant in connection with the sublease; (iii) reasonable legal fees and disbursements; and (iv) reasonable amounts paid by Tenant for tenant improvements constructed for the subtenant.

 

The sums payable as the Transfer Premium under this §17.8 shall be paid to Landlord as and when payable by the subtenant or assignee to Tenant.

 

17.9.                      ASSUMPTION BY TRANSFEREE .  Any Transfer, whether made with Landlord’s consent pursuant to § 17.1 or without Landlord’s consent pursuant to § 17.1.1, shall be made only if, and shall not be effective until, the assignee or subtenant shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord under which the assignee or transferee shall assume the obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed, from and after the date of Transfer, and whereby the assignee or transferee shall agree that the provisions in §17.1 shall, notwithstanding such Transfer, continue to be binding upon it in respect of all future Transfers. The original named Tenant covenants that, notwithstanding any Transfer, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this Lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of Base Rent and/ or Additional Rent by Landlord from an assignee, transferee, or any other party, the original named Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of the Base Rent and Additional Rent and for the other obligations of this Lease on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed.

 

17.10.               NO WAIVER OR DISCHARGE . The joint and several liability of Tenant and any immediate or remote successor in interest of Tenant and the due performance of the obligations of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be performed or observed shall not be discharged, released, or impaired in any respect by any agreement or stipulation made by Landlord extending the time of, or modifying any of the obligations of, this Lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations of this Lease.

 

17.11.               LISTING OF NAME . The listing of any name other than that of Tenant, whether on the doors of the Premises or the Building directory, or otherwise, shall not operate to vest any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises, nor shall it be deemed to be the consent of Landlord to any Transfer of this Lease or to any sublease of the Premises or to the use or occupancy of the Premises by others.

 

17.12.               NET PROFITS AGREEMENT . Anything contained in the foregoing provisions of this Article 17 to the contrary notwithstanding, neither Tenant nor any other person or entity having an interest in the possession, use, occupancy, or utilization of the Premises shall enter into any lease, sublease, license, concession, or other agreement for use, occupancy, or utilization of space in the Premises which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy, or utilization based, in whole or in part, on the net income or profits derived by any person from the premises leased, used, occupied, or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or percentages of receipts or sales); and any such purported lease, sublease, license, concession, or other agreement shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy, or utilization of any part of the Premises.

 

17.13.               AFFILIATES . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 17, Landlord’ s consent shall not be required in the event Tenant desires to assign this Lease or

 

45



 

sublet the Premises or any portion thereof to any corporation or entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant, provided and subject to the following conditions:

 

(a)                                  Tenant shall not be in default beyond any applicable notice and cure period of any of the terms, covenants, or conditions on Tenant’s part to observe or perform hereunder;

 

(b)                                  such sublet or assignment shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants, and conditions of this Lease;

 

(c)                                   Tenant shall notify Landlord of such sublet or assignment in accordance with § 17.2 hereof and furnish Landlord with reasonably satisfactory evidence that such sublessee or assignee controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant; and

 

(d)                                  in the event of such merger, consolidation, or transfer of substantially all of Tenant’s assets, the successor to Tenant has a net worth, computed in accordance with generally-accepted accounting principles, at least equal to the greater of (i) the net worth of Tenant immediately prior to such merger, consolidation, or transfer or (ii) the net worth of Tenant herein named on the date of this Lease; and proof satisfactory to Landlord of such net worth shall have been delivered to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the effective date of any such transaction.

 

As used herein, the terms control and common control shall be deemed to mean that the ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of all of the issued and outstanding voting shares of such corporation, or fifty percent (50%) or more of all the legal and equitable interest in any such business entities.

 

17.14.               PERMITTED OCCUPANTS . Landlord hereby agrees that the provisions of this Article 17 shall not apply to the shared occupancy of individual offices in the Premises with Tenant by individuals renting not more than one (1) such office (the “Permitted Occupant”), provided that the space occupied by the Permitted Occupant shall not be separately demised or contain separate entrances, demarcations, or reception areas and the occupancy by the Permitted Occupant shall be upon and subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

18.                                SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

 

18.1.                      SUBORDINATION OF LEASE . This Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder are and shall be subject and subordinate in all respects to (a) all ground leases, overriding leases, and underlying leases of the Building, Property, and/ or the Complex now or hereafter existing; (b) all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect the Building, Property, or Complex and any of such leases, whether or not such mortgages shall also cover other lands and/ or buildings; (c) each and every advance made or hereafter to be made under such mortgages; and (d) to all renewals, modifications, replacements, and extensions of such leases and such mortgages and spreaders and consolidations of such mortgages. This § 18.1 shall be self-operative, and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that Landlord, the lessor of any such

 

46



 

lease or the holder (“Holder”) of any such mortgage or any of their respective successors in interest may reasonably request to evidence such subordination. The leases to which this Lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate pursuant to this Article 18 are hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Superior Leases”; the mortgages to which this Lease is, at the time referred to, subject and subordinate are hereinafter sometimes referred to as “Superior Mortgages”; and the lessor of a superior lease or its successor in interest at the time referred to is sometimes hereinafter referred to as a “Lessor.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant agrees, upon written request from Landlord or any Holder or Lessor, to reorder the relative priority of the Lease with respect to any particular Superior Mortgage or Superior Lease so as to subordinate the lien of any such Superior Mortgage or Superior Lease to the Lease. Tenant agrees to execute any instrument which Landlord or any Holder or Lessor may present in order to effect such prioritization of the Lease, provided that such instrument does not modify any material term of the Lease or increase Tenant’s obligations thereunder.

 

18.2.                      NOTICE AND CURE RIGHT . In the event of any action or omission of Landlord which would give Tenant the right, immediately or after lapse of a period of time, to cancel or terminate this Lease, or to claim a partial or total eviction, Tenant shall not exercise such right unless and until (i) Tenant shall have given written notice of such act or omission to the Holder of each Superior Mortgage and the Lessor of each Superior Lease whose name and address shall previously have been furnished to Tenant in writing; and (ii) unless such act or omission shall be one which is not capable of being remedied by Landlord or such mortgage Holder or Lessor within a reasonable period of time, a reasonable period for remedying such act or omission shall have elapsed following the giving of such notice and following the time when such Holder or Lessor shall have become entitled under such Superior Mortgage or Superior Lease, as the case may be, to remedy the same (which reasonable period shall in no event be less than the period to which Landlord would be entitled under this Lease or otherwise, after similar notice, to effect such remedy), provided such Holder or Lessor shall with due diligence give Tenant written notice of intention to remedy such act or omission and shall thereafter diligently and continuously prosecute such cure to completion.

 

18.3.                      ATTORNMENT . If the Lessor of a Superior Lease or the Holder of a Superior Mortgage shall succeed to the rights of Landlord under this Lease, whether through possession or foreclosure action or delivery of a new lease or deed, then at the request of such party so succeeding to Landlord’s rights or other person having or acquiring title by virtue of such foreclosure or termination (herein sometimes referred to as “Successor Landlord”) and upon such Successor Landlord’s written agreement to accept Tenant’s attornment, Tenant shall attorn to and recognize such Successor Landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this Lease and shall promptly execute and deliver any instrument that such Successor Landlord may reasonably request to evidence such attornment. Upon such attornment this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between the Successor Landlord and Tenant upon all of the terms, conditions, and covenants in this Lease, except as follows:

 

(a)                                  the Successor Landlord shall not be liable for any previous act or omission of Landlord under this Lease;

 

47



 

(b)                                  the Successor Landlord shall not be subject to any offset (unless expressly provided for in this Lease) which shall have theretofore accrued to Tenant against Landlord;

 

(c)                                   the Successor Landlord shall not be bound by any previous modification of this Lease, unless expressly provided for in this Lease, or by any previous prepayment of more than one month’s Base Rent, unless such modification or prepayment shall have been expressly approved in writing by the Lessor of the Superior Lease or the Holder of the Superior Mortgage through or by reason of which the Successor Landlord shall have succeeded to the rights of Landlord under this Lease.

 

19.                                FINANCING REQUIREMENTS

 

19.1.                      LENDER-REQUESTED MODIFICATIONS . If, in connection with obtaining financing or refinancing for the Property or Complex a prospective lender shall request reasonable modifications to this Lease as a condition to such financing or refinancing, Tenant shall not withhold, delay, or unreasonably condition its consent thereto. It is agreed that, among the modifications which shall be deemed reasonable, are modifications to the subordination and attornment provisions of this Lease, modifications to the notice provisions of this Lease, modifications to the provisions of this Lease which permit the lender to cure any defaults by Landlord, and modifications to the provisions which grant additional time to cure as may be reasonably required by the lender. In no event shall any such modification increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder or decrease Tenant’s rights hereunder.

 

19.2.                      FAILURE TO COMPLY . If Tenant fails or refuses to execute and deliver to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after written notice to do so, the amendment(s) to this Lease accomplishing such reasonable modification(s), Landlord, at its sole option, shall have the right either (a) to terminate this Lease or (b) to execute the amendment for and on behalf of Tenant as its attorney-in-fact. Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints Landlord as its attorney-in-fact solely to execute any documents required to carry out the intent of § 19.1 above on behalf of Tenant.

 

20.                                DEFAULT

 

20.1.                      TENANT’S DEFAULT . Tenant’s failure to perform any of its obligations under this Lease when due and in the manner required shall constitute a material breach and default (“Event of Default”) of this Lease by Tenant, subject to any cure period(s) permitted or available under applicable laws or statutes. In addition, the following shall also be deemed Events of Default hereunder:

 

(a)                                  Tenant’s failure to take possession of the Premises for a period of sixty (60) days or longer after the Commencement Date;

 

(b)                                  Tenant’s abandonment or vacation of the Premises;

 

(c)                                   any material misrepresentation or omission herein or in any financial statements or other materials provided by Tenant or any Guarantor (if any) in connection with negotiating or entering this Lease or in connection with any Transfer under Article 17;

 

48



 

(d)                                  cancellation of any guaranty of this Lease by any Guarantor;

 

(e)                                   failure by Tenant to cure within any applicable times permitted thereunder any default under any other lease for space in the Complex or any other buildings owned or managed by Landlord or its affiliates now or hereafter entered by Tenant; and any Default hereunder not cured within the times permitted for cure herein shall, at Landlord’s election, constitute a default under any other such lease or leases;

 

(f)                                    The levy of a writ of attachment or execution on this Lease or on any of Tenant’s property;

 

(g)                                  Tenant’s or any Guarantor’s general assignment for the benefit of creditors or arrangement, composition, extension, or adjustment with its creditors;

 

(h)                                  Tenant’s or any Guarantor’s filing of a voluntary petition for relief, or the filing of a petition against Tenant or any Guarantor in a proceeding under the Federal Bankruptcy laws or other insolvency laws which is not withdrawn or dismissed within forty-five (45) days thereafter; or, under the provisions of any law providing for reorganization or winding up of corporations, the assumption by any court of competent jurisdiction of jurisdiction, custody, or control of Tenant or any substantial part of its property, or of any Guarantor, where such jurisdiction, custody, or control remains in force unrelinquished, unstayed, or unterminated for a period of forty five (45) days;

 

(i)                                     In any proceeding or action in which Tenant is a party, the appointment of a trustee, receiver, agent, or custodian to take charge of the Premises or Tenant’s Property for the purpose of enforcing a lien against the Premises or Tenant’s Property; or

 

(j)                                     If Tenant or any Guarantor is a partnership or consists of more than one (1) person or entity, the involvement of any partner of the partnership or other person or entity in any of the acts or events described in subsections (i) through (1) above.

 

20.2.                      LANDLORD’S REMEDIES . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder, Landlord shall have the right, in addition to any other rights or remedies Landlord may have under Laws, at Landlord’s option, without further notice or demand of any kind, to elect to do one of the following alternatives:

 

(i)                                      Terminate this Lease and Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, re-enter the Premises, and take possession thereof; and Tenant shall have no further claim to the Premises or under this Lease; or

 

(ii)                                   Continue this Lease in effect and collect any unpaid Rent or other charges which have theretofore accrued or which thereafter become due and payable. It is intended hereunder that Landlord have the remedy described in California Civil Code § 1951.4, which provides that a landlord may continue a lease in effect after a tenant’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if tenant has the right to sublease or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations.

 

49


 

In the event of any re-entry or retaking of possession by Landlord, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to remove all or any part of Tenant’s Property from the Premises and to place such property in storage at a public warehouse at the expense and risk of Tenant.

 

20.2.1               No Waiver of Default. The waiver by Landlord of any Event of Default or of any other breach of any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition or of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition. Acceptance of Rent by Landlord subsequent to any Event of Default or breach hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of any preceding Event of Default or breach other than the failure to pay the particular Rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’ s knowledge of any breach at the time of such acceptance of Rent. Landlord shall not be deemed to have waived any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease, unless Landlord gives Tenant written notice of such waiver. Tenant should not rely upon Landlord’s failure or delay in enforcing any right or remedy hereunder.

 

20.2.2               Landlord’s Right to Cure . If Tenant defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), without waiving such default, perform the same for the account and at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall pay Landlord all costs of such performance promptly upon receipt of a bill therefor.

 

20.3.                      DAMAGES. Should Landlord elect to terminate this Lease under the provisions of § 20.2 (i) above, Landlord may recover as damages from Tenant the following:

 

(a)                                  Past Rent : The worth at the time of the award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination; plus

 

(b)                                  Rent Prior to Award: The worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(c)                                   Rent After Award: The worth at the time of the award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of the rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

 

(d)                                  Proximately Caused Damages: Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees), incurred by Landlord in (i) retaking possession of the Premises; (ii) maintaining the Premises after Tenant’s default; (iii) preparing the Premises for reletting to a new tenant, including any repairs or alterations; and (iv) reletting the Premises, including reasonable brokers’ commissions.

 

50



 

“The worth at the time of the award” as used in subsections (a) and (b) ‘above is to be computed by allowing interest at the rate of ten percent (10%) per annum or, if different,. the legal rate then applicable in California. “The worth at the time of the award” as used in subsection (c) above is to be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank situated nearest to the Premises at the time of the award plus one percent (1%).

 

20.4.                      LANDLORD’S DEFAULT . If Landlord fails to perform any covenant, condition, or agreement contained in this Lease within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice from Tenant specifying a default and the relevant Lease provision, or if Landlord fails within that thirty-day period after notice to commence to cure any such default which cannot reasonably be cured within thirty (30) days, then, subject to § 21.1 below, Landlord shall be liable to Tenant for any damages sustained by Tenant as a result of Landlord’s breach. Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease or to withhold, reduce, or offset any amount against any payments of Rent or any other charges due and payable under this Lease, except to the extent that a specific Lease provision permits such termination or withholding, reduction, or offset of Rent

 

20.5.                      HOLDER’S RIGHT TO CURE . Tenant shall give any Holder a copy, by registered mail, of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that Tenant previously has been notified in writing of the address of such Holder. If Landlord fails to cure such default within the time provided in this Lease, any such Holder shall have an additional forty-five (45) days within which to cure such default by Landlord or, if such default cannot reasonably be cured within that time, such additional time as may be necessary, provided that within such forty-five (45) day period the Holder has commenced and is pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including commencement of foreclosure proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure), in which event this Lease shall not be terminated while such remedies are being so pursued.

 

20.6.                      SURVIVAL OF REMEDIES. The remedies permitted under this Article 20, the parties’ indemnities under §§ 14.4.3, 14.4.4, and 14.4.5, and § 29.5 below shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

21.                                LIMITATIONS ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

 

21.1.                      PERSONAL LIABILITY . The liability of Landlord to Tenant for any default by Landlord under this Lease or arising in connection herewith or with Landlord’s operation, management, leasing, repair, renovation, alteration, or any other matter relating to the Property or the Premises shall be limited to the interest of Landlord in the Property (and the rental proceeds thereof). Under no circumstances shall Landlord ever be liable for consequential or punitive damages, including damages for lost profits or for business interruption.  Tenant agrees to look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Property (and the rental proceeds thereof) for the recovery of any judgment against Landlord, and Landlord shall not be personally liable for any such judgment or deficiency after execution thereon.  The limitations of liability contained in this Article 21 shall apply equally and inure to the benefit of Landlord’s present and future partners, beneficiaries, officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, agents, and employees, and their respective partners, heirs, successors, and assigns. Under no circumstances shall any present or future general or limited partner of Landlord (if Landlord is a partnership), or trustee or beneficiary (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a trust) or corporate officer, director, or shareholder (if Landlord or any partner of Landlord is a corporation or company) or member (if

 

51



 

Landlord is a limited liability company) have any liability for the performance of Landlord’s obligations under this Lease.

 

21.2.                      LIABILITY UPON TRANSFER . The term Landlord as used in this Lease, so far as covenants or obligations on the part of the Landlord are concerned, shall be limited to mean and include only the owner or owners, at the time in question, of the fee title to, or a lessee’s interest in a ground lease or master lease of the Property. In the event of any transfer, assignment, or other conveyance or transfer of any such title or interest, Landlord herein named (and in case of subsequent transfers or conveyances, the current grantor) shall be automatically freed and relieved from and after the date of such transfer, assignment, or conveyance of all liability with respect to the performance of any covenants or obligations on the part of Landlord contained in this Lease thereafter to be performed; and, without further agreement, the transferee of such title or interest shall be deemed to have assumed and agreed to observe and perform any and all obligations of Landlord hereunder, during its ownership of the Premises. Landlord may transfer its interest in the Premises without the consent of Tenant, and such transfer or subsequent transfer shall not be deemed a violation on Landlord’s part of any of the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

22.                                ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

 

22.1.                      REQUEST AND DELIVERY . Within ten (10) days following any written request Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant without any charge therefor, shall execute, acknowledge, and deliver a statement certifying the following: (a) the Commencement Date of this Lease; (b) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if there have been modifications hereto, that this Lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications; (c) the date to which the Rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (d) the fact that there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in the statement; and (e) such other matters as may be reasonably requested by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 22 may be relied upon by any Holder, Lessor, beneficiary, purchaser, or prospective purchaser of the Building, the Complex, or any interest therein. Tenant’s failure to deliver any such statement within the specified ten-day period shall constitute a material default hereunder, and Tenant shall indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all Claims which Landlord may sustain or incur as a result of or in connection with Tenant’s failure or delay in delivering such statement.

 

22.2.                      ELECTION TO SELL BUILDING . If Landlord elects to sell the Building or to obtain loans secured by a lien on the Building, Tenant, promptly after demand, shall include with the estoppel certificate(s) provided to any prospective purchaser or lender as required under this Article 22 any financial statements of Tenant reasonably required by the purchaser or lender. The financial statements so provided shall be kept confidential as to any parties other than the purchaser or lender.

 

23.                                NOTICES

 

23.1.                      MANNER OF DELIVERY . Any notice required or permitted under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be delivered in at least one of the following ways: (a) personally or by

 

52



 

private hand-delivery messenger service; (b) by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified, return receipt requested; (c) by depositing such notice, postage prepaid, with Federal Express or another nationally-recognized private overnight delivery service; or (d) by any other means permitted or required by applicable California law or statutes relevant in the context in which such notice is given. Each such notice shall be addressed to the intended recipient at such party’s address set forth as follows, or at such other address as such party has theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this § 23.l:

 

if to Landlord:

 

KASHIWA FUDOSAN AMERICA, INC.
c/o Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc.
Attn: Property Manager
400 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 117
South San Francisco, CA 94080

 

copy to:

 

Colliers International, Agent
Attn: Oyster Point Asset Manager
3 Park Plaza, Suite 1200
Irvine, CA 92614

 

if to Tenant:

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.
Attn: General Manager
400 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 520
South San Francisco, CA 94080

 

copy to:

 

FENWICK & WEST LLP
Attn: Matthew Rossiter
555 California Street, 12th Floor
San Francisco, CA 94104

 

23.2.                      REQUIRED CONTENTS . Every notice (other than the giving or withholding of consent or approval under the provisions of the Lease) given to a party shall state the section of the Lease pursuant to which the notice is given; the period of time within which the recipient of the notice must respond (or, if no response is required, a statement to that effect); and if applicable, that the failure to object to the notice within the stated time period will be deemed to be the equivalent of the recipient’s approval, consent to, or satisfaction with the subject matter of the notice.

 

23.3.                      PRESUMPTION OF RECEIPT . Any notice delivered personally or by private messenger service shall be deemed delivered on the next day following the deposit of such notice at the recipient’s address. Any notice delivered by Federal Express or another nationally-

 

53



 

recognized private overnight delivery service shall be deemed delivered on the earlier of (y) the second day following deposit thereof with the carrier or (z) the delivery date shown on the carrier’s record of delivery. Any notice delivered by mail in the manner specified in § 23.1 shall be deemed delivered on the earlier of (a) the third day following deposit thereof in the United States Mail or (b) the delivery date shown on the return receipt prepared in connection therewith. Refusal by Tenant or Landlord to accept either certified or registered mail shall constitute a waiver of such notice by the respective party.

 

24.                                BROKERS

 

24.1.                      TENANT’S REPRESENTATION . Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant has dealt with no broker in connection with this Lease other than Sansome Street Advisors and Cushman & Wakefield of California, Inc , whose fees shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate written agreement. Tenant shall be responsible for all foreseeable consequences of damages (including attorneys’ fees and costs) resulting from any claims that may be asserted against Landlord by any other broker, finder, or other person with whom Tenant has or purportedly has dealt in connection with this Lease, and Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend, protect, and hold Landlord harmless in connection with any such Claims which may be asserted.

 

25.                                RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD

 

25.1.                      ACCESS TO PROPERTY . All of the Property except the inside surfaces of all walls, windows, and doors bounding the Premises (including exterior Building walls, core corridor walls and doors, and any core corridor entrance) and any space in or adjacent to the Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric, or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises for the purpose of operation, maintenance, decoration, and repair, are reserved to Landlord. Tenant shall permit Landlord to install, use, replace, and maintain pipes, ducts, and conduits within the demising walls, bearing columns, and ceilings of the Premises provided that any such activity does not substantially diminish Tenant’s beneficial use of the Premises for their intended purposes.

 

25.2.                      CONTROL OF PROPERTY . Except to the extent expressly limited herein, Landlord reserves full rights to control the Property (which rights may be exercised without subjecting Landlord to claims for constructive eviction, abatement of Rent, damages, or other claims of any kind), including more particularly the following rights:

 

(a)                                  Name, Address, Access. To change the name or street address of the Property; install and maintain signs on the exterior and interior of the Property; retain at all times, and use in appropriate instances, keys to all doors within and into the Premises; grant to any Person the right to conduct any business or render any service at the Property, whether or not it is the same or similar to the use permitted Tenant by this Lease; and have access for Landlord and other tenants of the Property to any mail chutes located on the Premises according to the rules of the United States Postal Service.

 

54



 

(b)                                  Entry into Premises . To enter the Premises at reasonable hours for reasonable purposes, including inspection and supplying cleaning service or other services to be provided Tenant hereunder, to show the Premises to current and prospective lenders, ground lessors, insurers, and prospective purchasers, tenants and brokers, at reasonable hours; and if Tenant shall abandon the Premises at any time, or shall vacate the same during the last three (3) months of the Term, to decorate, remodel, repair, or alter the Premises.

 

(c)                                   Safety Measures . To limit or prevent access to the Property, shut down elevator service, activate elevator emergency controls, or otherwise take such action or preventative measures deemed necessary by Landlord for the safety of tenants or other occupants of the Property or the protection of the Property and other property located thereon or therein, in case of fire, invasion, insurrection, riot, civil disorder, public excitement or other dangerous condition, or threat thereof.

 

(d)                                  Improvements . To decorate and to make alterations, additions and improvements, structural or otherwise, in or to the Property or any part thereof, and any adjacent building, structure, parking facility, land, street or alley (including changes and reductions in corridors, lobbies, parking facilities and other public areas and the installation of kiosks, planters, sculptures, displays, escalators, mezzanines, and other structures, facilities, amenities and features therein, and changes for the purpose of connection with or entrance into or use of the Property in conjunction with any adjoining or adjacent building or buildings, now existing or hereafter constructed). In connection with such matters, or with any other repairs, maintenance, improvements or alterations, in or about the Property, Landlord may erect scaffolding and other structures reasonably required, and during such operations may enter upon the Premises and take into and upon or through the Premises, all materials required to make such repairs, maintenance, alterations or improvements, and may close public entry ways, other public areas, restrooms, stairways or corridors.

 

25.3.                      LANDLORD’S RIGHT TO MAINTAIN. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant by reason of any inconvenience, annoyance, interruption, or injury to business arising from Landlord’s making any repairs or changes which Landlord is required or permitted to make by this Lease, by any other lease or agreement affecting the Property, or by Law, in or to any portion of the Property, Complex, or the Premises, including the Systems and Equipment and appurtenances of the Property or the Premises, provided that Landlord shall use due diligence with respect thereto and shall perform such work, except in case of emergency, at times reasonably convenient to Tenant and otherwise in such manner as will not materially diminish Tenant’s beneficial enjoyment of the Premises for their intended use.

 

25.4.                      REASONABLE NOTICE . In connection with entering the Premises to exercise any of the foregoing rights, Landlord shall: (a) provide reasonable advance written or oral notice to Tenant’s on-site manager or other appropriate person (except in emergencies, or for routine cleaning or other routine matters), and (b) take reasonable steps to avoid any unreasonable interference with Tenant’s business.

 

55



 

26.                                BUILDING PLANNING

 

26.1.                      RELOCATION RIGHT. In the event Landlord requires the Premises for use in conjunction with another suite or for other reasons connected with Landlord’s planning program for the Building, upon not less than sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to Tenant, Landlord shall have the right to move Tenant to other space in the Building or in the Complex, provided (i) such space is not more than ten percent (10%) larger than the Premises and (ii) Landlord shall not require such relocation more than one (1) time during the initial Term of the Lease. If Landlord elects to move Tenant to such other space, Landlord shall pay for (a) all direct, out-of-pocket, reasonable expenses of Tenant in moving from the Premises to the new space and (b) the cost of improving the new space so that the level of improvements in the new space is comparable to the level of improvements in the Premises. All the terms and conditions of the original Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that (i) a revised Exhibit B shall become a part of this Lease and shall reflect the location of the new space; and (ii) Tenant agrees to execute promptly upon notice from Landlord an amendment to this Lease amending the Table and corresponding sections of the Lease in order to reflect all correct data for the new space.

 

27.                                HOLDING OVER

 

27.1.                      HOLDOVER . Unless Landlord expressly agrees otherwise in writing, Tenant shall pay Landlord one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of Rent then applicable prorated on per diem basis for each day Tenant shall retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof after expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Lease, together with all damages sustained by Landlord on account thereof. In the case of any such holdover, the Lease shall be converted to a month-to-month tenancy which either party may terminate upon written notice of not less than thirty (30) days to the other. Tenant shall remain bound to comply with all provisions of this Lease until Tenant vacates the Premises and shall be subject to the provisions of § 11.1 above.

 

27.2.                      PERMISSIVE MONTH-TO-MONTH TENANCY . Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, at any time before or after expiration or earlier termination of the Term of the Lease, Landlord may serve notice advising Tenant of the amount of Rent and other terms required, should Tenant desire to enter a month to-month tenancy. If Tenant shall hold over more than one full calendar month after such notice, Tenant shall thereafter be deemed a month-to-month tenant, on the terms and provisions of this Lease then in effect, as modified by Landlord’s notice, except that Tenant shall not be entitled to any renewal or expansion rights contained in this Lease or any amendments hereto.

 

56



 

28.                                PARKING

 

28.1.                      AVAILABLE PARKING .  Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the balance of this Article 28, Landlord agrees, at no cost to Tenant, to make available to Tenant during the Term of this Lease and any renewal term no fewer than ten (10) parking spaces on a non-exclusive basis in the area(s) designated by Landlord for parking in the Building’s parking lots and/ or facility (the “Parking Facility”). Said parking spaces shall be in locations designated by Landlord, and parking shall be on a first-come-first-served, unassigned, nonreserved basis. Landlord reserves the right to designate different locations or different parking areas for Tenant’s use without any liability to Tenant and Tenant agrees that any change shall not give rise to any claims or offset against Landlord hereunder. Tenant shall abide by any and all uniform parking regulations and rules established from time to time by Landlord or Landlord’ s parking operator. Landlord reserves the right in its sole and absolute discretion to restrict or prohibit the use of the Parking Facility for any vehicles other than passenger automobiles, such as full-sized vans or trucks. Tenant shall not permit any vehicles belonging to Tenant or Tenant’s employees, agents, customers, contractors, or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Landlord for such activities. A failure to comply with the foregoing provisions shall afford Landlord the right without notice to remove any vehicles involved and to charge the cost to Tenant, which cost shall be immediately due and payable upon demand by Landlord.

 

28.2.                      USE AT TENANT’ S OWN RISK. Landlord shall have no obligation to monitor the use of the Parking Facility. Tenant’s and its employees’ use of the Parking Facility shall be at the sole risk of Tenant and its employees.  Unless caused by the willful harmful act of Landlord, Landlord shall have no responsibility or liability for any injury or damage to any person or property by or as a result of the use of the Parking Facility (or substitute parking) by Tenant and its employees, whether by theft, collision, criminal activity, or otherwise, and Tenant hereby assumes, for itself and its employees, all risks associated with any such occurrences in or about the Parking Facility.

 

29.                                MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

 

29.1.                      GENERAL DEFINITIONS . The definitions which follow shall apply generally to the provisions of this Lease.

 

(a)                                  The term business days means Monday through Friday inclusive, excluding Holidays as defined in § 8.1.1 above. Throughout this Lease, wherever days is used the term shall refer to calendar days. Wherever the term business days is used the term shall refer to business days as defined hereunder.

 

(b)                                  The term mortgage shall include any mortgage or deed of trust, and the term mortgagee shall include a trustee.

 

(c)                                   The terms include, including, and such as shall each be construed as if followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The rule of eiusdem generis shall not be applicable to limit a general statement following or referrable to an enumeration of specific matters to matters similar to the matters specifically mentioned.

 

57



 

(d)                                  The term obligations under this Lease and words of like import shall mean the covenants to pay Rent and Additional Rent under this Lease and all of the other covenants and conditions contained in this Lease. Any provision in this Lease that one party or the other or both shall do or not do or shall cause or permit or not cause or permit a particular act, condition, or circumstance shall be deemed to mean that such party so covenants or both parties so covenant, as the case may be.

 

(e)                                   The term Tenant’s obligations hereunder and words of like import and the term Landlord’s obligations hereunder and words of like import shall mean the obligations under this Lease which are to be performed or observed by Tenant, or by Landlord, as the case may be. Reference to performance of either party’s obligations under this Lease shall be construed as “performance and observance.”

 

(f)                                    Reference to Tenant being or not being in default hereunder or words like import shall mean that Tenant is in default in the performance of one or more of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, or that Tenant is not in default in the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, or that a condition of the character described in § 20.1 above has occurred and continues or has not occurred or does not continue, as the case may be.

 

(g)                                  References to Landlord as having no liability to Tenant or being without liability to Tenant shall mean that Tenant is not entitled to terminate this Lease or to claim actual or constructive eviction, partial or total, or to receive any credit, allowance, setoff, abatement, or diminution of Rent, or to be relieved in any manner of any of its other obligations hereunder, or to be compensated for loss or injury suffered or to enforce any other kind of liability whatsoever against Landlord under or with respect to this Lease or with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

(h)                                  The term requirements of insurance bodies and words of like import shall mean rules, regulations, orders, and other requirements of the California Board of Fire Underwriters and/ or the California Fire Insurance Rating Organization and/ or any other similar body performing the same or similar functions and having jurisdiction or cognizance of the Property and/ or the Premises.

 

(i)                                     The term repair shall be deemed to include restoration and replacement as may be necessary to achieve and/ or maintain good working order and condition.

 

(j)                                     Reference to termination of this Lease includes expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease or cancellation of this Lease pursuant to any of the provisions of this Lease or to Law. Upon a termination of this Lease, the Term and estate granted by this Lease shall end at noon of the date of termination as if such date were the date of expiration of the Term of this Lease, and neither party shall have any further obligation or liability to the other after such termination, except as shall be expressly provided for in this Lease and except for any such obligation as by its nature or under the circumstances can only be, or by the provisions of this Lease may be, performed after such termination; and in any event, unless expressly provided to the

 

58



 

contrary in this Lease, any liability for a payment or obligation which shall have accrued to or with respect to any period ending at the time of termination shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

(k)                                  The term in full force and effect when herein used in reference to this Lease as a condition to the existence or exercise of a right on the part of Tenant shall be construed in each instance as including the further condition that at the time in question no default on the part of Tenant exists, and no event has occurred which has continued to exist for such period of time (after the notice, if any, required by this Lease), as would entitle Landlord to terminate this Lease or to dispossess Tenant.

 

(l)                                     The term Tenant shall mean Tenant herein named or any assignee, heir, distributee, executor, administrator, legal representative, or other successor in interest (immediate or remote) of Tenant herein named, while such Tenant or such assignee or other successor in interest, as the case may be, is in possession of the Premises as owner of the Tenant’s estate and interest granted by this Lease and also, if Tenant is not a single individual or a corporation, all of the persons, firms, and corporations then comprising Tenant; and their liability hereunder shall be joint and several.

 

29.2.                      LIGHT AND AIR . No diminution of light, air or view by any structure which may hereafter be erected (whether or not by Landlord) shall entitle Tenant to any reduction of Rent under this Lease, result in any liability of Landlord to Tenant, or in any other way affect this Lease.

 

29.3.                      WAIVER OF TERMS . If either Landlord or Tenant waives the performance of any term, covenant, or condition contained in this Lease, such waiver shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the term, covenant, or condition itself or a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant, or condition contained herein. Furthermore, the acceptance of Rent by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time Landlord accepts such Rent. Failure by Landlord to enforce any of the terms, covenants, or conditions of this Lease for any length of time shall not be deemed to waive or to decrease the right of Landlord to insist thereafter upon strict performance by Tenant. Waiver by Landlord of any term, covenant, or condition contained in this Lease may only be made by a written document signed by Landlord.

 

29.4.                      FAILURE TO DELIVER STATEMENTS. Landlord’s failure during the Term of this Lease to prepare and deliver any of the Statements, estimates, notices, or bills contemplated or required under this Lease, or Landlord’s failure to make a demand, shall not in any way cause Landlord to forfeit or surrender its rights to collect any of the foregoing items of Rent which may have become due during the Term of this Lease.

 

29.5.                      ATTORNEY’S FEES . In the event that any action or proceeding (including arbitration) is brought to enforce or interpret any term, covenant, or condition of this Lease on the part of Landlord or Tenant, the prevailing party in such action or proceeding (whether after

 

59


 

trial or upon appeal) shall be entitled to recover from the party not prevailing its expenses therein, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and all allowable costs as fixed by the court.

 

29.6.                      CORPORATE REVIEW FEES . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord for its reasonable costs and/ or attorneys’ fees incurred in the review of (i) any transaction with respect to which Tenant is required to give notice under § 17.13 of the Lease and/ or (ii) any other change of name, registration, corporate status or merger, acquisition, consolidation, transfer, loan, security, or collateral transaction, or other matter related to Tenant’s legal or corporate status or the financing of any loan or collateral or security associated with the same requiring Landlord’s attention and need to seek legal advice.

 

29.7.                      JURY TRIAL . Tenant and Landlord each hereby waive their respective rights to a trial by jury under applicable Laws in the event of any litigation or dispute between Landlord and Tenant arising out of or in connection with this Lease and the parties’ performance thereunder.

 

29.8.                      MERGER . Notwithstanding the acquisition (if same should occur) by the same party of the title and interests of both Landlord and Tenant under this Lease, there shall never be a merger of the estates of Landlord and Tenant under this Lease, but instead the separate estates, rights, duties, and obligations of Landlord and Tenant, as existing hereunder, shall remain unextinguished and continue, separately, in full force and effect until this Lease expires or otherwise terminates in accordance with the express provisions herein contained.

 

29.9.                      NO MERGER ON VOLUNTARY SURRENDER . A voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or the mutual cancellation of this Lease shall not work a merger and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies, or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all such subleases or subtenancies.

 

29.10.               CONSENT . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Tenant shall have no claim and hereby waives the right to any claim against Landlord for money damages by reason of any refusal, withholding, or delaying by Landlord of any consent, approval, statement, or satisfaction; and in such event, Tenant’s only remedies therefor shall be an action for specific performance, injunction, or declaratory judgment to enforce any right to such consent, approval, statement, or satisfaction.

 

29.11.               COUNTERPARTS . This Lease may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

29.12.               FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. In order to induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant agrees that it shall promptly furnish Landlord, from time to time, upon Landlord’s written request, with financial statements reflecting Tenant’s current financial condition.  Tenant represents and warrants that all financial statements, records, and information furnished by Tenant to Landlord in connection with this Lease are and shall be true, correct, and complete in all respects.

 

29.13.               GENDER AND NUMBER . Words used in neuter gender include the feminine and masculine, where applicable, and words used in the singular or plural shall include the opposite number if appropriate.

 

60



 

29.14.               JOINT AND SEVERAL OBLIGATION. If more than one person executes this Lease as Tenant, each of them is jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing, and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions, and agreements of this Lease to be kept, observed, and performed by Tenant. The term Tenant as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of such signatories jointly and severally. The act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of such signatories with respect to the tenancy or this Lease, including any renewal, extension, expiration, termination, or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

 

29.15.               HEADINGS AND SECTION NUMBERS. The headings and titles of the articles and sections of this Lease are used for convenience only and shall have no effect upon the construction or interpretation of this Lease. Wherever a reference is made in this Lease to a particular article or section, such reference shall be deemed to include all subsections following such section reference, unless the contrary is expressly provided in connection with such reference. All references in this Lease to numbered articles, numbered sections, and lettered exhibits are references to articles and sections of this Lease and exhibits annexed to (and thereby made part of) this Lease, as the case may be, unless expressly otherwise designated in the context.

 

29.16.               TIME . Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions.

 

29.17.               APPLICABLE LAW. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California without reference to its conflicts of law principles. If suit is brought by a party to this Lease, the parties agree that jurisdiction of such action shall be vested exclusively in the state courts of the State of California, County of San Mateo, or in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, and with its execution and delivery of this Lease Tenant waives any defense it might otherwise have against the jurisdiction of such courts.

 

29.18.               SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease and the application of such provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

 

29.19.               SIGNS.   Tenant shall not place or permit to be placed in or upon the Premises where visible from outside the Premises or any part of the Building, any signs, notices, drapes, shutters, blinds or window coatings, or displays of any type without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord shall consent to the location at the cost of Landlord of a Building-standard sign on or near the entrance of the Premises and shall, at Landlord’ s cost, include Tenant in the Building and Complex directories located in the Building. Landlord reserves the right in Landlord’s sole discretion to place and locate on the roof and exterior of the Building and Complex and in any area of the Building and the Complex not leased to Tenant, such signs, notices, displays and similar items as Landlord deems appropriate in the proper operation of the Building and the Complex.

 

61



 

29.20.               EXECUTION BY LANDLORD . The submission of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of, or option for, the Premises. This document becomes effective and binding only upon execution and delivery hereof by Tenant and by Landlord. No act or omission of any employee or agent of Landlord or of Landlord’s broker shall alter, change or modify any of the provisions hereof.

 

29.21.               USE OF NAME. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or Complex for any purpose other than the address of the business to be conducted by Tenant in the Premises. Tenant shall not use any picture of the Building or Complex in its advertising, stationery or in any other manner so as to imply that the entire Building or Complex is leased by Tenant. Landlord expressly reserves the right at any time to change the name or street address of the Building and/ or Complex without in any manner being liable to Tenant therefor.

 

29.22.               NONRECORDABILITY OF LEASE . Tenant agrees that in no event shall this Lease or a memorandum hereof be recorded without Landlord’s express prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion.

 

29.23.               CONSTRUCTION. All provisions hereof, whether covenants or conditions, shall be deemed to be both covenants and conditions. The definitions contained in this Lease, shall be used to interpret the Lease. All rights and remedies of Landlord and Tenant shall, except as otherwise expressly provided, be cumulative and non-exclusive of any other remedy at law or in equity.

 

29.24.               FORCE MAJEURE DELAYS . This Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in doing so, if such inability or delay is caused by reason of force majeure, strike, labor troubles, acts of God, acts of government, unavailability of materials or labor, or any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord (collectively “Force Majeure Delays”).

 

29.25.               AUTHORITY. If Tenant is a corporation, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant is qualified to do business in California and that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant and shall deliver appropriate certification to that effect if requested. If Tenant is a limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, or other unincorporated association, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant and that this Lease is binding on Tenant. Furthermore, Tenant agrees that the execution of any written consent hereunder, or any written modification or termination of this Lease, by any general partner or member of Tenant or any other authorized agent of Tenant, shall be binding on Tenant.

 

29.26.               NONDISCLOSURE. Tenant agrees that it shall not disclose any of the matters set forth in this Lease or disseminate or distribute any information concerning the terms, covenants, or conditions thereof to any person, firm, or entity, other than a prospective assignee or subtenant of the Premises, without first obtaining the express written approval of Landlord; provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the contents of this Lease to any director, officer, or employee of Tenant, to Tenant’s lawyers, accountants, or other third party consultants or

 

62



 

professionals, to any lenders, investors, or others to whom Tenant provides financial statements, or in response to any legally effective demand for disclosure pursuant to court order or from any other properly constituted legal authority.

 

29.27.               QUIET ENJOYMENT.   So long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Tenant shall have quiet enjoyment of the Premises for the Term, subject to all the terms and conditions of this Lease and all liens and encumbrances prior to this Lease.

 

29.28.               ACCESS INSPECTION DISCLOSURE .  Pursuant to California Civil Code § 1938, Landlord hereby notifies Tenant that, as of the date of this Lease, the Premises have not undergone inspection by a “Certified Access Specialist” to determine whether the Premises meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards under California Civil Code § 55.53, and the Premises have not been determined to meet all applicable construction-related accessibility standards pursuant to Civil Code § 55.53.

 

29.29.               EXHIBITS AND ATTACHMENTS .  All exhibits and attachments referred to in the body of this Lease are deemed attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.  The parties have attached the following exhibits to the Lease prior to execution:

 

Exhibit A                                           Site Plan

Exhibit B                                           Floor Plan of Premises

Exhibit C                                           Rules and Regulations

Exhibit D                                           Athletic Facility Use Agreement

Exhibit E                                           Commencement Date Agreement

 

29.30.               LANDLORD’S REPRESENTATIVE .  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, in executing this Lease, TAK Development, Inc., a California corporation, is acting solely in its capacity as Landlord’s authorized attorney-in-fact.  TAK Development, Inc. is not acquiring or assuming any legal liability or obligation to any other party executing this Lease, and any claim or demand of any such other party arising under or with respect to this Lease shall be made and enforced solely against Landlord.

 

29.31.               ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all the agreements of the parties hereto and supersedes any previous negotiations. There have been no representations made by the Landlord or Tenant or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits. This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument duly executed by the parties hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the date first above written.

 

Landlord:

Tenant:

 

 

KASHIWA FUDOSAN

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.,

AMERICA, INC., a California corporation

a Delaware corporation

 

 

By:

TAK Development Inc., a

By:

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

California corporation

 

 

 

 

Joshua H. Bilenker

Its:

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

Its:

CEO 5/13/14

 

By:

/s/ Yujin Yamaai

 

 

 

Yujin Yamaai, Vice President

 

 

63



 

 



 

 


 

[Exhibit C]

 

OYSTER POINT MARINA PLAZA

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.                                       The sidewalks, doorways, halls, stairways, vestibules and other similar areas shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used by Tenant for any purpose other than ingress to and egress from the Premises and going from one part of the Building to another part.

 

2.                                       Plumbing fixtures shall be used only for their designated purpose, and no foreign substances of any kind shall be thrown therein. Damage to any such fixture resulting from misuse by Tenant or any employee or invitee of Tenant shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

 

3.                                       Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, loudspeaker, or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building. No TV or radio or recorder shall be played in such a manner as to cause a nuisance to any other tenant.

 

4.                                       There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building, either by Tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards or such other material handling equipment as Landlord may approve. No other vehicles of any kind shall be brought by any tenant into the Building or kept in or about its premises.

 

5.                                       Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises. No material shall be placed in the hallways or in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of office building trash and garbage in the City of South San Francisco without being in violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate.

 

6.                                       The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application in writing at the office of the Building. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

7.                                       These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the agreements, covenants, conditions, and provisions of any lease of premises in the Building.

 

8.                                       Tenant shall not occupy the Building or permit any portion of the Building to be occupied for the manufacture or direct sale of liquor, narcotics, or tobacco in any form, or as a medical office, barber shop, manicure shop, music or dance studio, or employment agency. Tenant shall not conduct in or about the Building any auction, public or private, without the prior written approval of Landlord.

 

1



 

9.                                       Tenant shall not use in the Building any machines, other than standard office machines such as typewriters, calculators, personal computers, photocopiers, and similar machines, without the prior written approval of Landlord. All office equipment and any other device of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by Tenant in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, so as to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise, or annoyance. Tenant shall not cause improper noises, vibrations, or odors within the Building.

 

10.                                Tenant shall not enter the mechanical rooms, air conditioning rooms, electrical closets, janitorial closets, or similar areas or go upon the roof of the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

11.                                Tenant shall not mark, paint, drill into, cut, string wires within, or in any way deface any part of the Building, without the prior written consent of Landlord and as Landlord may direct. Should Landlord grant approval, Tenant agrees to assume full responsibility and warrants that, should a contractor other than the Building Contractor be used, Tenant’s contractor will strictly abide by Landlord’s guidelines for work contracted directly by Tenant. Upon removal of any wall decorations or installations or floor coverings by Tenant, any damage to the walls or floors shall be repaired by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. This rule shall apply to all work performed in the Building, electrical devices, and attachments, and installations of any nature affecting floors, walls, woodwork, trim, windows, ceilings, equipment, or any other portion of the Building. Plans and specifications for such work, prepared at Tenant’s sole expense, shall be submitted to Landlord and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval in each instance before the commencement of work All installations, alterations, and additions shall be constructed by Tenant in a good and workmanlike manner, and only good grades of materials shall be used in connection therewith.

 

12.                                Tenant will not place objects on window sills or otherwise obstruct the exterior wall window covering.

 

13.                                The Tenant will keep all doors opening to the exterior of the Building, all fire doors, and all smoke doors closed at all times.

 

14.                                If Tenant uses the Premises after regular business hours or on non-business days Tenant shall lock any entrance doors to the Building or to the Premises used by Tenant immediately after using such doors.

 

15.                                The Tenant shall not use any portion of the Premises for lodging.

 

16.                                Landlord reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the judgment of Landlord is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Building.

 

17.                                Tenant shall not park or attach any bicycle or motor driven cycle on or to any part of the Premises, the Building, or within the landscaping.

 

2



 

18.                                In all carpeted areas where desks and chairs are utilized, Landlord shall require Tenant, at Tenant’s own cost, to place mats under each and every chair or use chairs on 1 ½” wide rollers at minimum in order to protect said carpeting from unnecessary wear and tear.

 

19.                                Signs, advertisements, graphics, or notices visible in or from public corridors shall be subject to Landlord’s written approval. Nails, screws, and other attachments to the Building require prior written consent from Landlord.

 

20.                                Landlord shall be notified in writing in advance of any and all contractors and technicians rendering any installation service to Tenant, and such contractors and technicians shall be referred to Landlord for approval and supervision prior to performing services. This applies to all work performed in the Building, including installation of telephone and communications lines and equipment, electrical devices, and all installations affecting floors, walls, woodwork, windows, ceilings, and any other physical portions of the Building.

 

21.                                Landlord shall be notified in writing in advance of any movement in or out of the Building of furniture, office equipment, or other bulky or heavy material which requires the use of elevators, stairways, or Building entrance and lobby; and such movement shall be restricted to hours established by Landlord and any other requirements of Landlord, including the use of elevator pads and the placement of masonite panel on the path of travel to protect flooring. All such movement shall be under Landlord’s supervision, and the use of an elevator for such movements shall be restricted to the Building’s freight elevators. Arrangements with Landlord should be made regarding the time, method, and routing of movement, and Tenant shall assume all risks of damage to articles moved and injury to persons or public resulting from such moves. Landlord shall not be liable for any acts or damages resulting from any such activity.

 

22.                                Landlord reserves the right to restrict access to all telephone closets, cabling, conduits, and risers in the Property. Tenant shall not have access for any reason to any of the aforementioned areas of the Property without the written permission of Landlord and the supervision of Landlord’s Building Engineer. The means by which telephone, telegraph, and similar wires are to be introduced to the Premises and the location of telephones, call boxes, and other office equipment affixed to the Premises, shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord.

 

23.                                Any damage done to the Building by the movement of Tenant’s property, or done by Tenant’s property while in the Building, shall be repaired at Tenant’s expense.

 

24.                                All door pertinent to Tenant’s Premises and all other Building door outside the Premises (other than smoke or heat-activated fire doors) are to be kept closed and not blocked open at all times, as they are fire control doors.

 

25.                                Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in maintaining the Premises. Tenant shall not employ any person for the purpose of such cleaning other than the Building’s cleaning and maintenance personnel.

 

3



 

26.                                To insure orderly operation of the Building, no deliveries of water, soft drinks, newspapers, or other such items to any Premises shall be made except by persons appointed or approved by Landlord in writing.

 

27.                                Nothing shall be swept or thrown into the corridors, halls elevator shafts, or stairways. No birds, fish, or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in, on, or about the Premises without the written permission of Landlord.

 

28.                                Except for trained and certified service dogs assisting the disabled consistent with the ADA and registered with Landlord’s Property Manager, Tenant shall not bring into or keep in, on, or about the Premises or Property any birds, fish, dogs, cats, or animals of any kind without the express written permission of Landlord, which Landlord shall have the right to withhold or deny in its sole and absolute discretion. If Landlord elects to grant such permission with respect to the presence of animals in, on, or about the Premises or Property, it shall be conditioned upon Tenant’s agreement to indemnify Landlord in writing with respect to the presence and activities of any such animals in, on, or about the Premises of Property and an increase in Tenant’s liability insurance coverage commensurate with the associated increased liability exposure of Landlord, as determined by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion.

 

29.                                No machinery of any kind, except for standard electronic office machinery such as personal computers, typewriters, and photocopiers, shall be operated by Tenant in the Premises without the prior written approval of the Landlord.

 

30.                                No cooking shall be done in the Premises, except that the use by Tenant of Underwriter’s Laboratory approved microwave ovens and equipment for brewing coffee, tea, or other hot beverages shall be permitted, provided such use is in accordance with all applicable codes, laws, and ordinances.

 

31.                                Tenant shall not install any food, soft drink, or other vending machine within the Premises.

 

32.                                Tenant shall not use or keep on its Premises any kerosene, gasoline, or inflammable or combustible fluid or material other than limited quantities reasonably necessary for the operation and maintenance of office equipment. Tenant shall not use or keep any noxious gas or substances in the Premises or permit the Premises to be used in a manner offensive or objectionable to Landlord or other occupants of the Building by reason of noise, odors, or vibrations, or interfere in any way with other Tenants or those having business therein.

 

33.                                Tenant shall not tamper with or attempt to adjust temperature control thermostats in the Premises. Landlord shall make adjustments in thermostats on call from Tenant.

 

34.                                Tenant shall comply with all measures instituted by Landlord in its sole and absolute discretion for the security of the Premises, Property, and Complex, and all personnel using the same, including the use of service passes issued by Landlord for after-hours movement of office equipment or packages and signing a security register in Building lobby after hours. Nothing herein shall be construed to impose any obligation or

 

4



 

requirement that Landlord provide any security services in the Premises, Property, or Complex, or any particular level or type of security services.

 

35.                                Landlord will initially furnish Tenant with a reasonable number of keys for entrance doors into the Premises and may charge Tenant for additional keys thereafter. All such keys shall remain the property of Landlord. No additional locks are allowed on any door of the Premises. At termination of this Lease, Tenant shall surrender to Landlord all keys to the Premises and give to Landlord the combination of all locks for safes and vault doors, if any, in the Premises.

 

36.                                Landlord retains the right, without notice or liability to any Tenant, to change the name and street address of the Building.

 

37.                                Canvassing, peddling, soliciting, and distribution of handbills in the Building are prohibited, and Tenant will cooperate to prevent these activities.

 

38.                                The Building hours of operation (excluding Holidays) are:

 

8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m.

 

Monday through Friday

9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m.

 

Saturday

 

39.                                Landlord reserves the right to rescind any of these Rules and regulations and to make future Rules and regulations required for the safety, protection, and maintenance of the Building, the operation and preservation of good order thereof, and the protection and comfort of the tenants and their employees and visitors. Such Rules and regulations and all modifications thereto shall, upon written notice, be binding as if originally included herein.

 

*****

 

5



 

[Exhibit D]

 

OYSTER POINT MARINA PLAZA

 

ATHLETIC FACILITY USE AGREEMENT & RELEASE OF LIABILITY

 

THIS IS LEGALLY BINDING AGREEMENT.  READ IT CAREFULLY.

 

I,                                                              hereby acknowledge that my use of the exercise facility (the ‘‘Facility”) at 395 / 400 Oyster Point Boulevard, owned by KASHIWA FUDOSAN AMERICA, INC. (“Landlord”), as well as any activities in which I may engage in conjunction with my use of the Facility, is entirely voluntary.

 

I AM AWARE THAT PARTICIPATING IN ATHLETIC ACTIVITIES AND THE USE OF THE EXERCISE FACILITY MAY BE HAZARDOUS AND THAT IT IS NOT POSSIBLE FOR LANDLORD TO GUARANTEE THAT OTHER PATRONS USING THE FACILITY WILL COMPLY WITH ALL ESTABLISHED RULES AND REGULATIONS. I AM VOLUNTARILY PARTICIPATING IN THESE ATHLETIC ACTIVITIES AND UTILIZING THE FACILITY WITH FULL KNOWLEDGE OF THE DANGER INVOLVED.  I HEREBY AGREE TO ACCEPT AND ASSUME ANY AND ALL RISKS OF PROPERTY LOSS, PERSONAL INJURY, OR DEATH, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY THE NEGLIGENCE OF LANDLORD, LANDLORD’S EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS, OR ANY OTHER PATRON OR GUEST USING THESE FACILITIES.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[initial here]

 

 

 

In exchange, as lawful consideration for being permitted by Landlord to participate in activities on Landlord’s property and use its exercise Facility, I hereby agree that I, my heirs, next of kin, successors, and assigns will not sue, make a claim against, attach the property of or prosecute Landlord or Landlord’s agents and employees for injury, death, or damage resulting from the negligence or other acts, howsoever caused, by any of landlord’s employees, agents, contractors, or patrons as a result of my participation in these activities or use of the exercise Facility.  In addition, I hereby release and discharge Landlord from all actions, claims, or demands that I, my heirs, next of kin, successors, or assigns now have or may hereafter have for any loss of property, personal injury, death, or damage resulting from my participation in these activities or use of the facilities.

 

I HAVE CAREFULLY READ THIS AGREEMENT AND FULLY UNDERSTAND ITS CONTENTS.  I AM AWARE THAT THIS IS A RELEASE OF LIABILITY AND A CONTRACT BETWEEN MYSELF AND LANDLORD AND SIGN IT OF MY OWN FREE WILL.

 

FACILITY HOURS:

Monday - Friday:

6:00 am to 9:00 pm

 

Saturday:

9:00 am to 1:00 p.m. and CLOSED ON SUNDAYS

 

NO GUESTS ALLOWED! - NO OVERNIGHT LOCKERS ALLOWED!

 

1



 

REIMBURSEMENT POLICY: You must fill out a Key Fob Return Form when you return YOUR Key Fob. The form will ask for your new mailing address where the reimbursement check will be mailed.  No cash will be received or refunded at any time.

 

Participant signature:

 

 

Gender: Male / Female

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Name/Tenant:

 

Building:

 

Suite:

 

Key Fob No. :

New

Existing

Total: $

Check No.:

 

Witness

 

I certify that the person whose signature appears above acknowledged in my presence that he or she has read and fully understands the meaning and consequences of the foregoing Agreement and Release of Liability and the he or she signed it in my presence.

 

Witness :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

[name typed or printed]

 

 

 

 

WARNING:  USE OF STEROIDS TO INCREASE STRENGTH OR GROWTH CAN CAUSE SERIOUS HEALTH PROBLEMS.  STEROIDS CAN KEEP TEENAGERS FROM GROWING TO THEIR FULL HEIGHT; THEY CAN ALSO CAUSE HEART DISEASE, STROKE, AND DAMAGED LIVER FUNCTION.  MEN AND WOMEN USING STEROIDS MAY DEVELOP FERTILITY PROBLEMS, PERSONALITY CHANGES, AND ACNE.  MEN CAN ALSO EXPERIENCE PREMATURE BALDING AND DEVELOPMENT OF BREAST TISSUE.  THESE HEALTH HAZARDS ARE IN ADDITION TO THE CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES FOR UNAUTHORIZED SALE, USE, OR EXCHANGE OF ANABOLIC STEROIDS.  California Civil Code § 1812.67 .

 

2



 

[EXHIBIT E]

 

OYSTER POINT MARINA PLAZA

 

LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is made as of                               , between KASHIWA FUDOSAN AMERICA, INC ., a California corporation (“Landlord”) and                                           , a                              (“Tenant”).

 

Tenant and Landlord acknowledge and agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Tenant has received a fully-executed counterpart of the Lease dated as of                                            for premises commonly known as Suite            at             Oyster Point Boulevard in the Oyster Point Marina Plaza business part.

 

2.                                       The Commencement Date of the Lease for all purposes thereunder is                         , 20    , and the Expiration Date is                             , 20    .

 

3.                                       Tenant acknowledges and agrees that, in executing this Agreement TAK Development Inc., a California corporation, is acting solely in its capacity as Landlord’s authorized attorney-in-fact. TAK Development, Inc. is not acquiring or assuming any legal liability or obligation to any other party executing this Agreement or the Lease, and any claim or demand of any such other party arising under or with respect to this Agreement or the Lease shall be made and enforced solely against Landlord.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

Landlord:

Tenant:

 

 

KASHIWA FUDOSAN AMERICA, INC ., a                             , a                                   

California corporation

 

 

 

By:

TAK Development, Inc., a California corporation

By:

 

 

 

Its:

Attorney-in-Fact

 

 

 

[name typed]

 

 

By:

 

Its:

 

 

Yujin Yamaai, Vice President

 

 

1


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

BASIC LEASE TERMS

1

2.

USE

7

3.

PREPARATION OF THE PREMISES

8

4.

ADJUSTMENTS OF RENT

11

5.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

19

6.

COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

20

7.

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

20

8.

SERVICES AND UTILITIES

23

9.

TENANT’S CHANGES

27

10.

TENANT’ S PROPERTY

30

11.

CONDITION UPON SURRENDER

30

12.

REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

31

13.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

32

14.

INSURANCE AND INDEMNIFICATION

32

15.

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

37

16.

EMINENT DOMAIN

39

17.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

40

18.

SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT

46

19.

FINANCING REQUIREMENTS

48

20.

DEFAULT

48

21.

LIMITATIONS ON LANDLORD’S LIABILITY

51

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

22.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

52

23.

NOTICES

52

24.

BROKERS

54

25.

RIGHTS RESERVED TO LANDLORD

54

26.

BUILDING PLANNING

56

27.

HOLDING OVER

56

28.

PARKING

57

29.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

57

 

ii


 

INDEX OF DEFINED TERMS

 

 

Page

Additional Rent

4, 11, 15, 29, 41, 43, 44, 45, 58

Adjustment Period

11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18

Assumed Base Amount

17

Athletic Facility

6, 15, 63

Base Expense Year

11

Base Operating Expenses

11, 16, 17

Base Real Estate Taxes

11, 12, 16, 17

Base Rent

1, 2, 4, 11, 16, 18, 25, 38, 39, 41, 43, 44, 45, 48

Base Tax Year

12, 17

Base Utilities

11, 16

Building

1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 29, 31, 32, 34, 36, 39, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 52, 54, 56, 57, 61, 62

Business Hours

18, 23, 24, 25

Business Personal Property

33, 34, 35, 36

Claims

35, 36, 37, 43, 52, 54

Code Costs

20

Commencement Date

1, 2, 5, 9, 10, 11, 14, 20, 24, 48, 52, 63

Complex

1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12, 15, 18, 29, 37, 39, 42, 43, 46, 48, 49, 52, 55, 56, 61, 62

Event of Default

48, 49, 50

Expiration Date

1, 2, 16, 19, 22, 30, 44

Force Majeure Delays

62

Hazardous Material

20, 21, 22

Holder

34, 47, 48, 51, 52

Holidays

24, 57

HVAC

22, 23, 25, 26

Improvements

8, 30, 31, 39, 55

INC

1, 7, 8, 23, 24, 27, 31, 32, 37, 53, 63

IW

31

Landlord

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63

Laws

8, 14, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 28, 29, 31, 49, 60

Lease

1, 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 24, 26, 27, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63

Lessor

34, 47, 48, 52

MPOE

23, 24

MSDS

21, 22

Occupancy Conditions

9, 10

Operating Expenses

11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 23, 39

Parking Facility

57

Permitted Occupant

42, 46

 



 

Premises

1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 34, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 54, 55, 56, 58, 59, 61, 62, 63

Prime Rate

5

Property

1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 8, 12, 13, 14, 15, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 44, 45, 46, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 58

Real Estate Taxes

11, 12, 13, 16, 17, 18

Rent

3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 13, 16, 18, 19, 20, 26, 36, 40, 43, 45, 49, 50, 51, 52, 54, 56, 58, 59

Rental Adjustment

11, 15, 16

Rules

4, 6, 32, 63

Security Deposit

5, 11, 19

State

20

Statements

59, 60

Subsequent Operating Expenses

17

Successor Landlord

47, 48

Superior Leases

47

Superior Mortgages

15, 47

Systems and Equipment

5, 6, 7, 8, 14, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 32, 37, 55

Table

1, 2, 4, 10, 12, 56

Takings

40

Temporary Condemnation

40

Tenant

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63

Tenant Delays

10

Term

1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 12, 13, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 24, 27, 30, 34, 39, 40, 41, 50, 55, 56, 57, 58, 59, 63

Transfer

40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 49, 52

Transfer Notice

41, 43

Transfer Premium

44

Utilities

11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 23

Work

9, 10, 24, 29, 31

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

 

November 15, 2013

 

Joshua H. Bilenker

 

Re:                              Offer of Employment by Loxo Oncology, Inc.

 

Dear Josh Bilenker:

 

On behalf of Loxo Oncology, Inc. (the “Company”), the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) is very pleased to offer you continued employment in the position of President and Chief Executive Officer.  We believe you are the ideal candidate for us, and believe that with your specific background, you will make significant contributions to the success of the Company.

 

The terms of your new position with the Company are as set forth in this offer of employment agreement (the “Agreement”):

 

1.                                       Position; Chief Executive Officer .  You will become the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, primarily working out of the Company’s offices at Aisling Capital LLC in New York, NY, or wherever the Company signs its initial office lease, and traveling from time to time as necessary.  As President and Chief Executive Officer you will have responsibility for the Company’s operations and strategic direction, as well as other tasks assigned to you by the Board.  You will report directly to the Board.  The Company will recommend that you be elected to the Board, and that you continue to serve on the Board so long as you remain Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  While employed by the Company you will devote substantially all of your business time, energy and skill to the performance of your duties for the Company.

 

2.                                       Starting Salary .

 

(a)                                  Base Salary.  Your starting salary will be Three Hundred Fifty Thousand dollars ($350,000) per year, payable in accordance with the Company’s standard payroll schedule and will be subject to adjustment pursuant to the Company’s employee compensation policies in effect from time to time.

 

(b)                                  Bonus.  Beginning on your date of hire until the end of your employment with the Company, on an annual fiscal year basis, it is expected that you will be eligible for a bonus with a target of 40% of your then current base salary, subject to pro rata adjustment for any partial years worked (the “Bonus”).  The Bonus will be based upon individual and Company achievement of milestones or goals agreed upon by you and the Board of Directors within 60 days following the date of this Agreement for the current fiscal year and within 60 days following the beginning of each new fiscal year thereafter.  Any Bonus you earn for a fiscal year

 



 

will be paid within 2½ months after the close of that fiscal year, but only if you are still employed by the Company at the time of payment.  The determinations of the Board with respect to your Bonus will be final, conclusive and binding.

 

3.                                       Benefits .  In addition, you will be eligible to participate in regular health insurance, bonus and other employee benefit plans established by the Company for its employees and executives from time to time.

 

4.                                       Equity .

 

(a)                                  Restricted Stock.  As a condition to your continued employment, you will be required to sign the Stock Restriction Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Stock Restriction Agreement”).  As set forth in the Stock Restriction Agreement, the One Hundred Twenty Thousand Seven Hundred and Seventy-Three (120,773) shares of restricted stock that you currently hold pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement by and between you and the Company dated June 28, 2013 will vest, and the Company’s right of repurchase shall lapse, at the rate of Twenty-Five percent (25%) on July 2, 2014, which is the first anniversary of the first closing of the Company’s Series A financing, and the remaining shares will vest in equal monthly installments over the 36 months thereafter, so long as you continue to provide service to the Company as an employee, consultant or director on each applicable vesting date, as set forth in the Stock Restriction Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Options.  We will recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company that you be granted the option to purchase up to One Hundred Five Thousand Four Hundred Two (105,402) shares of Common Stock of the Company under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) at the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock, as determined by the Board of Directors on the date the Board approves such grant (the “First Option”).  The First Option shares will vest at the rate of Twenty-Five percent (25%) on July 2, 2014, which is the first anniversary of the first closing of the Company’s Series A financing, and the remaining First Option shares will vest in equal monthly installments over the 36 months thereafter, so long as you continue to provide service to the Company as an employee, consultant or director on each applicable vesting date, as described in applicable the stock option agreement evidencing the First Option.

 

In addition, we will recommend to the Board of Directors of the Company that you be granted the option to purchase up to Eighty-Seven Thousand Eight Hundred Thirty-Five (87,835) shares of Common Stock of the Company under our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) at the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock, as determined by the Board of Directors on the date the Board approves such grant (the “Second Option” and together with the First Option, the “Options”).  The Second Option shares will start to vest on the date the Company receives $15 million in cash related to the issuance of Series A Preferred Stock (the “Milestone Closing”), and will vest in equal monthly installments over the 48 months thereafter, so long as you continue to provide service to the Company as an employee, consultant or director on each applicable vesting date, as described in applicable the stock option agreement evidencing the Second Option.  The grant of each of the Options by the Company is subject to the Board’s approval and with respect to both Options the promise to recommend such approval is not a promise of compensation and is not intended to create any obligation on the part of the

 

2



 

Company.  Further details on the Plan and any specific option grant to you will be provided upon approval of such grant by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

(c)                                   Acceleration of Vesting Following Change of Control.  In addition to any shares that have become vested shares pursuant to Section 6(a) or (b) hereof, if the Company is subject to a Change of Control (as defined below) before your service with the Company terminates and if, during the period of time within twelve months following a Change of Control, your employment by the Company is terminated by the Company for any reason other than (i) for Cause (as defined below), (ii) due to your death or (iii) due to your Disability (as defined below) or if your employment with the Company is terminated by you for Good Reason (as defined below), then, provided that you deliver to the Company a signed settlement agreement and general release of claims in favor of the Company in the form prescribed by the Company, without alteration (the “Release”) and satisfy all conditions to make the Release effective within sixty (60) days following the termination of your employment, 100% of your then outstanding and unvested stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock based awards will vest; provided , however , if Milestone Closing has not occurred by termination of your employment, none of the shares subject to the Second Option shall become vested shares.

 

5.                                       Termination of Employment .

 

(a)                                  Accrued Compensation.  In the event your employment with the Company terminates for any reason, you will receive any unpaid base salary, together with any accrued but unused vacation, that is earned through the effective termination date (the “Accrued Compensation”).

 

(b)                                  Severance.  If your employment with the Company is terminated by the Company for any reason other than (i) for Cause, (ii) due to your death or (iii) due to your Disability or if your employment with the Company is terminated by you for Good Reason, you will receive the Accrued Compensation, and, conditioned on your (A) signing and not revoking the Release within sixty (60) days following your termination of employment, (B) complying with the non-competition provisions set forth in Section 6 below, (C) resigning from the Board (if applicable) on the date that your employment terminates, and (D) returning to the Company all of its property and confidential information that is in your possession and/or control, you will also receive the following beginning on the Company’s first regular payroll date that is at least sixty (60) days following your termination of employment:

 

(i)                                      continuation of your then current base salary for twelve (12) months beyond the effective termination date, payable in accordance with the regular payroll practices of the Company, provided that the first installment will include a catch-up payment covering the amount that would have otherwise been paid during the period between the your termination of employment and the first payment date and the balance of the installments will be payable in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll schedule;

 

(ii)                                   a lump sum payment equal to the pro-rated Bonus based on Company performance calculated as of the termination of your employment by the Board in its sole discretion and payable on the first regular payroll date that is at least sixty (60) days following your termination of employment;

 

3



 

(iii)                                twelve (12) months of additional vesting for all of your then outstanding and unvested stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and other stock based awards; and

 

(iv)                               if you elect to continue your health insurance coverage pursuant to your rights under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) following the termination of your employment, then the Company shall pay you the difference between the monthly premium under COBRA and the amount of your monthly premium the Company’s group health plans calculated as of immediately prior to the termination of your employment until the earlier of (x) twelve months following the effective termination date, (y) the date upon which you become eligible to receive substantially similar coverage from another employer or (z) the date that you are no longer eligible to receive COBRA coverage, provided, however, that, if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the COBRA benefits described herein without potentially violating applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company shall in lieu thereof provide to you a taxable monthly payment in an amount equal to the difference between the monthly COBRA premium that you would be required to pay to continue your group health coverage in effect on the date of your termination of employment (which amount shall be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage) and the amount of your monthly premium the Company’s group health plans calculated as of immediately prior to the termination of your employment, which payments shall be made commencing on the first regular payroll date that is more than 60 days following your termination regardless of whether you elect COBRA continuation coverage and shall end on the earlier of (x) twelve (12) months following the effective termination date, (y) the date upon which you commence employment with an entity other than the Company or (z) the date that you are no longer eligible to receive COBRA coverage.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) if you become an employee or consultant of Aisling Capital LLC, following your termination of employment with the Company, then the amount of any further severance payments will be reduced (but not below $0) by your annual base compensation at Aisling Capital LLC, (2) if you do not agree to be bound by the post- termination non-competition provisions in Section 6(c) below, you will have no rights to the payments and benefits set forth in this Section 5 and (3) if you agree to the terms and conditions in Section 6(c) below and you subsequently breach any such terms, you will have no further rights to payments or benefits set forth in this Section 5.

 

(c)                                   Definitions.  As used in this letter:

 

“Cause” means any of the following: (a) you willfully engage in conduct that is in bad faith and materially injurious to the Company, including but not limited to, misappropriation of trade secrets, fraud or embezzlement; (b) your material breach of any written agreement between you and the Company that causes harm to the Company, which breach, if curable, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice describing in detail such breach to you from the Company; (c) you willfully refuse to implement or follow a directive by the Board, directly related to your duties, which breach, if curable, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice describing in detail such breach to you from the Company; (d) you engage in material misfeasance or malfeasance demonstrated by a continued pattern of material failure to

 

4



 

perform the essential job duties associated with your position, which breach, if curable, is not cured within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice describing in detail such breach to you from the Company; (e) your conviction of (including any plea of no contest to) a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude; or (f) your material breach of the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement or similar agreement entered into between you and the Company.

 

“Change of Control” means (a) any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company that is followed by a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, (c) any sale or exchange of the capital stock of the Company by the stockholders of the Company in one transaction or a series of related transactions where more than 50% of the outstanding voting power of the Company is acquired by a person or entity or group of related persons or entities (other than pursuant to a recapitalization of the Company solely with its equity holders) or (d) any merger or consolidation (each, a “combination transaction”), in which the Company is a constituent entity or is a party with another entity if, as a result of such combination transaction, in one transaction or series of related transactions, the voting securities of the Company that are outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of such combination transaction ( other   than any such securities that are held by an “Acquiring Stockholder,” as defined below) do not represent, or are not converted into, securities of the surviving entity in such combination transaction (or such surviving entity’s parent entity if the surviving entity is owned by the parent) that, immediately after the consummation of such combination transaction, together possess at least a majority of the total voting power of all voting securities of such surviving entity (or its parent, if applicable) that are outstanding immediately after the consummation of such combination transaction, including securities of such surviving entity (or its parent, if applicable) that are held by the Acquiring Stockholder. For purposes of this paragraph, an “Acquiring Stockholder” means a stockholder or stockholders of the Company that (i) merges or combines with the Company in such combination transaction or (ii) directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting power of another entity that merges or combines with the Company in such combination transaction.

 

“Disability” shall have that meaning set forth in Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”).

 

“Good Reason” means any of the following actions by the Company without your written consent and provided (a) the Company receives, within sixty (60) days following the occurrence of any of the events set forth in clauses (i) through (ii) below, written notice from you specifying the specific basis for your belief that you are entitled to terminate employment for Good Reason, (b) the Company fails to cure the event constituting Good Reason within thirty (30) days after receipt of such written notice thereof, and (c) you terminate your employment within thirty (30) days following expiration of such cure period: (i) a material reduction in your duties or responsibilities that is inconsistent with your position, provided that a mere change of title alone shall not constitute such a material reduction and provided, further that it shall not constitute Good Reason if you are given a position of materially similar or greater overall scope and responsibility at the Company or its successor or the parent of either thereof following a Change of Control of the Company and a larger entity, (i) the requirement that you change your principal office to a facility that increases your one-way commute by more than forty (40) miles provided,

 

5



 

that, the Company’s relocation from New York, New York to Stamford, Connecticut shall not constitute Good Reason, or (iii) a material reduction in your annual base salary in effect immediately prior to such reduction (other than (x) in connection with a general decrease in the salary of all similarly situated employees and (y) following a Change of Control, to the extent necessary to make your salary commensurate with those other employees of the Company or its successor entity or parent entity who are similarly situated to you following such Change of Control).

 

6.                                       Confidentiality; Non-Competition .

 

(a)                                  Confidentiality.  As an employee of the Company, you will have access to certain confidential information of the Company and you may, during the course of your employment, develop certain information or inventions that will be the property of the Company.  To protect the interests of the Company, you will need to sign the Company’s standard “Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement” as a condition of your employment.  We wish to impress upon you that we do not want you to, and we hereby direct you not to, bring with you any confidential or proprietary material of any former employer or to violate any other obligations you may have to any former employer.

 

(b)                                  No Breach of Obligations to Prior Employers.  You represent that your signing of this Agreement, the Stock Restriction Agreement, agreement(s) concerning stock options granted to you, if any, under the Plan (as defined below) and the Company’s Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement and your continued of employment with the Company will not violate any agreement currently in place between yourself and current or past employers.

 

(c)                                   Non-Competition.  During the period that you render services to the Company, you agree to not engage in any employment, business or activity that is in any way competitive with the business or proposed business of the Company.  You will disclose to the Company in writing any other gainful employment, business or activity that you are currently associated with or participate in that competes with the Company.  You will not assist any other person or organization in competing with the Company or in preparing to engage in competition with the business or proposed business of the Company.  In consideration of your employment with the Company, you agree that during the period that is twelve (12) months following the termination of your employment either (x) for Cause or without Good Reason or (y) without Cause or for Good Reason following which you accept the payments and benefits set forth in Section 5, you will not:

 

(i)                                      serve as an officer, director, stockholder, employee or consultant of any person, corporation, firm, partnership or other entity that directly competes with the Business of the Company and any subsidiary of the Company, anywhere in the world; provided, however, that you may work for a private equity firm, venture capital fund or other investment vehicle that makes investments in early stage companies so long as you do not participate in or influence the investment decision process of such fund or vehicle on transactions that are competitive with the Business; and

 

6


 

(ii)                                   directly or indirectly, individually or with others solicit, induce, persuade or entice, or attempt to do so, or otherwise cause, or attempt to cause, any employee or independent contractor of the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates) to terminate his or her employment or contracting relationship in order to become an employee, or independent contractor to or for any other person or entity.

 

For purposes of this Agreement, “Business” means research relating to Trk small molecules receptors for oncology applications.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of the termination of your employment by the Company without Cause or your resignation for Good Reason, you may elect not to be bound by the post-termination non-competition provisions set forth herein and you will forfeit all rights to the payments and benefits set forth in Section 5.

 

7.                                       At Will Employment .  Should you decide to accept our offer, you will be an at-will employee of the Company, which means the employment relationship can be terminated by either of us for any reason, at any time, with or without prior notice and with or without cause.  Any statements or representations to the contrary (and, indeed, any statements contradicting any provision in this letter) should be regarded by you as ineffective.  Further, your participation in any stock option or benefit program is not to be regarded as assuring you of continuing employment for any particular period of time.  Any modification or change in your at will employment status may only occur by way of a written employment agreement signed by you and the Board.

 

8.                                       Authorization to Work .  Please note that because of employer regulations adopted in the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, within three (3) business days of starting your new position you will need to present documentation demonstrating that you have authorization to work in the United States.  If you have questions about this requirement, which applies to U.S. citizens and non-U.S. citizens alike, you may contact our personnel office.

 

9.                                       Arbitration .  You and the Company agree to submit to mandatory binding arbitration any and all claims arising out of or related to your employment with the Company and the termination thereof, including, but not limited to, claims for unpaid wages, wrongful termination, torts, stock or stock options or other ownership interest in the Company, and/or discrimination (including harassment) based upon any federal, state or local ordinance, statute, regulation or constitutional provision.  All arbitration hearings shall be conducted in New York, New York.  THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVE ANY RIGHTS THEY MAY HAVE TO TRIAL BY JURY IN REGARD TO SUCH CLAIMS.  This Agreement does not restrict your right to file administrative claims you may bring before any government agency where, as a matter of law, the parties may not restrict the employee’s ability to file such claims (including, but not limited to, the National Labor Relations Board, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and the Department of Labor).  However, the parties agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, arbitration shall be the exclusive remedy for the subject matter of such administrative claims.  The arbitration shall be conducted through JAMS before a single neutral arbitrator, in accordance with the JAMS employment arbitration rules then in effect.  The JAMS rules may be found and reviewed at http://www.jamsadr.com/rules-employment-arbitration.  If you are unable to access these rules, please let me know and I will provide you with a hardcopy.  The arbitrator

 

7



 

shall issue a written decision that contains the essential findings and conclusions on which the decision is based.

 

10.                                Tax Matters .

 

(a)                                  Withholding.  All forms of compensation referred to in this letter agreement are subject to reduction to reflect applicable withholding and payroll taxes and other deductions required by law.

 

(b)                                  Tax Advice.  You are encouraged to obtain your own tax advice regarding your compensation from the Company.  You agree that the Company does not have a duty to design its compensation policies in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities, and you will not make any claim against the Company or the Board related to tax liabilities arising from your compensation.

 

(c)                                   Section 409A.  To the extent (i) any payments or benefits to which you become entitled under this Agreement, or under any agreement or plan referenced herein, in connection with your termination of employment with the Company constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code and (ii) you are deemed at the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A of the Code, then such payments shall not be made or commenced until the earliest of (x) the expiration of the six- month period measured from the date of your “separation from service” (as such term is at the time defined in Treasury Regulations under Section 409A) from the Company; or (y) the date of your death following such separation from service; provided, however, that such deferral shall only be effected to the extent required to avoid adverse tax treatment to you, including, without limitation, the additional twenty percent (20%) tax for which you would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code in the absence of such deferral.  Upon the expiration of the applicable deferral period, any payments which would have otherwise been made during that period (whether in a single sum or in installments) in the absence of this paragraph shall be paid you or your beneficiary in one lump sum (without interest).  Any termination of your employment is intended to constitute a “separation from service” as such term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1.  It is intended that each installment of the payments provided hereunder constitute separate “payments” for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(i).  It is further intended that payments hereunder satisfy, to the greatest extent possible, the exemption from the application of Code Section 409A (and any state law of similar effect) provided under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A- 1 (b)(4) (as a “short-term deferral”).  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to the extent any expense reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit under this Agreement is determined to be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the amount of any such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or the provision of any in-kind benefit, in one calendar year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement in any other taxable year (except for any lifetime or other aggregate limitation applicable to medical expenses), in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which you incurred such expenses, and in no event shall any right to reimbursement or the provision of any in-kind benefit be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

 

8



 

(d)                                  Section 280G.  If (i) any amounts payable to you under this Agreement or otherwise are characterized as excess parachute payments pursuant to Section 4999 of the Code, and (ii) you thereby would be subject to any United States federal excise tax due to that characterization, then your termination benefits hereunder will be payable either in full or in a lesser amount, whichever would result, after taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, in your receipt on an after-tax basis of the greatest amount of termination and other benefits.  The determination of any reduction required pursuant to this section (including the determination as to which specific payments shall be reduced) shall be made by a nationally recognized accounting firm doing business in the United States which otherwise does not perform services for the Company (which will be chosen by the mutual agreement of you and Company, such services to be paid by the Company), and such determination shall be conclusive and binding upon the Company or any related corporation for all purposes.  If required, the payments and benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced in the following order: (x) a pro rata reduction of (A) cash payments that are subject to Section 409A of the Code as deferred compensation and (B) cash payments not subject to Section 409A of the Code; (y) a pro rata reduction of (A) employee benefits that are subject to Section 409A of the Code as deferred compensation and (B) employee benefits not subject to Section 409A of the Code; and (z) a pro rata cancellation of (A) accelerated vesting of stock and other equity-based awards that are subject to Section 409A of the Code as deferred compensation and (B) stock and other equity-based awards not subject to Section 409A of the Code.  In the event that acceleration of vesting of stock and other equity-based award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting shall be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of your stock and other equity-based awards unless you elect in writing a different order for cancellation.

 

11.                                Governing Law .  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without reference to conflict of laws.

 

12.                                Severability .  If any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, then the parties hereby waive such provision to the extent of its invalidity or unenforceability, and agree that all other provisions in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

13.                                Entire Agreement .  This offer, once accepted, the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Stock Restriction Agreement and the Employee Invention Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between you and the Company with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior offers, negotiations and agreements, if any, whether written or oral, relating to such subject matter.  You acknowledge that neither the Company nor its agents have made any promise, representation or warranty whatsoever, either express or implied, written or oral, which is not contained in this agreement for the purpose of inducing you to execute the agreement, and you acknowledge that you have executed this agreement in reliance only upon such promises, representations and warranties as are contained herein.

 

14.                                Acceptance .  This offer will remain open until November 22, 2013.  If you decide to accept our offer, and I hope you will, please sign the enclosed copy of this letter in the space indicated and return it to me.  Your signature will acknowledge that you have read and

 

9



 

understood and agreed to the terms and conditions of this offer letter and the attached documents, if any.  Should you have anything else that you wish to discuss, please do not hesitate to call me.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

/s/ Steven Elms

 

10



 

I have read and understood this Agreement and hereby acknowledge, accept and agree to the terms as set forth above and further acknowledge that no other commitments were made to me as part of my employment offer except as specifically set forth herein.

 

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

Date signed:

November 15, 2013

Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

 

11



 

Exhibit A

 

STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT

 


 

STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT

 

This Stock Restriction Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 15, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Joshua H. Bilenker (“ Stockholder ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     Stockholder is the owner of One Hundred Twenty Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy-Three (120,773) shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Shares ”).

 

B.                                     To induce certain investors to purchase shares of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock pursuant to a certain Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement by and among the Company and such investors dated of even date herewith (the “ Series A Purchase Agreement ”) and as an incentive for Stockholder to remain with the Company or an Affiliate (as defined below) of the Company, the parties have agreed upon a mechanism for the repurchase of Common Stock from Stockholder should Stockholder’s relationship with the Company terminate, all as more fully set forth below.

 

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises herein contained, the Company and Stockholder agree as follows.

 

1.                                       VESTING OF SHARES .

 

1.1                                Vested and Unvested Shares For the purposes of this Agreement, the term “ Vested Shares ” shall refer to Shares that are vested pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1 below.  The term “ Unvested Shares ” shall refer to Shares that have not vested pursuant to the provisions of this Section 1.  Unvested Shares may not be sold or otherwise transferred by Stockholder without the Company’s prior written consent.  The number of Shares that are Vested Shares or Unvested Shares will be proportionally adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or recapitalization of the Company’s Common Stock occurring after the Effective Date.

 

1.2                                Vesting Schedule .

 

(a)                                  On the Effective Date, none of the Shares will be Vested Shares and One Hundred Twenty Thousand Seven Hundred Seventy-Three (120,773) Shares will be Unvested Shares.  If Stockholder has continuously been employed by the Company or any Affiliate (defined below), at all times from the Effective Date until July 2, 2014 (the “ First Vesting Date ”), then on the First Vesting Date, Thirty Thousand One Hundred Ninety-Three (30,193) Shares will become Vested Shares; and thereafter, for so long (and only for so long) as Stockholder remains continuously employed by the Company or any Affiliate at all times after the First Vesting Date, on the same day of each succeeding calendar month after the First Vesting Date (or if there is no such day in any month, then the last day of such calendar month), an additional 1/48 of the Shares will become Vested Shares, until such time all Shares are Vested Shares.

 



 

2.                                       COMPANY’S REPURCHASE OPTION .   The Company and/or its assignees shall have the option to repurchase all or a portion of the Unvested Shares held by Stockholder on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 1.2(a) (the “ Repurchase Option ”) if Stockholder ceases to be employed by the Company (as defined herein) for any reason, or no reason, including without limitation Stockholder’s death, disability, voluntary resignation or termination by the Company with or without Cause.

 

2.1                                Definition of “Employed by the Company”; “Termination Date” .   For purposes of this Agreement, Stockholder will be considered to be “ employed by the Company ” if the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) determines that Stockholder is rendering substantial services as an officer, employee, consultant or independent contractor to the Company or to any Affiliate of the Company.  In case of any dispute as to whether Stockholder is employed by the Company, the Board shall have sole discretion to determine whether Stockholder has ceased to be employed by the Company or any Affiliate and the effective date on which Stockholder’s employment terminated (the “ Termination Date ”).

 

2.2                                Exercise of Repurchase Option at Specified Price .   At any time within ninety (90) days after the Termination Date, the Company may elect to repurchase any or all of the Unvested Shares held by Stockholder by giving Stockholder written notice of exercise of the Repurchase Option.  The Company and/or its assignee(s) will then have the option to repurchase from Stockholder (or from Stockholder’s personal representative as the case may be) any or all of the Unvested Shares at $.00207 per share, as adjusted to reflect any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or recapitalization of the common stock of the Company occurring after the Effective Date (the “ Repurchase Price ”).  The Repurchase Price will be payable, at the option of the Company or its assignee(s), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness owed by Stockholder to the Company (or to such assignee) or by any combination thereof.  The Repurchase Price will be paid without interest within ninety (90) days after the Company gives Stockholder written notice of the exercise of the Repurchase Option.

 

2.3                                Right of Termination Unaffected .   Nothing in this Agreement will be construed to limit or otherwise affect in any manner whatsoever the right or power of the Company (or any Affiliate) to terminate Stockholder’s employment with the Company (or any Affiliate) at any time for any reason or no reason, with or without cause.

 

3.                                       RIGHTS AS OWNER OF SHARES .

 

3.1                                Transfer or Encumbrances .   Unless Stockholder receives the Company’s prior written consent, any sale, hypothecation, encumbrance or other transfer of any Unvested Share is strictly prohibited and shall be void.

 

3.2                                Escrow .   As security for Stockholder’s faithful performance of this Agreement, Stockholder hereby delivers the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with the Consent of Spouse and Stock Power attached hereto as Exhibits 1 and 2 executed by Stockholder and by Stockholder’s spouse, if any (with the date, transferee, stock certificate number and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Power in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Escrow Holder

 

2



 

will act solely for the Company as its agent and not as a fiduciary.  Stockholder and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Agreement.  Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of the Repurchase Option.

 

4.                                       RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS .

 

4.1                                Legends .   Stockholder understands and agrees that the Company will place the legend set forth below, or a similar legend, on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between such Stockholder and the Company or any third party:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER, INCLUDING A RIGHT OF REPURCHASE HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AS SET FORTH IN A STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF REPURCHASE, ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

4.2                                Stop-Transfer Instructions .   Stockholder agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.  The Company will not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends, to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

 

5.                                       GENERAL PROVISIONS .

 

5.1                                Successors and Assigns, Assignment .   The Company may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to its right to repurchase Shares under the Repurchase Option.  Any assignment of rights and obligations by any other party to this Agreement requires the Company’s prior written consent.  This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

3



 

5.2                                Governing Law .   This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

 

5.3                                Notices .   Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following:  (a) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (b) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States; or (c) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries.  All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by express courier.  All notices not delivered personally will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address set forth below the signature lines of this Agreement or at such other address as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other party hereto.

 

5.4                                Titles and Headings .   The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement.  Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “Sections” and “Exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

 

5.5                                Amendments and Waivers .   This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement executed by each of the parties hereto.  No amendment of or waiver of, or modification of any obligation under this Agreement will be enforceable unless set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement is sought.  Any amendment effected in accordance with this Section 5.4 will be binding upon all parties hereto and each of their respective successors and assigns.  No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance.  No waiver granted under this Agreement as to any one provision herein shall constitute a subsequent waiver of such provision or of any other provision herein, nor shall it constitute the waiver of any performance other than the actual performance specifically waived.

 

5.6                                Severability .   If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto.  If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

 

5.7                                Entire Agreement .   This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersedes all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

4



 

5.8                                Further Assurances .   The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

5.9                                Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5



 

In Witness Whereof , the parties hereto have executed this Stock Restriction Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

STOCKHOLDER:

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

JOSHUA H. BILENKER

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

By:

/s/ Steve Elm

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Steve Elm

 

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Chairman

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

78 Fieldstone Rd.

 

Address:

Aisling Capital LLC

 

 

 

 

 

Stamford, CT 06902-2577

 

888 Seventh Ave., NY, NY 10106

 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit 1:                                            Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate

Exhibit 2:                                            Spouse Consent

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO STOCK RESTRICTION AGREEMENT]

 



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE

 



 

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

 

SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Stock Restriction Agreement dated as of November 15, 2013 (the “ Agreement ”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                             ,                      shares of the Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, of Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).          delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company.  THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO .

 

 

Dated:

6/10/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

 

(Please Print Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephanie A. Bilenker

 

 

 

(Spouse’s Signature, if any)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephanie A. Bilenker

 

 

 

(Please Print Spouse’s Name)

 

Instructions to Stockholder :   Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.  The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company and/or its assignee(s) to acquire the shares upon exercise of its “Repurchase Option” set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Stockholder or Stockholder’s Spouse, if any.

 



 

EXHIBIT 2

 

SPOUSE CONSENT

 



 

SPOUSE CONSENT

 

The undersigned spouse of Joshua H. Bilenker (“ Stockholder ”) has read, understands and hereby approves all the terms and conditions of the Stock Restriction Agreement dated November 15, 2013 (the “ Agreement ”), by and between Stockholder and Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”).

 

I hereby agree to be irrevocably bound by all the terms and conditions of the Agreement (including but not limited to the Company’s Repurchase Option) and further agree that any community property interest I may have in the shares of the Company’s Common Stock that are held by Stockholder and are subject to the Agreement (the “ Shares ”) will be similarly bound by the Agreement.

 

I hereby appoint Stockholder as my attorney-in-fact, to act in my name, place and stead with respect to any amendment of the Agreement.

 

Dated:

6/10/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Stephanie A. Bilenker

 

 

 

Signature of Spouse [Sign Here]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephanie A. Bilenker

 

 

 

Name of Spouse [Please Print]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

o     Check this box if you do not have a spouse.

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

Sub-Lease Agreement

 

This Sub-Lease made this 22nd day of November, 2013, by and between Tyr Energy Inc. , having an office at 7500 College Boulevard, Suite 400, Overland Park, Kansas 66210 (hereinafter referred to as “Sub-Lessor”) and Loxo Oncology, Inc. , having an address of 1 Landmark Square, Stamford, Connecticut 06901 (hereinafter referred to as “Sub - Lessee”).

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS , Sub-Lessor and Landlord (Landmark Square 1-6 LLC) entered into an office Lease dated February 8th, 2008, which was further modified by the “First Lease Modification and Substitution of Space Agreement” dated August 10th, 2012 (collectively hereinafter referred to as the “Lease” and attached hereto as Exhibit C ) and is with respect to certain space located on the 11 th  floor of the building known as 1 Landmark Square, Stamford, Connecticut 06901 (hereinafter referred to as the “Building”), consisting of approximately 1,670 Rentable Square Feet and more particularly shown on the attached floor plan also attached as part of Exhibit A (“Leased Premises”).

 

NOW THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, it is hereby agreed by Sub-Lessor and Sub-Lessee that the Lease terms shall remain in effect except as modified by this Sub-Lease Agreement as follows:

 

General Terms

 

1.                                       All capitalized terms contained in the Lease shall continue to have the same meaning herein, including the recitals contained hereinabove, unless specifically modified hereby.  Further, all the terms and conditions of the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and are hereby deemed ratified and confirmed by each party hereto, unless modified hereby.

 

2.                                       The “Effective Date” is the date that Sub-Lessor shall deliver the space to the Sub-Lessee as required hereunder and Sub-Lessee thereafter shall be responsible therefor.  The Effective Date shall occur on December 20, 2013 as more specifically set forth herein (hereinafter referred to as the “Effective Date”).  Sub-Lessor agrees that, on the Effective Date, the space should be free of any other leasehold interests and broom clean with all furnishings and other property of any other former tenants and occupants removed there from (with the exception of what is on the attached “Furniture and Fixtures” inventory list attached here to as Exhibit B, which Furniture and Fixtures shall be in good-working order).  Sub-Lessor represents that it has the unencumbered right and authority to rent the space, with the Landlord’s approval as set forth in the Lease, as of the Effective Date.

 

3.                                       The Sub-Lease Agreement expiration date shall be simultaneous with the Substitution Space Expiration Date or an earlier date as provided in the Lease.

 

4.                                       Commencing June 1, 2014 and on the 1 st  of each month thereafter throughout the term of the Lease, Sub-Lessee shall pay to Sub-Lessor Thirty-Seven Dollars ($37.00) per rentable square foot per annum ($61,790 per annum) in equal monthly payments of Five Thousand One Hundred Forty-Nine and 17/100 Dollars ($5,149.17) throughout the term

 

1



 

of the Sub-Lease (“Base Rent”), pro-rated for any partial months.  No Base Rent shall be payable for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on May 31, 2014.

 

5.                                       Commencing on the Effective Date, Sub-Lessee shall pay to Sub-Lessor the Electric Charge as per Exhibit D attached hereto and continuing throughout the term of the sub-lease.

 

6.                                       Sub-Lessee shall pay to Sub-Lessor any increase in the Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes, over and above the Base Year for each.  For purposes of the Sub-Lease, the Base Year for Operating Expenses shall be calendar year 2014 and the fiscal year 2013/2014 for Real Estate Taxes.

 

7.                                       Sub-Lessor will invoice Sub-Lessee each calendar month by the 25 th  of that month for amounts due for the upcoming calendar month during the term of the Lease.  Sub-Lessee shall pay Sub- Lessor all amounts owed by the 1st of each month.

 

Security Deposit

 

Within five (5) days following the full execution of this Sub-Lease Agreement and delivery of same to each party, Sub-Lessee shall provide Sub-Lessor with a security deposit which shall be the equivalent of two months of Base Rent including two months of the Electric Charge.  The amounts are as follows: Two months of Base Rent equals ten thousand two hundred ninety- eight and 33/100 dollars ($10,298.33) and two months of Electric Charge equals seven hundred sixty- five and 42/100 dollars ($765.42).  If Sub-Lessee violates the terms of the Lease or the Sub-Lease and causes damages to Sub-Lessor, then Sub-Lessor may, in addition to all remedies available at law or by contract, apply the security deposit toward such damages following delivery of a detailed statement of such application of the security deposit to Sub-Lessee.

 

Brokers

 

The parties hereto confirm and agree that no broker was involved in this transaction, other than Signature Group, LLC, and Sub-Lessor shall be solely responsible for commissions by separate agreement.

 

Parking

 

Sub-Lessor shall provide Sub-Lessee with the three parking cards (2 self-park, 1 valet) available under the Lease.  Each card costs seventy-five dollars ($75) per month which shall be paid by Sub-Lessee to Sub-Lessor as part of the invoicing referenced under General Terms, paragraph 7.

 

Equipment and Furnishings

 

1.                                       Please see the attachment “Equipment and Furnishings” which shall be for Sub-lessee’s use throughout the term of the Lease.  Sub-lessee shall be responsible for repair or replacement for any loss or damage other than ordinary course wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty.

 

2



 

2.                                       Except as otherwise set forth herein, all of the other terms and provisions of the Lease shall continue in full force and effect.

 

3.                                       Once this Sub-Lease has been signed by both parties, it will be sent to the Landlord for approval.  The Sub-Lease will become effective and enforceable upon written approval by the Landlord.  If written approval by the Landlord is not received by December 20, 2013, Sub- Lessor shall return the security deposit to Sub-Lessee and the parties shall then have no further liabilities or responsibilities to each other under this Sub-Lease unless the parties mutually agree in writing.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have each respectively caused this Sub-Lease to be duly executed and delivered as of the date and year first above written.

 

 

 

Tyr Energy, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Garrick F. Venteicher

 

 

Garrick F. Venteicher

 

 

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

Loxo Oncology, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

CEO

 

3


 

 

1


 

Exhibit B

 

Furniture and Furnishings

 

Smaller Exec. Office

 

 

Executive Desk

1

 

Desk Shelving

1

 

Executive chair

1

 

Guest chairs with arms

2

 

Meeting chairs
(leather)

4

 

Meeting table (round)

1

 

Credenza

1

 

Avaya Phone

1

 

 

Larger Exec. Office

 

 

Executive Desk

1

 

Executive chair

1

 

Avaya Phone

1

 

3 drawer file cabinets

3

 

Leather sofa

1

 

bucket seats

2

 

coffee table

1

 

Wall décor

1

 

Guest chairs with arms

2

 

 

Front area

 

 

Cubicles

3

 

Executive chair

3

 

2 drawer File cabinet

1

 

Avaya Phone

1

 

Intercom

1

 

picture of desert

 

 

landscape

1

 

 

Conf. Room

 

 

Avaya Phone

1

 

Clear One conf. phone

1

 

Cisco Wireless

2

 

LG TV Screen

1

 

Polycom

1

 

Board Rm Table

 

 

(Seats 6)

1

 

Executive Chair

5

 

White board

1

 

 

1



 

Storage Room

 

 

XEROX Machine

1

 

Storage shelf

1

 

Server

1

 

Data cabinet

1

 

Avaya Phone Switch

1

 

Monitor

1

 

keyboard and mouse

1

 

 

Kitchen

 

 

Refrigerator

1

 

Dishwasher

1

 

Microwave

1

 

Toaster

1

 

plates and cups

24

 

IKEA Wall mount table

1

 

IKEA foldable chairs

2

 

Misc. dishes, utensils

many

 

 

2



 

Exhibit C

 

Master Lease and First Lease Modification and Substitution of Space Agreement

 

1



 

STANDARD FORM OF OFFICE LEASE

The Real Estate Board of New York, Inc.

 

Agreement of Lease, made as of this 8 th  day of February in the year 2008 between LANDMARK SQUARE 1-6 LLC, a Connecticut limited liability company having an address at c/o St. Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10179, party of this first part, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and TYR ENERGY, INC., a Delaware corporation having an address at                                                                    party of the second part hereinafter referred to as TENANT.

 

Witnesseth:  Owner hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Owner 3,803 rentable square feet on the 7 th  floor in the building known as Building One Landmark Square, Stamford, Connecticut in the Borough of                                                         , City of New York , for the term of * (or until such term shall sooner cease and expire as hereinafter provided) to commence on the * day of                            in the year                                         , and to end one the                                    day of                                  in the year                                                           , and both dates inclusive at the annual rental rate of *.  *As set forth in the Rider annexed hereto.

 

which Tenant agrees to pay in lawful money of the United States, which shall be legal lender in payment of all debts and dues, public and private, at the time of payment, in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during said term, at the office of Owner or such other place as Owner may designate, without any setoff or deduction whatsoever, except that Tenant shall pay the first          monthly installments(s) on the execution hereof (unless this lease be a renewal).

 

In the event that, at the commencement of the term of this lease, or thereafter, Tennant shall be in default in the payment of rent to Owner pursuant to the terms of another lease with Owner’s predecessor in interest, Owner may at Owner’s option and without notice to Tenant add the amount of such arrears to any monthly installment of rent payable hereunder and the same shall be payable to Owner as additional rent.

 

The parties hereto, for themselves, their heirs, distributes, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows:

 

1.                                       Rent :  Tenant shall pay the rent as above and as hereinafter provided.

 

2.                                       Occupancy :  Tenant shall use and occupy the demised premises for executive and administrative offices and for no other purpose.

 

3.                                       Tenant Alterations :  Tenant shall make no changes in or to the demised premises of any nature without Owner’s prior written consent.  Subject to the prior written consent of Owner, and to the provisions of this article, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, may make alterations, installations, additions or improvements which are non-structural and which do not affect utility services or plumbing and electrical lines, in or to the interior of the demised premises by using contractors or mechanics first approved in each instance by Owner. Tenant shall, before making any alterations, additions, installations or Improvements, at its expense, obtain all permits, approval and certificates required by any governmental or quasi-governmental bodies and (upon completion) certificates of final approval thereof and shall deliver promptly duplicates of all such permits, approvals and certificates to Owner, and Tenant agrees to carry, and will cause Tenant’s contractors and sub-contractors to carry such worker’s compensation, commercial general liability, personal and property damage insurance as Owner may require.  If any mechanic’s lien

 

1



 

is filed against the demised premises, or the building of which the same forms a part, for work claimed to have been done for, or materials furnished to, Tenant, whether or not done pursuant to this article, the same shall be discharged by Tenant within thirty days thereafter, at Tenant’s expense, by payment or filing the bond required by law. All fixtures and all paneling, partitions, railings and like installations, installed in the demised premises at any time, either by Tenant or by Owner on Tenant’s behalf, shall, upon installation, become the property of Owner and shall remain upon and be surrendered with the demised premises unless Owner, by notice to Tenant no later than twenty days prior to the date fixed as the termination of this lease, elects to relinquish Owner’s right thereto and to have them removed by Tenant, in which event the same shall be removed from the demised premises by Tenant prior to the expiration of the lease, at Tenant’s expense. Nothing in this Article shall be construed to give Owner title to or to prevent Tenant’s removal of trade fixtures, moveable office furniture and equipment, but upon removal of same from the demised premises or upon removal of other installations as may be required by Owner, Tenant shall immediately and at its expense, repair and restore the premises to the condition existing prior to any such installations and repair any damage to the demised premises or the building due to such removal. All property permitted or required to be removed by Tenant at the end of the term remaining in the demised premises after Tenant’s removal shall be deemed abandoned and may, at the election of Owner, either be retained as Owner’s property or may be removed from the demised premises by Owner, at Tenant’s expense. [3.1]

 

4.                                       Maintenance and Repairs :  Tenant shall, throughout the term of this lease, take good care of the demised premises and the fixtures and appurtenances therein.  [4.1]  Tenant shall be responsible for all damage or injury to the demised premises or any other part of the building and the systems and equipment hereof, whether requiring structural or nonstructural repairs causes by, or resulting from, carelessness, omission, neglect or improper conduct of tenant, Tenant’s subtenants, agents, employees, invitees or licensee, or which arise out of any work, labor, service or equipment done for, or supplied to, Tenant or any subtenant, or arising out of the installation, use or operations of this property or equipment of Tenant or any subtenant Tenant shall also repair all damage to the building and the demised premises caused by the moving of Tenant’s fixtures, furniture and equipment.  Tenant shall promptly make, at Tenant’s expenses, all repairs in and to the demised premises for which Tenant’s responsible, using only the contractor for the trade or trades in question, selected from a list of at least                        per trade submitted by Owner.  Any other [All] repairs in or to the building or the facilities and systems thereof, for which Tenant is responsible, shall be performed by Owner at the Tenant’s expense.  Owner shall maintain in good working order and repair the exterior and the structural portions of the building, including the structural portions of the demised premises, and the public portions of the building interior and the building plumbing, electrical, heating and ventilating systems (to the extent such systems presently exist) serving the demised premises.  Tenant agrees to give prompt notice of any defective condition in the demised premises for which Owner may be responsible hereunder.  There shall be no allowance to Tenant for dinisution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner or others making repairs, alterations, additions or improvements in or to any portion of the building or the demised premises, or in and to the fixtures, appurtenances or equipment thereof. [4.2]  It is specifically agreed that Tenant shall not be entitled to any setoff or reduction of rent by reason of any failure of Owner to comply with the covenants of this or any other article of this lease.  Tenant agrees that Tenant’s sole remedy at law in such instance

 

2



 

will be by way of an action for damages for breach of contract.  The provisions of this Article 4 shall not apply in the case of fire or other casualty, which are dealt with in Article 9 hereof.

 

5.                                       Window Cleaning :  Tenant will not clean nor require, permit, suffer or allow any window in the demised premises to be cleaned from the outside in violation of Section 202 of the Labor Law or any other applicable law or of the Rules of the Board of Standards and Appeals, or of any other Board or body having or asserting jurisdiction.

 

6.                                       Requirements of Law, Fire Insurance, Floor Loads :  Prior to the commencement of the lease term, if Tenant is then in possession, and at all times thereafter Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all present and future laws, orders and regulations of all state, federal, municipal and local governments, departments, commissions and boards and any direction of any public officer pursuant to law, and all orders, rules and regulations of the New York Board of Fire Underwriters,* Insurance Service Office , or any similar body which shall impose any violation, order or duty upon Owner or Tenant with respect to [6.1] the demised premises, whether or not arising out of Tenant’s use or manner of use of or the demised premises or the building (including the use permitted under the lease). Nothing herein shall require Tenant to make structural repairs or alterations unless Tenant has, by its manner of use of the demised premises or method of operation therein, violated any such laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements with respect thereto. Tenant may, after securing Owner to Owner’s satisfaction against all damages, interest, penalties and expenses, including, but not limited to, reasonable attorney’s fees, by cash deposit or by surely bond in an amount and in a company satisfactory to Owner, contest and appeal any such laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements provided same is done with all reasonable promptness and provided such appeal shall not subject Owner to prosecution for a criminal offense, or constitute a default under any lease or mortgage under which Owner may be obligated, or cause the demised premises or any part thereof to be condemned or vacated, Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing to be done in or to the demises premises which is contrary to law, or which will invalidate or be in conflict with public liability, fire or other policies of insurance at any time carried by or for the benefit of Owner with respect to the demised premises or the building of which the demised premises from a part, or which shall or might subject Owner to any liability or responsibility to any person, or for property damage.  Tenant shall not keep anything in the demised premises, except as now or hereafter permitted by the Fire Department, Board of Fire Underwriters, Fire Insurance Rating Organization and other authority having jurisdiction, and then only in such manner and such quantity so as not to increase the rate for fire insurance applicable to the building, nor use the premises in a manner which will increase the insurance rate for the building or any property located therein over that in effect prior to the commencement of Tenant’s occupancy.  Tenant shall pay all costs, expenses, fines, penalties, or damages, which may be imposed upon Owner by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this article, and if by reason of such failure to comply with the provisions of this article, and if by reason of such failure fire insurance rate shall, at the beginning of this lease, or at any time thereafter, be higher than it otherwise would be, then Tenant shall reimburse Owner, as additional rent hereunder, for that portion of all fire insurance premiums thereafter paid by Owner which shall have been charged because of such failure by Tenant.  In any action or proceeding wherein Owner and Tenant are parties, a schedule or “make-up” or rate for the building or demised premises issued by the New York Fire Insurance Exchange or other body making fire insurance rates applicable to said premises shall be conclusive evidence of the facts

 

3



 

therein stated and of the several items and charges in the fire insurance rates then applicable to said premises.  Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor of the demised premises exceeding the floor load per square foot area which it was designed to carry and which is allowed by law.  Owner reserves the right to prescribe the weight and position of all safes, business machines and mechanical equipment.  Such installations shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, in settings sufficient, in Owner’s judgment, to absorb and prevent vibration, noise and annoyance.  *Fire Insurance Rating Organization in Connecticut.

 

7.                                       Subordination :  This lease is subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases and to all mortgages which may now or hereafter affect such leases or the real property of which demised premises are a part, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any such underlying leases and mortgages.  This clause shall be self-operative and no further instrument or subordination shall be required by any ground or underlying lessor or by any mortgagee, affecting any lease or the real property of which the demised premises are a part.  In confirmation of such subordination, Tenant shall from time to time execute promptly any certificate that Owner may request.

 

8.                                       Property Loss, Damage, Reimbursement Indemnity :  Owner or its agents shall not be liable for any damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of the building, nor for loss of or damage to any property of Tenant by theft or otherwise, nor for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from any cause of whatsoever nature, unless caused by, or due to, the negligence of Owner, its agents, servants or employees. Owner or its agents shall not be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in, upon or about said building, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi public work. If at any time any windows of the demised premises are temporarily closed, darkened or bricked up (or permanently closed, darkened or bricked up, if required by law) for any reason whatsoever including, but not limited to, Owner’s own acts, Owner shall not be liable for any damage Tenant may sustain thereby and Tenant shall not be entitled to any compensation therefore, nor abatement or diminution of rent nor shall the same release Tenant from its obligations hereunder, nor constitute an eviction. Tenant shall indemnify and save harmless Owner against and from all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, costs and expenses for which Owner shall not be reimbursed by insurance, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, paid, suffered or incurred as a result of any breach by Tenant, Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, invitees, or licensees, of any covenant or condition of this lease, or the carelessness, negligence or improper conduct of the Tenant, Tenant’s agents, contractors, employees, invitees or licensees. Tenant’s liability under this lease extends to the acts and omissions of any subtenant, and any agent, contractor, employee, invitee or licensee of any subtenant. In case any action or proceeding is brought against Owner by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon written notice from owner, will, at Tenant’s expense, resist or defend such action or proceeding by counsel approved by Owner in writing, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

9.                                       Destruction, Fire and Other Casualty :  (a) If the demised premises or any part thereof shall be damaged by fire or other casualty, Tenant shall give immediate notice thereof to Owner and this lease shall continue in full force and effect except as hereinafter set forth. (b) If the demised premises are partially damaged or rendered partially unusable by fire or other casualty, the damages thereto shall be repaired by and at the expense of, Owner, and the rent and other items of additional rent, until such repair shall be substantially completed, shall be

 

4


 

apportioned from the day following the casualty, according to the part of the premises which is usable. 9.1 (c) If the demised premises are totally damaged or rendered wholly unusable by fire or other casualty, then the rent and other items of additional rent, as hereinafter expressly provided, shall be proportionately paid up to the time of the casualty, and thenceforth shall cease until the date when the demised premises shall have been repaired and restored by Owner (or if sooner reoccupied in part by the Tenant then rent shall be apportioned as provided in subsection (b) above), subject to Owner’s right to elect not to restore the same as hereinafter provided. (d) If the demised premises are rendered wholly unusable or (whether or not the demised premises are damaged in whole or in part) if the building shall be so damaged that Owner shall decide to demolish it or to rebuild it, then, in any of such events, Owner may elect to terminate this lease by written notice to Tenant, given within ninety (90) days after such fire or casualty, or thirty (30) days after adjustment of the insurance claim for such fire or casualty, whichever is sooner, specifying a date for the expiration of the lease, which date shall not be more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice, and upon the date specified in such notice the term of this lease shall expire as fully and completely as if such date were the date set forth above for the termination of this lease, and Tenant shall forthwith quit, surrender and vacate the demised premises without prejudice however, to Landlord’s rights and remedies against Tenant under the lease provisions in effect prior to such termination, and any rent owing shall be paid up to such date, and any payments of rent made by Tenant which were on account of any period subsequent to such date shall be returned to Tenant. Unless Owner shall serve a termination notice as provided for herein, Owner shall make the repairs and restorations under the conditions of (b) and (c) hereof, with all reasonable expedition, subject to delays due to adjustment of insurance claims, labor troubles and causes beyond Owner’s control. After any such casualty, Tenant shall cooperate with Owner’s restoration by removing from the demised premises as promptly as reasonably possible, all of Tenant’s salvageable inventory and movable equipment, furniture, and other property. Tenant’s liability for rent shall resume five (5) days after written notice from Owner that the demised premises are substantially ready for Tenant’s occupancy. 9.2 (e) Nothing contained hereinabove shall relieve Tenant from liability that may exist as a result of damage from fire or other casualty. Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in subdivisions (a) through (e) hereof, including Owner’s obligation to restore under subparagraph (b) above, each party shall look first to any insurance in its favor before making any claim against the other party for recovery for loss or damage resulting from fire or other casualty, and to the extent that such insurance is in force and collectible, and to the extent permitted by law, Owner and Tenant each hereby releases and waives all right of recovery with respect to subparagraphs (b), (d) and (e) above, against the other, or any one claiming through or under each of them by way of subrogation or otherwise. The release and waiver herein referred to shall be deemed to include any loss or damage to the demised premises and/or to any personal property, equipment, trade fixtures, goods and merchandise located therein. The foregoing release and waiver shall be in force only if both releasors’ insurance policies contain a clause providing that such a release or waiver shall not invalidate the insurance. If, and to the extent, that such waiver can be obtained only by the payment of additional premiums, then the party benefiting from the waiver shall pay such premium within ten days after written demand or shall be deemed to have agreed that the party obtaining insurance coverage shall be free of any further obligation under the provisions hereof with respect to waiver of subrogation. Tenant acknowledges that Owner will not carry insurance on Tenant’s furniture and or furnishings or any fixtures or equipment, improvements, or appurtenances removable by Tenant, and agrees that Owner will not be obligated to repair any

 

5



 

damage thereto or replace the same. (f)  The provisions of this Article shall be considered an express agreement governing any case of damage or destruction of the demised premises or the building by fire or other casualty and Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 227 of the Real Property Law   any law to the contrary, now or hereafter in force and agrees that the provisions of this article shall govern and control in lieu thereof.

 

10.                                Eminent Domain :  If the whole or any material part of the demised premises shall be acquired or condemned by Eminent Domain for any public or quasi public use or purpose, then and in that event, the term of this lease shall cease and terminate from the date of title vesting in such proceeding, and Tenant shall have no claim for the value of any unexpired term of said lease, and assigns to Owner, Tenant’s entire interest in such award. Tenant shall have the right to make an independent claim to the condemning authority for the value of Tenant’s moving expenses and personal property, trade fixtures and equipment, provided Tenant is entitled pursuant to the terms of the lease to remove such property, trade fixtures and equipment at the end of the term, and provided further such claim does not reduce Owner’s award.

 

11.                                Assignment, Mortgage, Etc. :  Tenant, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not assign, mortgage or encumber this agreement, nor underlet, or suffer or permit the demised premises or any part thereof to be used by others, without the prior written consent of Owner in each instance. Transfer of the majority of the stock of a corporate Tenant or the majority interest in any partnership or other legal entity which is Tenant shall be deemed an assignment. If this lease be assigned, or if the demised premises or any part thereof be underlet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Owner may, after default by Tenant, collect rent from the assignee, under-tenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, underletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the assignee, undertenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. The consent by Owner to an assignment or underletting shall not in any way be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Owner to any further assignment or underletting.

 

12.                                Electric Current Rates and conditions in respect to submetering or rent inclusion, as the case may be, to be added in RIDER attached hereto. Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electric current shall not exceed the capacity of existing feeders to the building or the risers or wiring installation, and Tenant may not use any electrical equipment which, in Owner’s opinion, reasonably exercised, will overload such installations or interfere with the use thereof by other tenants of the building. The change at any time of the character of electric service shall in no way make Owner liable or responsible to Tenant, for any loss, damages or expenses which Tenant may sustain.

 

13.                                Access to Premises :  Owner or Owner’s agents shall have the right (but shall not be obligated) to enter the demised premises in any emergency at any time, and, at other reasonable times, [13.1] to examine the same and to make such repairs, replacements and improvements as Owner may deem necessary and reasonably desirable to the demised premises or to any other portion of the building or which Owner may elect to perform. Tenant shall permit Owner to use and maintain and replace pipes, ducts, and conduits in and through the demised

 

6



 

premises and to erect new pipes, ducts, and conduits therein, provided they are concealed within the walls, floor, or ceiling. Owner may, during the progress of any work in the demised premises, take all necessary materials and equipment into said premises without the same constituting an eviction, nor shall the Tenant be entitled to any abatement of rent while such work is in progress, nor to any damages by reason of loss or interruption of business or otherwise. 13.2 Throughout the term hereof, Owner shall have the right to enter the demised premises at reasonable hours 13.3 for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers or mortgagees of the building, and during the last six twelve (12) months of the term, for the purpose of showing the same to prospective tenants. If Tenant is not present to open and permit an entry into the demised premises, Owner or Owner’s agents may enter the same whenever such entry may be necessary or permissible by master key or forcibly, and provided reasonable care is exercised to safeguard Tenant’s property, such entry shall not render Owner or its agents liable therefor, nor in any event shall the obligations of Tenant hereunder be affected. If during the last month of the term Tenant shall have removed all or substantially all of Tenant’s property therefrom. Owner may immediately enter, alter, renovate or redecorate the demised premises without limitation or abatement of rent, or incurring liability to Tenant for any compensation, and such act shall have no effect on this lease or Tenant’s obligation hereunder.

 

14.                                Vault, Vault Space, Area :  No vaults, vault space or area, whether or not enclosed or covered, not within the property line of the building, is leased hereunder, anything contained in or indicated on any sketch, blue print or plan, or anything contained elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding. Owner makes no representation as to the location of the property line of the building. All vaults and vault space and all such areas not within the property line of the building, which Tenant may be permitted to use and/or occupy, is to be used and/or occupied under a revocable license, and if any such license be revoked, or if the amount of such space or area be diminished or required by any federal, state or municipal authority or public utility, Owner shall not be subject to any liability, nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation or diminution or abatement of rent, nor shall such revocation, diminution or requisition be deemed constructive or actual eviction. Any tax, fee or charge of municipal authorities for such vault or area shall be paid by Tenant.

 

15.                                Occupancy :  Tenant will not at any time use or occupy the demised premises in violation of the certificate of occupancy issued for the building of which the demised premises are a part. Tenant has inspected the premises and accepts them as is, subject to the riders annexed hereto with respect to Owner’s work, if any. In any event, Owner makes no representation as to the condition of the demised premises, and Tenant agrees to accept the same subject to violations, whether or not of record.

 

16.                                Bankruptcy :  (a) Anything elsewhere in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, this lease may be cancelled by Owner by the sending of a written notice to Tenant within a reasonable time after the happening of any one or more of the following events: (1) the commencement of a case in bankruptcy or under the laws of any state naming Tenant (or a guarantor of any of Tenant’s obligations under this lease) as the debtor; or (2) the making by Tenant (or a guarantor of any of Tenant’s obligations under this lease) of an assignment or any other arrangement for the benefit of creditors under any state statute. Neither Tenant nor any person claiming through or under Tenant, or by reason of any statute or order of court, shall thereafter be entitled to possession of the premises demised but shall forthwith quit and surrender

 

7



 

the demised premises. If this lease shall be assigned in accordance with its terms, the provisions of this Article 16 shall be applicable only to the party then owning Tenant’s interest in this lease.

 

(b)                                  It is stipulated and agreed that in the event of the termination of this lease pursuant to (a) hereof, Owner shall forthwith, notwithstanding any other provisions of this lease to the contrary, be entitled to recover from Tenant as and for liquidated damages, an amount equal to the difference between the rent reserved hereunder for the unexpired portion of the term demised and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the same period. In the computation of such damages the difference between any installment of rent becoming due hereunder after the date of termination, and the fair and reasonable rental value of the demised premises for the period for which such installment was payable, shall be discounted to the date of termination at the rate of four percent (4%) per annum. If such premises or any part thereof be re-let by the Owner for the unexpired term of said lease, or any part thereof, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, the amount of rent reserved upon such re-letting shall be deemed to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the demised premises so re-let during the term of the re-letting. Nothing herein contained shall limit or prejudice the right of the Owner to prove for and obtain as liquidated damages, by reason of such termination, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceedings in which, such damages are to be proved, whether or not such amount be greater, equal to, or less than, the amount of the difference referred to above.

 

17.                                Default :  (1) If Tenant defaults in fulfilling any of the covenants of this lease other than the covenants for the payment of rent or additional rent; or if the demised premises becomes vacant or deserted; or if any execution or attachment shall be issued against Tenant or any of Tenant’s property, whereupon the demised premises shall be taken or occupied by someone other than Tenant; or if this lease be rejected under §365 of Title 11 of the U.S. Code (Bankruptcy Code); or if Tenant shall have failed, after five (5) days written notice, to redeposit with Owner any portion of the security deposited hereunder which Owner has applied to the payment of any rent and additional rent due and payable hereunder, or if Tenant shall be default with respect to any other lease between Owner and Tenant; or if Tenant shall fail to move into or take possession of the demised premises within thirty (30) days after the commencement of the term of this lease, then in any one or more of such events, upon Owner serving a written fifteen (15) days notice upon Tenant specifying the nature of said default, and upon the expiration of said fifteen (15) days, if Tenant shall have failed to comply with or remedy such default, or if the said default or omission complained of shall be of a nature that the same cannot be completely cured or remedied within said fifteen (15) day period, and if Tenant shall not have diligently commenced during such default within such fifteen (15) day period, and shall not thereafter with reasonable diligence and in good faith, proceed to remedy or cure such default, then Owner may serve a written five (5) days notice of cancellation of this lease upon Tenant, and upon the expiration of said five (5) days this lease and the term thereunder shall end and expire as fully and completely as if the expiration of such five (5) day period were the day herein definitely fixed for the end and expiration of this lease and the term thereof, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the demised premises to Owner, but Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

 

(2)                                  If the notice provided for in (1) hereof shall have been given, and the term shall expire as aforesaid; or if Tenant shall make default in the payment of the rent reserved herein or

 

8



 

any item of additional rent herein mentioned or any part of either or in making any other payment herein required 17.1 ; then, and in any of such events, Owner may without notice, re-enter the demised premises either by force or otherwise, and dispossess Tenant by summary proceedings or otherwise, and the legal representative of Tenant or other occupant of demised premises, and remove their effects and hold the demised premises as if this lease had not been made, and Tenant hereby waives the service of notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceeding to that end. If Tenant shall make default hereunder prior to the date fixed as the commencement of any renewal or extension of this lease, Owner may cancel and terminate such renewal or extension agreement by written notice.

 

18.                                Remedies of Owner and Waiver of Redemption :  In case of any such default, re-entry, expiration and/or dispossess by summary proceedings or otherwise, (a) the rent shall become due thereupon and be paid up to the time of such re-entry, dispossess and/or expiration, (b) Owner may re-let the demised premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Owner or otherwise, for a term or terms, which may at Owner’s option be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease, and may grant concessions or free rent or charge a higher rental than that in this lease, and/or (c) Tenant or the legal representatives of Tenant shall also pay to Owner as liquidated damages for the failure of Tenant to observe and perform said Tenant’s covenants herein contained, any deficiency between the rent hereby reserved and/or covenanted to be paid and the net amount, if any, of the rents collected on account of the lease or leases of the demised premises for each month of the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this lease. The failure of Owner to re-let the demised premises, or any part or parts thereof, shall not release or affect Tenant’s liability for damages. In computing such liquidated damages there shall be added to the said deficiency such expenses as Owner may incur in connection with re-letting, such as legal expenses, reasonable attorney’s fees, brokerage, advertising and for keeping the demised premises in good order or for preparing the same for re-letting. Any such liquidated damages shall be paid in monthly installments by Tenant on the rent day specified in this lease, and any suit brought to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month shall not prejudice in any way the rights of Owner to collect the deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding. Owner, in putting the demised premises in good order or preparing the same for re-rental may, at Owner’s option, make such alterations, repairs, replacements, and/or decorations in the demised premises as Owner, in Owner’s sole judgment, considers advisable and necessary for the purpose of re-letting the demised premises, and the making of such alterations, repairs, replacements, and/or decorations shall not operate or be construed to release Tenant from liability hereunder as aforesaid. Owner shall in no event be liable in any way whatsoever for failure to re-let the demised premises, or in the event that the demised premises are re-let, for failure to collect the rent thereof under such re-letting, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess, if any, of such net rents collected over the sums payable by Tenant to Owner hereunder. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the covenants or provisions hereof, Owner shall have the right of injunction and the right to invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if re-entry, summary proceedings and other remedies were not herein provided for. Mention in this lease of any particular remedy, shall not preclude Owner from any other remedy, in law or in equity. Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption granted by or under any present or future laws in the event of Tenant being evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of Owner obtaining possession of the demised premises, by reason of the violation by Tenant of any of the covenants and conditions of this

 

9



 

lease, or otherwise.

 

19.                                Fees and Expenses :  If Tenant shall default in the observance or performance of any term or covenant on Tenant’s part to be observed or performed under, or by virtue of any of the terms or provisions in any article of this lease, after notice if required, and upon expiration of any applicable grace period, if any, (except in an emergency), then, unless otherwise provided elsewhere in this lease, Owner may immediately, or at any time thereafter and without notice, perform the obligation of Tenant thereunder. If Owner, in connection with the foregoing, or in connection with any default by Tenant in the covenant to pay rent hereunder, makes any expenditures or incurs any obligations for the payment of money, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees, in instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, and prevails in any such action or proceeding, then Tenant will reimburse Owner for such sums so paid, or obligations incurred, with interest and costs. The foregoing expenses incurred by reason of Tenant’s default shall be deemed to be additional rent hereunder, and shall be paid by Tenant to Owner within ten (10) days of rendition of any bill or statement to Tenant therefor. If Tenant’s lease term shall have expired at the time of making of such expenditures or incurring of such obligations, such sums shall be recoverable by Owner, as damages.

 

20.                                Building Alterations and Management :  Owner shall have the right at any time without the same constituting an eviction and without incurring liability to Tenant therefore, to change the arrangement and/or location of public entrances, passageways, doors, doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the building, and to change the name, number or designation by which the building may be known. There shall be no allowance to Tenant for diminution of rental value and no liability on the part of Owner by reason of inconvenience, annoyance or injury to business arising from Owner or other Tenants making any repairs in the building or any such alterations, additions and improvements. Furthermore, Tenant shall not have any claim against Owner by reason of Owner’s imposition of such controls of the manner of access to the building by Tenant’s social or business visitors as the Owner may deem necessary for the security of the building and its occupants.

 

21.                                No Representations Owner :  Neither Owner nor Owner’s agents have made any representations or promises with respect to the physical condition of the building, the land upon which it is erected or the demised premises, the rents, leases, expenses of operation or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the demised premises, except as herein expressly set forth, and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise, except as expressly set forth in the provisions of this lease. Tenant has inspected the building and the demised premises and is thoroughly acquainted with their condition and agrees to take the same “as is”, and acknowledges that the taking of possession of the demised premises by Tenant shall be conclusive evidence that the said premises and the building of which the same form a part were in good and satisfactory condition at the time such possession was so taken, except as to latent defects. All understandings and agreements heretofore made between the parties hereto are merged in this contract, which alone fully and completely expresses the agreement between Owner and Tenant, and any executory agreement hereafter made shall be ineffective to change, modify, discharge or effect an abandonment of it in whole or in part, unless such executory agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification, discharge or abandonment is sought.

 

10



 

22.                                End of Term :  Upon the expiration or other termination of the term of this lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender to Owner the demised premises, broom clean, in good order and condition, ordinary wear and damages which Tenant is not required to repair as provided elsewhere in this lease excepted, and Tenant shall remove all its property from the demised premises. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease. If the last day of the term of this Lease or any renewal thereof, falls on Sunday, this lease shall expire at noon on the preceding Saturday unless it be a legal holiday in which case it shall expire at noon on the preceding business day.

 

23.                                Quiet Enjoyment :  Owner covenants and agrees with Tenant that upon Tenant paying the rent and additional rent and observing and performing all the terms, covenants and conditions, on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant may peaceably and quietly enjoy the premises hereby demised, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this lease including, but not limited to, Article 31 hereof, and to the ground leases, underlying leases and mortgages hereinbefore mentioned.

 

24.                                Failure to Give Possession :  If Owner is unable to give possession of the demised premises on the date of the commencement of the term hereof, because of the holding-over or retention of possession of any tenant, undertenant or occupants or if the demised premises are located in a building being constructed, because such building has not been sufficiently completed to make the premises ready for occupancy or because of the fact that a certificate of occupancy has not been procured or if Owner has not completed any work required to be performed by Owner, or for any other reason, Owner shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession on said date and the validity of the lease shall not be impaired under such circumstances, nor shall the same be construed in any way to extend the term of this lease, but the rent payable hereunder shall be abated (provided Tenant is not responsible for Owner’s inability to obtain possession or complete any work required) until after Owner shall have given Tenant notice that Owner is able to deliver possession in the condition required by this lease. If permission is given to Tenant to enter into the possession of the demised premises or to occupy premises other than the demised premises prior to the date specified as the commencement of the term of this lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that such possession and/or occupancy shall be deemed to be under all the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this lease, except the obligation to pay the fixed annual rent set forth in the preamble to this lease. The provisions of this article are intended to constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223 a of the New York Real Property Law.

 

25.                                No Waiver :  The failure of Owner to seek redress for violation of, or to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant or condition of this lease or of any of the Rules or Regulations, set forth or hereafter adopted by Owner, shall not prevent a subsequent act which would have originally constituted a violation from having all the force and effect of an original violation.  The receipt by Owner of rent and/or additional rent with knowledge of the breach of any covenant of this lease shall not be deemed a waiver of such breach, and no provision of this lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Owner unless such waiver be in writing signed by Owner.  No payment by Tenant or receipt by Owner of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement of any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment, as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Owner may accept such check or

 

11



 

payment without prejudice to Owner’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy in this lease provided. No act or thing done by Owner’s agents during the term hereby demised shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the demised premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing signed by Owner.  No employee or Owner or Owner’s agent shall have any power to accept the keys of said premises prior to the termination of the lease, and the delivery of keys to any such agent or employee shall not operate as a termination of the lease or a surrender of the demised premises.

 

26.                                Waiver of Trial by Jury :  It is mutually agreed by and between Owner and Tenant that the respective parties hereto shall, and they hereby do, waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other (except for personal injury or property damage) on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with, this lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant, Tenant’s use of or occupancy of, the demised premises, and any emergency statutory or any other statutory remedy. It is further mutually agreed that in the event Owner commences any proceeding or action for possession, including a summary proceeding for possession of the premises, Tenant will not interpose any counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding, including a counterclaim under Article 4, except for statutory mandatory counterclaims.

 

27.                                Inability to Perform :  This Lease and the obligation of Tenant to pay rent hereunder and perform all of the other covenants and agreements hereunder on part of Tenant to be performed shall in no wise be affected, impaired or excused because Owner is unable to fulfill any of its obligations under this lease, or to supply, or is delayed in supplying, any service expressly or impliedly to be supplied, or is unable to make, or is delayed in making any repair, additions, alterations, or decorations, or is unable to supply, or is delayed in supplying any equipment, fixtures or other materials, if Owner is prevented or delayed from doing so by reason of strike or labor troubles or any cause whatsoever including, but not limited to, government preemption or restrictions, or by reason of any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision thereof of any government agency, or by reason of the conditions which have been or are affected, either directly or indirectly, by war or other emergency.

 

28.                                Bills and Notices :  Except as otherwise in this lease provided, any notice, statement, demand, or other communication required or permitted to be given, rendered or made by either party to the other, pursuant to this lease or pursuant to any applicable law or requirement of public authority, shall be in writing (whether or not so stated elsewhere in this lease) and shall be deemed to have been properly given, rendered or made, if sent by registered or certified mail (express mail, if available), return receipt requested, or by courier guaranteeing overnight delivery and furnishing a receipt in evidence thereof, addressed to the other party at the address hereinabove set forth (except that after the date specified as the commencement of the term of this lease, Tenant’s address, unless Tenant shall give notice to the contrary, shall be the building), and shall be deemed to have been given, rendered or made (a) on the date delivered, if delivered to Tenant personally, (b) on the date delivered, if delivered by overnight courier or (c) on the date which is two (2) days after being mailed.  Either party may; by notice as aforesaid, designated a different address or addressed for notices, statements, demand or other communications intended for it.  Notices given by Owner’s managing agent shall be deemed a valid notice if addressed and set in accordance with the provisions of this Article.  At Owner’s option, notices and bills to Tenant may be sent by hand delivery.  [28.1]

 

12


 

29.          Services Provided by Owner As long as Tenant is not in default under any of the covenants of this lease beyond the applicable grace period provided in this lease for the curing of such defaults , Owner shall provide: (a) necessary elevator facilities on business days from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m. and have one elevator subject to call at all other times; (b) heat to the demised premises when and as required by law, on business days from 8 a.m. to 6 p.m.; (c) water for ordinary lavatory purposes, but if Tenant uses or consumes water for any other purposes or in unusual quantities (of which fact, Owner shall be the sole judge), Owner may install a water meter at Tenant’s expense, which tenant shall thereafter maintain at Tenant’s expense in good working order and, repair, to register such water consumption, and Tenant shall pay for water consumed as shown on said meter as additional rent as and when bills are rendered; (d) cleaning service for the demised premises on business days at Owner’s expense provided that the same are kept in order by Tenant.  If, however, said premises are to be kept clean by Tenant, it shall be done at Tenant’s sole expense, in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Owner, and no one other than persons approved by Owner shall be permitted to enter said premises or the building of which they are a part of such purpose.  Tenant shall pay the Owner the cost of removal of any of Tenant’s refuse and rubbish from the building; (c) if the demised premises are serviced by Owner’s air conditioning/cooling and ventilating system, air conditioning/cooling will be furnished to Tenant from May 15 th  through September 30 th  on business days (Mondays through Fridays, holidays excepted) from 8:00 am. To 6:00 p.m., and ventilation will be furnished on business days during the aforesaid hours except when air conditioning/cooling is being furnished as aforesaid.  If Tenant requires air condition/cooling or ventilation for more extended hours on Saturdays, Sundays or on holidays, as defined under Owner’s contract with the applicable Operating Engineers contract , Owner will furnish the same at Tenant’s expense; RIDER to be added in respect to rates and conditions for such additional services; (1) Owner reserves the right to stop services of the heating, elevators, plumbing, air-conditioning, electric, power systems or cleaning or other services, if any, when necessary by reason of accident, or for repairs, alterations, replacements or improvements necessary or desirable in the judgment of Owner, for as long as may be reasonably required by reason thereof.  If the building of which the demised premises are a part supplies manually operated elevator service, Owner at any time may substitute automatic control elevator service and proceed diligently with alterations necessary therefor without in any way affecting this lease or the obligations of Tenant hereunder.

 

30.          Captions :  The Captions are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference, and in no way define, limit or describe the scope of this lease nor the intent of any provision thereof.

 

31.          Definitions :  The term “office”, or “offices”, wherever used in this lease, shall not be construed to mean premises used as a store or stores, for the sale or display, at any time, of goods, wares or merchandise, of any kind, or as a restaurant, shop, booth, bootblack or other stand, barber shop, or for other similar purposes, or for manufacturing.  The term “Owner” means a landlord or lessor, and as used in this lease means only the owner, or the mortgagee in possession for the time being, of the land and building (or the owner of a lease of the building or of the land and building) of which the demised premises form a part, so that in the event of any sale or sales or conveyance, assignment or transfer of said land and building, or of said lease, or in the event of a least of said building, or of the land and building, the said Owner shall be, and hereby is, entirely freed and relieved of all covenants and obligations of Owner hereunder, and it shall be deemed and construed without further agreement between the parties or their successors

 

13



 

in interest, or between the parties and the purchaser, at any such sale, or the said lessee of the building, of the land and building that the purchaser, grantee, assignee or transferee or the lessee of the building has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all covenants and obligations of Owner, hereunder.  The words “re-enter” and” re-entry” as used in this lease are not restricted to their technical legal meaning.  The term “business days” as used in this lease shall exclude Saturdays, Sundays and all days as observed by the State or Federal Government as legal holidays and those designated as holidays by the applicable building service union employees service contract, or by the applicable Operating Engineers contract with respect to IPMC service .  Wherever it is expressly provide in this lease that consent shall not unreasonably withheld, such consent shall not be unreasonably delayed.

 

32.          Adjacent Excavation Shoring :  If an excavation shall be made upon land adjacent to the demised premises, or shall be authorized to be made, Tenant shall afford to the person causing or authorized to cause such excavation, a license to enter upon the demised premises for the purpose of doing such work as said person shall deem necessary to preserve the wall or the building, of which demised premises form a part, from injury or damage, and to support the same by proper foundations, without any claim for damages or indemnity against Owner, or diminution or abatement of rent.

 

33.          Rules and Regulations :  Tenant and Tenant’s servants, employees, agents, visitors, and licensees shall observe faithfully, and comply strictly with, the Rules and Regulations and such other and further reasonable Rules and Regulations as Owner and Owner’s agents may from time to time adopt.  Notice of any additional Rules or Regulations shall be given in such manner as Owner may elect. In case Tenant disputes the reasonableness of any additional Rule or Regulations hereafter made or adopted by Owner or Owner’s agents, the parties hereto agree to submit the question of the reasonableness of such Rules or Regulations for decision to the New York   Stamford office of the American Arbitration Association, whose determination shall be final and conclusive upon the parties hereto.  The right to dispute the reasonableness of any Rules or Regulations upon Tenant’s part shall be deemed waived unless the same            shall be asserted by service of a notice, in writing upon Owner within fifteen (15) days after the giving of notice thereof.  Nothing in this lease contained shall be construed to impose upon Owner any duty or obligation to enforce the Rules and Regulations or terms, covenants or conditions in any other lease, as against any other tenant, and Owner shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of the same by any other tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees.

 

34.          Security :  Tenant has deposited with Owner the sum of $50,706.68 as security for the faithful performance and observance by Tenant of the terms, provisions and conditions of this lease; it is agreed that in the event Tenant defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this lease, including, but not limited to, the payment of rent and additional rent, Owner may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the security so deposited to the extent required for the payment of any rent and additional rent, or any other sum as to which Tenant is in default, or for any sum which Owner may expend or may be required to expend by reason of Tenant’s default in respect of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease, including but not limited to , any damages or deficiency in the re-letting of the demised premises, whether such damages or deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Owner.  In the case of every such use, application or retention, Tenant shall, within five (5) days

 

14



 

after demand, pay to Owner the sum so used, applied or retained which shall be added to the security deposit so that the same shall be replenished to its former amount.  In the event that Tenant shall fully and faithfully comply with all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this lease, the security shall be returned to Tenant after the date fixed as the end of the lease and after delivery of entire possession of the demised premises to Owner.  In the event of a sale of the land and building, or leasing of the building, of which the demised premises form a part, Owner shall have the right to transfer the security to the vendee or lessee, and Owner shall thereupon be released by Tenant from all liability for the return of such security; and Tenant agrees to look to the new Owner solely for the return of said security, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment made of the security to a new Owner.  Tenant further covenants that it will not assign or encumber, or attempt to assign or encumber, the monies deposited herein as security, and that neither Owner nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

 

35.          Estoppel Certificate :  Tenant, at any time, and from time to time, upon at least ten (10) days’ prior notice by Owner, shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Owner, and/or to any other person, firm or corporation specified by Owner, a statement certifying that this lease is unmodified in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), stating the dates to which the rent and additional rent have been paid, and stating whether or not there exists any default by Owner under this lease, and, if so, specifying each such default, and such other information as shall be required by Tenant.

 

36.          Successors and Assigns :  The covenants, conditions and agreements contained in this lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of Owner and Tenant and their respective heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, successors, and except as otherwise provided in this lease, their assigns. Tenant shall look only to Owner’s estate and interest in the land and building, for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) against Owner in the event of any default by Owner hereunder, and no other property or assets of such Owner (or any partner, member, officer or director thereof, disclosed or undisclosed), shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under, or with respect to, this lease, the relationship of Owner and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use and occupancy of the demised premises.

 

Rider to be added if necessary

 

SEE RIDER, ANNEXED HERETO AND MADE A PART HEREOF

 

In Witness Whereof, Owner and Tenant have respectively signed and sealed this lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

LANDMARK SQUARE 1-6 LLC

 

TYR ENERGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John J. Barnes

 

By:

/s/ Kaoru Usami

 

Name:

John J. Barnes

 

 

Name:

Kaoru Usami

 

Title:  

Senior Vice President

 

 

Title: 

President & CEO

 

Director

 

 

 

15



 

INSERTS TO PREPRINTED FORM PORTION OF LEASE

BETWEEN LANDMARK SQUARE 1-6 LLC,

AS OWNER/LANDLORD, AND TYR ENERGY, INC., AS TENANT

 

3.1          Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s consent shall not be required for any minor, decorative alterations to be made in the demised premises.  The parties acknowledge and agree that the term “minor, decorative alterations” shall only include those non-structural, non-permanent alterations for which a reasonable and prudent tenant would not customarily engage a third party contractor or professional (e.g., the hanging of standard office artwork or the relocation or placement of standard, movable office furniture).  The parties further acknowledge and agree that the term “minor, decorative alterations” shall specifically exclude all wall covering and floor covering work.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall not be required to remove any improvements which are made by Owner as part of the initial Landlord’s Work.  At such time as Tenant requests consent to future alterations, upon written request by Tenant, Owner will notify Tenant as to which, if any, of such alterations will be required to be removed by Tenant at Tenant’s expense at the end of the term.

 

4.1          Except to the extent resulting from Landlord’s negligence,

 

4.2          , provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with the operation of Tenant’s business at the demised premises

 

6.1          the operation of Tenant’s business at

 

9.1          for the operation of Tenant’s business

 

9.2          If the demised premises are totally damaged or rendered wholly unusable or inaccessible by fire or other casualty, and Owner has not exercised its option to terminate this lease as set forth herein, then Owner shall, as soon as reasonably practicable following the occurrence of the subject fire or other casualty, deliver to Tenant the written estimate of a reputable independent architect of the estimated time for restoration of the demised premises or access thereto.  If the estimated date of completion of such restoration work is more than twelve (12) months following the date of occurrence of the subject fire or other casualty, or if such fire or other casualty occurs during the last year of the term and restoration cannot be completed within sixty (60) days thereafter, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this lease by written notice delivered to Owner within fifteen (15) days following receipt of such written notice from Owner.  In the case of proper exercise of any termination right afforded to Tenant under the immediately preceding sentence, this lease shall terminate as of the date of delivery of such written notice by Tenant, and neither party shall have any further obligation or liability to the other hereunder (except for obligations or liabilities previously accrued which remain unsatisfied or which expressly survive the termination of this lease).

 

13.1        upon reasonable advance notice to Tenant (which may be oral)

 

13.2        provided that Owner shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with the operation of Tenant’s business therein

 

13.3        , upon reasonable-advance notice to Tenant (which may be oral)

 

1



 

17.1        which default remains uncured for a period of ten (10) days following the due date therefor

 

27.1        The time for the performance of any act required to be done by Tenant shall be extended by a period equal to any delay caused by or resulting from any cause whatsoever beyond Tenant’s reasonable control, including, but not limited to, strikes, labor troubles, governmental preemption or restrictions, or by reason of any rule, order or regulation of any department or subdivision thereof of any governmental agency or by reason of the conditions which have been or are affected, either directly or indirectly, by war or other emergency; provided that lack of funds shall in no event constitute such a cause beyond Tenant’s reasonable control, and provided that Tenant shall in each instance exercise reasonable diligence to effect performance when and as soon as possible.

 

28.1        Sec Rider Section 57(m) for additional provisions relating to notices.

 

2



 

RIDER TO LEASE dated January  February 8, 2008 between Landmark Square 1-6 LLC, as Owner, and TYR Energy, Inc., as Tenant

 

37.          Definitions .  For purposes of this lease (this “ Lease ” or this “ lease ”), the term “ Building ” shall mean the building located at One Landmark Square, Stamford, Connecticut, of which the demised premises forms a part, and the term “ Real Property ” shall mean the Building and other buildings comprising the Landmark Square Complex and the land and improvements appurtenant to and used in connection therewith.  The parties hereby stipulate and agree that the demised premises (herein referred to as the “ Premises ” or the “ Demised Premises ”) contain 3,803 rentable square feet of space on the seventh (7 th ) floor of the Building which space is outlined on the floor plan annexed as Exhibit A and hereby made a part hereof.  For the purposes of this rider, all references to the term “Landlord” shall mean and refer to Owner.

 

38.          Term .

 

(a)           The term of this Lease, for which the Premises are hereby leased, shall commence upon execution of this Lease.  Subject to the provisions of Section 38(b) hereof, Tenant’s right to occupy the Premises and Tenant’s obligation to pay fixed rent and all items of additional rent shall commence on the date (the “ Rent Commencement Date ”) which is the earlier to occur of (i) five (5) days ‘after the day on which Landlord’s Work is substantially completed (as hereinafter defined), or (ii) the day Tenant or anyone claiming under or though Tenant shall take possession of any part of the Premises and commence doing business therein.  The term of this Lease shall end at noon of the last day of the calendar month in which occurs the end of a five (5) year period from the Rent Commencement Date (the “ Expiration Date ”) or shall end on such earlier date upon which the term may expire or be cancelled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of this Lease or pursuant to law.  Promptly following the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord shall send to Tenant a notice fixing the Rent Commencement Date.

 

(b)           The terms “ substantial completion ” and “ substantially completed ” (or other variations thereof), as used herein, are defined to mean when the only items of Landlord’s Work needed to be completed are punchlist items; but if Landlord shall be delayed in such “substantial completion” as a result of any act or omission of Tenant or any of its .employees, agents or contractors, including but not limited to (i) Tenant’s failure to furnish plans and specifications; (ii) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations other than Landlord’s standard; (iii) Tenant’s changes in said plans or specifications; (iv) the performance or completion of any work, labor or services by Tenant or a party employed by Tenant; (v) Tenant’s interference with the performance of Landlord’s Work; (vi) Tenant’s failure to approve, or approve as noted, final construction documents within five (5) business days after submission thereof to Tenant for approval; (vii) Tenant’s failure to provide Landlord with finish specifications for Landlord’s Work within seven (7) days of Landlord’s delivery to Tenant of a fully-executed original of this lease; or (viii) failure by Tenant to act within any required tune period set forth herein or, if no time period is specified with respect to a particular action, to act promptly after such action is requested (all such delays being hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant Delay ”); then the Rent Commencement Date shall be accelerated by the number of days of such Tenant Delay (however, Landlord shall not be obligated to deliver the Premises to Tenant and Tenant shall not have the right to occupy the Premises until Landlord’s Work is “substantially completed”).

 

3



 

(c)           A “ Lease Year ” shall be comprised of a period of twelve (12) consecutive months: The first Lease Year shall commence on the Rent Commencement Date but, notwithstanding the first sentence of this paragraph, if the Rent Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, then the first Lease Year shall include the additional period from the Rent Commencement Date to the end of the then current month.  Each succeeding Lease Year shall end on the anniversary date of the last day of the preceding Lease Year.  For example, if the Rent Commencement Date is April 1, 2008, the first Lease Year would begin on April 1, 2008 and end on March 31, 2009 and each succeeding Lease Year would end on March 31 st .  If, however, the Rent Commencement Date is April 2, 2008, the first Lease Year would begin on April 2, 2008 and end on April 30, 2009, the second Lease Year would begin on May 1, 2009 and end on April 30, 2010, and each succeeding Lease Year would end on April 30 th .

 

39.          Rent .  (a) During the term of this lease, Tenant shall pay minimum annual rent (“ Base Rent ”) as follows:

 

Lease Year

 

Base Rent
Per RSF

 

Monthly Base
Rental Rate

 

Annual Base
Rental Rate

 

1

 

$

40.00

 

$

12,676.67

 

$

152,120.00

 

2

 

$

41.00

 

$

12,993.58

 

$

155,923.00

 

3

 

$

42.00

 

$

13,310.50

 

$

159,726.00

 

4

 

$

43.00

 

$

13,627.42

 

$

163,529.00

 

5

 

$

44.00

 

$

13,944.33

 

$

167,132.00

 

 

(b)           Tenant shall pay the first full monthly installment of Base Rent on the execution hereof.  Additionally, should the Rent Commencement Date be a date other than the first day of a calendar month, Tenant shall pay a pro rata portion of the Base Rent on a per diem basis, based upon the first full calendar month of the first Lease Year, from such date to and including the last day of that current calendar month, and the first Lease Year shall include said partial month.  The Base Rent payable for such partial month shall be in addition to the Base Rent payable pursuant to the Base Rent schedule set forth above.  Any sums of money required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord in addition to the Base Rent reserved under this Article 39 shall be deemed additional rent (which, together with the Base Rent, is sometimes hereinafter referred to as “ Rent ”), and shall be paid without deduction or offset, and in the event Tenant fails to pay such additional rent, Landlord shall be entitled to the same remedies under this lease or by law, as are available to Landlord for the nonpayment of Base Rent, including, without limitation, summary dispossess proceedings.

 

40.          Utilities .  (a)  HVAC .  (i) Landlord shall maintain and operate the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems in the Building and shall furnish heat, ventilation and air conditioning in the Promises through such systems, during the hours from 8:00 A.M.  to 6:00 P.M.  on business days (which term is used herein to mean all days except Saturdays, Sundays and the days observed by the Federal or the Connecticut government as legal holidays) (“ Business Hours ”).  If Tenant shall require ventilating and air conditioning service or heating service at any other time (hereinafter called “ after hours ”), Landlord shall furnish after hours ventilating and air conditioning service or heating service upon reasonable advance notice from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s then established charges therefor on Landlord’s demand (presently $35.00 per hour, subject to future increase).

 

4


 

(ii)                                   Landlord will not be responsible for the failure of the air conditioning system to meet industry-standard performance specifications if such failure results from the occupancy of the Premises with more than one person for each 150 rentable square feet in any room or area within the Premises, or if the Tenant installs and operates machines and appliances, the installed electrical load of which when combined with the load of all lighting fixtures exceeds five (5) watts per square foot of floor area in any one room or other area.  If due to use of the Premises in a manner exceeding the aforementioned occupancy and electrical load criteria, or due to rearrangement of partitioning after the initial preparation of the Premises, interference with normal operation of the air conditioning in the Premises results, necessitating changes in the air conditioning system servicing the Premises, such changes shall be made by Landlord upon written notice to Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense.  Tenant agrees to lower and close window coverings when necessary because of the sun’s position whenever the air conditioning system is in operation, and Tenant agrees at all times to cooperate fully with Landlord and to abide by all the regulations and requirements which Landlord may prescribe for the proper functioning and protection of the air conditioning system.  Landlord, throughout the term of this Lease, shall have free and unrestricted access to any and all air conditioning facilities in the Premises.

 

(iii)                                In the event that Tenant elects to use any supplemental heating, ventilation and air conditioning system or exhaust fans (a “ Supplemental HVAC System ”) presently available to service the Premises or requires a new Supplemental HVAC System to service the Premises (the installation of which shall be subject to the provisions of Articles 3 and 41 hereof) then, without limiting the generality of Articles 3 and 41, the following provisions shall apply to such Supplemental HVAC System: (a) for a new installation, the type of Supplemental HVAC System, its location and the method of installation shall be subject to Landlord’s approval; (b) all costs of installation (as applicable) and removal of the Supplemental HVAC System at the end of the term shall be payable by Tenant; (c) Tenant shall at all times maintain a service contract for the Supplemental HVAC System with a contractor acceptable to Landlord; and (d) the Supplemental HVAC System will be separately metered for electricity as follows: Tenant will pay for the installation of a demand watt-hour check meter(s) and related equipment (the location(s) of which shall be subject to Landlord’s approval) to monitor the consumption of electricity by the Supplemental HVAC system.  The demand watt-hour check meter shall not measure the electricity usage for the regular HVAC service provided to the Premises.  Maintenance and recalibration of the installation and wiring shall be Tenant’s responsibility.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord on a monthly basis, as additional rent, the cost of such electrical consumption at the average rate Landlord is paying the utility therefor (including without limitation sales taxes and surcharges thereon, plus $25.00 per month as compensation for Landlord’s administrative expenses).

 

(b)                                  Electricity .  Landlord shall furnish electrical energy for use by the Tenant in the Premises for lighting and operation of its business machines.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord such amounts and at such times as is set forth in Exhibit E attached hereto and made a part hereof.  Landlord shall in no way be liable for any failure of or defect in the character or supply of electrical energy Supplied to the Premises.  After the initial installation, Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, shall install all replacement lamps (including, but not limited to, fluorescent), starters and ballasts used in the Premises.

 

5



 

41.                                Alterations .  Supplementing Article 3 of the printed form portion of this lease, with respect to any alterations, installations, additions and improvements (each, an “ Alteration ”) permitted by Landlord to be performed by or on behalf of Tenant in the Premises, Tenant will deliver to Landlord certificates evidencing Worker’s Compensation Insurance and Commercial General Liability Insurance in an amount satisfactory to Landlord (but in no event less than the amounts set forth in Article 52 herein) prior to the commencement of such work.  Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in this lease, Landlord shall have the right to perform (or cause Landlord’s construction affiliate to perform) all Alterations requested by Tenant and Tenant shall pay Landlord’s charges for such Alterations.  All Alterations (other than those performed by Landlord or its construction affiliate) made to the Premises shall be subject to Landlord’s construction inspection fee of 10% of the cost thereof.  In receiving such fee, Landlord assumes no responsibility for the quality or manner in which such work is performed.

 

42.                                Cleaning .  Provided that Tenant shall keep the Premises in good order, Landlord, at its expense, shall cause the Premises, including the exterior and the interior of the windows thereof (subject to Tenant maintaining unrestricted access to such windows), to be cleaned in accordance with the standards set forth in the attached Exhibit B (the “ Cleaning Schedule ”).  Tenant shall pay to Landlord on demand the reasonable costs incurred by Landlord for (a) cleaning work in the Premises or the Building required because of (i) misuse or neglect on the part of the Tenant or its employees or visitors, (ii) use of portions of the Premises for preparation, serving, or consumption of food or beverages, reproducing operations, private lavatories or toilets or other special purposes requiring greater or more difficult cleaning work than office areas, (iii) unusual quantity of interior glass surfaces, (iv) non-standard building materials or finishes installed by Tenant or at its request, (v) increases in frequency or scope in any of the items set forth in Exhibit B as shall have been requested by Tenant, and (b) removal from the Premises and the Building of (i) so much of any refuse and rubbish of Tenant as shall exceed that normally accumulated daily in the routine of ordinary business office occupancy, and (ii) all of the refuse and rubbish of Tenant’s machines and the refuse and rubbish of any other eating facilities requiring special handling (known as “wet garbage”).  Landlord and its cleaning contractor and their employees shall have after hours access to the Premises and the use of Tenant’s light, power and water in the Premises as may be reasonably required for the purpose of cleaning the Premises.

 

43.                                Taxes .  (a) The term “ Tax Base Year ” shall mean the tax fiscal year of July 1, 2008 to June 30, 2009.

 

(b)                                  The term “ Common Areas ” shall mean the land and pedestrian deck of the Landmark Square Complex (the “Complex”) together with the parking garage and loading dock facility.

 

(c)                                   The term “ Real Estate Taxes ” Shall mean 100% of the taxes and assessments levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority upon or against the Building and 48.24% of such taxes and assessments levied against the Common Areas, and also any tax or assessment levied, assessed or imposed at any time by any governmental authority in connection with the receipt of income or rents from the Building and Common Areas, to the extent that same shall be in lieu of or in addition to all or a portion of any of the aforesaid taxes or assessments upon or against the Building and Common Areas.  The term “Real Estate Taxes”

 

6



 

shall not mean any interest or penalties which may become due by reason of the failure to pay any such taxes when due and payable; or any municipal, state or federal income, estate, inheritance, transfer, corporate or franchise taxes assessed against Landlord unless and to the extent that same is assessed in lieu of part or all of real estate taxes as presently constituted and are computed as if Landlord owned no other property.

 

(d)                                  The term “ Tenant’s Proportionate Share ” shall mean 1.27%.

 

(e)                                   Tenant agrees to pay an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the excess of Real Estate Taxes payable by Landlord for each tax fiscal year of the City of Stamford which is subsequent to the Tax Base Year, over the Real Estate Taxes payable by Landlord for the Tax Base Year.  Landlord shall provide copies of all relevant Real Estate Tax bills to Tenant.

 

(f)                                    Tenant’s obligations under this Article 6 shall commence on the July 1st or January 1st (whichever comes first) after the Tax Base Year; and Tenant shall pay such additional rent, with respect of each fiscal year subsequent to the Tax Base Year, in two equal installments, on such July 1st or January 1st (as the case may be) and each subsequent July 1st and January 1st during the balance of the term of this Lease or on such other dates as Landlord may determine.

 

(g)                                   Within thirty (30) days after the Expiration Date, Landlord shall pay to Tenant an amount equal to the portion, if any, of such additional rent which is attributable to the period subsequent to the Expiration Date

 

(h)                                  In the event that any time during a tax fiscal year after the Tax Base Year the assessment or valuation which had been utilized in computing the Real Estate Taxes for the additional rent for any tax fiscal year is reduced (as a result of settlement, final determination or legal proceedings or otherwise), so that the Real Estate Taxes payable for such tax fiscal year is less than the Real Estate Taxes payable by Tenant for the Tax Base Year then and in such event:  (i) the Real Estate Taxes for the Tax Base Year shall become the lower assessment or valuation effective as of the tax fiscal year in which said settlement or final determination was reached (hereinafter the “ Updated Tax Base Year ”); and (ii) Tenant shall pay as additional rent Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount by which the Real Estate Taxes for each succeeding tax fiscal year after the Updated Tax Base Year, exceeds the Real Estate Taxes for the Updated Tax Base Year.  Landlord promptly shall send to Tenant a statement setting forth the basis for the Updated Tax Base Year and all adjustments and additional rent payments,

 

44.                                Operation Costs .  (a) (i) In the event that the Operating Costs for an Operating Year shall exceed the Operating Costs for the Base Year; Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of such excess (without setoff or deduction of any kind), less the amount, if any, which Tenant paid to Landlord under subparagraph (ii) below; during the Operating Year in question.

 

(ii)                                   Tenant also shall pay to Landlord, in equal monthly installments in each Operating Year, retroactive to the first month of such Operating Year, a sum equal to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount by which the projected Operating Costs for the current Operating Year exceed the Operating Costs for the Base Year.  In no event shall Tenant’s

 

7



 

Proportionate Share of Operating Costs for any Operating Year during the Term hereof be less than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs for the Base Year.

 

(b)                                  (i)                                      The term “ Base Year ” shall mean January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008.

 

(ii)                                   The term “ Operating Year ” shall mean each calendar year which shall include any part of the Term.

 

(iii)                                The term “ Operating Costs ” shall mean the-aggregate of all expenses paid or incurred by Landlord for the operation and maintenance of the Building, and 48.24% of such expenses paid or incurred by Landlord for the operation and maintenance of the Common Areas, and shall include without limitation the following: (A) wages and salaries paid by Landlord, including all fringe benefits and taxes related thereto paid by Landlord, of employees directly engaged in cleaning, maintenance and repair of the Building, Building equipment and Common Areas, and performing the functions of garbage and snow removal, landscaping and security, including a customary managing agent’s fee, or cost to Landlord of an independent contractor performing any such services; (B) any and all supplies and materials utilized by Landlord or independent contractors of Landlord in the performance of the items set forth in subparagraph (A) immediately preceding; (C) the cost of Supplying utilities to the Building and Common Areas; (D) insurance premiums paid by Landlord with respect to the Building and Common Areas; and (E) legal and accounting fees add disbursements, and any other expense or charge of any nature whatsoever which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles with respect to the operation of a first-class office building, would be construed as an operating expense, excluding, however, Real Estate Taxes, depreciation, interest on and amortization of debt, and any items otherwise properly constituting such an operating expense to the extent payment therefor is received from or payable by tenants for services rendered or performed directly for the account of such tenants or for which a tenant pays directly under an electricity schedule.  The following items shall also be excluded from Operating Costs:

 

(a)                                  The cost of any repairs, alterations, additions, changes, replacements, and other items which under generally accepted accounting principles are properly classified as capital expenditures except for expenditures incurred by Landlord for any equipment, device or capital improvement which (i) is required by any law, statute or regulation which is enacted after the date of this Lease, or (ii) which is designed as a labor-saving measure or designed to effect other economies or efficiencies in the operation or maintenance of the Demised Premises, Common Areas or the Building equipment (but only to the extent of the savings actually realized), in which case the annual .amortization (on a straight-line basis over a depreciable life in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, with interest calculated at an annual rate of one (1) percentage point above the prime rate at the time of Landlord’s having made such expenditure) of such expenses shall be included in Operating Costs.

 

(b)                                  expenses for the preparation of space for any tenant of the Building or the Complex;

 

(c)                                   expenses for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance or any other source;

 

8



 

(d)                                  leasing commissions;

 

(e)                                   legal expenses incurred in enforcing the terms of any lease;

 

(f)                                    expenses for which Landlord is reimbursed by other tenants either directly or through their rent;

 

(g)                                   wages, salaries and fringe benefits paid to executive personnel who are not directly involved in the daily management and operations of the Building or the Complex;

 

(h)                                  any costs of Landlord’s general corporate overhead and general administrative expenses to the extent not directly attributable to the management, operation, maintenance or repair of the Building or the Complex.

 

(iv)                               In the event that the Building is less than ninety-five (95%) percent occupied at any time during the Base Year or any Operating Year, the Operating Costs for such year shall be those which, with equitable adjustment, would have been paid or incurred by Landlord for the operation of the Building and Common Areas if the Building had been ninety-five (95%) percent occupied throughout the whole of such year.

 

(c)                                   Landlord shall advise Tenant by written statement certified to be correct by Landlord or its agent, of increased Operating Costs for any Operating Year.  The statement shall delineate the amount of Tenant’s Proportionate Share caused by such increase, and set forth the manner in which the adjustment is computed.  Landlord’s failure to render a statement with respect to increases in Operating Costs for any Operating Year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a statement with respect thereto or with respect to any subsequent Operating Year.  Furthermore, nothing herein contained shall restrict Landlord from issuing a statement or from revising an estimate at any time that there is an increase in Operating Costs during any Operating Year or at any time thereafter.  The rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant under the provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease for a period of two (2) years.

 

(d)                                  Tenant and Landlord agree that for all purposes in any way connected with or arising out of this Article, the statement delivered by Landlord pursuant to Section 44(c) shall be binding and conclusive on Tenant unless objected to by Tenant in writing within sixty (60) days after receipt thereof.  Tenant’s objection shall be in writing and specify the respects in which the statement is claimed to be incorrect.  Provided that Tenant has made timely payment of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Operating Costs, the Tenant shall have the right to require the production of Landlord’s books which relate to these items of cost.  Any review of Landlord’s books shall be (i) performed by a reputable firm of certified public accountants engaged by Tenant on a fee-paid basis (as opposed to a contingency fee basis), who shall execute and deliver to Landlord an undertaking, whereby such accounting firm: (A) covenants not to disclose to any person or entity (other than Tenant) any information received by or made available to such accounting firm in connection with the review, (B) agrees not to solicit or accept engagement by other tenants in the Complex for the purpose.  of performing a review of Landlord’s books on their behalf, and (C) agrees that while it may review the applicable honks at Landlord’s record-keeping office, no copies may be made, nor may any such books be removed from such record-keeping office; (ii) 

 

9



 

performed during Business Hours (as defined in Section 40(a) hereof), upon prior appointment with Landlord at Landlord’s record-keeping office; and (iii) completed within one hundred eighty (180) days following Tenant having received the statement delivered by Landlord pursuant to Section 44(c).

 

(e)                                   Anything to the contrary herein notwithstanding, Landlord shall have the right at any time to calculate Operating Costs for the Building and the other buildings comprising the Complex separately rather than together.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding that in certain provisions of this Lease, it is specified that Landlord shall perform certain obligations and services as an Operating Cos, whereas the Lease is silent in regards to other obligations and services, all obligations and services to be performed by Landlord shall be included as an Operating Cost to the extent that they fall within the definition of Operating Costa in Section 44(b) hereof.

 

45.                                Landlord’s Financing.  At the request of Landlord, Tenant agrees to furnish Landlord with a current financial statement prepared by a certified public accountant or any other instrument which may be needed by Landlord for purposes of financing or selling the Real Property.  If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Real Property or any portion thereof, a banking, insurance or other recognized institutional lender shall request reasonable.  modifications in this lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant will enter into an agreement reflecting such modifications provided that such modifications do not increase the obligations of Tenant hereunder or materially adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created.

 

46.                                Use .  Tenant covenants that the Premises will not be used so as to interfere with other tenants in the Building.  Tenant also covenants that no noise or noxious fumes or odors will be created by Tenant so as to interfere with the quiet enjoyment of the other tenants of their respective demised portions of-the Building.  Landlord shall be the sole judge on the question of noise, noxious frames and odors, Tenant shall provide and maintain, at its expense, the handheld fire extinguishers that are required to be maintained in Premises by the governmental agency having jurisdiction over this matter.  Neither this lease nor any use by Tenant shall give Tenant any right or easement to the use of any door or passage or concourse connecting with any other building or to any public conveniences, and the use of such doors and passages and concourse and of such conveniences may be regulated and/or discontinued at any time and from time to time by Landlord without notice to Tenant.  Tenant shall, at its own expense, procure all necessary certificates, permits, orders or licenses which may be required for the conduct of its business by any governmental statute, regulation, ordinance or agency and all governmental requirements relating to the use or uses of the Premises by the Tenant shall be complied with by Tenant at its own expense.  Landlord shall obtain a Certificate of Occupancy for the Premises following completion of Landlord’s Work.  Tenant shall not be permitted to store any items, including, without limitation, inventory, furniture and equipment, outside of the Premises or the Building.  The use of the Premises for the purposes specified in this Article shall not in any event be deemed to include, and Tenant shall not use, or permit the use of, the Premises or any part thereof for: (a) sale of, or traffic in, any spirituous liquors, wines, ale or beer kept in the Premises; (b) sale at retail of any other products or materials kept in the Premises, by vending machines or otherwise, or demonstrations to the public; (c) manufacturing, printing or electronic data processing, except for the operation of normal business office reproducing or printing

 

10



 

equipment, electronic data processing equipment and other business machines for Tenant’s own requirements at the Premises, provided only that such use shall not exceed that portion of the mechanical or electrical capabilities of the Building equipment allocable to the Premises; (d) the rendition of medical, any or other diagnostic or therapeutic services; (e) the conduct of a public auction of any kind; or (f) a restaurant, bar, or the sale of confectionery, tobacco, newspapers, magazines, soda, beverages, sandwiches, ice cream, baked goods or similar items, or the preparation, dispensing or consumption of food and beverages in any manner whatsoever.

 

47.                                End of Term .  In the event of any holding over by Tenant after the expiration or termination of this lease without the consent of Landlord, Tenant shall; (i) pay as use and occupancy for each month of the holdover an amount equal to one hundred fifty (150%) percent of the greater of (a) the fair market rental value of the Premises for such month (as reasonably determined by Landlord) or (b) the Rent payable by Tenant for the last mouth prior to the Expiration Date of the term of this lease, and otherwise observe, fulfill and perform all of its obligations under this lease, including, but not limited to, those pertaining to additional rent, in accordance with its terms; (ii) be liable to Landlord for any payment or rent concession which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant in order to induce such tenant not to terminate an executed lease covering all or any portion of the Premises by reason of the holdover by Tenant; and (iii) be liable to Landlord for any damages suffered by Landlord (including any attorneys’ fees and disbursements) as the result of Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises.  Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article to the contrary, the acceptance of any Rent or use and occupancy paid by Tenant pursuant to this Article 47, shall not preclude Landlord from commencing and prosecuting a holdover or eviction action or proceeding or any action or proceeding in the nature thereof.  Tenant expressly waives, for itself and for any person claiming through or under Tenant, any legal rights which Tenant or any such person may have in connection with any holdover or summary proceeding which Landlord may institute to regain possession of the Premises.  No holding over by Tenant after the Term shall operate to extend the Term.  The holdover, with respect to all or any part of the Premises, of a Person deriving an interest in the Premises from or through Tenant, including, but not limited to, an assignee or subtenant, shall be deemed a holdover by Tenant.

 

48.                                Condition of Premises .

 

(a)                                  Landlord, at its expense (unless otherwise noted on Exhibit D, Exhibit D-1, the preliminary plans and/or the construction drawings) will perform the work and make the installations in the Premises as set forth in the attached Exhibit D (the “ Work Letter ”), which work is sometimes hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord’s Work ”.  Landlord’s Work shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner using new materials.  In the event that there is a conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Lease (including the Exhibits and Schedules annexed hereto) and the work set forth on the final construction documents to be prepared by Landlord for Landlord’s Work and approved by Landlord and Tenant after the date hereof, this Lease shall be controlling.  Landlord shall make commercially reasonable efforts, to substantially complete Landlord’s Work within three (3) months of the date of full execution and delivery of this lease.

 

(b)                                  Landlord’s agreement to do the work described in the Work Letter shall not require it to incur overtime costs and expenses and shall be subject to unavoidable delays due

 

11



 

to acts of God, governmental restrictions, strikes, labor disturbances, shortage of materials and supplies and for any other causes of events beyond Landlord’s reasonable control.

 

(c)                                   Landlord may afford Tenant and its employees, agents and contractors access to the Premises, at reasonable times prior to the Rent Commencement Date and at Tenant’s sole risk and expense, for the sole purpose of installing fixtures and telephone and data wiring in the Premises and performing finishing work in the Premises.  Access for such purposes shall not be deemed to constitute possession or occupancy accelerating the Rent Commencement Date, provided, however, that the activities undertaken by Tenant during such access may result in Tenant Delays.

 

49.                                Parking .  (a) Provided Tenant is not in default under any material terns, conditions or covenants of this Lease, Tenant is entitled to eight (8) parking cards for employees’ use for parking in the Landmark Square parking garage at the prevailing parking rate throughout the term of the Lease (such rate is currently set at $75 per month per card, subject to future increase).  Four (4) of such cards shall permit valet parking or self parking.  The remaining four (4) of such cards shall permit valet parking only and may only be used, during business hours.  Tenant must provide the name and registration of the vehicle of each person in its employment who will have the right to use said parking cards and all such persons shall be subject to all rules and regulations as may be prescribed by Landlord from time to time and to any modifications and/or additions thereto regarding the use of said parking cards in the parking garage; (b) All parking by Tenant’s employees shall be on a first come, .first serve basis; (c) All parking .garage spaces, ramps and driveways, walkways, lobbies and elevators used by Tenant, its employees and patrons will be specifically and exclusively at their own, risk, and Landlord shall not be liable for any damage to any vehicle or its contents, resulting from theft, collision, vandalism or any other cause whatsoever or for harm or injury to any person from any cause whatsoever, the failure of any garage attendant or other personnel or device to patrol, monitor, guard or service such parking garage, and Landlord shall in no way be liable for any acts or omissions of such personnel, or device in failing to prevent any such theft, vandalism or loss or damage by other cause.  Tenant’s indemnification obligations set forth in Article 8 hereof shall include the parking garage and all related parts thereof and thereto as though specifically set forth therein; (d) There shall not be any overnight parking in the garage.  Tenant shall, and shall cause its personnel and visitors to, remove all automobiles from the parking garage at the end of Business Hours.  If any automobile owned by Tenant or by its personnel or visitors remains in the parking garage overnight and the same interferes with the cleaning or maintenance of said area (including, without limitation, snow removal), any costs or liabilities incurred by Landlord in removing said automobile to effectuate cleaning or maintenance, or any damages resulting to said automobile or to Landlord’s equipment or equipment owned by others by reason of the presence or removal of said automobile siren be paid by Tenant to Landlord, as additional rent; (e) In the event that Tenant validates parking for any person parking in the garage, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s then prevailing parking rate for each such validation within ten (10) days after being billed therefor; and (f) Tenant acknowledges that parking fees including, without limitation, fees for parking cards and validations, May be billed on Landlord’s behalf by the garage operator or other agent designated by Landlord and that such fees shall he deemed additional rent under this Lease.

 

12


 

50.                                Hazardous Materials .  Tenant shall keep or cause the Premises to be kept free of Hazardous Materials (hereinafter defined).  Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall not cause or permit the Premises to be used to generate, manufacture, refine, transport, treat, store, handle, dispose, transfer, produce or process Hazardous Materials nor shall Tenant cause or permit, as a result of any intentional or unintentional act or omission on the part of Tenant or any person or entity claiming through or under Tenant or any of their employees, contractors, agents, visitors or licensees (collectively, “ Related Parties ”), a release of Hazardous Materials onto the Premises, the Real Property or any adjoining property.  Tenant shall comply with and ensure compliance by all Related Parties with all applicable Federal, State and Local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, whenever and by whomever triggered (including, without limitation, any regular testing regimes required by law), and shall obtain and comply with, and ensure that all Related Parties obtain and comply with, any and all approvals, registrations or permits required thereunder.  Tenant shall (i) conduct and complete all investigations, studies, samplings, and testing, and all remedial removal and other actions necessary to clean up and remove such Hazardous Materials, on, from, or affecting the Premises (a) in accordance with all applicable Federal, State and Local laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, policies, orders and directives, and (b) to the satisfaction of Landlord, and (ii) defend, indemnify, and hold harmless Landlord, its employees, agents, officers, members, partner, principals and directors, from and against any claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs, or expenses of whatever kind or nature, known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, arising out of, or in any way related to, (a) the presence, disposal, release, or threatened release of such Hazardous Materials which are on, from, or affecting the soil, water, vegetation, buildings, personal property, persons, animals, or otherwise; (b) any personal injury (including wrongful death) or property damage (real or personal) arising out of or related to such Hazardous Materials; (c) any lawsuit brought or threatened, settlement reached, or government order relating to such Hazardous Materials; and/or (d) any violation of laws, orders, regulations, requirements, or demands of government authorities, or any policies or requirements of Landlord, which are based upon or in any way related to such Hazardous Materials, including, without limitation, attorney and consultant fees, investigation and laboratory fees, court costs, and litigation expenses.  In the event this lease is terminated, or Tenant is dispossessed, Tenant shall deliver the Premises to Landlord free of any and all Hazardous Materials so that the conditions of the Premises shall conform with all applicable Federal, State and Local laws, ordinances, rules or regulations affecting tire Premises.  For purposes of this Article, “Hazardous Materials” includes, without limitation, any flammable explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous materials, hazardous wastes, hazardous or toxic, substances, or related materials defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 9601, et seq.), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, as amended (49 U.S.C. Sections 1801 et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. Sections 9601, et seq.), and in the regulations adopted and publications promulgated pursuant thereto, or any other Federal, State or Local environmental law, ordinance, rule, or regulation.  Tenant’s obligations under this Article 50 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the term of this lease.  In the event that a legal violation involving Hazardous Materials now exists or arises in the future which Tenant is not responsible for under this lease and which materially and adversely affects Tenant’s use of the Premises, Landlord hereby covenants to address such legal violation in the manner required by applicable law.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the subject legal violation has been caused by the act or

 

13



 

omission of a third party, then Landlord may seek to cause such third party to address such legal violation.

 

51.                                Default .  (a) In addition to the rights and remedies set forth in Articles 17 and 18 hereof, Landlord shall have the right to cancel this lease in the manner provided in the event that Tenant shall have failed to pay any installment of Rent within five (5) days after written notice and demand for payment thereof.

 

(b)                                  In any case in which the Rent is, not paid within ten (10) days of the day when same is due, Tenant shall pay a late charge equal to interest on such amount from the due date of such amount until the payment date of such amount at the rate of fifteen (15%) percent per annum, provided, however, the rate charged shall in no event be higher than the highest rate permitted by law.  Tenant further agrees that the late charge imposed is fair and reasonable, complies with all laws, regulations and statutes, bud constitutes an agreement between Landlord and Tenant as to the estimated compensation for costs and administrative expenses incurred by Landlord due to the late payment of Rent by Tenant.  Tenant further agrees that the late charge does not create a borrower/lender or borrower/creditor relationship between Landlord and Tenant.  The demand and collection of the aforesaid late charges shall in no way be deemed a waiver of any and all remedies that Landlord may have under the terms of this lease by summary proceedings or otherwise in the event of a default in payment of Rent.  In the event that Landlord shall bring any proceeding against Tenant for recovery of money damages, or for possession of the Premises by reason of nonpayment of Rent, or for nonperformance by Tenant of the terms and conditions of this lease, or for breach of lease, and Landlord shall incur costs and expenses by reason thereof or by reason of such default, such charges, including legal fees and disbursements, shall be due and payable from Tenant as additional rent and shall become immediately due and payable upon the incurrence of same.

 

(c)                                   At any time after the Term shall have expired and come to an end or Landlord shall have re-entered upon the Premises, as the case may be, whether or not Landlord shall have collected any monthly deficiencies pursuant to Article l8 of the preprinted portion of this lease, Landlord shall he entitled to recover from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, as and for liquidated and agreed final damages, a sum equal to the amount by which the Rent reserved in this lease for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term exceeds the then fair and reasonable rental value of the Premises for the same period, both discounted to present worth at the rate of four (4%) per cent per annum.  lf, before presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission, or tribunal, the Premises, or any part thereof, shall have been relet by Landlord for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Demised Term, or any part thereof, the amount of Rent reserved upon such reletting shall be deemed, prima facie, to be the fair and reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the Premises so react during the term of the reletting.

 

(d)                                  Tenant agrees to give Landlord written notice of any proposed change in the ownership of the majority of the outstanding capital stock of Tenant or any change in the ownership of the majority of the assets of Tenant.  Failure of Tenant to give the notice provided for in the preceding sentence shall be deemed a non-curable default by Tenant pursuant to this lease (that is, a default which has already extended beyond the applicable grace period, if any,

 

14



 

following notice from Landlord), giving Landlord the right, at its option, to cancel and terminate this tease or to exercise any and all other remedies available to Landlord hereunder or as shall exist at law or in equity.

 

52.                                Insurance .  (a) Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, obtain and maintain in full force and effect during the Term of this lease: (i) Commercial General Liability insurance on an occurrence basis against claims for Bodily Injury, including death arising therefrom, Personal Injury, Property Damage occurring in at about the Premises or the Real Property under which Tenant is named as the insured and Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, any ground lessors, any mortgagees and any other parties whose names shall have been furnished by Landlord to Tenant from time to time are included as additional insureds as their interests appear, by policy endorsement if necessary.  Tenant’s Commercial General Liability shall he primary, in all respects, without contribution front any other insurance carried by or for the benefit of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent or any Lessors or Mortgagees named as additional insureds.  Such Commercial General Liability insurance shall include Contractual Liability to insure Tenant’s indemnification obligations set forth in this lease.  The minimum limits of liability shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of not less than $5,000,000.00; said limit may be obtained by use of follow-form excess or Umbrella liability policies; provided, however, that Landlord may require Tenant to increase such insurance, from time to time, so as to equal the amount of insurance which in Landlord’s reasonable judgment is then being customarily required by landlords for similar office space in the vicinity of the Premises.  If Tenant’s Commercial General Liability insurance covers more than one location the policy providing this coverage shall be written with a “per location” aggregate limit; (ii) Property Insurance insuring Tenant’s property and all additions, alterations, improvements or betterments to the Premises for the full replacement cost thereof.  Property Insurance shall be written to provide Special Form “all risk” perils insuring Tenant’s property.  Property insurance shall be written with a deductible of no greater than $10,000 each loss.  Tenant shall insure Business Income/Extra Expense in an amount sufficient to provide for at least twelve (12) months of loss of income and estimated extra expenses; (iii) Worker’s Compensation insurance covering all of Tenant’s employees and any other insurance required by law; and (iv) If Tenant undertakes additions, alterations, renovations, maintenance or repairs to the Premises, any and all contractors and subcontracters engaged by Tenant shall be required to provide certificates of insurance giving evidence of (y) Commercial General Liability with limits of no less than those required of the Tenant, and that Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent, any ground lessors, any Mortgagees and any other parties whose names shall have been furnished by Landlord to Tenant from time to time are included as additional insureds, by policy endorsement if necessary, and (z) Worker’s Compensation covering all employees of such Contractor or subcontractor.  No contractor or subcontractor is permitted to begin work on or at the Premises until an insurance certificate, indicating inclusion of required additional insureds, shall have been delivered to and accepted by Landlord.

 

(b)                                  All insurance to be carded by Tenant (i) shall be obtained from companies licensed as Admitted insurers in the state where the Premises is located and rated “A-, IX”, or better, in the current edition of Best’s Key Rating Guide, and (ii) may be maintained under blanket policies of insurance provided the coverage afforded will not be reduced from that required hereunder by the use of a blanket policy.  Tenant shall provide evidence of required insurance to Landlord in the form of Certificate(s) of Insurance, or if required by Landlord,

 

15



 

certified copies of insurance policies.  Tenant is responsible to provide to Landlord evidence of renewals of required insurance thirty (30) days prior to expiration of each such policy.  All required insurance policies shall provide for thirty (30) days advance notice of cancellation or non-renewal (ten (10) days notice for non-payment of premium) to Landlord.

 

(c)                                   Landlord and Tenant hereby mutually waive any rights of recovery or subrogation against each other (including their employees, officers, directors, agents or representatives) for loss or damage to the Building, tenant improvements and betterments; fixtures, equipment and any other personal property to the extent covered by the property insurance required above.  If the property insurance purchased by Tenant as required above does not expressly allow the insured to waive rights of subrogation prior to a loss, Tenant shall cause the properly policy to be endorsed with a waiver of subrogation as required above.

 

(d)                                  All insurance coverage shall be provided in compliance wills the requirements herein and shall contain no non-standard, special, and/or unusual exclusions or restrictive endorsements without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

53.                                Broker .  Tenant represents and Warrants that the sole broker with whom it has dealt with in this transaction is CB Richard Ellis (the “ Broker ”), and that no other broker interested Tenant in the Premises.  Landlord shall be responsible for the payment one (1) standard real estate brokerage commission to Broker but Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from the claim of any other real estate broker or salesman claiming to have interested or have been responsible for Tenant’s execution of this Lease.

 

54.                                Conditions of Landlord’s Liability .  Landlord and Landlord’s agents and employees shall not be liable for, and Tenant waives all claims for, loss or damage to Tenant’s business or damage to person or property sustained by Tenant resulting from any accident or occurrence (unless caused by or resulting from the negligence of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees other than accidents or occurrences against which Tenant is insured and except to the extent Tenant is contributorily negligent) in or upon the Premises at the Building, including, but not limited to, claims for damage resulting from: (i) any equipment or appurtenances becoming out of repair; (ii) injury done or occasioned by wind; (iii) any defect in or failure of plumbing, heating or air conditioning equipment, electric wiring or installation thereof, gas, water, or steam pipes, stairs, porches, railings or walks; (iv) broken glass; (v) the backing up of any sewer pipe or downspout; (vi) the bursting, leaking of running of any tank, tub, washstand, water closet, waste pipe, drain or other pipe or tank in, upon or about the Building or the Premises; (vii) the escape of steam or hot water; (viii) water, snow or ice being upon or coming through the roof, skylight, trapdoor, stairs, doorways, show windows, walks on any other place upon or near the Building or the Premises or otherwise; (ix) the falling of any fixture, plaster, tile or stucco; and (x) any act, omission or negligence of other tenants, licensees or of any other persons or occupants of the Building or of adjoining or contiguous buildings or of owners of adjacent or contiguous property.  Whenever Tenant shall claim under this lease that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent to some request of Tenant for which Landlord is specifically obligated to be reasonable under this lease, Tenant shall have no claim for damages by reason of such alleged withholding or delay, and Tenant’s sole remedy thereof shall be a right to obtain specific performance or injunction but in no event with recovery of damages.

 

16



 

55.                                Casualty/Condemnation .  Supplementing Article 9 of the preprinted portion of this lease, Landlord shall not be liable for any inconvenience or annoyance to Tenant or injury to the business of Tenant resulting in any way from such damage by fire or other casualty or the repair thereof, provided that Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with the operation of Tenant’s business during the making of repairs.  Supplementing Article 10 of the preprinted portion of this lease, in the event that only a part of the Building shall be so condemned or taken, then Landlord (whether or not the Premises be affected) may, at its option, terminate this lease upon written notice to tenant.

 

56.                                Intentionally Omitted .

 

57.                                Miscellaneous .  (a) This lease shall not be recorded.  No memorandum of this lease shall be recorded without the express written consent of Landlord.

 

(b)                                  The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this lease shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any of the other provisions contained in this lease.  Landlord and Tenant understand, agree and acknowledge that this lease has been freely negotiated by both parties and that, in the event of any controversy, dispute, or contest over the meaning, interpretation, validity, or enforceability of this lease or any of its terms and conditions, there shall be no inference, presumption or conclusion drawn whatsoever against either party by virtue of that party having drafted this lease or any portion hereof.

 

(c)                                   There are no oral agreements between the parties hereto affecting this lease and this lease supersedes and cancels any and all previous representations, negotiations, arrangements and understandings, if any, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and shall not be used to interpret or construe this lease.

 

(d)                                  Wherever in this lease there is any conflict between the provisions of any of the preprinted portions of the lease and the non-preprinted portions of the lease (e.g. typewritten or handwritten changes to the pre-printed form and the provisions of this rider), the non-preprinted provisions shall be deemed to supersede the preprinted provisions.

 

(e)                                   Supplementing Article 11, and subject to the further provisions of this Section 57(e):

 

(i)                                      At least thirty (30) days prior to any proposed subletting or assignment, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a written notice of the proposed subletting or assignment, which notice shall be accompanied by the following: (A) the name and address of the proposed subtenant or assignee; (B) the nature and character of the business of the proposed subtenant or assignee and its proposed use of the premises to be demised; (C) the most recent three (3) years of balance sheets and profit and loss statements of the proposed subtenant or assignee or other financial information satisfactory to Landlord; and (D) a copy of the form of sublease or assignment of lease which Tenant intends to sign if Landlord approves the transaction.

 

(ii)                                   Landlord agrees that it shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to a subletting or assignment requested by Tenant, provided (A) that such assignment or sublease is for a use which is in compliance with this lease and the then existing zoning regulations and

 

17



 

the Certificate of Occupancy; (B) that, at the time of such assignment or subletting, there is no default under the terms of this lease on the Tenant’s part beyond the expiration of the applicable grace or notice and cure period provided herein for the cure thereof, if any; (C) that, in the event of an assignment, the assignee shall assume in writing the performance of all of the terms and obligations of the within lease; (D) that a duplicate original of said assignment or sublease shall be delivered by certified mail to the Landlord at the address herein set forth within ten (10) days from the said assignment or sublease and within ninety (90) days of the date that Tenant first advises Landlord of the name and address of the proposed subtenant or assignee; (E) such assignment or subletting shall not, however, release the within Tenant or any successor tenant or any guarantor from their liability for the full and faithful performance of all of the terms and conditions of this lease; (F) if this lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of the provisions of this lease, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee.  If the Premises or any part thereof is sublet or is used or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this lease, Landlord may, after default by Tenant, and expiration of Tenant’s time to cure such default, collect rent from the subtenant or occupant.  In either event, Landlord may apply the net amount collected to the rents herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of this Section 57(e), or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this lease.  The consent by Landlord to assignment, subletting or use, or occupancy by others shall not in any way be considered to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express written consent of Landlord to any other or further assignment, subletting or use or occupancy by others not expressly permitted by this Section 57(e).  References in this lease to use or occupancy by others, that is anyone other than Tenant, shall not be construed as limited to subtenants and those claiming under or through subtenants but as including also licensees and others claiming under or through Tenant, immediately or remotely; and (G) that, in the event Tenant shall request Landlord’s consent to a proposed assignment of this lease or proposed sublease of all or a portion of the Premises, Tenant shall pay or reimburse to Landlord the reasonable attorney fees incurred by Landlord in processing such request.

 

(iii)                                In determining reasonableness, there shall be taken into account the character and reputation of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the specific nature of the proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business and whether same is in keeping with other tenancies in the building; the financial standing of the proposed subtenant or assignee; and the impact of all of the foregoing upon the Building and the other tenants of Landlord therein.  Landlord shall not be deemed to have unreasonably withheld its consent if it refuses to consent to a subletting or assignment to an existing tenant in any building which is owned by Landlord or its affiliate or in a proposed subtenant or assignee with whom Landlord is negotiating a lease or if at the time of Tenant’s request, Tenant is in default, beyond applicable grace or notice and cure period provided herein for the cure thereof (if any) of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this lease to be performed by Tenant, or, if Landlord’s lender’s consent to such transaction is required and same is not granted.

 

(iv)                               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice that Tenant desires to assign this lease or to sublease all or substantially all of the Premises, Landlord may elect to terminate this lease by delivering notice of such election to Tenant within such thirty (30) day period.  If Landlord shall

 

18



 

have elected to so terminate this lease, the term of this lease shall cease and come to an end on that day with the same force and effect as though that were the original date set forth as the Expiration Date, and Tenant shal1 deliver broom clean possession of the Premises in accordance with the terms of this lease.  Thereafter, neither party shall have any further obligations to the other hereunder, except for any fixed rent or additional rent due and owing to the Landlord up to and including the termination of this lease, any obligations that expressly survive the termination or expiration of this lease, and as the parties hereto may have agreed otherwise in this lease or by separate writing.  If Landlord fails to exercise such option within said thirty (30) days and Tenant fails to complete such assignment or sublease with a third party within ninety (90) days thereafter, Tenant shall again comply with all the conditions of this Article, as if the notice and option hereinabove referred to had not been given and received.

 

(v)                                  For purposes of this Section 57(e), any person or legal representative of Tenant, to whom Tenant’s interest under this lease passes by operation of law or otherwise, shall be bound by the provisions of this Section 57(e) and a modification or amendment of a sublease shall be deemed a sublease.  Tenant shall not mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise encumber its interest under this lease without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

(vi)                               Without affecting any of its other obligations under this lease, Tenant will pay Landlord, as additional rent, fifty (50%) percent of any sums or other economic consideration, which (A) are due and payable to Tenant as a result of any permitted assignment or subletting whether or not referred to as rentals under the assignment or sublease (after deducting therefrom the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with the assignment or subletting in question provided such costs were approved by Landlord when it approved the assignment or sublease); and (B) exceed in total the sums which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this lease (prorated to reflect obligations allocable to that portion of the Premises subject to such assignment or sublease), it being the express intention of the parties that Tenant and Landlord shall share equally any profit front such sublease or assignment.  The failure or inability of the assignee or subtenant to pay rent pursuant to the assignment or sublease will not relieve Tenant from its obligations to Landlord under this subparagraph 57(e).  Tenant will not amend the assignment or sublease in such a way as to reduce or delay payment of amounts which are provided in the assignment or sublease approved by Landlord.

 

(vii)                            Without limiting the right of Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed assignment of this lease or subletting of all or any portion of the Premises, Tenant specifically acknowledges and agrees that it and anyone holding through Tenant shall not sublet or assign all or any portion of the Premises to any subtenant or assignee who will use the Premises or a portion thereof for any of the following designated uses nor for any other use which is substantially similar to any one of the following designated uses: (A) federal, state or local governmental division, department or agency which generates heavy public traffic, including, without limitation, court, social security offices, labor department office, drug enforcement agency, motor vehicle agency, postal service; military recruitment office; (B) union or labor organization; (C) office for the practice of medicine, dentistry or the rendering of other health related services; (D) chemical or pharmaceutical company, provided, however, that the subletting or assignment to such a company which will use the premises only for executive,

 

19


 

general and sales offices and waive the right to conduct any research and development shall not be prohibited; (E) insurance claims office, including, but not limited to, unemployment insurance or worker’s compensation insurance; (F) securities brokerage firm.

 

(viii)                         Tenant, without Landlord’s consent (but upon prior written notice to Landlord), may assign or transfer its entire interest in the Lease and the leasehold estate hereby created or sublet the whole of the Premises to an “affiliate” of Tenant or to a “successor corporation” of Tenant, as such terms are hereinafter defined, provided that Tenant shall not be in default beyond the expiration of the applicable grace or notice and cure period provided herein for the cure thereof, if any, in any of the terms, covenants, conditions and agreements of this Lease, including but not limited to the payment of the fixed rent or additional rent payable by Tenant hereunder.  An “affiliate” of Tenant shall mean any corporation which directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or is under common control with Tenant.  For purposes of this definition, “control” (including “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used with respect to any corporation, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such corporation, whether through the ownership of voting securities, or by contract or otherwise.  A “successor corporation” shall mean (A) a corporation into which or with which.  Tenant, its corporate successors or assigns, is merged or consolidated, in accordance with applicable statutory provisions for the merger or consolidation of corporations, provided that by operation of law or by effective provisions contained in the instruments of merger or consolidation the liabilities of the corporations participating in such merger or consolidation are assumed by the corporation surviving such merger or consolidation, or (B) a corporation acquiring this Lease and the term hereby demised, the goodwill and all or substantially all of the other property and assets of Tenant, its corporate successors or assigns, and assuming all or substantially all of the liabilities of Tenant, its corporate successors and assigns, or (C) any corporate successor to a successor corporation becoming such by either of the methods described in Clauses (A) and (B); provided that, immediately after giving effect to any such merger or consolidation, or such acquisition and assumption as the case may be, the corporation surviving such merger or created by such consolidation or acquiring such assets and assuming such liabilities, as the case may be, shall have assets, capitalization, and a net worth as determined in accordance with generally accepted principles of accounting at least equal to the assets, capitalization and net worth, similarly determined, of Tenant, at the beginning of the term of this Lease or of Tenant immediately prior to such merger or consolidation or such acquisition and assumption, as the case may be, whichever is the greater.  The acquisition by Tenant, its corporate successors or assigns, of all or substantially all of the assets, together with the assumption of all or substantially all of the obligations and liabilities of any corporation, shall be deemed to be a merger of such corporation into Tenant for the purpose of this provision.  As used in this provision, the words “corporation”, “corporate” and similar words shall include other business forms such as limited liability companies, and the words “Voting stock” and “voting securities” shall include other forms of ownership such as limited liability company membership interests.

 

(f)                                    This Lease may not be changed, modified or discharged, in whole or in part, orally, and no executory agreement shall be effective to change, modify or discharge, in whole or in part, this lease or any obligations under this lease, unless such agreement is set forth in a written instrument executed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, modification or discharge is sought.  In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any and all

 

20



 

reasonable attorney fees incurred by Landlord in connection with the preparation, review, negotiation and/or consummation of any amendment, modification, instrument, agreement or other understanding made at the request of, or as an accommodation to, Tenant with respect to this lease.

 

(g)                                   The mailing or delivery of a lease by Landlord to a possible Tenant, its agent or attorney, shall not be deemed an offer nor shall any obligation or liability be created on the part of Landlord until such time as a lease, duly executed by Landlord, is delivered to such possible Tenant, its agent or attorney.

 

(h)                                  Tenant shall give notice to Landlord, promptly after Tenant learns thereof, of (i) any accident in or about the Promises, (ii) all fires and other casualties within the Premises, (iii) all damages to or defects in the Premises, including the fixtures, equipment and appurtenances thereof for the repair of which Landlord might be responsible, and (iv) all damage to or defects in any parts or appurtenances of the Building’s sanitary, electrical, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, elevator and other systems located in or passing through the Premises or any part thereof.

 

(i)                                      Supplementing Article 34 of the preprinted portion of this lease, in the event that Landlord holds the security deposit in an interest bearing account, Landlord may retain such administrative expenses which Landlord is entitled to retain pursuant to any applicable law.  Further supplementing Article 34, in lieu of a cash deposit, Tenant shall be permitted to deliver to Landlord (either upon lease signing or in substitution for a cash deposit at a later date) as and for security hereunder, a clean, irrevocable and unconditional letter of credit in an amount equal to the security required to be deposited by Tenant pursuant hereto which shall comply and conform in all material respects with the form annexed hereto and made apart hereof as Exhibit F.  Provided Tenant is not then in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period provided herein for the cure thereof (if any), then, at the end of the first Lease Year, upon reasonable advance request by Tenant, Landlord shall refund to Tenant a portion of the Security Deposit (or, if applicable, Landlord shall authorize Tenant to reduce the Letter of Credit) so that the amount of the Security Deposit then remaining shall be $25,353.34.

 

(j)                                     In the event that Tenant is not an individual, Tenant represents that the officer or officers, partner or partners, member or members or manager or managers executing this lease have the requisite authority to do so.

 

(k)                                  Tenant shall not place any signs or lettering of any nature on or in any window or on the exterior of the Building or elsewhere within the Premises such as will be visible from outside of the Premises.  Tenant shall not place any sign or lettering in the public corridors or on the doors (except for Landlord’s standard name plaque).

 

(l)                                      Supplementing Article 35 of the preprinted portion of this lease, at Landlord’s request, the certification made by Tenant pursuant to the terms thereof shall include such other information as to the status of this lease as Landlord shall reasonably request.  Tenant hereby acknowledges that the statement delivered pursuant thereto may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or lessee of the Real Property or any portion thereof or interest or estate

 

21



 

therein, any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee thereof, or arty prospective assignee of any mortgage thereof.

 

(m)                              All bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or required to be given to Landlord under this lease shall be effective only if rendered or given in writing, sent by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested) or nationally recognized overnight courier, addressed (i) to Landlord at c/o SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10170, with a copy seat simultaneously to SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10170, Attn: Leasing Counsel; and (ii) addressed to Tenant at the Premises with a courtesy copy to Tenant’s Corporate Counsel, Thomas N. Apple, Esq., Itochu International Inc., 335 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10017, provided that failure of Landlord to deliver a courtesy copy shall not vitiate the effectiveness of any notice.

 

(n)                                  Notwithstanding anything contained to the contrary in this lease, Tenant hereby waives any right to recover against Landlord any indirect, consequential, special, punitive or incidental damages against Landlord in any cause of action, proceeding or claim arising out of, or in connection with, this lease:

 

(o)                                  This Lease shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Connecticut.

 

(p)                                  Tenant and its employees and agents shalt faithfully observe and comply with the rules and regulations set forth in the attached Exhibit C and such reasonable changes therein (whether by modification, elimination or addition) as Landlord at any time or times hereafter may make and communicate in writing to Tenant.

 

(q)                                  Tenant represents that as of the date of this Lease, and Tenant covenants that throughout the term of this Lease: (i) Tenant is not, and shall not be, an Embargoed Person, (ii) none of the funds or other assets of Tenant are or shall constitute property of, or are or shall be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any Embargoed Person; (iii) no Embargoed Person shall have any interest of any nature whatsoever in Tenant, with the result that the investment in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly) is or would be blocked or prohibited by law or that this Lease and performance of the obligations hereunder are or would be blocked or in violation of law and (iv) none of the funds of Tenant are, or shall be derived from, any activity with the result that the investment in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly) is or would be blocked or in violation of law or that this Lease and performance of the obligations hereunder are or would be in violation of law.  “ Embargoed Person ” means a person, entity or government (1) identified on the Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the United States Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control and/or any similar list maintained pursuant to.  any authorizing statute, executive order or regulation and/or (2) subject to trade restrictions under United States law, including, without limitation, the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 50 § 1701 et seq., The Trading with the Enemy Act, 50 U.S.C. App. 1 et seq., and any Executive Orders or regulations promulgated under any such laws, with the result that the investment in Tenant (whether directly or indirectly), is or would be prohibited by law or this Lease is or would be in violation of law and/or (3) subject to blocking, sanction or reporting under the USA Patriot Act, as amended; Executive Order 13224, as

 

22



 

amended; Title 31, Parts 595, 596 and 597 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations, as they exist from time to time; and any other law or Executive Order or regulation through which the U.S. Department of the Treasury has or may come to have sanction authority.  If any representation made by Tenant pursuant to this Section 57(q) shall become untrue Tenant shall within ten (10) days give written notice thereof to Landlord, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the reason(s) why such representation has become untrue and shall be accompanied by any relevant notices from, or correspondence with, the applicable governmental agency or agencies.

 

58.                                Renewal Option .  Tenant shall have the right to be exercised as hereinafter provided, to extend the term of this Lease with respect to the entire Premises for one (1) period of five (5) years (the “Renewal Term”) upon the following terms and conditions:

 

(a)                                  That at the time of the exercise of such right and at the commencement of the Renewal Term, Tenant shall not be in default under this Lease beyond the expiration of any applicable notice and cure period provided herein for the cure thereof, if any.

 

(b)                                  That Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s exercise of this option at least twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the initial term of this Lease.

 

(c)                                   That the Renewal Term shall he upon the same terms, covenants and conditions as in this Lease provided except that (i) there shall he no further option to extend this Lease beyond the Renewal Term referred to above; (ii) the Premises shall be delivered in its then “as is” condition; and (iii) the Base Rent to be paid by Tenant during the Renewal Term shall be the Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent (as hereinafter defined).

 

(d)                                  This Renewal Option is offered exclusively to TYR Energy, Inc. and shall not be transferable by operation of law or otherwise.

 

(e)                                   Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent ”, as used in this Article 58, shall mean the rate (including annual escalations) then being received by landlords when entering into renewal leases for comparable size space for a comparable term in Class A buildings in the Central Business District of Stamford, Connecticut (the “ CBD ”).  “Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent” shall not mean “net effective rent to Landlord”.  In determining Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent, adjustment shall be made in consideration of those factors which are then customarily taken into account when determining such rental rate in the CBD to the extent such factors are not already taken into account by reason of the rent being a renewal rent.

 

(f)                                    Time shall be of the essence with respect to all of Tenant’s obligations under this Article 58.

 

(g)                                   In the event Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent, Tenant, by mitten, demand served upon Landlord within fifteen (15) days after, Landlord notifies Tenant of Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent, may commence arbitration strictly in accordance with the terms and conditions of this paragraph.  If Tenant shall fail to demand arbitration as set forth above within said fifteen (15) day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted Landlord’s determination of Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent.  The sole issue to be determined by such arbitration shall be the Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent in accordance with this paragraph.  Such written demand

 

23



 

shall contain the name and address of the arbitrator appointed by Tenant.  Within ten (10) days after its receipt of the written demand, Landlord will give Tenant written notice of the name and address of its arbitrator.  Within ten (10) days after the date of the appointment of the second arbitrator, the two (2) arbitrators will meet.  If the two (2) arbitrators are unable to agree on the Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent as provided herein within ten (10) days after their first meeting, they will select a third arbitrator.  The third arbitrator will be designated as chairman and will immediately give Landlord and Tenant written notice of its appointment.  The three (3) arbitrators will meet within ten (10) days after the appointment of the third arbitrator.  The third arbitrator will then select the Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent proposed by one of the first two (2) arbitrators within ten (10) days after the meeting of the three (3) arbitrators.  The arbitrators must be licensed real estate appraisers with at least five (5) years experience in the Stamford real estate market.  No arbitrator may be an active real estate broker.  The arbitration will be governed by the laws of the State of Connecticut and, when not in conflict with such law, by the general procedures in the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association.  The arbitrators will not have the power to add to, modify, detract from or alter in any way the provisions of this Lease or any amendments or supplements to this Lease.  The arbitrators will not have any power to decide or consider anything other than the specific issue of the Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent in accordance with the terms of this Lease.  No arbitrator is authorized to make an award for damages of any kind including, without limitation, an award for punitive, exemplary, consequential or incidental damages.  Landlord and Tenant will pay for the Services of its appointees, attorneys and witnesses plus one-half of all other proper costs relating to the arbitration.  The decision of the arbitrators will be final and non-appealable and may be enforced according to the laws of the State of Connecticut.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained, herein, in the event Tenant disputes Landlord’s determination of the Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent, Tenant shall nevertheless continue to pay rent at the same rate then being paid under this Lease.  In the event the rent as determined hereunder is at variance with the rent being paid by Tenant, Tenant shall either pay the difference in a lump sum or receive a credit as the case may be.

 

59.                                Right of First Offer .  (a) In the event that the premises presently occupied by Mormac Marine and located adjacent to the Demised Premises on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building as outlined on the floor plan annexed hereto as Exhibit A-1 and hereby made a part hereof (the “ Adjacent Premises ”) becomes vacant and available for lease, then, so long as Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Landlord shall notify Tenant of the availability of the Adjacent Premises (“ Landlord’s Notice ”), provided that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any costs, expenses, damages or liabilities which are or may be incurred by Tenant by reason of Landlord’s unintentional failure to an notify Tenant.  Tenant shalt have a period of five (5) days after receipt of Landlord’s Notice in which to notify Landlord that Tenant will lease the Adjacent Premises pursuant to the terms of this Article 59 (“ Tenant’s Notice ”), time being of the essence with respect to all of Tenant’s obligations hereunder.  This Right of First Offer shall not apply during the last two (2) years of the initial term of this Lease or during the last two (2) years of any renewal term unless Tenant shall have exercised the next available renewal option.

 

(b)                                  In the event that Tenant elects not to lease the Adjacent Premises, or fails to deliver Tenant’s Notice in strict accordance with the terms hereof, this Right of First Offer shall be deemed waived and Landlord shall have the right to lease the Adjacent Premises (in whole or in separate portions) to a third party on such terms and conditions as Landlord shall

 

24



 

determine in its sole discretion, Landlord shalt not be required to re-offer the Adjacent Premises (or any portion thereof) to Tenant, and this Article 59 shall be of no further force or effect.

 

(c)                                   Tenant’s exercise of this Right of First Offer by the giving of Tenant’s Notice to Landlord shall be self-operative and no additional document of confirmation of Tenant’s exercise of this Right of First Offer shall be necessary.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Landlord’s option, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a lease modification agreement (the “ Lease Modification Agreement ”) to confirm Tenant’s exercise of this Right of First Offer.  In the event that Tenant properly and timely exercises this Right of First Offer as provided above, Tenant shall lease the Adjacent Premises, from Landlord upon all of the same terms as this lease, except: (i) that the Base Rent for the Adjacent Premises shall be equal to the Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent (as defined below), (ii) for other matters dependent upon the size of the Adjacent Premises, such as Tenant’s Proportionate Share, which shall be adjusted accordingly, (iii) that Tenant will accept the Adjacent Premises in its “as is” condition and Landlord shall not be required to perform any work in or to the Adjacent Premises or incur any expense in order to prepare such space for Tenant’s occupancy, and (iv) for such other teams and conditions as may be mutually agreed to by Landlord and Tenant.

 

Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent ”, as used in this Article 59, shall mean the rate (including annual escalations) then being received by landlords for comparable size space for a comparable term in Class A buildings in the CBD.  “ Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent ” as used in this Article 59 shall not mean “net effective rent to Landlord”.  In determining Fair Market Annual Minimum Rent, adjustment shall be made in consideration of those factors which are then customarily taken into account when determining such rental rate in the CBD.

 

(d)                                  This Right of First Offer is personal to TYR Energy, Inc. and shall not be transferable by operation by law or otherwise.

 

60.                                Building Directory and Entrance Signage .  At Tenant’s request, subject to Landlord’s approval, Landlord shall include on the Building directory the names of Tenant, its organizational divisions and any other person or business entities lawfully occupying the Premises or any part thereof, and the names of any of their officers and employees, provided that the names so listed shall not take up more than Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the space on the Building directory.  The listing of any name other than that of Tenant on the Building directory or on any of the doors of the Premises shall not be deemed to vest in the person or entity so listed any right or interest in this Lease or in the Premises or to constitute the consent of Landlord required under Article 11, or a waiver thereof.  The initial listings on the Building directory shall be at Landlord’s expense, and any subsequent changes and/or additions shall be at Tenant’s expense.  Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and in compliance with all applicable laws and/or requirements of public authorities, shall be permitted to affix to the front entrance door of the Premises an identification sign, which sign shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval.

 

61.                                7th Floor Common Corridor Renovation .  Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to renovate and refinish the common corridor located on the seventh (7th) floor of the Building prior to the last day of the second (2nd) Lease Year.

 

25



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have respectively signed this lease as of the day and year first above written.

 

Signed and Delivered

 

 

in the Presence of:

 

LANDMARK SQUARE 1-6 LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John J. Barnes

 

 

 

Name: John J. Barnes

 

 

 

Its: Senior Vice President

 

 

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

TYR ENERGY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Carol Faucher

 

By:

/s/ Kaoru Usami

 

 

 

Name: Kaoru Usami

 

 

 

Its: President & CEO

 

26


 

EXHIBIT A

 

RENTAL PLAN FOR DEMISED PREMISES

 

 

27



 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

RENTAL PLAN FOR ADJACENT PREMISES

 

 

28


 

EXHIBIT B

 

LANDLORD’S CLEANING SERVICES

 

Subject to Section 42 of this Lease, Landlord covenants and agrees to provide the following basic cleaning services to the Premises:

 

Daily (5 days per week Monday to Friday, legal holidays excepted):

 

·                                               Sweep hard surface floors with treated dust mop

·                                               Empty and wipe MI ash trays.

·                                               Empty waste paper baskets

·                                               Low dusting

·                                               Vacuum all carpeted areas

 

Weekly:

 

·                                               Damp mop all hard surface floors.

 

Every six (6) months:  Clean windows inside and out

 

‘RECYCLING

 

Tenant is advised that the Building is subject to a mandatory recycling program for disposables and waste Materials.  Tenant shall abide by all rules and regulations as may be promulgated for compliance with the program.

 

29



 

EXHIBIT C

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

1.             The sidewalks, entrances, passages, lobby, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or halls outside the Premises shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any tenant or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Premises and Tenant shall not permit any of its employees, agents or invitees to congregate in any said areas.  No door mat of any kind whatsoever shall be placed or left in any public hall or outside and entry door of the Premises.

 

2.             No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building.  No curtains, blinds shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord.  Such curtains, blinds, shades or screens must be of a quality type, design and color, and attached in the manner, approved by Landlord.

 

3.             No sign, insignia, advertisement, object, notice or other lettering shall be exhibited, inscribed, painted, or affixed by any tenant on any part of the outside of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord.  In the event of the violation of the foregoing by any tenant, Landlord may remove the same without any liability, and may charge expense incurred in such removal to the tenant of tenants violating this rule.  Interior signs and lettering on doors and directory tablet outside of the Premises shall, if and when approved by Landlord, be inscribed, painted or affixed for each tenant by Landlord at the expense of such tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Landlord.

 

4.             The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by Tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels; or other articles be placed on the window sills.

 

5.             No showcases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in the halls, corridors or vestibules outside the Premises.

 

6.             The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than these for which they were designed or constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids or other substances shall be thrown or deposited therein.  All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees agents, visitors or licenses shall have caused the same.

 

7.             No boring, cutting or stringing of wires in violation of applicable laws, codes or regulations shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, and as Landlord may reasonably direct.  No tenant shall lay linoleum, or other similar floor covering, so that the same shall come in direct contact whit the floor of the Premises.

 

8.             No bicycles, vehicles, animals, fish or birds of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the premises.

 

9.             No noise, including, but not limited to, music or the playing of musical instruments,

 

30



 

recordings, radio, or television which, in the judgment of Landlord, might disturb other tenants in the Building, shall be made or permitted by any Tenant.  Nothing shall be done or permitted in the Premises by Tenant which would unreasonably impair or interfere with the use or enjoyment by any other tenant of any other space in the Building.  No tenant shall throw anything out of the doors, windows or skylights or down the passageways.

 

10.          Tenant, its servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall not at any time bring or keep upon the Premises any explosive fluid, chemical or substance, nor any inflammable or combustible objects or materials, in violation of any applicable law, ordinance or governmental regulation.

 

11.          Additional locks or bolts of any kind which shall not be operable by the Grand Master Key for the Building shall not be placed upon any of the doors or window by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in locks or the mechanism thereof which shall make such locks inoperable by said Grand Master Key.  Each tenant shall, upon the termination of its tenancy, turn over to the Landlord all keys of stores, offices and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise provided by, such tenant and in the event of the loss of any keys furnished by Landlord, such tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost thereof.  Tenant shall have the right to install additional security systems for the Premises, which ‘systems will be coordinated with those operated by Landlord and its managing agent.  Keys or cards used in connection with such systems shall be furnished to Landlord or its managing agent.

 

12.          All removals, or the carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture, packages, boxes, crates or any other object or matter of any description must take place during such hours and in such elevators as Landlord or its agent may reasonably determine from time to time.  Landlord reserves the right to inspect all objects and matter to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all objects and matter which violate any of these Rules and Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part.  Landlord may require any person leaving the Building with any package or other object or matter to submit a pass, listing such package or object or matter, from the tenant from whose premises the package or object or matter is being removed, but the establishment and enforcement of such requirement shall not impose any responsibility on Landlord for the protection of any tenant against the removal of property from the premises of such tenant.  Landlord shall, in no way, be liable to Tenant for damages or loss arising from the admission, exclusion or ejection of any person to or from the Premises or the Building under the provisions of this Rule 12 or of Rule 16 hereof.

 

13.          Tenant shall not occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied as an office for a public stenographer or public typist, or for the warehousing, manufacture or sale to the general public of beer, wine, liquor, narcotics, or as a barber, beauty or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau.  Tenant shall not engage or pay any employees on the Premises, except those actually working for Tenant or its affiliates.  Tenant shall not use the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used, for manufacturing, or sale at auction of merchandise, goods or property of any kind, except for promotional purposes.

 

14.          Tenant shall not obtain, purchase or accept for use in the Premises cleaning, floor polishing or other similar services from any persons not authorized by Landlord in writing to furnish such services, provided always that the charges for such services by persons authorized

 

31



 

by Landlord are not excessive.  Such services shall be furnished only at such hours, in such places, within the Premises, and under such regulations as may be fixed by Landlord.  Tenants shall not purchase or contract for waxing, rug shampooing, Venetian blind washing, furniture polishing, lamp servicing, cleaning of electric fixtures, removal of garbage or towel service in the Premises except front companies or persons approved by the Landlord.  Landlord will be reasonable in its decision.

 

15.          Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising, or identifying sign by any tenant which in landlord’s reasonable judgment tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a building for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, such tenant shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising or identifying sign.

 

16.          Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building during hours other than Business Hours (as defined in the foregoing Lease) all persons who to not present a pass to the Building signed by Landlord.  All persons entering and/or leaving the Building during hours other than Business Hours may be required to sign a register.  Landlord will furnish passes to persons tor whom any tenant requests same in writing.  Tenant, provided Tenant has such pass; will be permitted access to the Building and the Premises 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

 

17.          All entrance doors in the Premises shall be left locked by Tenant when the Premises are not in use.  Entrance doors shall not be left open at any time, Landlord or its agents or contractors will turn off lights upon completion of cleaning services.

 

18.          Unless Landlord shall furnish electrical energy hereunder as a service included in the rent, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, provide artificial light and electrical energy for the employees of Landlord and/or Landlord’s contractors while doing janitor service or other cleaning in the Premises and while making repairs or alterations in the Premises.

 

19.          The Premises shall not be used for lodging or for any illegal purpose.

 

20.          The requirements or tenants will be attended to only upon application at the office of the Building.  Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

21.          Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

22.          There shall not be used in any space or in the public halls of the Building, either by any tenant or by jobbers or any others, in the moving or delivery or receipt of safes, freight, furniture, packages, boxes, crates, paper, office material, or any other matter or thing, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires, side guards and such other safeguards as Landlord shall reasonably require.  No hand trucks shall be used in passenger elevators, and no such passenger elevators shall be used for the moving, delivery or receipt of the aforementioned articles.

 

23.          Tenant shall not cause or permit any odors of cooking or other processes or any unusual or objectionable odors to emanate from the Premises which would annoy other tenants or create a public or private nuisance.  No cooking shall be done in the Demised Premised except as is expressly permitted in the foregoing Lease.

 

32



 

24.          Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in obtaining maximum effectiveness of cooling system and if requested by Landlord shall lower and close blinds, drapes and curtains when the sun’s rays fall directly on the windows of the premises.

 

25.          Subject to the provisions of Article 33, Landlord in its reasonable judgment, reserves the right to rescind, alter or waive any rule or regulation at any time prescribed for the Building when, in its reasonable judgment, it deems it necessary or desirable for the reputation, safety, care or appearance of the Building, or the preservation of good order therein, or the operation or maintenance of the Building or the equipment thereof, or the comfort of tenants or others in the Building.

 

26.          Smoking is prohibited in the Premises and in all interior public areas including but not limited to: public corridors, elevators, elevator lobbies and toilet rooms.

 

27.          Tenant shall provide and maintain, at its expense, the hand-held fire extinguishers that are required to be maintained in the Premises by the governmental agency having jurisdiction over this matter.

 

33



 

EXHIBIT D

 

WORK LETTER

 

Tenant has examined the Premises and, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, Tenant agrees to accept possession of the Premises in its “as is”, condition which shall exist on the date of this Lease, and further agrees that, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any work, supply any materials, incur any expenses or make any installations, in order to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy.

 

Landlord shall perform the work described herein and on Exhibit D-1 annexed hereto, at Landlord’s cost and expense.

 

1.             (a) Landlord shall submit final and complete dimensioned and detailed plans and drawings of partition layouts, including openings, ceiling and lighting layouts, finishes and colors, and any and all other information as may be necessary to complete Landlord’s Work, which plans shall be at Landlord’s sole cost and expense (all herein called the “Plans”).  The Plans shall be 1’ 0” = 1/8” scale.

 

(b)           All Plans shall be submitted to Tenant for review and Tenant shall approve the Plans, or approve same as noted, within five (5) business days after submission thereof to Tenant.

 

(c)           Any architect, engineer, designer or consultant acting for or on behalf of Tenant shall be deemed an agent of, and authorized to bind, Tenant in all respects.  Landlord or Landlord’s contractor shall submit all Plans which require any approval or permit, to the governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover and Landlord shall pay any and all costs for obtaining permits or filing Plans.

 

(d)           All plans (including the Plans) with respect to the Premises and required to be submitted by Tenant or Landlord, shall comply and conform with the Building plans filed with the Building Department of the City of Stamford, and with all the rules, regulations and other requirements of any governmental department having jurisdiction over the construction of the Building or the Premises.  Any changes required by any governmental department affecting the construction of the Premises, shall be complied with by Landlord in completing the Premises at the sole cost and expense of Tenant, and shall not be deemed to be a violation of said plans, or any provision of this Exhibit, and shall be accepted by Tenant.

 

2.             (a) No change may be made by Tenant in any Plans which have previously been approved by Tenant which in Landlord’s sole opinion will cause any delay in the completion of the Premises, or any additional cost or expense to Landlord, unless Tenant expressly agrees to pay for Landlord’s lost rent and other costs incurred by such delay or any additional costs or expenses.

 

(b)           The tern “Tenant Delay” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 38(b) of this Lease.

 

34



 

(c)           Tenant does herewith agree that in the event substantial completion of Landlord’s Work in the Premises pursuant to this Exhibit and/or any further agreements pertaining thereto, entered into between Landlord and Tenant, is delayed by any Tenant Delay, Tenant shall, in addition to the provisions of Section 38(b) of this Lease, pay the reasonable coats and damages Landlord may sustain by reason of such Tenant Delay.

 

3.             Tenant may not specify a substitution of any item of Landlord’s Work, except for those items of work set forth and approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.  Tenant shall pay the cost of such substitution, but shall be entitled to a credit for that item for which such substitute was made, based on Landlord’s cost thereof, and further provided that in no event shall Tenant be entitled to apply such credit except against the cost of the item thus substituted, and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to be paid in cash for any credit.

 

4.             (a) Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for the installation and removal of all computer and telephone equipment and related wiring, as well as interior decorative treatments (“Tenant’s Installations”).  Landlord agrees to afford Tenant access to the Premises prior to the completion and possession date for the purpose of making inspections, taking measurements and making Tenant’s Installations, provided that such Tenant’s Installations will not require any structural changes, and further provided that the construction of the Premises and all installations required to be made by the Landlord therein shall have reached a point which in Landlord’s sole judgment, exercised in good faith, will not delay or hamper Landlord in the completion of Landlord’s Work.  All Tenant Installations shall be in conformity with the regulations promulgated by the State of Connecticut and City of Stamford Fire Marshall’s Offices.

 

(b)           Any entry by Tenant in or on the Premises shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and, upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall pay for and deliver to Landlord, policies and certificates of insurance in amounts and with such companies as shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, such as, but not limited to Commercial General Liability Insurance and Workers’ Compensation Insurance to protect Landlord and Tenant during the period of making such Tenant’s Installations.  Landlord shall be named as an Additional Insured in such policies and the same shall be continued in effect, by Tenant at its cost and expense, during the period of the performance of Tenant’s Installations.

 

(c)           All Tenant’s Installations shall be in accordance with the rules and regulations of any governmental department or bureau having jurisdiction thereover, and shall not conflict with or be in violation of, or cause any violation of Landlord’s basic building plans, and all Tenant’s Installations shall be completed free of all liens and encumbrances.  All permits which may be required by Tenant for Tenant’s Installations shall be procured and paid for by Tenant only after having obtained Landlord’s written approval of such work, or, if Landlord shall deem the same advisable, Landlord may procure such permit and Tenant shall pay for the same.  No plans and/or specifications required to be filed by Tenant pursuant to any work contemplated to be performed by it within the Premises shall be filed or submitted to any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover without first having obtained Landlord’s approval of the same.

 

35



 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained hereinabove, Landlord reserves the right to deny Tenant and/or its contractor access to the Premises and/or to request Tenant to withdraw therefrom and cease all work being performed by it or on its behalf by any person, firm or entity other than Landlord, if Landlord shall, in its sole judgment, to be exercised in good faith, determine that the commencement and/or the continuance of Tenant’s Installations shall interfere with, delay, hamper or prevent Landlord from proceeding with the completion of Landlord’s Work at the earliest possible date.

 

(e)           Tenant agrees that should Tenant enter upon the Premises for the purposes of performing any work, the labor employed by Tenant or anyone performing such work for or on behalf of Tenant shall always be harmonious and compatible with the labor employed by Landlord or any contractors or subcontractors of Landlord.  Should such labor be incompatible with such Landlord’s labor as shall be determined by the sole judgment of Landlord to be exercised in good faith, Landlord may require Tenant to withdraw from such premises until the completion of Landlord’s Work.

 

(f)            In the event Tenant or Tenants contractor shall enter upon the Premises or any other part of the Building, as may be above permitted by Landlord, Tenant agrees to indemnify and save Landlord free and harmless front and against any and all damages, claims costs and expenses, arising from or claimed to arise from any act, or for any other reason whatsoever arising out of said entry or such work.

 

(g)           Any costs fur services incurred or repairs required due to Tenant’s contractors or Tenant’s Installations shall be paid for by Tenant.

 

5.             As a condition of Landlord’s permission for Tenant to make any of Tenant’s Installations in the Premises, Landlord may require that the Tenant agree with the Landlord on fixing the Rent Commencement Date of this Lease.

 

6.             Telephone and computer installation and all costs therefor shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant, and Tenant shall make all necessary arrangements.  Such telephone installations are subject to approval by Landlord and must be performed in strict compliance with all government codes, including a low voltage permit from the City of Stamford.  At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for the removal of all telecommunications and data wiring and any affiliated equipment.

 

7.             Tenant shall, at all times, maintain the existing window treatments in the Premises and shall not replace same without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

8.             Tenant shall cause its contractors to comply with the provisions of Exhibits D-2 and D-3.annexcd hereto and made a part of this Lease.

 

36


 

SPECIFICATIONS FOR LANDLORD’S WORK

 

The following specifications are included solely to illustrate Landlord’s specifications and in the event of conflict between these Specifications/Exhibit D-1 and the Plans, the Specifications/Exhibit D-1 shall govern.

 

1.                                       CARPENTRY :

 

·                   As per exhibit D-1, Landlord shall reuse existing partitions where applicable.

·                   Landlord shall provide drywall partitions with 2-1/2” metal studs at 24” on center, non insulated, with one (1) layer of 5/8” gypsum board, both sides.  Partition to extend 6” above finished ceiling.  Landlord shall provide partitions as per exhibit D-1.

·                   Landlord shall provide Demising Partitions where required with 2-1/2” metal studs at 24” on center, insulated, with one (1) layer of 5/8” gypsum board, both sides.  Partition to be fire rated as per code.  Where applicable, Landlord shall upgrade existing partitions to be fire rated as per code.

·                   Landlord shall provide one (1) 4’-0”x8’-0” fire rated plywood panel for tel/data use.

 

2.                                       CEILINGS:

 

·                   Landlord shall reuse the existing ceiling grid and tile throughout the Demised Premises.

·                   Where applicable, the Landlord shall patch the existing grid with new ceiling grid & tile to match existing.

·                   Where applicable, the Landlord shall replace damaged and/or soiled ceiling tiles with new to match existing.

 

3.                                       MILLWORK :

 

·                   Landlord shall provide and install six (6) linear feet of plastic laminate base and upper cabinets with plastic laminate countertop.

·                   Landlord shall touch up existing wood doors where required.

 

4.                                       GLAZING :

 

·                   Landlord shall provide and install two (2) new full height glass partitions.  New glass partition shall consist of 3/8” glass with top and bottom metal channels set within a gypsum board framed opening.  Glass height shall be from 6” above finished floor to align with top of door frame.  Glass width shall be 10’-0”.

·                   Landlord shall provide and install one (1) new full height glass partition at the existing conference room.  New glass partition shall consist of 3/8” glass with top and bottom metal channels set within a gypsum board framed opening.  Glass height shall be from 6” above finished floor to align with top of door frame.  Glass width shall be 18’-0”.

·                   Landlord shall provide and install two (2) glass sidelights at executive offices to match existing sidelights.

 

5.                                       DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE :

 

·                   Landlord shall reuse existing solid core doors and hollow metal frames where applicable.  Where required, Landlord shall provide new building standard solid core wood doors with hollow metal frames to match existing.

·                   Landlord shall remove existing entry wood doors and replace with building standard double glass entry door.  Door size shall match existing.

 

37



 

·                   Landlord shall provide and install building standard hardware including latch/lock lever sets, binges, door stops where required.

 

6.                                       FLOORING :

 

·                   Landlord shall provide and install building standard carpet throughout the Demised Premises, except as set forth below.

·                   Landlord shall provide and install VCT at all file/storage rooms.

·                   Landlord shall provide & install building standard 4” vinyl base throughout the Demised Premises.

 

7.                                       PAINTING :

 

·                   Landlord shall paint the Demised Premises with one (1) coat primer and one (1) finish coat.

 

8.                                       PLUMBING :

 

·                   Landlord shall supply building standard ADA sink & faucet with both hot and cold running water.

 

9.                                       FEE PROTECTION :

 

·                   Existing fire alarm/suppression system to be modified as per coda requirements.

 

10.                                HEATING AND AIR CON DITIONING :

 

·                   Landlord shall design and reconfigure the existing HVAC system system based on the layout in D-1.

 

11.                                ELECTRICAL :

 

A.                                     Lighting

 

·                   Landlord shall reuse and relocate existing lighting as required.

·                   Where required, Landlord Will provide and install new 2’-0” x 2’-0” recessed parabolic fixtures to provide a total of one (1) fixture per 80 rentable square feet.  Initial bulbs supplied by Landlord, all subsequent replacements by Landlord at Tenant’s expense,

 

B.                                     Outlets

 

·                   Existing electrical outlets to rennin at all partitions to remain.

·                   Landlord will provide and install new duplex wall convenience outlets such that throughout the Demised Premises there is no less than one (1) outlet per 150 rentable square feet with one (1) circuit per six (6) outlets.  No room to have less than one (1) receptacle.

·                   Landlord shall provide and install three (3) tenant supplied wall mounted furniture power feed for all open area workstations.  Landlord shall supply one (1) circuit per four (4) workstations.

·                   Landlord shall provide and install GFI outlets at pantry area as per code requirements.

 

C.                                     Switches

 

·                   Existing switches shall remain.  Landlord shall upgrade existing switches to be occupancy sensor switches.

·                   Landlord will provide and install new occupancy sensor switches as required as per Exhibit D-1.  All switch plates to be white decora.

 

12.                                TENANT FURNITURE :

 

·                   Furniture shown on the exhibit plan is for reference only.  Tenant is responsible for coordination & layout of all furniture, furniture components and installation including ADA code compatibility.

 

38



 

13.                                TENANT SECURITY & ACCESS :

 

·                   Tenant will be solely responsible for any security and access system for the Tenant’s space.  Any wiring entering the ceiling must be plenum rated.  All proposed security systems must be approved by Landlord prior to installation.

 

14.                                TENANT APPLIANCES, OFFICE EQUIPMENT :

 

·                   Tenant shall be responsible for all appliances and office equipment for Tenant’s space.

 

15.                                TENANT EXTRA WORK :

 

·                   Items not described in these specifications are considered non-standard work items, falling outside of the scope of the standard build-out.  If requested by Tenant during the Landlords Initial Construction, these items of work will be performed exclusively by the Landlord at the sole cost end expense of the Tenant.  Landlord will present Tenant with a Tenant Extra Work Order (TEWO), setting forth the specifications and cost of the subject item.  Tenant will have three (3) days from receipt of the TEWO in which to elect to have the subject item of work performed.  Election is made by Tenant through execution and delivery of the subject TEWO to Landlord, together with payment by Tenant of one-half (50%) of the cost of the subject item.  Failure by Tenant to make election (in the manner described in the preceding sentence) within the aforementioned three (3) day period shall be construed as an election by Tenant to forego the subject TEWO.  During Tenants TEWO review period Landlord will continue to prosecute the Landlords work in accordance with the lease.  Tenant must pay the entire balance of any Signed amid delivered TEWO upon completion of the subject work.  Substantial Completion of the work as defined in your lease is not contingent upon the completion of Tenant Extra Work Orders and TRWO’s by their nature may not be complete upon Substantial Completion as defined in your lease.  TEWO’s may result in a Tenant Delay as defined in your lease.

 

39


 

EXHIBIT D-1

 

CONCEPT PLAN

 

 

40


 

EXHITBIT D-2

 

INSTRUCTIONS TO MOVING CONTRACTORS

 

1.                                       The directions of the Landlord and/or his managing agent will be followed atoll times.

 

2.                                       No furniture and/or building materials will be moved in or out of the building from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, unless approved by the Landlord and/or his managing agent.

 

3.                                       The moving contractor must submit, not later than two weeks prior to the move, a written schedule which indicates the date and time the move will commence and also the same for the completion of the move,

 

4.                                       All routes over finished floors will be protected with masonite, plywood or similar material runway, which is to be picked up at the close of work each day.

 

5.                                       Appropriate warning signs are to be posted in all public corridors and lobbies used.

 

6.                                       Temporary staging of furniture and equipment in public areas is not permitted.

 

7.                                       All areas traveled are to be broom cleaned at the close of each day.  Elevators are to be swept and debris carried from the car, NOT swept across the door opening.

 

8.                                       Workmen should use the toilet facilities provided by the Landlord or Managing Agent.

 

9,                                       The load limit of 3,000 pounds in the passenger elevator is NOT to be exceeded.

 

10.                                Generally only two (2) trailers will be allowed at the Loading Dock.  Arrangements to accommodate more than two (2) must be made in advance with the Property Management Office.

 

11.                                Only rubber wheeled dollies and carts, in good operating condition, may be used.  Excess oil and grease must be removed from wheels to prevent staining flooring.

 

12.                                Reasonable care must be taken at all times to avoid any personal injury or properly damage.

 

13.                                All packing and crating materials must be removed at the end of each day, and NOT be left to accumulate over night (fire hazard).

 

14.                                The moving contractor must utilize labor that will work in harmony with other labor in the building.  In addition, Landlord’s office should receive not later than two weeks prior to move, insurance certificates evidencing the following minimum coverages:

 

41



 

(i)                                      Insurance carrier must have a Best’s rating of A VIII or better.

(ii)                                   Certificates of insurance must be provided prior to the commencement of any work performed.

(iii)                                Type of insurance:

 

A.                                     Commercial General Liability :

 

General Aggregate

 

$

2,000,000

Products/Completed Operations Aggregate

 

$

1,000,000

Personal & Advertising Injury, per occurrence

 

$

1,000,000

Each Occurrence

 

$

1,000,000

Fire Damage Liability

 

$

50,000

Medical Expense

 

$

 5,000

Broad Form Property Damage

 

Included

Explosion, Collapse & Underground Hazard

 

Included

 

B.                                     Automobile Liability :

 

Bodily Injury/Property Damage Liability

 

 

 

Each Occurrence (Combined Single Limit)

 

$

1,000,000

 

C.                                     Excess or Umbrella Liability :

 

Each Occurrence

 

$5,000,000 (Coverage to be at least on a “follow form” basis)

 

D.                                     Worker’s Compensation & Employer’s Liability :

 

Per statutory requirements of the state in which work is to be provided or performed.

 

E.                                      Connecticut State Short Term Disability :

 

Per statutory requirements of the state in which work is to be provided or performed.

 

All certificates are to stipulate that ten (10) days prior notice of cancellation will be given to the Tenant and to:

 

LANDMARK SQUARE 1-6 LLC

c/o SL Green Realty Corp.

420 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10170

 

42



 

EXHIBIT D-3
INSTRUCTIONS TO TENANT’S CONTRACTORS

 

1.                                       It shall he Tenant’s contractor’s responsibility to schedule the performance of his work and notify the Landlord’s Property Manager of his proposed schedule, so that the contractor’s elevator usage for material deliveries and rubbish removal may be coordinated with the over-all project (reserved) hoisting usage.

 

Elevator use for construction and moves may only occur during the hours of 6:00 P.M.  through 7:00 A.M.  on business days and only with prior notice and approval of the Landlord.  Elevator use on non-business days may occur at any time and again only with prior notice and approval of the Landlord.  Tenant is responsible for all building standard charges normally associated with such use.  With respect to Tenant’s move into and out of the Premises, such charges shall be limited to charge for a security guard to be present to supervise such move.

 

2.                                       The Tenant’s contractor shall notify Landlord’s Property Manager at least four (4) weeks prior to his proposed starting date to perform any Alterations (“Tenant’s Work”) and at that time will discuss the arrangements and requirements of his schedule.  The following items will be discussed to determine the scheduled reservation time:

 

a.                                       Material delivery, schedule - dates - times

b.                                       Number of vehicles

c.                                        Elevator Service and hoist reservation time

d.                                       Docking arrangements and reservation time

e.                                        Insurance requirements

f.                                         Names and telephone numbers of contact and coordinator

g.                                        General instructions - rules and regulations

 

3.                                       The Tenant’s contractor shall confirm his schedule with the Landlord’s Property Manager, not less than 48 hours in advance of his pre-scheduled material deliveries.  It shall be Tenant’s contractor’s sole responsibility to confirm his reservation times, and in the event that the confirmation is not verified and re-executed it shall be deemed that his reservations are to be voided (cancelled) and allocated to others.  He shall then be required to re-schedule both his deliveries and his reservations through the Landlord’s Property Manager.  In all fairness to the other Tenants going into tits building, if Tenant’s contractor fails to meet or confirm the date, his contractor will have to wait until there is free time in the material delivery and hoisting schedule before they will be allowed to perform Tenant’s Work, Landlord’s Property Manager will make every effort to accommodate the Tenant’s contractor as early as possible, but it is very likely that to re-schedule would effect a serious time delay; you can clearly see, then, that it is extremely important to confirm the schedule not less than 48 hours in advance, and if possible, preferably three to five days ahead of time.

 

4.                                       Tenant and its contractors shall remain responsible for the scheduling and transportation of material and equipment used in the performance of Tenant’s Work and for the removal from the Building of waste and debris resulting from the performance of Tenant’s Work, and Landlord shall not be responsible for coordination of the work of Tenant’s contractors

 

43



 

with the work of Landlord’s contractors.  However, Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate in their respective performances of Landlord’s and Tenant’s Work in order to enable the same to be properly coordinated.  Tenant shall not be under any obligation to employ any of Landlord’s contractors or to pay any charge to any of them by reason of Tenant’s having other contractors or purchasing any materials or labor or employing nay labor front other sources.  Tenant and its contractors shall not be under any obligation to pay for water, electricity, heat, ventilation or cooling provided in the Premises during the performance of any of Tenant’s Work during normal working hours of the Building construction project.

 

5.                                       Temporary staging of materials and equipment in public areas is not permitted.

 

6.                                       Should large equipment or materials need to be transported via dollies and/or carts, then the contractor transporting such equipment or materials shall protect all routes over finished floors with a minimum of 3/8” plywood runway, which will be picked up at the close of work each day.

 

7.                                       All areas traveled are to be broom cleaned at tire close of each day.  Elevators are to be swept and debris carried from the car, NOT swept across the door opening.

 

8.                                       Workmen should use the toilet facilities provided by the general contractor.

 

9.                                       The hoisting load limit of 3,000 pounds in passenger elevator is NOT to be exceeded.

 

10.                                All packing and crating materials must be removed at the end of each day, and not be left to accumulate over night (fire hazard).

 

11.                                The Tenant’s contractor must utilize labor that will work in harmony with other labor in the Building.  In addition, Landlord’s Property Manager should receive not later than two weeks prior to contractor’s performance of Tenant’s Work, insurance certificates evidencing the following minimum coverages:

 

(i) insurance carrier must have a Best’s rating of A VIII or better.

 

(ii) Certificates of insurance must be provided prior to the commencement of any work performed.

 

(iii) Type of insurance:

 

A. Commercial General Liability :

 

General Aggregate

 

$

2,000,000

Products/Completed Operations Aggregate

 

$

1,000,000

Personal & Advertising Injury, per occurrence

 

$

1,000,000

Each Occurrence

 

$

1,000,000

Fire Damage Liability

 

$

50,000

Medical Expense

 

$

5,000

Broad Form Property Damage

 

Included

Explosion, Collapse & Underground Hazard

 

Included

 

44



 

B. Automobile Liability :

 

Bodily Injury/Property Damage Liability

 

Each Occurrence (Combined Single Limit)

$

1,000,000

 

C. Excess or Umbrella Liability :

 

Each Occurrence

$5,000,000 (Coverage to be at least on a “follow form” basis)

 

D. Worker’s Compensation & Employer’s Liability :

 

Per statutory requirements of the state in which work is to be provided or performed.

 

E. Connecticut State Short Term Disability :

 

Per Statutory requirements of the state in which work is to be provided or performed.

 

All certificates are to stipulate that ten (10) days prior notice of cancellation will be given to the Tenant and to:

 

LANDMARK SQUARE 1-6 LLC

c/o SL Green Realty Corp.

420 Lexington Avenue

New York, New York 10170

 

45



 

EXHIBIT E

 

ELECTRICITY SCHEDULE

 

1.                                       Landlord, and Tenant have agreed that Landlord will furnish electrical energy (“ Landlord’s Standard Electrical Service ”) to Tenant for use in the Premises; the annual cost of such electrical energy (based on five (5) watts of combined connected electrical load for lighting and convenience outlets per square foot of Premises for up to 240 hours of use per month) shall be payable at the rate of $2.75 per rentable square foot (the “ Electric Charge ”), and shall be additional rent under this Lease.

 

Adjustment’s: (a) For each additional two (2) hours of use per week add $.031 per rentable square foot per year.  (b) For each additional watt per square foot, add $0.3005 per rentable square foot per year.

 

2.                                       Landlord shall furnish to the Premises Landlord’s Standard Electrical Service through the transmission facilities initially installed by Landlord in the Building, in the form of alternating electrical energy, to be used by Tenant for the operation of lighting fixtures and electrical outlets initially installed in the Premises.

 

3.                                       It is specifically understood that: (a) All installations of electrical fixtures, appliances and equipment within the Premises shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval; and (b) in the event that Tenant shall require additional electrical energy for use in the Premises and if, in Landlord’s sole judgment, Landlord’s facilities are inadequate for such additional requirements, and if electrical energy for such additional requirements is available to Landlord, Landlord, upon written request and the sole cost and expense of Tenant, will furnish and install such additional wires, risers, conduits, feeders, panels and switchboards as reasonably may be required to supply such additional requirements of the Tenant provided: (1) that same shall be permitted by applicable laws and not in violation of any insurance regulations or recommendations, (2) that, in Landlord’s sole judgment, the same are necessary and will not cause permanent damage or injury to the Building or the Premises or cause or create a dangerous or hazardous condition or entail excessive or unreasonable alterations or repairs or interfere with or disturb other tenants or occupants of the Building, (3) that Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall, concurrently with the making of such written request, execute and deliver to Landlord Tenant’s written undertaking, with a surety and in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, obligating Tenant to fully and promptly pay the entire cost and expense of so furnishing and installing any such additional wires, risers, conduits, feeders, panels, and/or switchboards, and (4) that such installation does not preclude expansion of electrical service for other tenants.  Tenant covenants and agrees that at all times its use of electrical current shall never exceed the capacity of the feeders to the Building or the risers or wiring installation.  It is further covenanted and agreed by Tenant that all the aforesaid costs and expenses are chargeable and collectable as additional rent and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) days after rendition of any bill or statement to Tenant therefor.

 

4.                                       Tenant shall pay Landlord for Landlord’s Standard Electrical Service an amount computed by multiplying the rate per rentable square foot as set forth in Paragraph 1 above, as

 

46



 

adjusted, times the rentable square feet of floor area of the Premises.  The resulting product shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord in advance in twelve (12) equal monthly installments as additional rent.

 

5.                                       The cost of electrical energy as shown in Paragraph 1 above, has been based on The Connecticut Light and Power Company’s current rates for General Service Electric Rate 30 and the applicable State of Connecticut sales taxes.  If the filed Rate 30 (or any successor classification reflecting similar service) of Connecticut Light and Power Company (or its successor) and/or the State of Connecticut sales taxes shall be increased or decreased from and after the date hereof, the parties agree that the Electric Charge shall be increased or decreased, as the case may be, by applying the new rates to the connected load and hourly use factor as set forth in Paragraph 1 above, as adjusted, such increase or decrease to go into effect on the first day of the month following such decrease or increase in such Rate 30 (or its successor) and/or the State of Connecticut sales taxes,

 

6.                                       The Connecticut Public Utilities Commission has granted Connecticut Light and Power Company the right to add to customers’ bills the increase in cost of fuel oil used to manufacture electricity.  Such a fuel cost adjustment will be effected by adding a monthly surcharge to the normal bills based on the monthly kilowatt-hours used.  It is expected that such an increase cost factor will change from month to month.  It is hereby agreed and understood, that the Landlord, at its options, has the right to pass on such surcharge to the Tenant by billing Tenant monthly or annually, as elected by Landlord, for such monthly increase amounts retroactively (increase factor multiplied by monthly kilowatt-hours as established elsewhere in this Exhibit E).  It is further agreed and understood that the operation of this Paragraph 6 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

47



 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT

 

Date:

 

Beneficiary:

 

Landmark Square 1-6 LLC
c/o SL Green Realty Corporation
420 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10170

 

Letter of Credit No.

 

Gentlemen:

 

By order of our client, [Tenant Name and Address] , we hereby establish our irrevocable, unconditional Standby Letter of Credit No.                  in your favor for an amount not to exceed in aggregate USD $                                effective immediately and expiring at our office located at                                                     , New York, New York                      with at the close of business on                                             .

 

Funds hereunder are available to you or your transferee against presentation of your sight draft(s), drawn on us, mentioning thereon this Letter of Credit Number                               , which may be executed on your behalf by your agent or on behalf of your transferee(s) by its agent(s), without presentation of any other documents, statements or authorizations.

 

This Letter of Credit shall be deemed automatically extended, without amendment, for additional period(s) of one (1) year from the current expiration date hereof and each successive expiration date, the last renewal of which shall be for a term set to expire not earlier than [the date occurring ninety (90) days following the Expiration Date of the term of the Lease] , unless we notify you not less than sixty (60) days prior to then applicable expiration date hereof that we elect not to consider this Letter of Credit renewed for such additional period(s).  In order to be effective, any such notice of non-renewal must be sent by registered mail (return receipt requested) (i) to you at the above address and (ii) simultaneously to the “Leasing Counsel”, SL Green Realty Corporation, 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10170, (or to such other addresses as you or your transferee(s) shall designate in writing).

 

This Letter of Credit is transferable and may be transferred in its entirety, but not in part, and may be successively transferred by you or any transferee hereunder to a successor transferee(s) upon execution and delivery to us of the transfer form annexed hereto.  All transfer fees shall be payable by our client.

 

We hereby agree with drawers, endorsers, and all bona fide holders that drafts drawn under and in compliance with the terms hereof will be duly honored upon presentation to us at our office located at [New York, New York] .

 

48



 

Except as otherwise expressly stated herein, this Letter of Credit is subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice (“UCP”) for Documentary Credits, (1993 Revision), International Chamber of Commerce, Publication No. 500.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

[NAME OF BANK]

 

 

 

BY:

 

 

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

New York, NY

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

49


 

FIRST LEASE MODIFICATION AND SUBSTITUTION OF SPACE AGREEMENT

 

FIRST LEASE MODIFICATION AND SUBSTITUTION OF SPACE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) dated as of the 10th day of August, 2012 between Landmark Square 1-6 LLC , having an office c/o SL Green Realty Corp., 420 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York (hereinafter referred to as “ Landlord ”) and Tyr Energy, Inc. , having an office at One Landmark Square, Stamford, Connecticut (hereinafter referred to as “ Tenant ”).

 

WITNESSETH :

 

WHEREAS, Landlord, as landlord, and Tenant, as tenant, entered into that certain lease agreement dated as of February 8, 2008 (the “ Lease ”) covering a certain rentable portion of the seventh (7 th ) floor, as more particularly described in said lease agreement (the “ Original Premises ”), in the building known as One Landmark Square, Stamford, Connecticut (the “ Building ”), under the terms and conditions contained therein, for a term scheduled to expire on May 31, 2013 (the “ Expiration Date ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant wishes to relocate from the Original Premises to certain space on the eleventh (11 th ) floor of the Building, approximately as indicated on the plan annexed hereto as Exhibit A, the deemed rentable square foot area of which Tenant acknowledges and agrees solely for purposes of this Agreement shall be 1,670 rentable square feet (the “ Substitution Space ”), effective as of the Substitution Space Commencement Date (as such term is hereinafter defined); and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant wishes to, in lieu of exercising its rights under Article 58 of the Lease, extend the term of the Lease, as modified by this Agreement, for an additional term (the “ Extended Term ”) to expire, with respect to the Substitution Space, on the last day of the sixth (6 th ) calendar month following the month which the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Substitution Space Commencement Date occurs, or in the event that the Commencement Date occurs on the first (1 st ) day of the month, the day immediately preceding the sixth (6 th ) calendar month following the month which the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Substitution Space Commencement Date occurs (the “ Substitution Space Expiration Date ”), or on such earlier date upon which the Term shall expire, be canceled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of this Lease or pursuant to law; and

 

WHEREAS, subject to and in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions of this Agreement, Landlord has agreed to permit Tenant to (i) to extend the term of the Lease for the period of the Extended Term, and (ii) relocate from the Original Premises to the Substitution Space; and

 

WHEREAS, Tenant and Landlord wish to modify the Lease as set forth below.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 



 

1.                                       Term .

 

1.01                         The term of the Lease with respect to the Substitution Space shall be extended under the same terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Lease, except to the extent specifically modified by this Agreement, for the period of the Extended Term so that the term of the Lease shall expire on the Substitution Space Expiration Date or on such earlier date upon which the term of the Lease shall expire, be canceled or terminated pursuant to any of the conditions or covenants of the Lease or pursuant to law.

 

2.                                       Substitution Space .

 

2.01                         On or prior to the date occurring ten (10) days following the Substitution Space Commencement Date (the “ Original Premises Surrender Date ”), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord possession of the Original Premises vacant and broom clean, free of all occupancies and encumbrances and otherwise in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease as if the Original Premises Surrender Date were the Expiration Date.  The “ Premises ,” as such term is defined in the Lease, shall consist of and mean: (i) the Original Premises and the Substitution Space from and after the Substitution Space Commencement Date; and (ii) the Substitution Space only from and after the Original Premises Surrender Date.

 

2.02                         Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (i) except for Tenant, the Original Premises is presently free of all occupancies, (ii) Tenant has not created or suffered any rights in any other party, as tenant, subtenant or occupant, in and/or to the Original Premises through and including the date of this Agreement and (iii) no materials, personalty, furnishings, personal property, fixtures, trade fixtures and equipment (“ Property ”) presently in the Original Premises are subject to any lien, encumbrance, chattel mortgage, title retention or security agreement.  Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall not at any time hereafter create, suffer or permit the creation of any such rights or encumbrances in or to the Original Premises or the Property contained therein.  Any Property left in the Original Premises by Tenant after the Original Premises Surrender Date shall be deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord shall have the right to retain or dispose of such Property in any manner at the expense of Tenant without any obligation to account to Tenant therefor.

 

3.                                       Condition of the Substitution Space .

 

3.01                         The parties acknowledge that Tenant has inspected the Substitution Space and the Building and is fully familiar with the physical condition thereof and Tenant agrees to accept the Substitution Space at the Substitution Space Commencement Date in its then “as is” condition.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall have no obligation to do any work in or to the Substitution Space in order to make it suitable and ready for occupancy and use by Tenant except to the extent expressly provided for in this Article 3.

 

3.02                         Landlord shall perform the work set forth on the schedule annexed hereto as Exhibit B in a building standard manner using building standard materials (“ Landlord’s Work ”).  Landlord, or Landlord’s designated agent, shall perform Landlord’s Work with reasonable dispatch, subject to delay by causes beyond its control or by the action or inaction of Tenant.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the performance of Landlord’s Work is expressly

 

2



 

conditioned upon compliance by Tenant with all the terms and conditions of the Lease, including payment of Rent.

 

3.03                         Any changes in or additions to Landlord’s Work which shall be consented to by Landlord, shall be made by Landlord, or its agents, but shall be paid for by Tenant promptly when billed at cost plus the charges set forth in Paragraph 17 of Exhibit B annexed to this Agreement, and in the event of the failure of Tenant to so pay for said changes or additions, Landlord at its option may consider the cost and charges set forth in Paragraph 17 of Exhibit B annexed to this Agreement, as Additional Rent payable by Tenant and collectible as such hereunder, as part of the rent for the next ensuing months.

 

3.04                         [Intentionally Omitted.]

 

3.05                         Landlord’s Work shall be deemed to be substantially completed notwithstanding that (i) minor or non-material details of construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration remain to be performed, provided that said “Punch List Items” shall be completed by Landlord within a reasonable time thereafter or (ii) a portion of Landlord’s Work is incomplete because construction scheduling requires that such work be done after incomplete finishing or after other work to be done by or on behalf of Tenant is completed.

 

3.06                         For purposes of this Agreement, the “ Substitution Space Commencement Date ” shall mean the date which is the earlier of (x) the date upon which Landlord’s Work is deemed to be substantially completed, or (y) the date Tenant or anyone claiming by, under or through Tenant first shall occupy any part of the Substitution Space for the conduct of Tenant’s business.  As soon as the Substitution Space Commencement Date and the Substitution Space Expiration Date are known, Landlord and Tenant shall execute a memorandum prepared by Landlord confirming the same within ten (10) days of written demand therefor, but any failure to execute such a memorandum shall not affect such dates as determined by Landlord.

 

3.07                         Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event that the Substitution Space Commencement Date shall not have occurred on or before the Outside Date (as such term is hereinafter defined), then, Tenant shall pay Fixed Annual Rent for the Original Premises at the rate of Seventy Thousand One Hundred Forty and 00/100 ($70,140.00) Dollars per annum ($5,845.00 per month) after the Outside Date until the Substitution Space Commencement Date, provided, however, the Outside Date shall be extended by one day for each day of delay which is due to a Tenant Delay (as defined in the Original Lease) or Force Majeure.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for purposes of all other provisions of the Lease, including, without limitation, holdover rental, the Fixed Annual Rent for the Original Premises set forth in Article 39 of the Lease shall apply.  For purposes of this Section 3.07, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (i) the term “ Outside Date ” shall mean December 1, 2012, and (ii) the term “ Force Majeure ” shall mean the inability of Landlord to perform an obligation accruing under this Article by reason of accidents, strikes, the inability to secure a proper supply of fuel, gas, steam, water, electricity, labor or supplies, governmental restrictions, regulations or controls or by reason of any other similar cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord but excluding unavailability of funds.

 

3.08                         Prior to the Substitution Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall be

 

3



 

permitted access to the Substitution Space solely for the purpose of (i) installing telecommunications and computer cabling and (ii) moving Tenant’s personal property into the Premises provided that Tenant and/or Tenant’s designees shall not interfere with or delay the performance by Landlord of Landlord’s Work or increase Landlord’s cost to perform Landlord’s Work.  Such access shall be subject to, and in accordance with, all the terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease including, without limitation, the provisions of Articles 3, 41 and 52 of the Lease.

 

4.                                       Fixed Annual Rent,  Escalations, and Additional Security for the Premises .

 

4.01                         For purposes of this Article, the term “ First Lease Year ” shall mean the period from the Substitution Space Commencement Date through (i) the last day of the sixth (6 th ) calendar month following the month during which the first (1st) anniversary of the Substitution Space Commencement Date occurs, or (ii) in the event that the Substitution Space Commencement Date occurs on the first (1st) day of the month, the day immediately preceding the sixth (6 th ) calendar month following the month during which the first (1st) anniversary of the Substitution Space Commencement Date occurs, and each succeeding “ Lease Year ” shall mean each successive twelve (12) month period following the First Lease Year through and including the Substitution Space Expiration Date.  Tenant shall pay Fixed Annual Rent for the Substitution Space (exclusive of electricity charges) from the Substitution Space Commencement Date through the Substitution Space Expiration Date at the following rates:

 

a)                                      For the First Lease Year, by the sum of Seventy Thousand One Hundred Forty and 00/100 ($70,140.00) Dollars per annum ($5,845.00 per month);

 

b)                                      For the Second Lease Year, by the sum of Seventy One Thousand Eight Hundred Ten and 00/100 ($71,810.00) Dollars per annum ($5,984.17 per month);

 

c)                                       For the Third Lease Year, by the sum of Seventy Three Thousand Four Hundred Eighty and 00/100 ($73,480.00) Dollars per annum ($6,123.33 per month);

 

d)                                      For the Fourth Lease Year, by the sum of Seventy Five Thousand One Hundred Fifty and 00/100 ($75,150.00) Dollars per annum ($6,262.50 per month); and

 

e)                                       For the Fifth Lease Year, by the sum of Seventy Six Thousand Eight Hundred Twenty and 00/100 ($76,820.00) Dollars per annum ($6,401.67 per month).

 

4.02                         In addition to the payment of Base Rent as hereinabove provided, Tenant shall continue to pay additional rent and other charges for the Original Premises as originally provided for in the Lease; provided, however, that as of the Substitution Space Commencement Date, solely with respect to the Substitution Space: (i) for purposes of Article 43(a) of the Lease the phrase “ Tax Base Year ” shall mean the tax fiscal year July 1, 2012 through June 30, 2013, (ii) the percentage set forth in Article 43(d) of the Lease as “ Tenant’s Proportionate Share ” shall

 

4



 

mean 0.56%, and (iii) for purposes of Article 44(b)(i) of the Lease, the phrase “ Base Year ” shall mean January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2013.

 

4.03                         Tenant’s existing security deposit (the “ Existing Security ”) shall remain on deposit with Landlord for the performance of Tenant’s obligations accruing under the Lease, as modified by this Agreement.  The Existing Security shall be held and applied by Landlord and returned to Tenant in accordance with the provisions of Article 34 of the Lease, as supplemented by Article 57(i) of the Lease.

 

4.04                         Subject to the provisions hereof, if and so long as Tenant is not in default under the Lease, the Fixed Annual Rent (without electricity) accruing under the Lease solely in respect of the Original Premises and Additional Rent accruing under the Lease solely in respect of the Original Premises for Real Estate Taxes and Operating Costs shall be abated for the period commencing on the Substitution Space Commencement Date through the Original Premises Surrender Date.

 

5.                                       Electricity .

 

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that electric service shall be supplied to the Substitution Space as of the Substitution Space Commencement Date in accordance with the provisions of Article 12, Article 40(b), and Exhibit E annexed to the Lease.

 

6.                                       Air Conditioning .

 

Tenant acknowledges and agrees that air conditioning service shall be supplied to the Substitution Space as of the Substitution Space Commencement Date in accordance with the provisions of Article 40(a) of the Lease.

 

7.                                       Parking .

 

Effective as of the Substitute Space Commencement Date, the number of parking cards set forth in Article 49(a) of the Lease shall be reduced proportionally by five (5) parking cards, so that as of the Substitute Space Commencement Date, Tenant shall be entitled to three (3) parking cards during the Extended Term, two (2) of such cards being for self-parking and one (1) of such cards being for valet parking only.  In addition, and provided Tenant is not in default under any of the terms, covenants or conditions hereof, in lieu of the aforementioned parking card for valet parking only, Tenant shall be entitled to the use of one (1) additional parking card for self parking only for its employees’ use (the “ Alternate Self-Parking Card ”) only in the event that such parking card is available.  Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, an amount equal to the then prevailing rates which Landlord is charging other occupants of the Building for per card per month for the use of such Alternate Self-Parking Card, which amount shall be subject to increase at any time during the Term in Landlord’s sole, reasonable discretion.  Landlord shall have the right to terminate Tenant’s and its employees’ use of such Alternate Self-Parking Card at any time during the Term on seven (7) days notice to Tenant, and in such event Tenant shall then be entitled to the use of the one (1) parking card for valet parking referred to in the first sentence of this Article 7.  Tenant’s and its employees’ use of such Alternate Self-Parking Card shall be subject to all of the terms, covenants and conditions of Article 49 of the Lease.

 

5



 

8.                                       Miscellaneous Lease Modifications .

 

8.01                         Article 58 of the Lease (“Renewal Option”) shall be deemed to be and is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

8.02                         Article 59 of the Lease (“Right of First Offer”) shall be deemed to be an is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

8.03                         Article 61 of the Lease (“7 th  Floor Corridor Renovation”) shall be deemed to be and is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

9.                                       Successors and Assigns .

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

10.                                Entire Agreement .

 

The Lease, as modified by this Agreement, represents the entire understanding between the parties with regard to the matters addressed herein and may only be modified by written agreement executed by all parties hereto.  All prior understandings or representations between the parties hereto, oral or written, with regard to the matters addressed herein, other than the Lease, are hereby merged herein.  Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any representative or agent of Landlord has made any representation or warranty, express or implied, as to the physical condition, state of repair, layout, footage or use of the Substitution Space or any matter or thing affecting or relating to the Substitution Space except as specifically set forth in this Agreement.  Tenant has not been induced by and has not relied upon any statement, representation or agreement, whether express or implied, not specifically set forth in this Agreement.  Landlord shall not be liable or bound in any manner by any oral or written statement, broker’s “set-up”,” representation, agreement or information pertaining to the Substitution Space or this Agreement furnished by any real estate broker, agent, servant, employee or other person, unless specifically set forth herein, and no rights are or shall be acquired by Tenant by implication or otherwise unless expressly set forth herein.

 

11.                                Effectiveness .

 

This Agreement shall not be binding upon Landlord and Tenant until executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant.

 

12.                                Ratification .

 

Except as specifically modified herein, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that the Lease has not been modified and remains in full force and effect.

 

13.                                No Brokers/Indemnification .

 

Tenant covenants, represents and warrants that Tenant has had no dealings or negotiations with any broker or agent in connection with the consummation of this agreement

 

6



 

other than SL Green Leasing LLC (the “ Broker ”), and Tenant covenants and agrees to defend, hold harmless and indemnify Landlord from and against any and all cost, expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) or liability for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any broker or agent with respect to this Agreement or the negotiation thereof.

 

14                                   Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  The captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Agreement to be drafted.

 

(c)                                   Terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed thereto in the Lease.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

7



 

(d)                                  If any provision of this Agreement or its application to any person or ircumstances is invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement, or the applicability of such provision to other persons or circumstances, shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law and shall be deemed to be separate from such invalid or unenforceable provisions and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

 

 

Landmark Square 1-6 LLC , as Landlord

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John J. Barnes

 

 

Name: JOHN J. BARNES

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President,

 

 

Sr. Director Suburban Division

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Larry Kwiat

 

 

Name: LARRY KWIAT

 

 

Title: Senior Vice President Leasing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tyr Energy, Inc. , as Tenant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kaoru Usami

 

 

Name: Kaoru Usami

 

 

Title: CEO & President

 

 

 

Witness:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Brock Shealy

 

 

Name: Brock Shealy

 

 

Title: VP, Corporate Administration

 

 

 

8


 

 


 

EXHIBIT B

 

Landlord’s Work

 

Landlord shall perform the following, which shall constitute Landlord’s Work, subject to and in accordance with the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.

 

The following specifications are included solely to illustrate Landlord’s Building-standard specifications and in the event of conflict between this Exhibit and the construction documents, this Exhibit shall govern.

 

1.                                       CARPENTRY :

 

·                   Landlord shall install drywall partitions with 2-1/2” metal studs at 24” on center; non-insulated, with one (1) layer of 5/8” gypsum board, both sides.  Partition to extend to 6” above finished ceiling.  Landlord shall provide partitions as shown in attached floor plan.

 

·                   Existing demising walls shall remain within the Premises.

 

·                   Landlord shall install (1) one 4’-0”x 8’-0” painted fire rated plywood panel for installation of Tenant’s telephone equipment.

 

·                   Landlord shall provide and install 29 linear feet of glass at the conference room and two (2) perimeter offices within the Premises.  Sidelight shall extend from floor to top of door frame, and shall consist of a gypsum board framed opening with top and bottom brushed aluminum channel and 3/8” glass.  All vertical edges shall receive clear silicone caulking.

 

2.                                       CEILINGS :

 

·                   Landlord shall install new 9/16” ceiling grid with Armstrong’s “Dune,” 2’0” x 2’0” ceiling tile.

 

4.                                       MILLWORK :

 

·                   Landlord shall install seven (7) linear feet of countertop with upper and lower cabinets.  All millwork shall be plastic laminate.

 

5.                                       DOORS, FRAMES & HARDWARE :

 

·                   Landlord shall install 3’0” x 7’0” solid core oak doors with clear finish and painted hollow metal frames.  Landlord shall provide doors and frames as shown in the attached floor plan.

 

·                   Landlord shall install Building standard hardware including latch/lock lever sets, hinges, door stops where required.

 

6.                                       FLOORING :

 

·                   Landlord shall install 28 oz. Building standard carpet throughout the Premises, except as set forth below.

 

·                   Landlord will install vinyl composition tile in pantry and copy/print areas of the Premises.

 

·                   Landlord shall install 4” vinyl base throughout the Premises.

 



 

7.                                       PAINTING :

 

·                   Landlord shall paint the entire Premises with one (1) coat primer and one (1) finish coat.  All walls shall receive a flat finish and all metal door frames shall be semi-gloss.

 

8.                                       PLUMBING :

 

·                   Landlord shall supply and install one (1) ADA compliant sink and faucet with both hot and cold running water within the pantry area.  Hot water to be installed by Landlord and maintained by Tenant.

 

·                   Landlord shall install one (1) water feeds for tenant supplied equipment.

 

9.                                       FIRE PROTECTION :

 

·                   Existing fire alarm/suppression system to be modified as per code requirements.

 

10.                                HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING :

 

·                   Landlord shall modify existing HVAC system as required throughout the Premises.

 

11.                                ELECTRICAL :

 

A.                                     Lighting

 

·                   Landlord shall provide and install new high efficiency 2’-0” x 4’-0” recessed fixtures throughout the Premises at one (1) fixture per 100 rentable square feet.  Initial bulbs supplied by Landlord; all subsequent replacements by Landlord at Tenant’s expense.  Landlord shall supply integral emergency lighting within the light fixtures as required per code.

 

B.                                     Outlets

 

·                   Landlord shall reuse existing outlets where possible.  Landlord shall replace existing outlet covers with new white Decora.

 

·                   Landlord shall install new duplex wall convenience outlets throughout the Premises at one (1) outlet per 150 rentable square feet with one (1) circuit per six (6) outlets.  No room to have less than one (1) receptacle.

 

·                   Landlord shall provide and install two (2) dedicated duplex outlets throughout the Premises.

 

·                   All receptacles to be white decora.

 

C.                                     Switches

 

·                   Landlord shall install new occupancy sensor switches at one (1) switch per 300 rentable square feet.  Each room shall receive one (1) occupancy sensor.  All switch plates to be white decora.

 

D.                                     Telephone

 

·                   All arrangements and costs associated with telephone and data wiring/equipment shall be at the sole cost of the Tenant.  All wiring must be

 

2



 

plenum rated.  If requested by Tenant, Landlord will provide TEWO (as defined below) pricing for Tenant’s telephone and data wiring.

 

12.                                SUBSTITUTIONS :

 

·                   In the event Tenant elects not to install any item outlined within Landlord’s Work, Tenant shall not be provided a credit except as outlined below.

 

·                   Tenant may only substitute like items outlined within Landlord’s Work, and shall be provided a credit of equal value to the substituted items.  In the event the substitute item is of greater value, Tenant shall be responsible for all associated costs above the credit.  In the event Tenant elects to install a like item of lesser value, Tenant shall not be provided a credit for the value difference of said like items.

 

13.                                TENANT STRUCTURAL REINFORCEMENT :

 

·                   If any additional structural support is required or is in question, Landlord will retain the services of a licensed engineer to determine these requirements.  If it is deemed that additional structural support is required for any of Tenant’s furniture, files, or equipment, Tenant will compensate the Landlord for any costs associated with this additional work.

 

14.                                TENANT FURNITURE :

 

·                   Tenant is responsible for coordination and layout of all furniture, furniture components and installation, including ADA code compatibility.

 

15.                                TENANT SECURITY & ACCESS :

 

·                   Tenant will be solely responsible for any security and access system for the Premises.  Any wiring entering the ceiling must be plenum rated.

 

16.                                TENANT APPLIANCES, OFFICE EQUIPMENT :

 

·                   Tenant will be solely responsible for any appliances and office equipment for the Premises.

 

17.                                TENANT EXTRA WORK :

 

·                   Items not described in these specifications are considered non-standard work items, falling outside of the scope of the standard build-out.  If requested by Tenant during the Landlord’s Work, these items of work will be performed exclusively by Landlord at the sole cost and expense of Tenant.  Landlord will present Tenant with a Tenant Extra Work Order (“ TEWO ”), setting forth the specifications and cost of the subject items.  Tenant will have three (3) days from receipt of the subject TEWO in which to elect to have the subject item of work performed.  Election is made by Tenant through execution and delivery of the subject TEWO to Landlord, together with payment by Tenant of one-half (50%) of the cost of the subject item.  Failure by Tenant to make election (in the manner described in the preceding sentence) within the aforementioned three (3) day period shall be construed as an election by Tenant to forego the subject TEWO.  During Tenant’s TEWO review period, Landlord will continue to prosecute the Landlord’s Work in accordance with the terms of

 

3



 

this Lease.  Tenant must pay the entire balance of any signed and delivered TEWO upon Substantial Completion of the subject work.  Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work is not contingent upon the completion of any TEWOs and that TEWOs by their nature may not be complete upon Substantial Completion, as defined in this Lease.  Tenant further acknowledges that TEWOs may result in a Tenant Delay, as defined in this Lease.

 

4


 

 



 

Exhibit D

 

Electric Charge

 

$2.75/square foot per annum

 




Exhibit 10.7

 

DRUG DISCOVERY COLLABORATION AGREEMENT

 

This DRUG DISCOVERY COLLABORATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), effective as of July 3, 2013 (the “Effective Date”), is made by and between Array BioPharma Inc., a Delaware corporation, having a principal place of business at 3200 Walnut Street, Boulder, Colorado 80301 (“Array”), and Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having an address at c/o Aisling Capital, 888 7th Avenue, 30th Floor, New York, New York 10106 (“Loxo”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.                                     Array has skills, expertise and proprietary technology for the discovery, generation, optimization and preclinical testing of small molecule clinical candidates from drug discovery programs.  Loxo possesses pharmaceutical research, development and commercialization capabilities, as well as proprietary technology in the field of cancer treatment.

 

B.                                     Array and Loxo have each identified multiple oncology kinase targets that have the potential to be used as the basis for drug discovery programs.  As of the Effective Date, Array has developed assays, leads and other proprietary technology directed to certain of such targets.

 

C.                                     Loxo and Array desire to enter a collaboration wherein Array will perform certain research on several of such oncology kinase targets with assistance from Loxo, with the goal of developing small molecule inhibitors of such targets for clinical and commercial development by Loxo.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the covenants, conditions and undertakings hereinafter set forth, it is agreed by and between the Parties as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

 

As used herein, the following terms will have the meanings set forth below:

 

1.1                                Active Compound ” shall mean (i) a Compound that modulates a Target, the mechanism of which is a binding interaction with a Target, having a level of activity against a Target, expressed as an IC 50 , that is [***] as measured in the applicable in vitro biochemical assay set forth in the Discovery Plan; and (ii) a Compound that modulates at least two of the following receptors: TrkA, TrkB or TrkC, the mechanism of which is a binding interaction with the applicable Trk receptor, having a level of activity against the applicable Trk receptor, expressed as an IC 50 , that is [***] as measured in the applicable in vitro biochemical assay set forth in the Discovery Plan.  A Compound that does not meet the above activity levels may also become an Active Compound pursuant to Section 2.8(d).  For clarity, a Compound that modulates only one of TrkA, TrkB or TrkC at the appropriate level shall not be deemed an Active Compound.

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 



 

1.2                                Affiliate ” shall mean any corporation or other entity, whether de jure or de facto , which is directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control of a Party hereto for so long as such control exists.  For the purposes of this Section 1.2, “control” shall mean the direct or indirect ownership of at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding shares or other voting rights of the subject entity having the power to vote on or direct the affairs of the entity, or if not meeting the preceding, the maximum voting right that may be held by the particular Party under the laws of the country where such entity exists.

 

1.3                                Array Technology ” shall mean Array Patents and Array Know-How, in each case that are (i) Controlled by Array or Controlled by an Array Affiliate that is controlled by Array (where “control” is as defined in the definition of Affiliate in this Agreement) and are reasonably necessary or useful for the Parties to conduct their respective activities under the Discovery Program and for Loxo to develop, make, have made, use, import, offer to sell and sell Active Compounds and Products in the Field; and (ii) Controlled by Array or Controlled by an Array Affiliate that is controlled by Array (where “control” is as defined in the definition of Affiliate in this Agreement) and are necessary for Loxo to develop, make, have made, use, import, offer to sell and sell Active Compounds and Products in the Field.  For clarity, Array Technology described in subparagraph (ii) of this Section 1.3 shall not include Collaboration Technology.

 

1.3.1                                  Array Know-How ” shall mean all ideas, inventions, data, instructions, processes, formulas, expert opinions and information, including, without limitation, biological, chemical, pharmacological, toxicological, pharmaceutical, physical and analytical, clinical, safety, manufacturing and quality control data and information which (a) Array discloses to Loxo under this Agreement or specifically in anticipation of this Agreement and (b) is within the Control of Array.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Array Know-How excludes published Array Patents.

 

1.3.2                                  Array Patents ” shall mean all patents and patent applications owned or Controlled by Array.

 

1.4                                Clinical Candidate ” shall mean, with respect to each Target or Trk, any Active Compound that meets the Clinical Candidate Criteria set forth in the Discovery Plan.

 

1.5                                Collaboration Technology ” shall mean all Collaboration Patents and Collaboration Know-How.

 

1.5.1                                  Collaboration Know-How ” shall mean all ideas, inventions, data, instructions, processes, formulas, expert opinions and information, including, without limitation, biological, chemical, pharmacological, toxicological, pharmaceutical, physical and analytical, clinical, safety, manufacturing and quality control data and information developed solely or jointly by Array and/or Loxo during and in connection with the Discovery Program.

 

1.5.2                                  Collaboration Patents ” shall mean (i) all patent applications the subject of which is an invention conceived or reduced to practice solely or jointly by Array and/or

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

2



 

Loxo in the course of performing the Discovery Program, (ii) any divisions, continuations, and continuations-in-part, including U.S. and foreign, (iii) all patents that issue as a result of any of the foregoing, and (iv) all reissues, reexaminations, extensions or other governmental actions which extend any of the subject matter of the patents in (iii) above, and any substitutions, confirmations, registrations or revalidations of any of the foregoing.

 

1.6                                Combination Product ” shall mean a Product that is a pharmaceutical preparation for human use incorporating two or more therapeutically active ingredients and including a Compound as one of its active ingredients.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, drug delivery vehicles, adjuvants, and excipients shall not be deemed to be “therapeutically active ingredients,” and their presence shall not be deemed to create a Combination Product.

 

1.7                                Compound ” shall mean any one or more chemical entity(ies) (i)  made and tested against Trk in the course of Array’s pan-Trk program prior to the Effective Date and set forth on Exhibit C, or (ii) synthesized by Array in the course of performing or in connection with the Discovery Program, in each case together with any salt, hydrate, solvate, clathrate, polymorph or isomer thereof.  It is understood and agreed that “Compound” shall not include any Library Compound, except as provided in Section 2.8(c).

 

1.8                                Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

 

1.9                                Control ,” “ Controls ,” “ Controlled ” or “ Controlling ” shall mean possession of the ability to grant the licenses or sublicenses as provided herein without violating the terms of any agreement or other arrangements with any Third Party.

 

1.10                         Discovery Program ” shall mean the research activities undertaken by the Parties pursuant to Article 2 below.

 

1.11                         Discovery Plan ” shall mean the written research plan governing the joint effort of the Parties in conducting the Discovery Program, which may be amended from time to time by mutual agreement of the Parties or as described in Section 2.3.  The initial Discovery Plan has been mutually agreed in writing by the Parties as of the date of signing this Agreement, and shall be the operative Discovery Plan unless and until amended, modified or updated as provided in this Agreement.

 

1.12                         Discovery Program Term ” shall mean the term of the Discovery Program, as provided in Section 2.6 below.

 

1.13                         Field ” shall mean the diagnosis, treatment or prevention of any disease or condition in humans.

 

1.14                         FTE ” shall mean a full-time person dedicated to the Discovery Program, or in the case of less than a full-time, dedicated person, a full-time, equivalent person year, based upon a total of [***] hours per year of work in connection with the Discovery Program.

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

3



 

1.15                         IND ” shall mean an investigational new drug application filed with the FDA as more fully defined in 21 C.F.R. § 312.3

 

1.16                         IND-Enabling Studies ” shall mean studies performed specifically for inclusion in an IND, including without limitation ADME and GLP toxicology, as well as formulation and manufacturing development necessary to obtain the permission of regulatory authorities to begin human clinical testing.

 

1.17                         JRC ” or “ Joint Research Committee ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

1.18                         Lead Compound ” shall mean an Active Compound selected for clinical development in accordance with Section 2.5 below.

 

1.19                         Library Compound ” shall mean a chemical entity, existing as of the Effective Date, that is contained within the collection of chemical entities that Array uses for screening.

 

1.20                         Net Sales ” means the gross invoice price by a Party or an Affiliate or a sublicensee of a Party, as the case may be, for Products sold by such Party, Affiliate or sublicensee (“ Selling Party ”), under this Agreement in arm’s length sales to non-sublicensee Third Parties less deductions allowed to the Third Party customer by the Selling Party, to the extent actually taken by the Third Party customer, on such sales for:

 

(a)                                  trade, quantity, and cash discounts;

 

(b)                                  credits, rebates and chargebacks (including those to managed-care entities and government agencies), and allowances or credits to customers on account of rejection or returns (including, but not limited to, wholesaler and retailer returns) or on account of retroactive price reductions affecting such Product;

 

(c)                                   freight, postage and duties, and transportation charges specifically relating to Product, including handling and insurance thereto; and

 

(d)                                  sales (such as VAT or its equivalent) and excise taxes, other consumption taxes, customs duties and compulsory payments to governmental authorities and any other governmental charges imposed upon the sale of the Product to Third Parties.

 

Sales among the Selling Party and its Affiliates shall be excluded from the computation of Net Sales, and no royalties will be payable on such sales except where such Affiliates are end users, and sales from one Party or its Affiliate to the other Party or its Affiliate for use in development activities, in the further manufacture or Products, or for resale shall be excluded from the computation of Net Sales; provided, however, in each case that any subsequent resale to a Third Party shall be included within Net Sales.  In addition, the Selling Party may exclude from Net Sales a reasonable provision for uncollectible accounts, to the extent such reserve is determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied across all product lines of the particular Party, until such amounts are actually

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

4



 

collected.  Net Sales shall not include, and no royalty shall be due on, Products used in clinical trials or other research and development activities, or Products given as samples.

 

In the event a Product is sold which is a Combination Product, for purposes of determining royalty payments due Array under Section 5.4, Net Sales of Combination Products shall be calculated by multiplying the Net Sales of the Combination Product during the applicable reporting period by the fraction A/(A+B), in which “A” is the average sales price of the Product when such Product contains a Compound as the sole therapeutically active ingredient is sold separately in substantial quantities, and “B” is the average sales price of the other therapeutically active ingredients contained in the Combination Product sold separately in substantial quantities; in each case during the applicable reporting period.  In the event that no separate sales of either the Product comprising a Compound as the sole therapeutically active ingredient or the other therapeutically active ingredients of the Combination Product are made during the applicable reporting period, or if the average sales price for a particular therapeutically active ingredient cannot be determined for the applicable reporting period, the respective average sales prices during the most recent reporting period in which sales of both occurred shall be used.  In the event that either or both of A or (and) B is (are) not available, then Net Sales of Combination Products for the purposes of determining royalty payments hereunder shall be reasonably allocated based on the relative values contributed by each component, and agreement by the Parties to such allocation shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

1.21                         Party ” or “ Parties ” shall mean, respectively, Array or Loxo individually, or Array and Loxo collectively.

 

1.22                         Phase I Trial ” shall mean a human clinical trial that is intended to initially evaluate the safety and/or pharmacological effect of a Product in subjects or that would otherwise satisfy requirements of 21 C.F.R. 312.21(a).

 

1.23                         Phase II Trial ” shall mean a human clinical trial in any country that is intended to initially evaluate the effectiveness of a Product for a particular indication or indications in patients with the disease or indication under study or would otherwise satisfy requirements of 21 CFR 312.21(b).  A Phase I/II trial shall not be deemed a Phase II Trial until completion of the Phase I portion of such trial and commencement of the portion of such trial that meets the foregoing definition.

 

1.24                         Phase III Trial ” shall mean a human clinical trial in any country, the results of which could be used to establish safety and efficacy of a Product as a basis for an NDA or would otherwise satisfy requirements of 21 CFR 312.21(c).

 

1.25                         Product ” shall mean any pharmaceutical product incorporating as an active ingredient an Active Compound.

 

1.26                         Targets ” shall mean (a) the proteins identified on Exhibit B or any substitute for such a protein selected in accordance with Section 2.10 below, and (b) any variant, isoform or

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

5



 

polymorphism of any such protein listed in an established protein database such as www.uniprot.org (or a similar database if www.uniprot.org is unavailable).

 

1.27                         “Trk” shall mean the Trk family of receptors: TrkA, TrkB and TrkC.

 

1.28                         TrkA ” shall mean the protein known as [***].

 

1.29                         TrkB ” shall mean the protein known as [***].

 

1.30                         TrkC ” shall mean the protein known as [***].

 

1.31                         Territory ” shall mean worldwide.

 

1.32                         Third Party ” shall mean any person or entity other than Array and Loxo, and their respective Affiliates.

 

1.33                         Valid Claim ” shall mean a claim of an issued and unexpired patent that (a) has not been held permanently revoked, unenforceable or invalid by a decision of a court or other governmental agency of competent jurisdiction, which decision is unappealable or unappealed within the time allowed for appeal, and (b) has not been abandoned, disclaimed, denied or admitted to be invalid or unenforceable through reissue or disclaimer or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE 2

RESEARCH COLLABORATION

 

2.1                                Goals .  The goals of the Discovery Program with respect to the Targets and Trk are (i) the discovery and optimization of Clinical Candidates directed to the Targets and to Trk, (ii) the identification of a Lead Compound directed to each of the Targets and Trk, (iii) chemistry, manufacturing and control activities directed to and manufacture of quantities of the Lead Compounds sufficient to perform a Phase 1a (i.e. dose escalation) and a Phase 1b (i.e. dose level expansion) clinical trial [***], respectively, and (iv) the conduct of IND-Enabling Studies on the Trk Lead Compound and one (1) Lead Compound directed to a Target (selected by Loxo), in all cases pursuant to the Discovery Plan; provided, that Array shall not be required to perform GLP toxicology testing on the Trk Lead Compound and a Lead Compound directed to a Target (selected by Loxo) more than once.

 

2.2                                Conduct of the Discovery Program .  Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Parties agree to conduct research under the Discovery Program, which shall be funded as set forth in Article 5 below.  During the Discovery Program Term, Array and Loxo shall collaborate and conduct the Discovery Program in accordance with the Discovery Plan within the time schedules contemplated therein and to keep the other Party informed as to the progress and results of the Discovery Program hereunder.  It is understood that certain pre-IND development work and other Discovery Program activities will be outsourced to contract research organizations or other vendors

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

6



 

(“ CRO(s) ”).  The Party entering into the agreement with the CRO shall keep the other Party informed of the terms and status of each such agreement.

 

2.3                                Discovery Plan .  The Discovery Program shall be carried out in accordance with a mutually agreed upon written Discovery Plan, which shall establish specific research objectives and the research tasks to be performed and resources to be provided by each Party.  The initial Discovery Plan establishes: (i) the scope of the research activities which will be performed; (ii) the research objectives and work plan activities with respect to the Discovery Program; (iii) specific screening assays for identifying and testing the activity of Compounds and Library Compounds against the Targets and Trk; (iv) the criteria for determining when a Compound shall be deemed an Active Compound; and (v) the criteria for determining when an Active Compound shall be deemed a Clinical Candidate.  The Discovery Plan shall be reviewed on an ongoing basis and may be amended by the Joint Research Committee in accordance with Article 3.

 

2.4                                Discovery Program Staffing .  During the Discovery Program and subject to Loxo funding such FTE’s pursuant to Section 5.1, Array shall devote that number of FTE’s to the conduct of the Discovery Program specified in the Discovery Plan.  The Discovery Plan shall specify no less than [***] FTEs and no more than [***] Array FTEs at any time during the Discovery Program Term.

 

2.5                                Selection of Lead Compound .  Based upon the Clinical Candidate Criteria and the results of the Discovery Program, during the Discovery Program Term the JRC may designate a Clinical Candidate for selection by Loxo as a Lead Compound.  If the JRC determines that a particular Active Compound does not strictly meet the Clinical Candidate Criteria, but should be considered as a potential Lead Compound, then the JRC may select such Active Compound as a Lead Compound.  Upon approval by Loxo, the Active Compound or Clinical Candidate so designated by the JRC shall be deemed the Lead Compound.  Loxo may approve, or withhold its approval of, the designation of any Active Compound as the Lead Compound in Loxo’s sole discretion, whether or not such Active Compound meets the Clinical Candidate Criteria, and an Active Compound shall not be deemed the Lead Compound unless so approved by Loxo.  Any Active Compound with respect to which Array (pursuant to the Discovery Plan or with JRC approval) or Loxo intitates IND-Enabling Studies shall be deemed a Lead Compound, whether or not so designated.

 

2.6                                Term of Discovery Program .  The Discovery Program Term shall commence on the Effective Date and shall end upon the date three (3) years after the Effective Date.  Loxo may extend the Discovery Program Term for up to two (2) additional one (1) year renewal periods by providing written notice to Array at least three (3) months before the end of the initial Discovery Program Term or the renewal period, as applicable.

 

2.7                                Third Party Licenses .  In the event that the Parties agree to acquire additional technologies from a Third Party specifically for use in the conduct of the Discovery Program in the Field, Loxo will be responsible for the payment of any amounts due to Third Parties for the license

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

7



 

of intellectual property which directly applies to any Target, and the costs of negotiating, preparing and executing any such license.

 

2.8                                Records; Inspection .

 

(a)                                  Records .  Array and Loxo shall maintain records of the Discovery Program (or cause such records to be maintained) in sufficient detail and in good scientific manner as will properly reflect all work done and results achieved in the performance of the Discovery Program (including all data in the form required under any applicable governmental regulations and as directed by the JRC).  Array shall maintain such records during the Discovery Program Term and for a period of five (5) years thereafter, and shall provide Loxo access to such records at Array’s place of business upon reasonable advance notice of Loxo.

 

(b)                                  Reports and Information Exchange .  During the Discovery Program Term, each of Loxo and Array shall use commercially reasonable and diligent efforts to disclose to the other Party all material information relating to the Discovery Program, including without limitation any Active Compound and/or Clinical Candidate, promptly after it is learned or its materiality is appreciated.  Each Party shall also keep the other Party, including the Joint Research Committee, informed as to its progress under the Discovery Plan.  Within sixty (60) days following the end of each calendar quarter of the Discovery Program, each of Array and Loxo shall provide the other Party with a reasonably detailed written report describing the progress to date of all activities for which such Party was allocated responsibility during such quarter under the Discovery Plan.

 

(c)                                   Library Compounds .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.8, Array shall not be required to disclose to Loxo the structures of any Library Compound unless such Library Compound meets those criteria required for a Compound to be an Active Compound.

 

(d)                                  Additional Active Compounds .  With respect to all Compounds that do not meet the activity levels set forth in Section 1.1, the JRC will review the Compounds for potential to be deemed an Active Compound, notwithstanding the failure to meet the above activity level, based on other reasonable factors including efficacy, response and potency.  Once the JRC has concluded that the Compound should not be deemed an Active Compound, then Array is free to include the Compound as one of its Library Compounds (subject in all case to Array’s obligations under this Agreement including without limitation Section 4.3).  If Loxo’s and Array’s members on the JRC disagree whether such factors exist and a Compound should be included as an Active Compound, such matter shall first be referred to the Parties’ respective Chief Executive Officers, who shall attempt in good faith to resolve such disagreement within thirty (30) days of such matter being referred to them (and if such matter is not resolved within such thirty (30) day period,then the parties will submit the matter to binding arbitration before a mutually agreed upon expert to determine whether such factors exist and the Compound should be deemed as an Active Compound).

 

2.9                                Post Discovery Program Activities .  For each Clinical Candidate and Product to which Loxo retains rights under this Agreement, Loxo shall be responsible, at its sole expense, for conducting all additional preclinical and clinical development of such Clinical Candidate or Product

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

8



 

following the termination of the Discovery Program Term, and all commercialization of such Clinical Candidate or Product, in accordance with Article 7.

 

2.10                         Replacement Targets .  During the Discovery Program Term, Loxo may determine in its sole discretion that research activities with respect to a particular Target should be discontinued (for example, and without limitation, such Target has not yielded sufficient progress, or scientific literature suggests the Target is intractable or is not therapeutically relevant or for safety issues).  Upon any such determination, Loxo shall provide written notice to Array of the Target or Targets that Loxo desires to remove from the Discovery Program and will include in such notification a suggested substitute for such discontinued Target.  After receipt of such notice, Array will promptly inform Loxo whether, as of the date of such written notice, the addition of such suggested substitute target would not (i) violate any agreement that Array has with a Third Party; (ii) add a target that is the subject of Array’s own active and ongoing research (with existing commitment and expenditure of resources for such target), was the subject of previous significant research at Array, or is the subject of drugs in Array’s clinical development pipeline or marketed product portfolio; or (iii) add a target with respect to which Array is engaged in active, ongoing substantial negotiations (i.e., has agreed a term sheet containing material business terms) with a Third Party.  If neither (i), (ii) or (iii) apply to such suggested substitute target, then the discontinued Target shall cease to be a Target, the suggested substitute target shall be deemed a Target for the purposes of this Agreement, and Exhibit B shall be deemed to be updated accordingly.  For the avoidance of doubt, no more than three (3) Targets in addition to Trk shall be included in the Discovery Program.  If a proposed target is not available for inclusion, then the fact that Loxo proposed such target or is otherwise interested in such target (or molecules directed to such target) shall be Loxo’s Confidential Information.

 

2.11                         Technology Transfer .  During the Discovery Program Term and the six (6) months following the Discovery Program Term, upon the request of Loxo, Array shall transfer to Loxo or its designee, without charge, such Collaboration Technology and Array Technology used in the performance of the Discovery Program and reasonable quantities of related materials as are in Array’s possession and Control and are reasonably necessary or directly useful to enable Loxo or its designee (including a manufacturer) to manufacture Active Compounds or Products and shall provide reasonable assistance to enable the effective transfer of the foregoing.  Thereafter Array will reasonably cooperate as Loxo may from time to time request to identify other parties to manufacture Active Compounds or Products.

 

ARTICLE 3

MANAGEMENT

 

3.1                                Joint Research Committee .  Promptly after the Effective Date, Loxo and Array will establish a committee (the “Joint Research Committee” or “JRC”) to oversee, review and recommend direction of the Discovery Program.  The responsibilities of the Joint Research Committee shall include, among other things: (i) monitoring and reporting research progress and ensuring open and frequent exchange between the Parties regarding Discovery Program activities; (ii)  coordination of a collaborative lead validation and optimization program to identify Active

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

9



 

Compounds; (iii) identifying the Party that will outsource certain Discovery Program activities, selecting the appropriate CRO and approving the terms of each CRO agreement; and (iv) amending as necessary the criteria for the selection of Clinical Candidates.

 

3.2                                Membership .  The JRC shall include two (2) representatives of each of Loxo and Array, each Party’s members selected by that Party.  Array and Loxo may each replace its JRC representatives at any time, upon written notice to the other Party.  From time to time, the JRC may establish subcommittees, to oversee particular projects or activities, and such subcommittees will be constituted as the JRC agrees.

 

3.3                                Meetings .  During the Discovery Program Term, the JRC shall meet at least quarterly, or as agreed by the Parties, at such locations as the Parties agree, and will otherwise communicate regularly by telephone, electronic mail, facsimile and/or video conference.  With the consent of the Parties, other representatives of Array or Loxo may attend JRC meetings as nonvoting observers.  Each Party shall be responsible for all of its own expenses associated with attendance of such meetings.  The first meeting of the JRC shall occur within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date.

 

3.4                                Minutes .  The JRC shall keep accurate minutes of its deliberations which shall record all proposed decisions and all actions recommended or taken.  The Secretary of the JRC (as appointed by the members of the JRC) shall be responsible for the preparation of draft minutes.  Draft minutes shall be sent to all members of the JRC within five (5) working days after each meeting and shall be approved, if appropriate, at the next meeting.  All records of the JRC shall at all times be available to both Array and Loxo.

 

3.5                                Decision Making .  Decisions of the JRC shall be made by majority vote.  In the event that the votes required to approve a decision cannot be reached within the JRC, then Loxo shall have the deciding vote; provided, however, that Loxo shall not have the right to cast the deciding vote in any manner that would (i) cause Array to violate any obligation or agreement it may have with any Third Party, or (ii) unilaterally impose on Array any financial obligation that is beyond the scope of Array’s obligations under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 4

LICENSES

 

4.1                                Commercial Licenses .

 

4.1.1                                  License to Clinical Candidates and Corresponding Products .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Array hereby grants to Loxo an exclusive (even as to Array) license, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses (through multiple tiers), under the Array Technology and Array’s interest in the applicable Collaboration Technology, to make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell, import, export and otherwise exploit Active Compounds, Clinical Candidates, Lead Compounds and Products for use in the Field and in the Territory.

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

10


 

 

4.1.2                                  Marketing Rights .  Loxo shall have the exclusive right to market, sell and distribute Products in the Field and in the Territory.  In exercising such rights, Loxo may select trademarks for such Products, and Loxo shall own all right, title or interest in such trademarks (subject to any pre-existing rights of Array or Third Parties).

 

4.2                                No Implied Licenses .  Only the licenses granted pursuant to the express terms of this Agreement shall be of any legal force or effect.  No other license or rights shall be created by implication, estoppel or otherwise.

 

4.3                                Target Exclusivity .  Except to the extent required for Array to fulfill its obligations under this Agreement, with respect to each Target and Trk, for as long as Loxo (or a sublicensee or other Third Party on Loxo’s behalf) (a) has an active research and/or development program for such Target or Trk, where such program could result in Array accruing milestone payments and royalties; or (b) is commercializing a Product for such Target or Trk, Array shall not conduct, participate in, license or fund, directly or indirectly, alone or with any Affiliate or Third Party, research or development with respect to, or manufacturing or commercialization of, a product comprising a small molecule that, as a primary mechanism of action for therapeutic or prophylactic effect, binds to and modulates the activity of such Target or binds to modulates at least two of TrkA, TrkB or TrkC.  For clarity, nothing in this Section 4.3 shall be deemed to prohibit Array from researching, developing, commercializing or otherwise exploiting a molecule that selectively inhibits TrkA, TrkB or TrkC with at least [***] times the inhibitory activity that such molecule has against any other TrkA, TrkB or TrkC isoform.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing provision of this Section 4.3, in the event of a Change of Control (as defined below) of Array, the provisions of this Section 4.3 shall not apply to any active research or development program that a portion of the surviving entity that was not Array (prior to the Change of Control) had ongoing as of immediately prior to the date of such Change of Control.  For purposes of this Section 4.3, a “Change of Control” shall mean the merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all of Array’s assets or similar transaction or series of transactions, as a result of which Array’s shareholders before such transaction or series of transactions own less than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of voting securities of the surviving entity immediately after such transaction or series of transactions.  For clarity, if as a result of any such Change of Control, Array exists as a wholly owned subsidiary of a parent, then the provisions of this Section 4.3 shall continue to apply to Array as the surviving entity, but not to such parent.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Array (or its successor) shall not use any information or materials (including without limitation Compounds) resulting from the Discovery Program with any such pre-existing research or development program.

 

ARTICLE 5

PAYMENTS

 

5.1                                Equity .  On the Effective Date, concurrently with execution of this Agreement, Loxo shall issue Array shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock representing [***] of Loxo’s outstanding

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

11



 

capitalization on the Effective Date, as further provided and on the terms and conditions set forth in a Series A and A-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.

 

5.2                                Discovery Program Funding .

 

5.2.1                                  Research Phase Payment Schedule .  During the Discovery Program Term, Loxo agrees to pay Array research funding for the conduct of the Discovery Program monthly, in advance, the sum of [***].  Such payments shall cover cover (i) FTE expenses used in the Discovery Program, (ii) all incidental materials and resources for the conduct of the Discovery Program, and (iii) CMC activities directed to, and the manufacture of, clinical supply of the Trk Lead Compound and one (1) Lead Compound for one (1) Target (selected by Loxo), and if the Discovery Program Term is extended then also for one additional Lead Compound to another Target (selected by Loxo).  The initial payment shall be made before the date Array FTEs are first deployed in accordance with the Discovery Plan, and subsequent payments shall be made before the first day of each calendar month thereafter.  Beginning with the later of (a) the [***] of the Discovery Program Term, or (b) [***] after the first Lead Compound directed to Trk has been identified, payments under this Section 5.2.1 shall increase to [***].  Such payments are non-creditable and non-refundable.

 

5.2.2                                  Non-FTE Costs .  All other costs and research requirements associated with the Discovery Program that are not within the scope of the Discovery Plan shall be borne by Loxo, including the costs of GLP toxicology studies.  If the JRC specifically requests, as confirmed by Loxo in writing or in the written Discovery Plan approved by the JRC, that Array conduct and fund a research activity at an external center, Array’s out-of-pocket external costs incurred by Array in following such request shall be reimbursed at Array’s cost.  Loxo shall reimburse all non-FTE costs incurred by Array withing thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor.

 

5.2.3                                  No Withholding .  All amounts paid by Loxo to Array pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall be made without withholding for taxes or any other charge.

 

5.3                                Milestones .

 

5.3.1                                  Target Milestones .  With respect to Active Compounds directed to a Target, Loxo shall pay Array the following payments on the first achievement by Loxo or an Affiliate or a sublicensee of Loxo of the following milestone events, with such payments due within thirty (30) days after applicable event occurs.  Each payment shall be due once per Target, regardless of how many times the event may occur:

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

12



 

Clinical and Regulatory Milestone Event

 

Milestone
Payment

 

1.  [***]

 

$

[***]

 

2.  [***]

 

$

[***]

 

3.  [***]

 

$

[***]

 

4.  [***]

 

$

[***]

 

5.  [***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

 

5.3.2                                  Trk Milestones .  With respect to Active Compounds directed to Trk, Loxo shall pay Array the following payments on the achievement by Loxo or an Affiliate or a sublicensee of Loxo of the first to occur of the following milestone events, with such payments due within thirty (30) days after the applicable event occurs.  Each payment shall be due once with respect to Trk, regardless of how many times the event may occur:

 

Clinical and Regulatory Milestone Event

 

Milestone Payment

 

1. [***]

 

$

[***]

 

2. [***]

 

$

[***]

 

3. [***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

[***]

 

$

[***]

 

 

5.3.3                                  For purposes of Section 5.3.1 or 5.3.2 above:

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

13



 

(a)                                  If a subsequent numbered milestone is achieved under either, each prior numbered milestone (“prior” and “subsequent” referring to a lower number in the tables above, e.g., milestone 2 being “prior” to milestone 3), then all such prior milestones shall be deemed achieved upon achievement of the subsequent milestone.

 

(b)                                  “Initiation” of a particular clinical trial shall mean enrollment of the first patient in such trial.

 

(c)                                   “First Commercial Sale” shall mean, with respect to a Product in a particular country, the first bona fide commercial sale of such Product by or under authority of Loxo, its Affiliates or sublicensees following receipt of authorization of the relevant governmental entity to sell such Product in such country.  It is understood that the Europe milestone shall be paid upon the First Commercial Sale of a Product in any country that is a member of the European Union either (i) as of the Effective Date, or (ii) as of the date of the First Commercial Sale in such country.

 

5.4                                Earned Royalties For Products .

 

5.4.1                                  Loxo shall pay Array (a) a royalty of [***] on worldwide Net Sales of Products directed to Trk, and (b) a royalty of [***] on worldwide Net Sales of Products directed to Targets.  With respect to the royalty described in clause (b) for a Product directed to a Target, Loxo shall have the right to credit the [***] Milestone payment against royalties on sales of Products directed to such Target.  Royalties payable under this Section 5.4 shall be paid on a country-by-country basis from the date of the first commercial sale of each Product with respect to which royalty payments are due until the later of (i) the [***] anniversary of the first commercial sale of the Product in such country, and (ii) the expiration date in such country of the last to expire of any patent within the Array Technology or the Collaboration Technology that includes at least one Valid Claim covering the manufacture, use or sale of such Product in such country.  Only one royalty shall be paid to Array with respect to a particular Product subject to royalties under this Section, without regard to whether more than one issued and unexpired claim of a Patent within the Array Technology or Collaboration Technology is applicable to such Product.

 

5.4.2                                  If it becomes necessary for Loxo, its Affiliates or sublicensees to obtain a license under a valid, issued patent of a Third Party, where such patent covers the composition, use or all practical methods of synthesis of an Active Compound comprising a Product, and such patent would necessarily be infringed by the development or sale of such Product (but not, for example, by reason of its formulation or method of manufacture except as noted above), and (ii) Loxo, its Affiliates or sublicensees must pay such Third Party for such license a royalty on sales of such Product, then Loxo shall have the right to credit [***] of such Third Party royalty payments against the royalties owing to Array under Section 5.4.1 with respect to sales of such Product; provided, however, that Loxo shall not reduce the amount of the royalties paid to Array under Section 5.4.1 by reason of this Section, after giving effect to any other adjustment or credit under this Agreement, to less than [***] of the royalties that would otherwise be due under Section 5.4.1.  Such credit shall not be available in any country

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

14



 

in the event the patents of such Third Party for which such obligations have been incurred are held invalid or unenforceable in such country.

 

5.4.3                                  If competition occurs in any country or countries between a Product being marketed and sold under this Agreement by Loxo, its Affiliates or sublicensees and any Generic Product (as defined below) being marketed and sold by any Third Party (other than a Loxo Affiliate or sublicensee), and for so long as such Generic Product is being marketed and sold in such country or countries of the Territory, and sales of such Generic Product equal at least [***] of the total combined sales of such Generic Product and the Product in the particular country in any calendar year, the royalty rates payable by Loxo to Array under this Section 5.4 in respect of such country or countries shall be reduced by [***].  Loxo shall give Array written notice of such competition with suitable and reasonable supporting documentation.  Any reduction in the payment due from Loxo as a result of such Third Party competition shall apply from the date of notice by Loxo to Array of such competition and shall be available to Loxo only for so long as the circumstances and conditions described above continue to exist, and shall only apply to royalties due on Net Sales of the particular Product in the particular country.  A “Generic Product” shall mean a true generic product, i.e., a non-proprietary product containing the Compound being sold hereunder in such country or countries and that: (a) is substantially identical to the Product; (b) obtained marketing approval solely by means of an Abbreviated New Drug Application filing or a similar procedure for establishing equivalence to such Product that does not require clinical testing; and (c) is legally marketed in such country by an entity other than Loxo, its Affiliates or its sublicensees.

 

It is understood that, if Net Sales of a Product in a country are affected by sales of a Generic Product, Array will be negatively impacted by lower royalties due to lower Net Sales.  Consequently, the Parties acknowledge that Sections 5.4.3 is intended only to avoid a disproportionate hardship on Loxo in the event described herein.  Accordingly, the royalties due to Array with respect to Net Sales of a Product in a particular country shall only be reduced if Net Sales and gross margins of such Product in such country have been substantially impaired by reason of sales of a Generic Product in such country, and the royalties due to Array under Section 5.4.1 would create an unfair economic balance between Loxo and Array with respect to the further commercialization of such Licensed Product in such country without a reduction under this Section 5.4.3.  Accordingly, (i) before any reduction of royalties under this Section 5.4.3 shall take effect, Loxo shall consult with Array as to measures that can reasonably be taken to avoid the impairment of such Net Sales or margins in such country, and (ii) reduction of royalties under this Section 5.4.3 shall continue only if Loxo reasonably initiates and continues to progress such measures to avoid impairment; and (iii) any reduction of royalties under this Section 5.4.3 shall continue only if Loxo continues to pursue all reasonably available legal measures that could prevent or mitigate Generic Product sales or impairment, including the enforcement of any Patents that could cover the manufacture, sale, use or importation of a Generic Product, directly or indirectly, and the enforcement of any applicable law or regulation that could affect the sales of such Generic Product.

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

15


 

 

ARTICLE 6

PAYMENTS; RECORDS

 

6.1          Payment Method .  All payments due under this Agreement shall be made from a bank located in the United States by bank wire transfer in immediately available funds to a bank account designated by Array.  All payments hereunder shall be made in U.S. dollars.  In the event that the due date of any payment subject to Article 5 hereof is a Saturday, Sunday or national holiday, such payment may be paid on the following business day.  Any payments that are not paid on the date such payments are due under this Agreement shall bear interest to the extent permitted by applicable law at the prime rate as reported by the Wall Street Journal on the date such payment is due, plus an additional [***], calculated on the number of days such payment is delinquent.

 

6.2          Taxes .  If laws or regulations require that taxes be withheld from any amounts payable hereunder, Loxo will:  (a) deduct those taxes from the otherwise remittable payment; (b) timely pay the taxes to the proper taxing authority; and (c) notify Array and promptly furnish Array with copies of any documentation evidencing such withholding.

 

6.3          Royalty Payments and  Reports .  Royalty payments under this Agreement with respect to Net Sales of Product in a given calendar quarter shall be made to the Array or its designee quarterly within sixty (60) days following the applicable calendar quarter.  Each royalty payment shall be accompanied by a report detailing, on a country-by-country basis for all Net Sales of Product by or under authority of the Loxo during the relevant three (3) month period: (i) units of Product sold, (ii) gross sales of the Product, (iii) calculation of the Net Sales (and deductions utilized in determining Net Sales), and (iv) all other calculations made in determining the applicable royalties payable on such Net Sales.

 

6.4          Books and Records; Accounting and Audits .  Loxo shall maintain complete and accurate books and records, in accordance with GAAP, which are relevant to, as applicable, the calculation of Net Sales and royalty payments owing hereunder.  Array shall maintain complete and accurate books and records, in accordanc with GAAP, which are relevant to, as applicable, all costs or expenses to be reimbursed by Loxo under this Agreement, which books and records shall be sufficient in detail to verify all reimbursed amounts hereunder.  A Party (the “Auditing Party”) shall have the right, at its own expense and not more than once in any calendar year during the Term of this Agreement, to have an independent, certified public accountant, selected by the Auditing Party, and under an obligation of confidence, audit the books and records of the other Party (the “Audited Party”) in the location(s) where such books and records are maintained upon reasonable notice (which shall be no less than fifteen (15) business days prior written notice) and during regular business hours, and for the sole purpose of verifying the basis and accuracy of the payments required and made under this Agreement or the work completed and amounts to be reimbursed, as applicable.  The report and communication of such accountant with respect to such an audit shall be limited to a certificate stating whether any, as applicable, report made or reimbursement or other payment submitted during such period is accurate or inaccurate and, if a discrepancy is identified, shall also indicate the amount and if applicable, with respect to any report, the nature, of any discrepancy, and the correct information (with respect to the applicable period).  Such accountant shall provide Array

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

16



 

and Loxo with a copy of each such report simultaneously.  Should the audit lead to the discovery of a discrepancy: (i) to the Auditing Party’s detriment, the Audited Party shall pay to the Auditing Party the amount of the discrepancy within thirty (30) days of the Audited Party’s receipt of the report; or (ii) to the Audited Party’s detriment, the Audited Party may, as applicable, credit the amount of the discrepancy against future payments payable to the Auditing Party under this Agreement, and if there are no such payments payable, then the Auditing Party shall pay to the Audited Party the amount of the discrepancy within thirty (30) days of the Auditing Party’s receipt of the report.  Additionally, in the event that the discrepancy is to the Auditing Party’s detriment and is greater than [***] of the amount due for such audited period, then the Audited Party shall pay or reimburse the reasonable cost charged by such accountant for such audit.  Once the Auditing Party has conducted an audit permitted by this Section 6.4 in respect of any period, it may not re-inspect the Audited Party’s books and records in respect of such period, unless a subsequent audit of a separate reporting period uncovers fraud on the part of the Audited Party that is reasonably expected to have been occurring during the prior audited period.  For clarity, however, if a discrepancy is identified by the accountant during the course of an audit and the Parties do not agree upon a resolution of such discrepancy, then the Auditing Party’s accountant may re-inspect the books and records to the extent reasonably relevant to resolving such discrepancy.  Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon the expiration of three (3) years following the end of any calendar year, the right to audit, the books and records for such calendar year shall expire and such Party shall be released from any liability or accountability with respect to payments or FTE work performed as reflected in such books of such Party for such calendar year (including, for clarity, with respect to the calculation of royalties payable with respect to each such calendar year).  The Parties shall no longer be required to retain such books and records for any calendar year after the expiration of the third (3 rd ) calendar year following such calendar year.

 

6.5          Blocked Currency .  If at any time legal restrictions in the Territory prevent the prompt remittance of any payments with respect to sales therein, Loxo shall have the right and option to make such payments by depositing the amount thereof in local currency to Array account in a bank or depository in the Territory.

 

6.6          Confidentiality .  Each Party shall treat all financial information of the other Party that is subject to review under this Article 6 of this Agreement (including all royalty reports) as such other Party’s Confidential Information.

 

ARTICLE 7

DUE DILIGENCE

 

Loxo shall use diligent efforts to develop and seek marketing approval in the U.S., France, Germany, Italy, Spain, the United Kingdom or Japan for a Product and following receipt of such approval to commercialize such Product in the U.S. France, Germany, Italy, Spain, the United Kingdom or Japan, consistent with the practice of Loxo in pursuing the research, development, commercialization, and marketing of pharmaceutical products of its own development and of similar commercial value potential.

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

17



 

ARTICLE 8

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

8.1          Ownership of Inventions; Disclosure .

 

8.1.1           Ownership .  Title to all inventions and other intellectual property made by employees of Array in the course of performing, or in connection with, the Discovery Program shall be owned by Array; title to all inventions and other intellectual property made by employees of Loxo in the course of performing, or in connection with, the Discovery Program shall be owned by Loxo; title to all inventions and other intellectual property made jointly by employees of Loxo and Array in the course of performing, or in connection with, the Discovery Program shall be owned jointly by Loxo and Array.  Inventorship of inventions and other intellectual property made pursuant to this Agreement shall be determined in accordance with the patent laws of the United States.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, neither Party shall have any obligation to account to the other for profits, or to obtain any approval of the other Party to license or exploit patented jointly-owned subject matter, by reason of joint ownership thereof, and each Party hereby waives any right it may have under the laws of any jurisdiction to require any such consent or accounting.

 

8.1.2           Disclosure of Inventions .  Each Party shall promptly disclose to the other any inventions made in connection with this Agreement.

 

8.2          Patent Prosecution .

 

8.2.1           Collaboration Patents and Trk Patents .  Loxo shall be responsible, at its expense, and shall have the exclusive right for (i) preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintaining (a) patent applications and patents directed to Collaboration Technology comprising Active Compounds and/or Clinical Candidates, pharmaceutical compositions containing an Active Compound and/or a Clinical Candidate, and methods of using any of the foregoing, and (b) patent applications and patents listed in Exhibit A (the “Trk Patents ”), and (ii) for conducting any interferences, re-examinations, reissues and oppositions relating thereto.  Loxo may elect, at its sole discretion, to discontinue prosecution of any such patent applications and/or not to file or conduct any further activities with respect to such patent applications or patents.  Loxo shall keep Array reasonably informed with respect to (i) the issuance of patents filed by Loxo pursuant to this Section 8.2.1 and (ii) the abandonment of any patent or patent application maintained by Loxo pursuant to this Section 8.2.1.  Without limiting the foregoing, Loxo will will (i) provide Array with copies of and an opportunity to review and comment upon the text of the applications relating to the Trk Patents at least thirty (30) days before filing, except for urgent responses in which case Loxo will provide a reasonable amount of time based on the circumstance; (ii) provide Array with a copy of each submission made to and document received from a patent authority, court or other tribunal regarding any Trk Patent reasonably promptly after making such filing or receiving such document, including a copy of each application for each Trk Patent as filed together with notice of its filing date and application number; (iii) keep Array advised of the status of all

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

18



 

material communications, actual and prospective filings or submissions regarding the Trk Patents, and will give Array copies of and an opportunity to review and comment on any such material communications, filings and submissions proposed to be sent to any patent authority or judicial body; and (iv) consider in good faith Array’s comments on the communications, filings and submissions for the Trk Patents.

 

8.2.2           Other Technology .  Except as provided in Section 8.2.1, each Party shall be responsible, at its own expense and in its sole discretion, for preparing, filing, prosecuting and maintaining, in such countries as it deems appropriate, any and all patent applications and patents directed to inventions owned or controlled by such Party and conducting any interferences, re-examinations, reissues and oppositions relating to such patent applications and patents.

 

8.2.3           Cooperation .  Array shall reasonably cooperate with and assist Loxo in connection with the activities of Loxo under Section 8.2.1 upon the reasonable request of Loxo, including without limitation by making scientists and scientific records reasonably available to Loxo and the execution of all such documents and instruments and the performance of such acts as may be reasonably necessary in order to permit Loxo to continue any filing, prosecution, maintenance or extension of such patents and patent applications.  Loxo shall reimburse Array for Array’s out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with this Section 8.2.3.

 

8.3          Enforcement and Defense .

 

8.3.1           Notice .  Each Party shall promptly notify the other of any knowledge it acquires of any potential infringement of the Collaboration Technology or the Array Technology with respect to a compound directed to a Target or Trk, in each case by a Third Party.

 

8.3.2           If (i) any patent within the Collaboration Technology or a Trk Patent is infringed by a Third Party in any country in the Territory in connection with the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale or importation of a product the same as or substantially similar to an Active Compound or a compound that is directed against a Target or Trk in the Field in such country, or (ii) any patent within the Array Technology other than a Trk Patent is infringed by a Third Party in any country in the Territory in connection with the manufacture, use, sale, offer for sale or importation of a product the same as or substantially similar to an Active Compound contained in a Product, then Loxo shall have the primary right, but not the obligation, to institute, prosecute, and control any action or proceeding with respect to such infringement of such Patent, by counsel of its own choice, and Array shall have the right, at its own expense, to be represented in that action by counsel of its own choice.  If Loxo fails to bring an action or proceeding within a period of one hundred twenty (120) days after a request by Array to do so, Array shall have the right to bring and control any such action by counsel of its own choice, and Loxo shall have the right to be represented in any such action by counsel of its own choice at its own expense.

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

19



 

8.3.3           If one Party brings an action or proceeding in accordance with Section 8.3.2, the second Party agrees to be joined as a party plaintiff if necessary and to give the first Party reasonable assistance and authority to file and prosecute the suit.  The costs and expenses of the Party bringing suit under this Section shall be borne by such Party, and any damages or other monetary awards recovered shall be shared as follows: The amount of such recovery actually received by the Party controlling such action shall first be applied to the out-of-pocket costs of such action by both Parties, and then (i) if Loxo is the Party that brings such action or proceeding, then Array shall be paid an amount equal to the royalties, if any, that would have been due upon sales of the infringing product as if such infringing sales had been Net Sales of a Product sold by or under the authority of Loxo, and the remaining portion of such recovery shall be paid to Loxo, or (ii) if Array is the Party that brings such action or proceeding, then the remaining portion of such recovery shall be shared as follows: Loxo shall receive 20% and Array shall retain 80%.  A settlement or consent judgment or other voluntary final disposition of a suit under this Section 8.3 may be entered into without the consent of the Party not bringing the suit.  Neither Party shall, however, have the right to enter into any settlement or consent to any claim to the effect that the patent protection offered under any part of the Collaboration Technology would be materially negatively affected, without the consent of the other Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

8.3.4           For any other infringement or declaratory judgment actions relating to Collaboration Technology falling outside of the application of Section 8.3.2, (i) Loxo shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to take reasonable legal action relating to any patent filed by Loxo pursuant to Section or 8.2.2, at its sole cost and expense, and (ii) Array shall have the sole right, but not the obligation, to take reasonable legal action relating to any patent filed by Array pursuant to Section 8.2.2, at its sole cost and expense.  Each Party agrees to render such reasonable assistance as the enforcing Party may request, at the enforcing Party’s expense, with respect to actions brought pursuant to this Section 8.3.4.  The costs in bringing any such action shall be paid by, and all recoveries therefrom belong to, the Party bringing such action.

 

ARTICLE 9

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

9.1          Confidential Information .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the Parties agree that, for the term of this Agreement and for ten (10) years thereafter, the receiving Party shall not, except as expressly provided in this Article 9, disclose to any Third Party any Confidential Information furnished to it by the disclosing Party hereto pursuant to this Agreement, or any results of the Discovery Program (“Results”).  For purposes of this Agreement, “Confidential Information” shall mean any information, samples or other materials, which if disclosed in tangible form is marked “confidential” or with other similar designation to indicate its confidential or proprietary nature, or, if disclosed orally, is indicated orally to be confidential or proprietary at the time of such disclosure and is confirmed in writing as confidential or proprietary within forty-five (45) days after

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

20



 

such disclosure.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information shall not include any information that can be established by the receiving Party by competent proof that such information:

 

(a)           was already known to the receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, at the time of disclosure;

 

(b)           was generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain at the time of its disclosure to the receiving Party;

 

(c)           became generally available to the public or otherwise part of the public domain after its disclosure and other than through any act or omission of the receiving Party in breach of this Agreement;

 

(d)           was independently developed by the receiving Party as demonstrated by documented evidence prepared contemporaneously with such independent development; or

 

(e)           was disclosed to the receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality, by a Third Party who had no obligation to the disclosing Party not to disclose such information to others.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 9.1, and for the purposes of clarity, the identity of the Targets and the results of the Discovery Program specifically related to Active Compounds, Clinical Candidates, Lead Compounds and Products shall be deemed Confidential Information of Loxo.  The identity of the Targets and such Discovery Program results may not be disclosed by Array to any Third Party for so long as the identity of such Target or such results remains Confidential Information.

 

9.2          Permitted Use and Disclosures .  Each Party hereto may use or disclose Confidential Information disclosed to it by the other Party or Results to the extent such use or disclosure is reasonably necessary and permitted in the exercise of the rights granted hereunder (including without limitation Loxo’s development and commercialization of Products) and in filing or prosecuting patent applications, prosecuting or defending litigation, complying with applicable governmental laws, regulations or court order or otherwise submitting information to tax or other governmental authorities, conducting clinical trials, or making a permitted sublicense or otherwise exercising license rights expressly granted by the other Party to it pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, provided that if a Party is required by governmental authority to make any such disclosure, other than pursuant to a confidentiality agreement, it will give reasonable advance notice to the other Party of such disclosure and, save to the extent inappropriate in the case of patent applications, will use its reasonable efforts to secure confidential treatment of such information in consultation with the other Party prior to its disclosure (whether through protective orders or otherwise) and disclose only the minimum necessary to comply with such requirements.

 

9.3          Termination of Prior Agreement .  This Agreement supersedes the Confidentiality Agreement between the Parties dated March 26, 2013.  All information exchanged between the

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

21



 

Parties under that the Confidentiality Agreement shall be deemed Confidential Information and shall be subject to the terms of this Article 9.

 

9.4          Nondisclosure of Terms .  Each of the Parties hereto agrees not to disclose the terms of this Agreement to any Third Party without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, except to such Party’s attorneys, advisors, investors, potential investors and other similarly situated Third Parties, and in the case of Loxo to actual or prospective collaborators or licensees, in each case on a need to know basis under circumstances that reasonably ensure the confidentiality thereof, or to the extent required by law.

 

9.5          Publications .  Each Party shall submit any proposed publication containing Confidential Information to the other Party at least thirty (30) days in advance to allow that Party to review such planned public disclosure.  The reviewing Party will promptly review such proposed publication and make any objections that it may have to the publication of Confidential Information of the reviewing Party contained therein.  Should the reviewing Party make an objection to the publication of any such Confidential Information, then the Parties shall discuss the advantages and disadvantages of publishing such Confidential Information.  If the Parties are unable to agree on whether to publish the same, the respective Chief Executive Officers of Array and Loxo shall reasonably agree on the extent to which the publication of such Confidential Information shall be made.

 

ARTICLE 10

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

10.1        Loxo .  Loxo represents and warrants that:  (i) it has the legal power, authority and right to enter into this Agreement and to fully perform all of its obligations hereunder; (ii) this Agreement is a legal and valid obligation binding upon it and enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iii) the performance of its obligations hereunder do not conflict with, violate or breach or constitute a default or require any consent under, any contractual obligations of Loxo; and (iv) as of the Effective Date there is no claim or demand of any Third Party pertaining to, or any proceeding that is pending or, to the knowledge of Loxo, threatened, that challenges the rights of Loxo to use the Targets or to conduct the Discovery Program.

 

10.2        Array .  Array represents and warrants that:  (i) it has the legal power, authority and right to enter into this Agreement and to fully perform all of its obligations hereunder; (ii) this Agreement is a legal and valid obligation binding upon it and enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iii) the performance of its obligations and the grant of rights hereunder do not conflict with, violate or breach or constitute a default or require any consent under, any contractual obligations of Array; (iv) as of the Effective Date, other than those it has disclosed to Loxo in writing, Array is not aware of any Third Party patent, patent applicaton or other intellectual property rights that would be infringed by the making, using, selling, offering for sale or importing any of the existing Active Compounds to Trk or by the practice of the methods and processes (or results thereof) to be used by Array in connection with the Development Program; (v) as of the Effective Date, all Array

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

22


 

 

Technology owned by Array necessary to to make, have made, use, offer for sale, sell, import, export and otherwise exploit Active Compounds, Clinical Candidates, Lead Compounds and Products for use in the Field and in the Territory is Controlled by Array, and (vi) Exhibit C fully and correctly identifies all chemical entities that Array made and tested against Trk in the course of Array’s pan-Trk program prior the Effective Date.

 

10.3                         Disclaimer .  Loxo and Array specifically disclaim any guarantee that the Discovery Program will be successful, in whole or in part.  Provided that the Parties perform their obligations under this Agreement and the Discovery Plan, the failure of the Parties to successfully develop, Active Compounds, Clinical Candidates and/or Products will not constitute a breach of any representation or warranty or other obligation under this Agreement.  EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT, ARRAY AND LOXO MAKE NO REPRESENTATIONS AND EXTEND NO WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE ARRAY TECHNOLOGY, COLLABORATION TECHNOLOGY, LIBRARY COMPOUNDS, ACTIVE COMPOUNDS, CLINICAL CANDIDATES, INFORMATION DISCLOSED HEREUNDER OR PRODUCTS INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, VALIDITY OF ANY COLLABORATION TECHNOLOGY, PATENTED OR UNPATENTED, OR NONINFRINGEMENT OF THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES.

 

ARTICLE 11
INDEMNIFICATION

 

11.1                         Loxo .  Loxo agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Array and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and their respective successors, heirs and assigns (the “Array Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any losses, costs, claims, damages, liabilities or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ and professional fees and other expenses of litigation) (collectively, “Liabilities”) arising, directly or indirectly out of or in connection with Third Party claims, suits, actions, demands or judgments, relating to (i) personal injury or death resulting from any Active Compound, Clinical Candidates or Product developed, manufactured, used, sold or otherwise distributed by or on behalf of Loxo, its Affiliates, sublicensees or other designees; and (ii) any breach by Loxo of the representations and warranties made in this Agreement, except, in each case, to the extent such Liabilities result from the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Array.

 

11.2                         Array .  Array agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Loxo and its Affiliates and their respective directors, officers, employees, agents and their respective successors, heirs and assigns (the “Loxo Indemnitees”) harmless from and against any losses, costs, claims, damages, liabilities or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ and professional fees and other expenses of litigation) (collectively, “Liabilities”) arising, directly or indirectly out of or in connection with Third Party claims, suits, actions, demands or judgments, relating to any breach by Array of its representations

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

23



 

and warranties made in this Agreement, except to the extent such Liabilities result from the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Loxo.

 

11.3                         Indemnification Procedure .  A Party that intends to claim indemnification (the “Indemnitee”) under this Article 11 shall promptly notify the other Party (the “Indemnitor”) in writing of any claim, complaint, suit, proceeding or cause of action with respect to which the Indemnitee intends to claim such indemnification (for purposes of this Section 11.3, each a “Claim”), and the Indemnitor shall have sole control of the defense and/or settlement thereof; provided that the Indemnitee shall have the right to participate, at its own expense, with counsel of its own choosing in the defense and/or settlement of such Claim.  The indemnification obligations of the Parties under this Article 11 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any Claim if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Indemnitor, which consent shall not be withheld or delayed unreasonably.  The failure to deliver written notice to the Indemnitor within a reasonable time after the commencement of any such Claim, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such Indemnitor of any liability to the Indemnitee under this Article 11, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the Indemnitor shall not relieve the Indemnitor of any liability to any Indemnitee otherwise than under this Article 11.  The Indemnitee under this Article 11, and its employees, at the Indemnitor’s request and expense, shall provide full information and reasonable assistance to Indemnitor and its legal representatives with respect to such Claims covered by this indemnification.  It is understood that only Loxo or its permitted assignee may claim indemnity under this Article 11 (on its own behalf or on behalf of a Loxo Indemnitee), and other Loxo Indemnitees may not directly claim indemnity hereunder.  Likewise, it is understood that only Array may claim indemnity under this Article 11 (on its own behalf or on behalf of an Array Indemnitee), and other Array Indemnitees may not directly claim indemnity hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 12
TERM AND TERMINATION

 

12.1                         Term .  Unless earlier terminated, the Agreement will continue in full force and effect, on a Product-by-Product and country-by-country basis until the date no further payments are due under Article 5 above.  Following the expiration of this Agreement Loxo shall have a perpetual, fully paid-up, non-exclusive license under the Array Technology and Collaboration Technology to conduct research and to develop, make, have made, use, sell, offer for sale and import Products in the Territory for use in the Field.

 

12.2                         Termination for Breach .  Subject to the provisions of this Section 12.2, either Party may terminate the Discovery Program and this Agreement in the event the other Party hereto shall have materially breached or defaulted in the performance of any of its material obligations hereunder, and such default shall have continued for sixty (60) days after written notice thereof was provided to the breaching party by the non-breaching party.  Any termination shall become effective at the end of such sixty (60) day period unless the breaching party has cured any such breach or default prior to the expiration of the sixty (60) day period.  Provided that Loxo is reasonably able to pay its debts as they are due, Array shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement after the

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

24



 

Discovery Program Term but shall have the right to seek monetary damages (but not termination) for any breach of this Agreement by Loxo.

 

12.3                         Failure to Issue Stock .  If, within one (1) month after the Effective Date, Loxo does not close the transaction and issue the shares specified in Section 5.1 above, then Array may terminate this Agreement, immediately upon notice.

 

12.4                         Termination upon Notice .

 

12.4.1                                       Loxo Notice .  Loxo may terminate this Agreement upon six (6) months written notice to Array, provided that such notice is given after the date that is one (1) year after the Effective Date.

 

12.4.2                                       Program-by-Program .  In addition, Loxo may terminate the Discovery Program with respect to either Trk or a Target (an “Abandoned Target”) by so notifying Array, which termination shall be effective six (6) months after the date of such notice; provided that such notice is given after the date that is one (1) year after the Effective Date.  If, as a result of such termination, all Targets and Trk would become Abandoned Targets, then such termination shall be deemed a termination of this Agreement in its entirety under Section 12.4.1 above.  With respect to each Abandoned Target:

 

(a)                                  Array’s obligations to conduct further activities under the Development Program with respect to such Abandoned Target shall terminate as of the effective date of such termination; and

 

(b)                                  all licenses and rights to Loxo under Section 4.1 for Active Compounds and Products directed to the Abandoned Target (i.e., Trk or the Target) shall concurrently terminate, and Loxo and its Affiliates and sublicensees shall immediately cease all manufacture, development and commercialization of Active Compounds and Products directed to such Abandoned Target; and

 

(c)                                   subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 12.4.2(c), Array shall have (and Loxo agrees to grant and hereby grants to Array) an irrevocable, exclusive, worldwide license, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, under Loxo’s interest in the Collaboration Technology, including the Collaboration Technology Patents, to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and import Active Compounds and Products directed to such Abandoned Target; and

 

(d)                                  Array shall have the sole right to prosecute and maintain, and to enforce, all Collaboration Technology Patents to the extent claiming Active Compounds to such Abandoned Target.

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

25



 

12.5                         Effect of Breach or Termination .

 

12.5.1                           Accrued Rights and Obligations .  Termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not release either Party hereto from any liability which, at the time of such termination, has already accrued to the other Party or which is attributable to a period prior to such termination nor preclude either Party from pursuing any rights and remedies it may have hereunder or at law or in equity with respect to any breach of this Agreement.

 

12.5.2                           Return of Materials .  Upon any termination of this Agreement, Loxo and Array shall promptly return to the other all Confidential Information (including, without limitation, all Know-How) received from the other Party, except one copy of which may be retained for archival purposes.

 

12.5.3                           Effect of Termination by Loxo Without Cause .  If Loxo terminates this Agreement without cause pursuant to Section 12.4.1, then:

 

(a)                                  all licenses and rights to Loxo under Section 4.1 shall concurrently terminate; and

 

(b)                                  subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 12.5.3(b), Array shall have (and Loxo agrees to grant and hereby grants to Array) an irrevocable, exclusive, worldwide license, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, under Loxo’s interest in the Collaboration Technology, including the Collaboration Technology Patents, to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and import Active Compounds and Products; and

 

(c)                                   Array shall have the sole right to prosecute and maintain, and to enforce, all Collaboration Technology Patents.

 

12.5.4                           Effect of Termination by Loxo With Cause .  If Loxo terminates this Agreement with cause pursuant to Section 12.2, then:

 

(a)                                  the licenses and rights to Loxo under Section 4.1 shall continue; and

 

(b)                                  Loxo’s milestones and royalty obligations under Sections 5.3 and 5.3.3(a) shall continue; and

 

(c)                                   Loxo shall continue to have the sole right to prosecute and maintain, and to enforce, the Collaboration Patents and Array Patents as set forth in Sections 8.2 and 8.3.

 

12.6                         Survival Sections .  Sections 4.2, 8.1.1, 12.5 and 12.6 and Articles 1, 6, 9, 11 and 13 shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

12.7                         Termination Not Sole Remedy .  Termination is not the sole remedy under this Agreement and, whether or not termination is effected, all other remedies will remain available except as agreed to otherwise herein.

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

26



 

ARTICLE 13
MISCELLANEOUS

 

13.1                         Governing Laws .  This Agreement and any dispute arising from the construction, performance or breach hereof shall be governed by and construed, and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the state of New York, without reference to conflicts of laws principles.

 

13.2                         Waiver .  It is agreed that no waiver by either Party hereto of any breach or default of any of the covenants or agreements herein set forth shall be deemed a waiver as to any subsequent and/or similar breach or default.

 

13.3                         Assignment .  This Agreement shall not be assignable by either Party to any Third Party hereto without the written consent of the other Party hereto, and any attempted assignment shall be null and void.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, either Party may assign this Agreement, without such consent, to an entity that acquires all or substantially all of the business or assets of such Party to which this Agreement pertains, whether by merger, reorganization, acquisition, sale, or otherwise; provided, however, that within thirty (30) days of such an assignment, the assignee shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit any permitted assignee, and any such assignee shall agree to perform the obligations of the assignor.

 

13.4                         Independent Contractors .  The relationship of the Parties hereto is that of independent contractors.  The Parties hereto are not deemed to be agents, partners or joint venturers of the others for any purpose as a result of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

13.5                         Compliance with Laws .  In exercising their rights under this license, the Parties shall fully comply in all material respects with the requirements of any and all applicable laws, regulations, rules and orders of any governmental body having jurisdiction over the exercise of rights under this license including, without limitation, those applicable to the discovery, development, manufacture, distribution, import and export and sale of Products pursuant to this Agreement.

 

13.6                         Notices .  All notices, requests and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, in each case to the respective address specified below, or such other address as may be specified in writing to the other Parties hereto and shall be deemed to have been given upon receipt:

 

If to Loxo:                                                                                                                                     Loxo Oncology, Inc.

c/o Aisling Capital

888 7th Avenue, 30th Floor

New York, New York 10106

Attention:  Chief Executive Officer

Facsimile:  (212) 651-6379

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

27



 

If to Array:                                                                                                                                   Array BioPharma Inc.

3200 Walnut Street

Boulder, CO  80301

Attention:  Chief Operating Officer

Facsimile:  (303) 381-6697

 

With a copy to:                                                                                                             Array BioPharma Corporation

3200 Walnut Street

Boulder, CO  80301

Attention:  General Counsel

Facsimile:  (303) 386-1290

 

13.7                         Severability .  Each Party hereby agrees that it does not intend to violate any public policy, statutory or common laws, rules, regulations, treaty or decision of any government agency or executive body thereof of any country or community or association of countries.  Should one or more provisions of this Agreement be or become invalid, the Parties hereto shall substitute, by mutual consent, valid provisions for such invalid provisions which valid provisions in their economic effect are sufficiently similar to the invalid provisions that it can be reasonably assumed that the Parties would have entered into this Agreement with such valid provisions.  In case such valid provisions cannot be agreed upon, the invalidity of one or several provisions of its Agreement shall not affect the validity of this Agreement as a whole, unless the invalid provisions are of such essential importance to this Agreement that it is to be reasonably assumed that the Parties would not have entered into this Agreement without the invalid provisions.  In the event a Party seeks to avoid a material provision of this Agreement upon an assertion that such provision is invalid, illegal or otherwise unenforceable, the other Party shall have the right to terminate this Agreement upon sixty (60) days prior written notice to the asserting Party, unless such assertion is eliminated and cured within such sixty (60) day period.  Such a termination shall be deemed a termination by such Party for breach pursuant to Section 12.2.

 

13.8                         Advice of Counsel .  Array and Loxo have each consulted counsel of their choice regarding this Agreement, and each acknowledges and agrees that this Agreement shall not be deemed to have been drafted by one Party or another and will be construed accordingly.

 

13.9                         Performance Warranty .  Each Party hereby warrants and guarantees the performance of any and all rights and obligations of this Agreement by its Affiliates and sublicensees.

 

13.10                  Force Majeure .  Neither Party shall lose any rights hereunder or be liable to the other Party for damages or losses (except for payment obligations) on account of failure of performance by the defaulting Party if the failure is occasioned by war, strike, fire, Act of God, earthquake, flood, lockout, embargo, governmental acts or orders or restrictions, failure of suppliers, or any other reason where failure to perform is beyond the reasonable control and not caused by the negligence, intentional conduct or misconduct of the non-performing Party and such Party has exerted all

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

28



 

reasonable efforts to avoid or remedy such force majeure; provided, however, that in no event shall a Party be required to settle any labor dispute or disturbance.

 

13.11                  Complete Agreement .  This Agreement with its Exhibits, constitutes the entire agreement, both written and oral, between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all prior agreements respecting the subject matter hereof, either written or oral, express or implied, shall be abrogated, canceled, and are null and void and of no effect.  No amendment or change hereof or addition hereto shall be effective or binding on either of the Parties hereto unless reduced to writing and executed by the respective duly authorized representatives of Array and Loxo.

 

13.12                  Consultation .  If an unresolved dispute arises out of or relates to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, either Party may refer such dispute to the Chief Executive Officer of Loxo and the Chief Executive Officer of Array, who shall meet in person or by telephone within forty-five (45) days after such referral to attempt in good faith to resolve such dispute.

 

13.13                  Headings .  The captions to the several Sections hereof are not a part of this Agreement, but are included merely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its meaning or interpretation.

 

13.14                  Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their authorized representatives and delivered in duplicate originals as of the Effective Date.

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

ARRAY BIOPHARMA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

By:

/s/ Ron Squarer

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joshua H. Bilenker

 

Name:

Ron Squarer

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

Title:

CEO

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

29


 

EXHIBIT A

 

Trk Patents

 

Array Matter No.

 

Country

 

Appln. No./
Publication No./
Patent No.

 

Status

[***]

 

United States

 

[***]

 

Expired

[***]

 

PCT

 

[***]

 

Expired

[***]

 

Canada

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

China

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Europe

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

India

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Japan

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

United Sates

 

[***]

 

Issued

[***]

 

United Sates

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Taiwan

 

[***]

 

Pending

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

30



 

Array Matter No.

 

Country

 

Appln. No./
Publication No./
Patent No.

 

Status

[***]

 

United States

 

[***]

 

Expired

[***]

 

PCT

 

[***]

 

Expired

[***]

 

Argentina

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Australia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Brazil

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Canada

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Chile

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

China

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Colombia

 

[***]

 

Issued

[***]

 

Costa Rica

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Egypt

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Europe

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Gulf Cooperation

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Hong Kong

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Indonesia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Israel

 

[***]

 

Pending

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

31



 

Array Matter No.

 

Country

 

Appln. No./
Publication No./
Patent No.

 

Status

[***]

 

India

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Japan

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

South Korea

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Mexico

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Malaysia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

New Zealand

 

[***]

 

Issued

[***]

 

Philippines

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Russia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Singapore

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Thailand

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Taiwan

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Ukraine

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

United States

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Uruguay

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Venezuela

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

South Africa

 

[***]

 

Pending

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

32



 

Array Matter No.

 

Country

 

Appln. No./
Publication No.

 

Status

[***]

 

United States

 

[***]

 

Expired

[***]

 

PCT

 

[***]

 

Expired

[***]

 

Argentina

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Australia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Brazil

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Canada

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Chile

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

China

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Colombia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Costa Rica

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Egypt

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Europe

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Gulf Cooperation

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Hong Kong

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Indonesia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Israel

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

India

 

[***]

 

Pending

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

33


 

Array Matter No.

 

Country

 

Appln. No./
Publication No.

 

Status

[***]

 

Japan

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

South Korea

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Mexico

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Malaysia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

New Zealand

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Philippines

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Russia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Singapore

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Thailand

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Taiwan

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Ukraine

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

United States

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Uruguay

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Venezuela

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

South Africa

 

[***]

 

Pending

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

34



 

Array Matter No.

 

Country

 

Appln. No./
Publication No./
Patent No.

 

Status

[***]

 

United States

 

[***]

 

Expired

[***]

 

United States

 

[***]

 

Expired

[***]

 

PCT

 

[***]

 

Expired

[***]

 

Argentina

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Australia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Brazil

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Canada

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Chile

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

China

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Colombia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Costa Rica

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Egypt

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Europe

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Gulf Cooperation

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Indonesia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Israel

 

[***]

 

Pending

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

35



 

Array Matter No.

 

Country

 

Appln. No./
Publication No./
Patent No.

 

Status

[***]

 

India

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Japan

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

South Korea

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Mexico

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Malaysia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

New Zealand

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Philippines

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Russia

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Singapore

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Thailand

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Taiwan

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Ukraine

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

United States

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Uruguay

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

Venezuela

 

[***]

 

Pending

[***]

 

South Africa

 

[***]

 

Pending

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

36



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Targets

 

1.                                       The protein family commonly known as [***], identified with the following SwissProt entries:

 

[***]

 

2.                                       The protein commonly known as [***], identified with the following SwissProt entries:

 

[***]

 

3.                                       The protein commonly known as [***], identified with the following SwissProt entries:

 

[***]

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

37



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Trk Compounds

 

[***]

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 

38


 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO

 

DRUG DISCOVERY COLLABORATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO DRUG DISCOVERY COLLABORATION AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) effective as of November 26, 2013 (the “Amendment Date”), is made by and between Array BioPharma Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Array”), and Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Loxo”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties previously entered into that certain Drug Discovery Collaboration Agreement dated as of July 3, 2013 (the “Agreement”) and the parties wish to amend the Agreement in certain respects on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning ascribed in the Agreement, and the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Amendment .  Section 2.4 of the Agreement is hereby amended to add the following immediately to the end thereof:

 

Each calendar month during the Discovery Program, on a monthly basis, Loxo shall have the right, upon agreement by Array, to increase the maximum number of Array FTEs to be used under the Discovery Program during such calendar month by [***] FTEs, i.e. from [***]  FTEs to [***]  FTEs.  Loxo may exercise such right by providing written notice (which may be via email from the Loxo CEO) to Array prior to commencement of such calendar month. If Array agrees to the increase for such month, then for each calendar month in which Loxo adds [***] additional FTEs above the maximum specified limit, Loxo shall pay to Array an additional payment of [***] prior to the beginning of such calendar month.  Array will not unreasonably withhold its agreement to such additional FTEs provided that such additional FTEs are reasonably available to Array.

 

2.                                       Miscellaneous .  This Amendment shall be effective for all purposes as of the Amendment Date.  Except as expressly modified herein, the Agreement shall continue to remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.  This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and together shall be deemed to be one and the same document.

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to this information.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives effective as of the Amendment Date.

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

ARRAY BIOPHARMA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

By:

/s/ John Moore

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joshua H. Bilenker

 

Name:

John Moore

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

Title:

General Counsel

 

2


 

AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO

 

DRUG DISCOVERY COLLABORATION AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO DRUG DISCOVERY COLLABORATION AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) effective as of April 10, 2014 (the “Amendment Date”), is made by and between Array BioPharma Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Array”), and Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Loxo”).

 

WHEREAS, the parties previously entered into that certain Drug Discovery Collaboration Agreement dated as of July 3, 2013, as amended on November 26, 2013 (collectively, the “Agreement”) and the parties wish to amend the Agreement in certain respects on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, capitalized terms not defined in this Amendment shall have the meaning ascribed in the Agreement, and the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Within sixty (60) days after the Amendment Date to Amendment No.2 to this Agreement, Loxo intends to close a financing in which Loxo will receive aggregate gross proceeds of at least ten million dollars ($10,000,000) (the “Financing”).  Commencing on the date that Loxo closes the Financing, or provides written notice to Array prior to the expiration of such sixty (60) days that Loxo desires to have this Amendment take effect in absence of the Financing, the provisions set forth in this Amendment shall take effect.  If Loxo does not close the Financing within such sixty (60) day period, and Loxo does not otherwise provide such written notice to Array prior to expiration of such sixty (60) day period, this Amendment shall terminate without effect.

 

2.                                       The list of targets on Exhibit B is hereby deleted and replaced with the list of targets that have been mutually agreed in writing by the Parties, as of the date of signing this Agreement .

 

3.                                       Section 2.1 is hereby amended to add the following immediately to the end thereof:

 

With respect to Targets, an additional goal of the Discovery Program is to perform early screening and lead identification to identify a subset of such Targets that will be the subject of further research to identify Lead Compounds directed thereto, as described above.

 

4.                                       Section 2.4 of the Agreement (as amended) is hereby deleted and the following substituted therefor:

 

Discovery Program Staffing .  During the Discovery Program and subject to Loxo funding such FTE’s pursuant to Section 5.1, Array shall devote that number of FTE’s to the

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Confidential treatment has been requested for this information.

 



 

conduct of the Discovery Program specified in the Discovery Plan.  The Discovery Plan shall specify [***] Array FTEs at any time during the Discovery Program Term.  Each calendar month during the Discovery Program, on a monthly basis, Loxo shall have the right, upon agreement by Array, to increase the maximum number of Array FTEs to be used under the Discovery Program during such calendar month by [***] FTEs, i.e. from [***] FTEs to [***] FTEs.  Loxo may exercise such right by providing written notice (which may be via email from the Loxo CEO) to Array prior to commencement of such calendar month.  If Array agrees to the increase for such month, then for each calendar month in which Loxo adds [***] additional FTEs above the maximum specified limit, Loxo shall pay to Array an additional payment of [***] prior to the beginning of such calendar month.

 

5.                                       Section 2.10 is hereby deleted and the following substituted therefor:

 

Targets .  On or before the date that is nine (9) months after the Amendment Date to Amendment No. 2 to this Agreement, LOXO shall designate six (6) Targets from Exhibit B for which research activities will be discontinued.  Upon such designation, such discontinued Targets shall cease to be Targets under this Agreement, and Exhibit B shall be deemed to be updated accordingly.  On or before the date that is eighteen (18) months after the Amendment Date to Amendment No. 2 to this Agreement, LOXO shall designate two (2) additional Targets from Exhibit B for which research activities will be discontinued; provided, however, that if on or before the date that is eighteen (18) months after the Amendment Date to Amendment No. 2 to this Agreement Loxo provides to Array written notice and a payment of [***] (the “Extension Payment”), Loxo will only be required to designate one (1) additional Target from Exhibit B for which research activities will be discontinued at the end of such eighteen (18) months.  Upon such designation, such additional discontinued Target(s) shall cease to be Target(s) under this Agreement, and Exhibit B shall be deemed to be updated accordingly.  If Loxo made the Extension Payment, then on or before the date that is [***] after the Amendment Date to Amendment No. 2 to this Agreement, Loxo shall designate one (1) additional Target from Exhibit B for which research activities will be discontinued unless Loxo provides to Array written notice and a payment of [***] (“Additive Payment”) in which case Loxo will not need to designate any more Targets from Exhibit B for discontinuation of research activities.  Until such time as the eight (8) Targets (or seven (7) Targets if Loxo has made the Extension Payment and Additive Payment) have been designated for discontinuation, and notwithstanding Section 8.2.1 to the contrary, Loxo shall only have the right, at its discretion, to file provisional patent applications covering the applicable Active Compounds to the Targets from Exhibit B and will not convert such provisional patent applications to a non-provisional patent application or otherwise prosecute any non-provisional patent application covering such Active Compounds.  During the Discovery Program Term, Loxo may determine in its sole discretion that research activities with respect to one (1) particular Target on Exhibit B should be discontinued

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

2



 

(for example, and without limitation, such Target has not yielded sufficient progress, or scientific literature suggests the Target is intractable or is not therapeutically relevant or for safety issues) and replaced with a different target.  Upon any such determination, Loxo shall provide written notice to Array of the one (1) Target that Loxo desires to remove from Exhibit B and will include in such notification a suggested substitute for such discontinued Target.  After receipt of such notice, Array will promptly inform Loxo whether, as of the date of such written notice, the addition of such suggested substitute target would not (i) violate any agreement that Array has with a Third Party; (ii) add a target that is the subject of Array’s own active and ongoing research (with existing commitment and expenditure of resources for such target), was the subject of previous significant research at Array, or is the subject of drugs in Array’s clinical development pipeline or marketed product portfolio; or (iii) add a target with respect to which Array is engaged in active, ongoing substantial negotiations (i.e., has agreed a term sheet containing material business terms) with a Third Party.  If neither (i), (ii) or (iii) apply to such suggested substitute target, then the discontinued Target shall cease to be a Target, the suggested substitute target shall be deemed a Target for the purposes of this Agreement, and Exhibit B shall be deemed to be updated accordingly.  If a proposed target is not available for inclusion, then the fact that Loxo proposed such target or is otherwise interested in such target (or molecules directed to such target) shall be Loxo’s Confidential Information.

 

6.                                       Section 4 of the Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 4.4 immediately following the end of Section 4.3:

 

4.4                                Right of First Discussion .

 

4.4.1                      Notice .  During the period ending [***] after the Amendment Date to Amendment No. 2 to this Agreement, at least [***] prior to Array entering into material and substantial negotiations to grant to a Third Party the right to develop and/or commercialize compounds that selectively modulate TrkA for any oncology indication, Array agrees to notify Loxo in writing, together with a summary description of the product (including a general statement of its then-current stage of development) or field to be proposed, if any, that would be the subject of such negotiations (“ Initial Notice ”).  Within [***] following receipt of such Initial Notice, Loxo shall notify Array of its decision whether or not it desires to discuss terms and conditions under which Array would grant such rights to Loxo. If (i) Loxo notifies Array that it does not desire to discuss such terms and conditions, or (ii) the parties have not agreed upon such terms and conditions pursuant to which such rights and license would be granted to Loxo within [***] after the date Loxo notified Array of its desire to negotiate such terms and conditions (the “ Negotiation Period ”), then Array shall be free to grant to any Third Party the right to develop and/or commercialize compounds that selectively modulate TrkA for such oncology indication, without further obligation to Loxo with respect to such

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

3



 

product, and on any terms that Array deems appropriate; provided, however, that if Array has not entered into such an agreement with a Third Party within [***] after expiration of the first (but not any subsequent) Negotiation Period, then Loxo’s right of negotiation under this Section 4.4.1 will continue in accordance with the above terms and Array will provide to Loxo another Initial Notice if Array subsequently desires to enter into material and substantial negotiations with a Third Party.  It is understood that, because Array will be providing the Initial Notice to Loxo prior to the commencement of material and substantial negotiations with a third party, Array may not be able to define the entire or exact scope of the product, field or rights to be granted, and accordingly, so long as the Initial Notice describes a product, field or rights that overlap with the product, field or rights actually negotiated with, or granted to, a third party, Array shall be deemed to have satisfied its obligations, under this Section 4.4.1, with respect to such product; also, it is understood that Array need only provide one such Initial Notice hereunder before engaging in such material and substantial negotiations with the first Third Party, and that Array is not obligated to provide any further notice if Array subsequently engages in discussion with more than one Third Party with respect to the subject matter described in the Initial Notice, subject to Loxo’s renewed right of negotiation if Array does not enter into an agreement within [***] as provided above.

 

4.4.2                      No Implied Obligations .  The only obligations of Array and Loxo under Section 4.4.1 above are as expressly stated therein, and there are no further implied obligations relating to the matters contemplated therein.  Without limiting the foregoing, it is further understood and agreed that the subject selective TrkA modulators may or not be discovered or reduced to practice at all, may or may not be discovered or reduced to practice to any particular degree or at all at the time of the Initial Notice under Section 4.4.1, and that further modification and/or variations of a product may be developed after the date of such Initial Notice; accordingly, so long as Array includes within the Initial Notice a good faith summary of the product as it then exists, or a summary of the field in which the rights would be granted, the requirements of Section 4.4.1 above shall be deemed satisfied with respect to any and all modifications, variants or derivatives of the product developed or reduced to practice after the date of the Initial Notice.  Without limiting the foregoing, it is further acknowledged and agreed that (i) Section 4.4.1 shall not be deemed to apply to a transaction by which a Third Party acquires all or substantially all of the business assets of this Agreement in accordance with Section 13.3 below; (ii) if Array enters into a transaction with a Third Party in accordance with Section 4.4.1 that includes the grant by Array of an option or other contingent right to develop and/or commercialize compounds that selectively modulate TrkA (each such option or right being referred to as a “Contingent Right”), then the grant of rights by Array upon a Third Party’s exercise of such Contingent Right shall not be subject to this Section 4.4 so long as the grant of such Contingent Right was made in a transaction entered into with the Third Party in compliance with Section 4.4.1; and (iii) Array is not obligated under this Section 4.4.1 to provide Loxo any particular information other that

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

4



 

as expressly stated in Section 4.4.1, and that Array may require a separate confidentiality agreement as a condition to any disclosure of information in connection with Section 4.4.1.

 

4.4.3                      Disputes .  If Loxo disputes Array’ right to proceed to enter into any transaction with a third party with respect to compounds that selectively modulate TrkA, Loxo shall submit such dispute to binding arbitration within [***] from the end of the applicable Negotiation Period or, if Array had not provided Loxo with the applicable Initial Notice in accordance with Section 4.4.1, then [***] after Loxo first becomes aware of such transaction.  Loxo shall provide Array a notice of such arbitration together with a written report setting forth the specific basis for the dispute and the specific actions Loxo believes Array must take to resolve the dispute (“Arbitration Notice”).  Such arbitration in all events be completed within [***] from appointment of the arbitrators.  If an Arbitration Notice is not received within the [***] period then Loxo shall have no further right to dispute Array’ right to grant any third party rights contemplated by this Section 4.4.

 

7.                                       Section 5.2.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and the following substituted therefor:

 

Research Phase Payment Schedule .  During the Discovery Program Term, Loxo agrees to pay Array research funding for the conduct of the Discovery Program quarterly, in advance, in an amount equal to the number of Array FTE’s called for in the Discovery Plan for the applicable quarter multiplied by the Array FTE Rate.  Such payments shall cover (i) FTE expenses used in the Discovery Program, (ii) all incidental materials and resources for the conduct of the Discovery Program, and (iii) CMC activities directed to, and the manufacture of, clinical supply of the Trk Lead Compound and two (2) Lead Compounds for two (2) Targets (selected by Loxo), and if the Discovery Program Term is extended pursuant to Section 2.6 of the Agreement then also for one additional Lead Compound to another Target (selected by Loxo) per each one (1) year extension.  The initial payment shall be made before the date Array FTEs are first deployed in accordance with the Discovery Plan, and subsequent payments shall be made before the first day of each calendar month thereafter.  For purposes of this Section 5.2.1, the “Array FTE Rate” shall be equal to [***] per FTE per year.

 

8.                                       Section 5.3.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended to add the following immediately following the table:

 

With respect to the milestone 1 above described as [***], the applicable milestone payment shall only be due with respect to a [***].

 

9.                                       Section 5.3.3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended to add the following immediately following the end of Section 5.3.3.(a):

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

5



 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, milestone 1 for a Target under Section 5.3.1 will not be due regardless of whether a subsequent milestone was achieved, if milestone 1 was not due because [***].

 

10.                                Good Faith Negotiation .  The Parties agree that they shall negotiate in good faith to enter into a separate binding agreement regarding [***] between Loxo, Array and Massachusetts General Hospital.

 

11.                                Miscellaneous .  This Amendment shall be effective for all purposes as of the Amendment Date.  Except as expressly modified herein, the Agreement shall continue to remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms.  This Amendment may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and together shall be deemed to be one and the same document.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their respective duly authorized representatives effective as of the Amendment Date.

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

ARRAY BIOPHARMA INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

By:

/s/ Mike Carruthers

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joshua H. Bilenker

 

Name:

Mike Carruthers

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

Title:

CFO

 


[***] Certain confidential information contained in this document, marked by brackets, has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 406 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6




Exhibit 10.8

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

FOUNDER’S RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is made and entered into as of June 28, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Loxo Oncology, Inc. (the “ Company ”), a Delaware corporation, and Joshua H. Bilenker (the “ Purchaser ”).

 

1.                                       PURCHASE OF SHARES .   On the Effective Date and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser hereby purchases from the Company, and Company hereby sells to Purchaser, an aggregate of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand (250,000) shares of the Company’s Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “ Shares ”), at an aggregate purchase price of Two Hundred Fifty Dollars and No Cents ($250.00) (the “ Purchase Price ”) or $0.001 per Share (the “ Purchase Price Per Share ”).  As used in this Agreement, the term “ Shares ” refers to the Shares purchased under this Agreement and includes all securities received (a) in substitution of the Shares, (b) as a result of stock dividends or stock splits with respect to the Shares, and (c) in replacement of the Shares in a merger, recapitalization, reorganization or similar corporate transaction.

 

2.                                       PAYMENT OF PURCHASE PRICE; CLOSING .

 

2.1                                      Deliveries by Purchaser .   Purchaser hereby delivers to the Company:  (a) a duly executed copy of this Agreement, (b) two (2) copies of a blank Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Stock Certificate in the form of Exhibit 1 attached hereto (the “ Stock Powers ”), both executed by Purchaser (and Purchaser’s spouse, if any), and (c) payment of the Purchase Price by check in the amount of $250.00, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 2 .

 

2.2                                      Deliveries by the Company .   Upon its receipt of the entire Purchase Price and all the documents to be executed and delivered by Purchaser to the Company under Section 2.1, the Company will issue a duly executed stock certificate evidencing the Shares in the name of Purchaser, registered in Purchaser’s name, with such certificate to be placed in escrow as provided in Section 7 until expiration or termination of the Company’s Right of First Refusal described in Section 5.

 

3.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER .   Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company as follows.

 

3.1                                      Purchase for Own Account for Investment .   Purchaser is purchasing the Shares for Purchaser’s own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, a distribution of the Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ 1933 Act ”).  Purchaser has no present intention of selling or otherwise disposing of all or any portion of the Shares and no one other than Purchaser has any beneficial ownership of any of the Shares.

 

1



 

3.2                                      Access to Information .   Purchaser has had access to all information regarding the Company and its present and prospective business, assets, liabilities and financial condition that Purchaser reasonably considers important in making the decision to purchase the Shares, and Purchaser has had ample opportunity to ask questions of the Company’s representatives concerning such matters and this investment.

 

3.3                                      Understanding of Risks .   Purchaser is a founder of the Company and is fully aware of:  (a) the highly speculative nature of the investment in the Shares; (b) the financial hazards involved; (c) the lack of liquidity of the Shares and the restrictions on transferability of the Shares ( e.g. , that Purchaser may not be able to sell or dispose of the Shares or use them as collateral for loans); (d) the qualifications and backgrounds of the management of the Company; and (e) the tax consequences of investment in the Shares.

 

3.4                                      Purchaser’s Qualifications .   Purchaser has a preexisting personal or business relationship with the Company and/or certain of its officers and/or directors of a nature and duration sufficient to make Purchaser aware of the character, business acumen and general business and financial circumstances of the Company and/or such officers and directors.  By reason of Purchaser’s business or financial experience, Purchaser is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment, has the ability to protect Purchaser’s own interests in this transaction and is financially capable of bearing a total loss of this investment.

 

3.5                                      No General Solicitation .   At no time was Purchaser presented with or solicited by any publicly issued or circulated newspaper, mail, radio, television or other form of general advertising or solicitation in connection with the offer, sale and purchase of the Shares.

 

3.6                                      Compliance with Securities Laws .   Purchaser understands and acknowledges that, in reliance upon the representations and warranties made by Purchaser herein, the Shares are not being registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“ SEC ”) under the 1933 Act or being qualified under the California Corporate Securities Law of 1968, as amended (the “ Law ”), but instead are being issued under an exemption or exemptions from the registration and qualification requirements of the 1933 Act and the Law or other applicable state securities laws which impose certain restrictions on Purchaser’s ability to transfer the Shares.

 

3.7                                      Restrictions on Transfer .   Purchaser understands that Purchaser may not transfer any Shares unless such Shares are registered under the 1933 Act and qualified under the Law or other applicable state securities laws or unless, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, exemptions from such registration and qualification requirements are available.  Purchaser understands that only the Company may file a registration statement with the SEC or the California Commissioner of Corporations or other applicable state securities commissioners and that the Company is under no obligation to do so with respect to the Shares.  Purchaser has also been advised that exemptions from registration and qualification may not be available or may not permit Purchaser to transfer all or any of the Shares in the amounts or at the times proposed by Purchaser.

 

2



 

3.8                                      Rule 144 .   In addition, Purchaser has been advised that SEC Rule 144 promulgated under the 1933 Act, which permits certain limited sales of unregistered securities, is not presently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, requires that the Shares be held for a minimum of six months, and in certain cases one year, after they have been purchased and paid for (within the meaning of Rule 144), before they may be resold under Rule 144.  Purchaser understands that Rule 144 may indefinitely restrict transfer of the Shares so long as Purchaser remains an “affiliate” of the Company and certain information about the Company (as defined in Rule 144) is not publicly available.

 

4.                                       MARKET STANDOFF AGREEMENT .   Purchaser agrees in connection with any registration of the Company’s securities under the 1933 Act that, upon the request of the Company or the underwriters managing any registered public offering of the Company’s securities, Purchaser will not sell or otherwise dispose of any Shares without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days) after the effective date of such registration requested by such managing underwriters and subject to all restrictions as the Company or the managing underwriters may specify for employee-shareholders generally.  Purchaser further agrees to enter into any agreement reasonably required by the underwriters to implement the foregoing and that such underwriters are express third party beneficiaries of this Section 4.

 

5.                                       RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .   Before any Shares held by Purchaser or any transferee of such Shares (either sometimes referred to herein as the “ Holder ”) may be sold or otherwise transferred (including without limitation a transfer by gift or operation of law), the Company and/or its assignee(s) will have a right of first refusal to purchase the Shares to be sold or transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) on the terms and conditions set forth in this Section (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

 

5.1                                      Notice of Proposed Transfer .   The Holder of the Offered Shares will deliver to the Company a written notice (the “ Notice ”) stating:  (a) the Holder’s bona fide intention to sell or otherwise transfer the Offered Shares; (b) the name and address of each proposed purchaser or other transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”); (c) the number of Offered Shares to be transferred to each Proposed Transferee; (d) the bona fide cash price or other consideration for which the Holder proposes to transfer the Offered Shares (the “ Offered Price ”); and (e) that the Holder acknowledges this Notice is an offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Company and/or its assignee(s) pursuant to the Company’s Right of First Refusal at the Offered Price as provided for in this Agreement.

 

5.2                                      Exercise of Right of First Refusal .   At any time within thirty (30) days after the date of the Notice, the Company and/or its assignee(s) may, by giving written notice to the Holder, elect to purchase all (or, with the consent of the Holder, less than all) the Offered Shares proposed to be transferred to any one or more of the Proposed Transferees named in the Notice, at the purchase price determined in accordance with Section 5.3 below.

 

5.3                                      Purchase Price .   The purchase price for the Offered Shares purchased under this Section will be the Offered Price, provided that if the Offered Price consists of no legal consideration (as, for example, in the case of a transfer by gift), the purchase price will be

 

3



 

the fair market value of the Offered Shares as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.  If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, then the value of the non-cash consideration, as determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors, will conclusively be deemed to be the cash equivalent value of such non-cash consideration.

 

5.4                                      Payment .   Payment of the purchase price for the Offered Shares will be payable, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s) (as applicable), by check or by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness owed by the Holder to the Company (or to such assignee, in the case of a purchase of Offered Shares by such assignee) or by any combination thereof.  The purchase price will be paid without interest within sixty (60) days after the Company’s receipt of the Notice, or, at the option of the Company and/or its assignee(s), in the manner and at the time(s) set forth in the Notice.

 

5.5                                      Holder’s Right to Transfer .   If all of the Offered Shares proposed in the Notice to be transferred to a given Proposed Transferee are not purchased by the Company and/or its assignee(s) as provided in this Section, then the Holder may sell or otherwise transfer such Offered Shares to each Proposed Transferee at the Offered Price or at a higher price, provided that (a) such sale or other transfer is consummated within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the Notice, (b) any such sale or other transfer is effected in compliance with all applicable securities laws, and (c) each Proposed Transferee agrees in writing that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the Offered Shares in the hands of such Proposed Transferee.  If the Offered Shares described in the Notice are not transferred to each Proposed Transferee within such one hundred twenty (120) day period, then a new Notice must be given to the Company, pursuant to which the Company will again be offered the Right of First Refusal before any Shares held by the Holder may be sold or otherwise transferred.

 

5.6                                      Exempt Transfers .   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the following transfers of Shares will be exempt from the Right of First Refusal: (a) the transfer of any or all of the Shares during Purchaser’s lifetime by gift or on Purchaser’s death by will or intestacy to Purchaser’s “Immediate Family” (as defined below) or to a trust for the benefit of Purchaser or Purchaser’s Immediate Family, provided that each transferee or other recipient agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to the transferred Shares in the hands of such transferee or other recipient; (b) except as provided in Section 5.7 clause (b) below, any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations; or (c) any transfer of Shares pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company.  As used herein, the term “ Immediate Family ” will mean Purchaser’s spouse or Spousal Equivalent, the lineal descendant or antecedent, brother or sister, of Purchaser or Purchaser’s spouse or Spousal Equivalent, or the spouse or Spousal Equivalent, of any lineal descendant or antecedent, brother or sister of Purchaser, or Purchaser’s spouse or Spousal Equivalent, whether or not any of the above are adopted.  As used herein, a person is deemed to be a “ Spousal Equivalent ” if the relevant person and the related party are registered as “domestic partners” under the laws of the State of California or any other law having similar effect or provided the following circumstances are true:  (a) irrespective of whether or not the relevant person and the Spousal Equivalent are the same sex, they are the sole spousal equivalent of the other for the last twelve (12) months, (b) they intend to remain so indefinitely, (c) neither

 

4



 

are married to anyone else, (d) both are at least eighteen (18) years of age and mentally competent to consent to contract, (e) they are not related by blood to a degree of closeness that which would prohibit legal marriage in the state in which they legally reside, (f) they are jointly responsible for each other’s common welfare and financial obligations, and (g) they reside together in the same residence for the last twelve (12) months and intend to do so indefinitely.

 

5.7                                      Termination of Right of First Refusal .   The Right of First Refusal will terminate as to all Shares (a) on the effective date of the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the general public pursuant to a registration statement filed with and declared effective by the SEC under the 1933 Act (other than a registration statement relating solely to the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to a business combination or an employee incentive or benefit plan) or (b) on any transfer or conversion of Shares made pursuant to a statutory merger or statutory consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations if the common stock of the surviving corporation or any direct or indirect parent corporation thereof is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

6.                                       RIGHTS AS OWNER OF SHARES .

 

6.1                                      Encumbrances on Shares .  Purchaser may grant a lien or security interest in, or pledge, hypothecate or encumber Shares only if each party to whom such lien or security interest is granted, or to whom such pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance is made, agrees in a writing satisfactory to the Company that:  (a) such lien, security interest, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance will not apply to such Shares after they are acquired by the Company and/or its assignees under this Section; and (b) the provisions of this Section will continue to apply to such Shares in the hands of such party and any transferee of such party.

 

6.2                                      Encumbrance on Shares .   Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Purchaser will have all of the rights to the Shares from and after the date that Purchaser delivers payment of the Purchase Price until such time as Purchaser disposes of the Shares or the Company and/or its assignee(s) exercise(s) the Right of First Refusal.  Upon an exercise of the Right of First Refusal, Purchaser will have no further rights as a holder of the Shares so purchased upon such exercise, except the right to receive payment for the Shares so purchased in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, and Purchaser will promptly surrender the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares so purchased to the Company for transfer or cancellation.

 

7.                                       ESCROW .   As security for Purchaser’s faithful performance of this Agreement, Purchaser agrees, immediately upon receipt of the stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, to deliver such certificate(s), together with the Stock Powers executed by Purchaser and by Purchaser’s spouse, if any (with the date, transferee, stock certificate number and number of Shares left blank), to the Secretary of the Company or other designee of the Company (the “ Escrow Holder ”), who is hereby appointed to hold such certificate(s) and Stock Powers in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such transfers and/or releases of such Shares as are in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  Escrow Holder will act solely for the Company as its agent and not as a fiduciary.  Purchaser and the Company agree that Escrow Holder will not be liable to any party to this Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or

 

5



 

omissions unless Escrow Holder is grossly negligent or intentionally fraudulent in carrying out the duties of Escrow Holder under this Agreement.  Escrow Holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed with any signature purported to be genuine and may rely on the advice of counsel and obey any order of any court with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The Shares will be released from escrow upon termination of the Right of First Refusal.

 

8.                                       TAX CONSEQUENCES .   PURCHASER UNDERSTANDS THAT PURCHASER MAY SUFFER ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES AS A RESULT OF PURCHASER’S PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES.  PURCHASER REPRESENTS (a) THAT PURCHASER HAS CONSULTED WITH A TAX ADVISER THAT PURCHASER DEEMS ADVISABLE IN CONNECTION WITH THE PURCHASE OR DISPOSITION OF THE SHARES AND (b) THAT PURCHASER IS NOT RELYING ON THE COMPANY FOR ANY TAX ADVICE.   represents that Purchaser has consulted any tax advisors Purchaser deems advisable in connection with Purchaser’s purchase of the Shares .

 

9.                                       RESTRICTIVE LEGENDS AND STOP-TRANSFER ORDERS .

 

9.1                                      Legends .   Purchaser understands and agrees that the Company will place the legends set forth below or similar legends on any stock certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, together with any other legends that may be required by state or federal securities laws, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, any other agreement between Purchaser and the Company or any third party:

 

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES.  THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM.  INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME.  THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON PUBLIC RESALE AND TRANSFER, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL HELD BY THE ISSUER AND/OR ITS ASSIGNEE(S), AND A MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION, AS SET FORTH IN A FOUNDER’S RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE ISSUER AND THE ORIGINAL HOLDER OF THESE SHARES, A COPY OF WHICH MAY BE OBTAINED AT THE

 

6



 

PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE ISSUER.  SUCH PUBLIC SALE AND TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS, INCLUDING THE RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL, AND THE MARKET STANDOFF RESTRICTION, ARE BINDING ON TRANSFEREES OF THESE SHARES.

 

9.2                                      Stop-Transfer Instructions .   Purchaser agrees that, to ensure compliance with the restrictions imposed by this Agreement, the Company may issue appropriate “stop-transfer” instructions to its transfer agent, if any, and if the Company transfers its own securities, it may make appropriate notations to the same effect in its own records.  The Company will not be required (a) to transfer on its books any Shares that have been sold or otherwise transferred in violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such Shares, or to accord the right to vote or pay dividends, to any purchaser or other transferee to whom such Shares have been so transferred.

 

10.                                COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS .   The issuance and transfer of the Shares will be subject to and conditioned upon compliance by the Company and Purchaser with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations and with all applicable requirements of any stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the Company’s Common Stock may be listed or quoted at the time of such issuance or transfer.

 

11.                                GENERAL PROVISIONS .

 

11.1                         Notices .   Any and all notices required or permitted to be given to a party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective and deemed to provide such party sufficient notice under this Agreement on the earliest of the following:  (a) at the time of personal delivery, if delivery is in person; (b) one (1) business day after deposit with an express overnight courier for United States deliveries, or two (2) business days after such deposit for deliveries outside of the United States; or (c) three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified mail (return receipt requested) for United States deliveries.  All notices for delivery outside the United States will be sent by express courier.  All notices not delivered personally will be sent with postage and/or other charges prepaid and properly addressed to the party to be notified at the address set forth below the signature lines of this Agreement or at such other address as such other party may designate by one of the indicated means of notice herein to the other party hereto.  A “ business day ” shall be a day, other than Saturday or Sunday, when the banks in the city of San Francisco are open for business.

 

11.2                         Further Assurances .   The parties agree to execute such further documents and instruments and to take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

11.3                         Titles and Headings .   The titles, captions and headings of this Agreement are included for ease of reference only and will be disregarded in interpreting or construing this Agreement.  Unless otherwise specifically stated, all references herein to “sections” and “exhibits” will mean “sections” and “exhibits” to this Agreement.

 

7



 

11.4                         Governing Law .   This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to that body of laws pertaining to conflict of laws.

 

11.5                         Assignments; Successors and Assigns .   The Company may assign any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, including but not limited to its right to repurchase Shares under the Right of First Refusal.  Any assignment of rights and obligations by any other party to this Agreement requires the Company’s prior written consent.  This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of their respective successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

 

11.6                         Entire Agreement .   This Agreement and the documents referred to herein constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement, and supersede all prior understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between or among the parties hereto with respect to the specific subject matter hereof.

 

11.7                         Amendment and Waivers .   This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement executed by each of the parties hereto.  No amendment of or waiver of, or modification of any obligation under this Agreement will be enforceable unless set forth in a writing signed by the party against which enforcement is sought.  Any amendment effected in accordance with this section will be binding upon all parties hereto and each of their respective successors and assigns.  No delay or failure to require performance of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of that provision as to that or any other instance.  No waiver granted under this Agreement as to any one provision herein shall constitute a subsequent waiver of such provision or of any other provision herein, nor shall it constitute the waiver of any performance other than the actual performance specifically waived.

 

11.8                         Severability .   If any provision of this Agreement is determined by any court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such provision will be enforced to the maximum extent possible given the intent of the parties hereto.  If such clause or provision cannot be so enforced, such provision shall be stricken from this Agreement and the remainder of this Agreement shall be enforced as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable clause or provision had (to the extent not enforceable) never been contained in this Agreement.  Notwithstanding the forgoing, if the value of this Agreement based upon the substantial benefit of the bargain for any party is materially impaired, which determination as made by the presiding court or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction shall be binding, then both parties agree to substitute such provision(s) through good faith negotiations.

 

11.9                         Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures .   This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered will be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.  This Agreement may be executed and delivered by facsimile and upon such delivery the facsimile signature will be deemed to have the same effect as if the original signature had been delivered to the other party.

 

8


 

[ SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS ]

 

9



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has caused this Founder’s Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative and Purchaser has executed this Agreement, each as of the Effective Date.

 

“COMPANY”

 

LOXO ONCOLOGY, INC.

 

“PURCHASER”

 

JOSHUA H. BILENKER

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

By:

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Joshua H. Bilenker

 

Address:

888 7 th  Avenue

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

30 th  Floor

 

 

 

 

Address:

888 7 th  Avenue, 30 th  Floor

 

New York, NY 10106

 

 

 

 

New York, NY 10106

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 1:              Stock Power and Assignment

Exhibit 2:              Copy of Purchaser’s Check

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOUNDER’S RESTRICTED STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT]

 



 

EXHIBIT 1

 

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

 

SEPARATE FROM STOCK CERTIFICATE

 



 

STOCK POWER AND ASSIGNMENT

 

SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Founder’s Restricted Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of June 24, 2013 (the “ Agreement ”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto                                                             ,                      shares of the Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of Loxo Oncology, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No(s).          delivered herewith, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company as the undersigned’s attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company.  THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND ANY EXHIBITS THERETO .

 

 

Dated:

6/24/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joshua H. Bilenker

 

 

 

(Please Print Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Spouse’s Signature, if any)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Please Print Spouse’s Name)

 

Instructions to Purchaser :   Please do not fill in any blanks other than the signature line.  The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment is to enable the Company and/or its assignee(s) to acquire the shares upon exercise of its “Right of First Refusal” set forth in the Agreement without requiring additional signatures on the part of the Purchaser or Purchaser’s Spouse, if any.

 



 

EXHIBIT 2

 

COPY OF PURCHASER’S CHECK

 




EXHIBIT 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

None.

 




Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm

        We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Loxo Oncology, Inc. of our report dated May 14, 2014, on our audit of the financial statements of Loxo Oncology, Inc. as of December 31, 2013 and for the period from May 9, 2013 (date of inception) to December 31, 2013. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts".

/s/ CohnReznick LLP
Roseland, New Jersey
June 27, 2014